c> ^ 
 
 
 f^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 -0* 
 
 
 ; >o* A° ^<* 
 
 
 lV 
 
 
 .^9* -^ ' 
 
 lK 
 
 £" %> 
 
 i/k\^ ^ 
 
 
 <5i " \^ ^ 
 
 
 o° v 
 
 ^c* 
 
 «*<3* 
 
 \> Q * * 
 
 '» X > /, 
 
 ,*% 
 
 A^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 -o^ 
 
 % 
 
 
 '%> ^ i^V^ ^ aV *V^a> -%. ^ 
 
 
 .#. ^ y/. f / ^ <-,$> 
 
 
 0° 
 
 
 / V 
 

 
 tf> 
 
 ^ .& 
 
 * . $~ 
 
 %.** \<^: \«** 
 
 #% 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 <i5 Q^ 
 
 V 
 
 G V ** *°> >; 
 
 
 
 
 ^ %v 
 
 
 \ ^C? 
 
 % c >„ > 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 Q*. » * s \> . i * 
 
 v v 
 
 
 
 %.<$ 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 V *. " » » / -ix 
 
 %. *7XT^ a* 
 
 *■" 
 
 ^^ 
 
 o, ^ 
 

BOHEMIAN MADE EASY. 
 
 A PRACTICAL BOHEMIAN COURSE 
 
 for English-speaking people. 
 
 ARYOFCC 
 
 By CHABLES JONAS, 
 
 late U.S. Consul at Prague, author of the first Dictionary of the 
 Bohemian and English languages. 
 
 &u&Gri\rj£ % twts, is so. 
 
v^ 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1890, 
 
 by CHARLES JONAS, in the office of the Librarian of 
 
 Congress, at Washington, D, C. 
 
Lff 
 
 TO THE HONORABLE 
 
 OR OVER CLEVELAND, 
 
 EX-PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES, 
 
 THIS LITTLE WORK IS DEDICATED, 
 
 AS A SLIGHT TOKEN OF PROFOUND 
 
 RESPECT AND ADMIRATION 
 
 BT THE 
 
 A UTHOR. 
 
Why this book has been written. 
 
 The answer to such a question is simple : because 
 there is a demand for it. And whenever there is a demand, 
 the supply is sure to come. 
 
 Not a year passes, but numbers apply to divers book- 
 sellers and publishers for some handy book to give them a 
 practical knowledge of the Bohemian language or to serve as 
 a proper introduction to a study thereof. 
 
 Who are the applicants? They are business men, 
 clerks, salesmen and travelers, druggists and physicians, 
 ministers, teachers and law r yers. They live and follow T their 
 vocations in localities where a large fraction of the population 
 speaks the Bohemian language; they perceive the advantage 
 which a knowledge of Bohemian, or even a slight acquaint- 
 ance with that tongue, would give them; and consequently 
 they look for a guide. 
 
 Such a guide this little work is designed to furnish. I 
 may say that within six or eight years past I have myself read 
 hundreds of applications for such a guide from different parts 
 of our country and I repeatedly promised to write a book of 
 this kind as soon as my other occupations permitted. Now 
 I have redeemed that pledge. It has been done, to be sure, 
 only in an imperfect manner ; there are defects and shortcom- 
 ings, which in a pioneer work of this kind cannot be avoided. 
 But I applied myself to the task with the honest intention, 
 
6 Why this book has been written. 
 
 materially to assist the beginner in his attempt to gain such a 
 knowledge of the Bohemian language, as would be of help to 
 him in his intercourse with people speaking that language, or 
 in his desire to read Bohemian literature ; and I cherish the 
 hope, that this present result of my labor will prove really 
 helpful to those who will make use of it for that purpose. — 
 
 u Is Bohemian a hard language to learn?" This inquiry 
 I have heard more than once. 
 
 I think no language is easy to learn, if a person wants 
 to have a perfect command of it ; and Bohemian presents 
 about a fair average of the difficulties, which a student of lan- 
 guages encounters. But there is no great difficulty in acquir- 
 ing a superficial knowledge of any living European tongue, a 
 knowledge sufficient for ordinary intercourse in every day life, 
 if a person has the will and perseverance to learn it and a fair 
 opportunity to use what he learns. Beginners who will take 
 up this little book with an earnest purpose, will soon find out 
 that Bohemian comes well under this general rule. 
 
 Some years ago I made the acquaintance of a business 
 man in a small city of Wisconsin, with whom I conversed 
 both in English and Bohemian and whom I noticed to use 
 both languages in his general conversation with others appar- 
 ently with the same ease and fluency. It was not until some 
 time after our first meeting, that I learned the gentleman in 
 question was not a Bohemian by birth, but a native American 
 of German descent. Had I been told that he was a born Bo- 
 hemian, I certainly would have believed it, from the way he 
 handled the language, On our next meeting I asked him how 
 he succeeded in mastering the Bohemian language so perfectly; 
 and he said : u My instructor was the Bohemian, newspaper. 
 I commenced by reading communications written by farmers 
 in an easy, colloquial style and asking explanations as to 
 meaning and pronunciation. In this I persevered, my stock 
 of words and phrases grew rapidly, and I was soon enabled to 
 
The Bohemian language. 7 
 
 understand and to make a rapid progress in conversation. 
 Later on I had recourse to the dictionary." 
 
 This tends to show what may be done by patient appli- 
 cation and perseverance and it may serve as an encouragement 
 to beginners. Of course, the number of persons of other na- 
 tionalities who have acquired a sufficient practical knowledge 
 of Bohemian to employ it in ordinary intercourse and business, 
 is very large; and 1 mention it simply to show, that there is 
 no insuperable difficulty in the way, as some persons perhaps 
 might imagine. 
 
 And with this little introduction I wish the beginner 
 God speed ! 
 
 The Bohemian language. 
 
 The Slavonic family of nations, numbering rather more 
 than one hundred and ten millions, is composed of two great 
 divisions : 
 
 1. The eastern division, comprising the Russians, Bul- 
 garians and Serbo-Croats, under which latter head may also 
 be classed the Slovenes; 
 
 2. the western division, comprising the Poles, Bohe- 
 mians and the remnant of the Wends in Germany. 
 
 The Bohemian language is closely related to the other 
 branches of the Slavonic tongue. It needs only a few weeks 1 
 study, for a person having a fflil command of Bohemian, to 
 obtain a fair practical knowledge of any other Slavonic idiom. 
 Especially is the relationship between Bohemian and Polish so 
 close, that they might almost be considered dialects of one and 
 the same language. 
 
 The Bohemian language is spoken in Bohemia, Moravia, 
 part of Austrian and Prussian Silesia, and also in Upper Hun- 
 
8 The Bohemians in the United States. 
 
 gary. The Slovak idiom spoken in the last named country is 
 simply an earlier form of Bohemian, which latter the Slovaks 
 of Hungary used for centuries as their literary or "biblical" 
 language; only within the last fifty years have they begun to 
 employ their proper dialect largely in literature. But still, the 
 language is virtually the same, Bohemians and Slovaks needing 
 no interpreters to understand one another, and no dictionaries 
 mutually to read their publications. As a matter of fact, the 
 two idioms are much nearer than high German and low German. 
 
 The Bohemians in the United States. 
 
 About the year 1848 Bohemian emigration to the 
 United States commenced. Its volume has never been so 
 large as that of the Irish or German emigration, but it has 
 been steady and it will naturally go on for many years to 
 come. In all probability, it will continue as long as European 
 emigration to this side of the Atlantic ocean in general, and 
 it may in the near future assume larger proportions than in 
 the past. 
 
 The census of 1870 found 42,000 persons of Bohemian 
 birth settled in the United States. In the year 1880 there 
 were, according to the census taken in that year, over 85,000. 
 But it must be remembered that many of those classified in 
 the census tables as born in Austria, are of Bohemian nation- 
 ality, especially such as emigrated from the provinces of 
 Moravia and Silesia, and not from Bohemia proper. Quite a 
 number, also, were by mistake entered under the general 
 heading of "Germany", as to the country of their nativity. 
 
 It is safe to say that the number of persons born in 
 Europe, whose mother tongue was Bohemian, at the time of 
 the official enumeration of 1880 exceeded one hundred thou- 
 
The Bohemians in the United States. 9 
 
 sand. At this writing they number nearly 200,000, and to- 
 gether with the first generation born in this country of Bo- 
 hemian parents and speaking the language, in all proba- 
 bility somewhere near 500,000. 
 
 Within the last ten or fifteen years quite a heavy stream 
 of immigration has set in from Hungary. At first mostly 
 employed in Eastern mines and factories, these immigrants 
 have in recent years been spreading west and settling on 
 lands. These Hungarians are mostly Slovaks. 
 
 The number of Slovaks in the United States at this 
 time probably equals about one third that of the Bohemians 
 proper; hence the present number of persons in the United 
 States speaking the Bohemian Language in both its dialects 
 may be computed at six hundred thousand. 
 
 The Bohemians have their homes chiefly in the follow- 
 ing states : New York, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Ohio, 
 Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa, Minnesota, Nebraska, 
 Kansas, S. Dakota, Missouri and Texas. 
 
 In the first five states and also in Missouri they live 
 chiefly in the cities, following different trades and working in 
 factories. In the other states they are mainly farmers, as a 
 rule very industrious and thrifty. Many of them are of course 
 engaged in business of all kinds and in the professions. In 
 their manners and customs and ways of thought the Bohemi- 
 ans strongly resemble the Germans, particularly the South 
 Germans, with whom they have been in close contact in the 
 old world for over a thousand years. They are industrious 
 and saving, sociable and hospitable; their favorite beverage 
 at social gatherings and entertainments is beer, and "Bohemi- 
 an beer" of different make has in recent years become quite 
 popular in this country of ours. Immoderate indulgence in 
 their favorite drink may doubtless sometimes be observed 
 among them as among others, especially in the large cities; 
 
10 The Bohemians in the United States. 
 
 but as a rule, they are sober, law-abiding and extremely good- 
 natured. 
 
 In religion, Roman Catholicism predominates among 
 the Bohemians and they have a large number of churches, 
 priests and parish schools in the United States. The Protest- 
 ants also have numerous places of worship. Large numbers 
 of the Bohemians, however, keep apart from all churches and 
 religious denominations. They are liberals, free-thinkers and 
 agnostics of different shades of opinion, enjoying the inestim- 
 able privilege of every American citizen to follow his con- 
 victions and enjoy a full personal freedom, so long as he 
 respects the laws and the equal freedom of his fellow-citizens. 
 
 The first Bohemian newspaper on this side of the 
 Atlantic was issued thirty, years ago at Racine, Wisconsin, 
 the first number appearing on New Year's day 1860. Now 
 there are about twenty five or thirty newspapers in that 
 language published in the United States, both daily and week- 
 ly, besides several in the Slovak dialect. Most of them have 
 a good patronage and some have in fact. a surprisingly large 
 circulation. Other publications are also quite numerous. The 
 Bohemians, and particularly the farmers, are fond of reading, 
 eager for information, and above ail they seek political knowl- 
 edge, taking the liveliest interest in whatever concerns the 
 government, public institutions and laws of their adopted coun- 
 try. During the civil war the Bohemians, although at that time 
 quite generally classified as Germans, furnished a considerable 
 contingent of the defenders of the Union and in Chicago a 
 monument will soon be reared by the Bohemians in memory of 
 those of their nationality, who cheerfully took up arms and 
 gave their lives for the unity and freedom of this great country. *) 
 
 *) The following is a quotation from an extensive article on the Bohemians in 
 St. Louis, Mo., "which appeared in the GLOBE-DEMOCRAT of February 16, 1890: 
 
 "In the territory lying between Seventh and Fourteenth streets on the east and 
 west-, and oyer and Russell avenues on the north and south, there is a population of 
 25,000 souls, all speaking the language of Bohemia, schooling their children in the an- 
 cient tongue, keeping up an acquaintance with a rich and varied literature that dates 
 
The Bohemians in the United States. 11 
 
 back to the ninth century, and for the most part worshiping in the Roman Catholic 
 Church, of which Bohemia has been a stanch adherent since the ninth century. A 
 thrifty set are these Bohemians, good citizens in all that the term implies, prompt tax- 
 payers, fully alive to the requirements of civilization; mingling freely in business 
 intercourse with their cousins from other lands, they yet preserve the social 
 customs of their native land, and take an overweening pride in the preservation 
 of its language and its literature. The Bohemian met up town in business life 
 would be casually mistaken for a German, bur a tour through their section of the 
 
 city impresses one with their startling individuality In conversation with S. 
 
 (one of their leading men) I was struck by the ease and' purity of his English diction. 
 This is a marked peculiarity of most of the Bohemians. From their own harsh and 
 difficult language they switch off into English which betrays but little trace of foreign 
 accent." — 
 
 The statement about the Bohemians having been steadfast adherents of the 
 Church of Rome may be considered as a serious lapsus c a 1 a m i , because it is 
 not borne out by history. The Bohemians were in fact a protestant nation from the 
 burning at the stake of their famous reformers John Huss and Jerome of Prague (in 
 the years 1415 and 1416) until The period of the Thirty Years' war. which took its start 
 in Bohemia. Concerning the allusion to the character of the Bohemian language it may 
 be stated as a well known experience, that nearly every language appears "harsh and 
 difficult'* to a person who is perfectly ignorant of the same and very rarely hears it 
 spoken. Time and again have I heard, on the European continent, the English 
 language characterized as "harsh and difficult", whereas in fact, English is a language 
 not only full of melody as well as power, but probably the easiest of all European 
 tongues to learn. 
 
P^RT I. 
 
 SECTION 1. 
 General observations. 
 
 In the Bohemian language Roman characters are used in writing 
 and printing. 
 
 In order to read Bohemian it is first necessary to be well acquainted 
 with the sounds, represented by the different letters of the Bohemian al- 
 phabet. 
 
 In attempting to read English while giving the letters the customary 
 Bohemian sounds, we should find most English words difficult to pro- 
 nounce and a large proportion of them simply unpronounceable. 
 
 The same is true if we attempt to read Bohemian while giving the 
 letters their English sounds. 
 
 This explains why English-speaking persons, entirely ignorant of 
 any language but their own and supposing that the letters of the alphabet 
 always retain their English sounds, find so many "jawbreakers" in trying 
 to pronounce Bohemian or other foreign words. Foreign persons, ignor- 
 ant of English, find themselves "in the same boat", when trying to pro- 
 nounce English words, and their difficulty is even much greater on account 
 of the complicated character of English orthography. 
 
 SECTION 2. 
 
 Tlie Boliemian alplialbet. 
 
 The alphabet of the Bohemian language consists of 26 letters, the 
 same as the English, if accented letters, being simply a modification of 
 the original sounds, are not counted; but, counting all the accented letters 
 separately, we find 41 letters in the Bohemian alphabet. 
 
The Alphabet. 
 
 13 
 
 The following table gives the complete alphabet of the Bohemian 
 language, with the English equivalents as near as possible. Capital letters 
 of course, correspond with the small letters, accented or unaccented. 
 
 THE ALPHABET. 
 
 a 
 a 
 b 
 c 
 6 
 d 
 
 has the sound 
 
 e 
 e 
 e 
 
 f 
 
 S 
 h 
 ch 
 
 i 
 i 
 
 J 
 
 k 
 
 1 
 
 of 
 
 in 
 
 done. 
 
 1 a 
 
 in 
 
 arm. 
 
 ' b. 
 
 
 
 1 ts. 
 
 
 
 ' ch 
 
 in 
 
 child. 
 
 1 <*; 
 
 it t 
 
 akes tl 
 
 di 
 
 e 
 e 
 
 ea 
 
 f. 
 
 9 
 h 
 ch 
 
 it takes the sound of d' when followed by the 
 soft vowels e 9 i or i. 
 in the French word diable. 
 This mellow sound of d, imperfectly rendered 
 by dy, is ordinarily heard in the English ex- 
 pressions would you, could you, when rapid- 
 ly uttered, so that the terminal d and initial 
 y are fused into one sound, 
 in end. 
 
 in ere, or at in air. 
 
 in beatitude, or ye in yes; when it occurs di- 
 rectly after d, n, t, these letters take the soft 
 sound of d' 9 n, t\ and e sounds like e. The 
 syllable je ? ye, is an equivalent for e. 
 
 in great; it occurs only in foreign words, 
 
 in ham. 
 
 in German and Dutch, also in Welsh, or x 
 
 in Greek, — somewhat like kh. 
 
 11 i m pin. 
 
 11 i in pique, or ee in seen. 
 
 " y in yes. 
 
 " k in sink, without an aspirate. 
 
14 
 
 The Alphabet. 
 
 m 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 o 
 6 
 P 
 «1 
 r 
 f 
 
 n in Spanish (canon) or gn in French (cam- 
 pagne); imperfectly rendered by ny . 
 
 o in obey. 
 6 in lord. 
 
 P- 
 
 q in question; it occurs only in foreign words 
 
 r in rest; it has a sharp, trilling sound. 
 
 rsh (or rs^, as the Imperial Dictionary of the 
 English Language has it); it is a sound proper 
 to the Bohemian and Polish languages, which 
 must be heard in order to be acquired cor- 
 rectly; the same may be said of the English 
 sound of th, hard and soft. 
 
 s in sink. 
 
 sh. 
 
 t in test; it takes the sound of t? when fol- 
 loved by e 9 i or i. 
 
 t in the French word tiens, as commonly pro- 
 nounced. This mellow sound of t, imper- 
 fectly rendered by ty, is also heard in the 
 English expressions wouldn't you, couldn't 
 you, when rapidly uttered, so that the termi- 
 nal / and initial y are fused into one sound. 
 
 u 
 
 ' u 
 
 in 
 
 push. 
 
 
 ' u 
 
 in 
 
 rude, or oo in pool. 
 
 v " " 
 
 ' V. 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 (( X 
 
 in 
 
 expect. 
 
 y " " " 
 
 1 y 
 
 in 
 
 lynch. 
 
 y " " " 
 
 ' i 
 
 in 
 
 pique, or ee in seen. 
 
 z 
 
 " z 
 
 in 
 
 zeal. 
 
 z " " 
 
 1 z 
 
 in 
 
 azure, or s in pleasure. 
 
Karnes of the letters. 
 
 15 
 
 The beginner must try to master thoroughly the peculiar sound of 
 every accented letter in the Bohemian alphabet, before proceeding with 
 his lessons. However, it is evident that of all the accented letters only 
 four will present a certain difficulty : d\ n, t? and r. The rest are 
 simple. Among the plain consonants, the peculiar sound of ell must be 
 well practiced; the combination kh gives it only imperfectly. 
 
 SECTION 3. 
 Names of tlxo letters. 
 
 The names of the letters of the Bohemian alphabet, though of little 
 consequence to the beginner, are given in the following table as near as 
 can be. However, the Bohemian sounds of the letters, as explained in the 
 foregoing section, must be well kept in mind, in order to name the letters 
 correctly. 
 
 For instance : b is called be, to be pronounced like belt, the e 
 sounding like e in ere, ai in air, or a in fare, the final h being mute and 
 serving only as a lengthening mark. 
 
 Two of lli3 accents {a, a), whenever they occur, signify only a pro 
 longation of the sound; the quality of the other accents has been explained 
 in the foregoing section. 
 
 In spelling a word, the vowels with a long accent (a, e, i, u, y) are 
 called long a, long e 9 etc.; also, a with a comma, e with a comma, and 
 so forth; u is called u with a ring. 
 
 The letters named. 
 
 a, a 
 
 a (ah) 
 
 ch 
 
 Jchd 
 
 f 
 
 b 
 
 be 
 
 i, i 
 
 ee (in bee) 
 
 s 
 
 c 
 
 tse 
 
 J 
 
 ye 
 
 s 
 
 6 
 
 clie 
 
 k 
 
 kd 
 
 t 
 
 d 
 
 de 
 
 1 
 
 el 
 
 t 
 
 ersh 
 
 te 
 fe 
 
16 
 
 Bohemian pronunciation. 
 
 <T 
 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 em 
 
 u, u, 
 
 ft 
 
 00 
 
 e, e 
 
 
 e (eh) 
 
 n 
 
 en 
 
 
 
 (in boom) 
 
 e 
 
 
 iye 
 
 n 
 
 en 
 
 V 
 
 
 ve 
 
 f 
 
 
 ef 
 
 o, 6 
 
 6 (oh) 
 
 X 
 
 
 ix 
 
 S 
 
 
 ge 
 
 P 
 
 pe 
 
 y,y 
 
 ee or ypsilon 
 
 
 (like 
 
 g- in go) 
 
 q 
 
 koo 
 
 z 
 
 
 zet 
 
 h 
 
 
 hd 
 
 r 
 
 er 
 
 z 
 
 
 let 
 
 SECTION 1>. 
 Bohemian pronunciation. 
 
 After mastering the sounds of the Bohemian letters, the learner may 
 be said to have fully conquered Bohemian pronunciation. 
 
 There is in fact only one rule : Pronounce as it is written, sounding 
 every letter, — of course, giving the letters their proper Bohemian, and not 
 their English sounds. 
 
 The English, French and German written languages abound with 
 silent letters; the Bohemian language has practically none, that is, ex- 
 tremely few. Such as there are, will be pointed out in the course of the 
 following lessons. 
 
 It is a well known rule in English, that there can be no written syl- 
 lable without a vowel. In Bohemian we sometimes encounter syllables 
 made up of consonants without any vowel. 
 
 . "How in the world can you pronounce that V* 
 
 Not infrequently have we heard such a question from persons, hav- 
 ing no idea of any language but their own. 
 
 But it is just as easy to pronounce such syllables in Bohemian, as 
 it is in English to give utterance to syllables with a mute vowel. An ex- 
 ample will elucidate it: 
 
 Trn means thorn. This word is evidently of the same derivation 
 in both languages. 
 
 Now, the Bohemian word trn being composed of three consonants 
 and no vowel, how is it pronounced ? 
 
Rules of Bohemian pronunciation. 17 
 
 In the same way, as the second syllable of the English words bit- 
 tern, slattern, where the vowel e is silent. We hear in that second syl- 
 lable only the sounds of t-r-n. the sound of the vowel e disappearing en- 
 tirely : and this explains exactly the pronunciation of Bohemian words 
 of one syllable, or syllables, without a vowel. Syllables with silent vowels 
 abound in English as well as in German, — not quite so in French; — and 
 they are constantly pronounced with the same ease, as the syllables having 
 no vowel sounds in Bohemian. 
 
 It is to be observed that such syllables always contain one of 
 the two consonants 1 and r which are sometimes called "half- vowels", 
 because in such cases they almost take the place of vowels. In a prolon- 
 gation of the sound we hear in Bohemian somewhat indistinctly the vowel 
 e before the proper sound of those consonants, as if we wrote and 
 partially pronounced : 
 
 t e rn instead of trn (thorn) 
 
 v e lk „ vlk (wolf) 
 
 The number of monosyllabic words without a vowel is not large: 
 but syllables consisting of two or three consonants occur quite often. 
 
 For instance : trceti, strciti, means in English to stick oat. topush. 
 Each of these words is composed of three syllables : tr-ce-ti, str-ei-ti; 
 and the first syllable of each contains only consonants : tr 5 str. 
 
 How are they pronounced 7 
 
 Just like ter and ster in the English words bitter, blister. Xobody 
 finds any difficulty in passing over the silent e and saying bittr, blistr. 
 
 Among the Bohemian vowels there are some, which are called soft, 
 namely : e, e, i, i; and others (a, o, u, y) which are called hard or 
 broad. 
 
 Of the soft vowels the last three, e, i and i, have a softening in- 
 fluence upon some preceding consonants, particularly n 9 d, t, which 
 they change into the soft sounds of n, d', f ? as noticed in section 1. 
 
 For instance : 
 
 2 
 
18 Parts of Speech 
 
 sane (sleigh) is pronounced as if spelt sane; 
 
 paiii (mistress, lady) is pronounced as if spelt paiii; 
 
 delo (cannon) sounds like d'elo; 
 
 dilo (work) d'ilo; 
 
 telo (body) t'elo; 
 
 tisk (printing) t'isk; 
 
 This will always be plainly indicated in the pronouncing columns 
 of the practical lessons contained in Part II. 
 
 Care must be taken to give every long vowel (a 9 e ? i ? y, 6, li, u) 
 
 its proper long sound, because a shortened sound would often make the 
 word unintelligible or change its meaning, the same as in English in 
 numerous cases. For instance : 
 
 pata means heel; pata means the fifth (in the feminine gender). 
 The only difference is in the length of the vowels. Likewise in English : 
 lid and lead have the same vowel sound, the only difference being in its 
 length or quantity. — 
 
 We have said all it is necessary to say about Bohemian pronuncia- 
 tion and in closing we again enjoin the only rule, which obtains in Bo- 
 hemian with very few exceptions : Pronounce as it is written, — giving 
 every letter its proper Bohemian sound. 
 
 SECTION 5. 
 
 Parts of speech. 
 
 In Bohemian the parts of speech or classes of words are the same 
 as in English, excepting the article. 
 
 In English we have the definite article the and the indefinite article 
 a, an. (In French, masculine, feminine, le, la, — un, une ; in German, 
 masculine, feminine and neutre, der, die, das, — ein, eine, ein.) 
 
Gender. 19> 
 
 In Bohemian there is no article, definite 1 or indefinite. In this 
 regard, Bohemian agrees with Latin. 
 
 We say in English : the house, the houses, ((house ; in Bohemian 
 <lfun. (lomv, diim. 
 
 SECTION 6. 
 
 Gender. 
 
 But, having no article, the Bohemian noun suffers nevertheless 
 from the useless infliction of grammatical gender in the same degree as 
 the German, Latin and Greek. It has three genders, namely : masculine, 
 feminine and neutre. 
 
 The English language has rejected all distinction of gender, at- 
 tributing sex to living beings only, which is one of the greatest advan- 
 tages the English language has over all other European tongues, ancient 
 and modern. 
 
 In the absence of an article in Bohemian, if we want to designate 
 the gender of a noun, we use the indicative pronoun this or that, name- 
 ly : ten for the masculine, ta for the feminine and to for the neutre 
 gender. Hence we say : 
 
 ten dii in 
 ta bouda 
 to okno 
 
 this (or that) house 
 this (or that) hut 
 this (or that) window 
 
 In the plural it is ti for living masculine beings : 
 
 ti muzi, these (or those) men; 
 
 ty for inanimate masculine things and for the feminine gender ; ta for 
 the neutre : 
 
 ty domy, .these or those houses; 
 
 ty fooudy, these or those huts ; 
 
 ta okna, these or those windows. 
 
20 Grammatical rules. 
 
 However, in colloquial parlance, ty is heard in the plural regard- 
 less of gender. — 
 
 Always remember, that the article has no existence in Bohemian ; 
 and that the words ten, ta, to, — ti, ty, ta, when used before a noun, 
 are simply indicative pronouns and nothing else. 
 
 SECTION 7. 
 
 Grammatical rules in general. 
 
 Bohemian is one of the highly inflected languages, like German or 
 the classic tongues, which is doubtless a disadvantage, to be deplored 
 especially from the standpoint of the learner. On account mainly of the 
 useless distinction of gender, which permeates the whole structure of the 
 Bohemian language, grammatical forms and rules are numerous, forming 
 the principal difficulty encountered in the study of the language. 
 
 But to some extent, at least, that difficulty is offset by colloquial 
 usage, which largely disregards the artificial distinction of gender in the 
 employment of pronouns, adjectives and verbs, as they relate to nouns 
 of different gender. This serves to simplify the matter somewhat for the 
 learner of Bohemian as commonly spoken. 
 
 In the following lessons we try to imitate the natural method of 
 learning a language. We do not teach the child grammatical rules and 
 complications before it knows how to speak, We teach it words and 
 their connection in phrases, expressing thoughts. 
 
 Consequently we do not intend to cram the beginner at the outset 
 with all sorts of grammatical rules. There are not thousands but millions 
 of people using the Bohemian language and knowing little of the rules 
 -and perplexities of its grammar. The same is true of every other living 
 tongue. 
 
 This Course being designed solely for practical purposes, it will be 
 • our aim to impart to the learner some practical knowledge of the language 
 in the easiest, most natural and most direct way possible. We shall there- 
 fore interpolate in the following lessons only such grammatical rules, as 
 
The Accent. 21 
 
 may appear to be indispensable to facilitate the student's progress and 
 which may easily be mastered en passant, or, so to say, by a method of 
 e;»sy induction 
 
 A more extended and methodical review of the Bohemian grammar 
 will be found in the last part of this book. After acquiring to a certain 
 degree a practical knowledge of the language, the learner will find it 
 much easier to grapple with the details of its grammar, which in the begin- 
 ning wonld servconly to perplex him unnecessarily and to dampen his 
 ardor. And when a moderate knowledge of the tongue is attained, the 
 progressive student will naturally take a Dictionary of the English and 
 Bohemian languages to his aid. which will make further progress rapid 
 and pleasing. 
 
 The main difficulty is in the start, as in every other language. It 
 requires earnestness of purpose and perseverance. The beginner must 
 not allow himself to be discouraged by such initial difficulties, as he is 
 sure to meet with ; and whenever the pronunciation of an accented 
 Letter or a word, as given in this book, seems to be a stumbling-block, 
 we would advise him to ask some neighbor or acquaintance, who speaks 
 Bohemian, to pronounce it for him repeatedly, so that his ear may grow T 
 accustomed to the sound and the same may become quite familiar to him. 
 If he fads to catch it forthwith, let him try again and again, until he 
 succeeds. Let him remember, that the thousands of Bohemians who 
 learn English find similar difficulties in their way ; and numbers of those r 
 who at first felt discouraged, thinking they could never master the 
 intricacies of the English tongue, to-day speak and write it tolerably 
 well, — many of them with fluency and grace. 
 
 SECTION 8 
 
 r jriie accent. 
 
 In the Bohemian language the accent is always placed upon the first- 
 syllable ; consequently its rules, which in English have to be closely 
 studied, do not offer an} T difficulty whatever. Only when a noun is pre- 
 ceded by a preposition of one syllable, the accent, is transferred and 
 placed upon that preposition. 
 
22 G ra m m a tie a I ru les . 
 
 SECTION 9. 
 
 Ty and vy, — tJwv and you. 
 
 The personal pronoun ty of the second person singular is used in 
 Bohemian in family circles, and in addressing familiar or intimate friends 
 It expresses endearment, familiarity or close friendship. 
 
 But among the Bohemians in America it is very often improperly 
 employed instead of vy (you) in addressing others, which latter word in 
 Bohemian has the same general usage as in English. By a curious mistake 
 most of the original Bohemian settlers in America, like many of the Ger- 
 mans, translated the English you by ty, fancying the meaning to be 
 identical and supposing that in English the second person singular is use*d 
 in addressing another person, instead of the second person plural, as is 
 the proper custom in. Bohemian. But the rule in ordinary discourse is 
 almost the same in English as in Bohemian, the second person plural 
 (you, vy) being employed in addressing others and always combined with 
 a plural verb, there being only a few exceptions in Bohemian as stated 
 above. The French language follows exactly the same rule as the Bohe- 
 mian ; but in German discourse the third person plural is used in speaking 
 to another (f&ify. they).^ 
 
 This explanation, though somewhat lengthy, has been deemed neces- 
 sary at the outset. 
 
 • SECTION 10. 
 
 In vulgar language, the sound of the consonant v is often impro- 
 perly placed before the initial vowel o 9 so that for instance, in place of 
 a pure on, ona, ono (he, she, it) we hear von, vona, vono. It is some- 
 thing similar to the vulgar English custom to place the sound of h before 
 an initial vowel : H' englishman, It eye-tooth, instead of Englishman, 
 eye-tooth. 
 
PART XI. 
 
Rules of pronunciation. 25 
 
 Rules of pi^oiviiiiciatioiiL. 
 
 The following rules must constantly be kept in mind : 
 
 1 — The Bohemian pronunciation in the following lessons is always 
 given in italics. 
 
 2 — We proceed upon the supposition that section 2, part I. ex- 
 plaining the sounds of all the Bohemian letters, and particularly the 
 sounds of accented vowels, has been fully digested by the beginner. 
 
 3 — Consequently we do not attempt, in the following lessons, to 
 give English equivalents for the long vowels a and e, which are of very 
 frequent occurrence, because it would be a useless complication. For the 
 long vowels i and y, whose souud is identical, the English ee as heard 
 in see?i will have to answer. But it is to be observed that in ordinary 
 Bohemian discourse the sound of y is frequently (in fact, nearly always) 
 changed into ej, i.e. ey as heard in they, obey. The word syr (cheese), 
 for instance, is properly pronounced seer, but commonly seyr. 
 
 4 — The sound of the Bohemian short vowels a, e, o 9 is represented 
 by <'/, e, o; but the marked characters a, e. 6 are avoided when their use 
 appears to be superfluous. For instance the pronunciation of words like 
 tento (this one), pense (pension), ponor (draught of a ship) is sufficiently 
 indicated by tento, pense, ponor, to an English-speaking beginner; and 
 it would by superfluous to write tento, pense, ponor. 
 
 5 — The short sound of i is given by i, as heard in pin. When 
 the long English sound of i (as heard in dine) is to be employed a full- 
 face i or I will stand for it, — which however is of rare occurrence. 
 
26 Part II. 
 
 6 — Short y always retains its short English sound as heard in 
 the word lynch, and we use for it in the pronouncing column either i 
 or y, as may be more appropriate. The combination ej will commonly 
 be represented by ey, which must always be pronounced like ey in they, 
 whey, obey. 
 
 7 — The short vowel n is represented by U, but frequently also by 
 'oo, where a slight lengthening of the sound is not only admissible, but 
 conducive to a clear enunciation. Long u and fi are naturally always 
 rendered by oo, as heard in boot. 
 
 8 — The vowel e, when preceded by d, 11, t, changes them into 
 *d', fi, £, and has then the sound of a simple e. When it retains its 
 proper sound of e, 'we commonly write it ye in the pronouncing column. 
 The student must be careful always to sound it like ye in the English 
 words yes, yet, yell, and NEVER like the word ye, meaning "you". 
 For instance : me, prave, (me, just), mye, prdvye {mye, prdvyg). 
 
 The syllable je is identical in pronunciation with e, and is also 
 rendered by ye; for example : jen (only), yen. Je is generally used in 
 common discourse as an abbreviation of jest, yest(\s); to guard against 
 possible mispronunciation, we will always write it ye. 
 
 9 — The sound of the soft consonants d', fi, t' is represented by the 
 combination dy, ay, ty, when practicable, which is rarely the case. 
 Whenever this is found impracticable, or when it would only serve to 
 obscure instead of facilitating matters, a full-face d', fi, f is used in the 
 pronouncing column and the student must try his best to give it the 
 proper Bohemian sound. 
 
 Inflexible rule : When the soft vowels e, i, i follow after d, n, t, 
 these consonants are softened into d', fi, t', and will be so marked. 
 
 10 — To represent the sound of ell, the combined letters kJi are in- 
 variably employed, for want of a better substitute. The sound of f is 
 given by rsh. for the same reason.*) 
 
 *) The letter f was unknown in the old Bohemian language and is wisely rejected 
 by the Slovaks, who use the letter r in its place. In many cases also, where its use is 
 insisted upon by strict and pedantic grammarians, it is avoided by the practical com- 
 mon sense of the people. 
 
R u les of p ro n u n c iatio n . 27 
 
 11 — For the letter c we use eh or tch as heard in chap, wretch; 
 for s the English equivalent sh is used; for the Bohemian j, the letter y 
 as heard in yonder is made to answer. A final s in Bohemian has always 
 the sharp hissing sound and will be marked ss. 
 
 12 — For the sound of z the Imperial Dictionary gives zh as a sub- 
 stitute: but we retain the full-face Bohemian z in the pronouncing column, 
 as nothing would be gained by such a substitution. It is always pro- 
 nounced like z in azure, or s in pleasure. But in some cases, when 
 terminating a word or a syllable, the letter z takes the sharper sound of 
 ■gh and will be so noted. 
 
 The diphthong on. 
 
 This is tlif only diphthong in the Bohemian language, and it must 
 always be pronounced like on in dough, or like the word owe, — never 
 like ou in pound or ghoul. We shall commonly mark it oil, 
 
 Abbreviations 
 
 will be avoided as much as possible, and their meaning will in every case 
 be self-evident. — The letters ///, /", // beside a noun denote gender (mas- 
 culine, feminine, neutre). — Sing, means singular number; pi. means 
 
 plural number. 
 
 The Hyphen. 
 
 Syllables without a vowel — but always containing one of the so- 
 called •semi-vowels" 1 and r 5 as before observed, — are separated from 
 other syllables of the same word by a hyphen, to make their separate 
 pronunciation apparent. For instance : brzo (soon), br-zo, — the syl 
 lable br being pronounced exactly like bor in the English words labor, 
 neighbor. 
 
 However, a silent e will often be interpolated in such syllables, to 
 elucidate their pronunciation; for instance: prsi, p e rshee, it rains. 
 
 The apostrophe 
 
 will be used to prevent a collusion of two letters, into which an English- 
 speaking beginner might easily be entrapped, and to keep them separate; 
 as. for example: mel jsem (I had), pronounced m'yell sent, — and not 
 my -ell sem. 
 
28 
 
 Part II 
 
 LESSON I. 
 
 Ja 
 
 yd 
 
 ty 
 
 ty 
 
 on 
 
 on 
 
 I ona ond she 
 
 thou {improperly you) ono ono it 
 he ten, ta, to, ten, to, to, 
 
 ty ty, that or those 
 tu ? zde til, zde here 
 a, i a, i and 
 ano, ne And, ne yes, no 
 za zd for ; pill ^00^ half 
 na no on 
 Ja mam, yd mdm, ) I have or on ma, 
 main mdm ) I have got ma 
 
 mam 2 mdm f have I ? ma J 
 
 ty mas, ty mash, ) thou hast or 
 
 mas ma*A ) thou hast got ma 
 
 (improperly : you have) 
 
 this, that 
 
 mas mdsh hast thou? (have you?) 
 
 dollar, m. dollar . dollar 
 
 piil- dollar, m. pool-d. half-a-dollar 
 
 cent, m. tsent cent 
 
 penize, pi. pefieezti money or cash 
 
 hotove hotove cash 
 
 #•# m«, ) he 
 
 ?rta ) he 
 
 ona ma, ond md, ) she 
 
 md ) she 
 
 ono ma, ono ma, ) it 
 ma md ) it 
 
 licet, m. oo-chet bill, 
 dluh, m. tfZtfo^ 
 
 na dluh nd-dlooh on trust. 
 n a licet nd-oochet, on trust, 
 maso. n. m#s# 
 
 has #r 
 
 has got 
 
 has he ? 
 
 has or 
 
 has got 
 
 has or 
 
 has got 
 
 account 
 
 debt 
 
 on credit 
 
 on credit 
 
 meat 
 

 
 
 Lesson 1. 
 
 
 
 '29 
 
 chleb, 
 
 chleba 
 
 m. 
 
 Ihleb ) 
 khleba \ 
 
 bread 
 
 Pivo, 
 vino, 
 
 n. 
 n. 
 
 peevo 
 veeno 
 
 beer 
 
 wine 
 
 syr. 
 
 m. 
 
 seer 
 
 cheese 
 
 soda, 
 
 f. 
 
 .v odd 
 
 soda 
 
 maslo, 
 
 n, 
 
 maslo 
 
 butter 
 
 voda, 
 
 f. 
 
 rodd 
 
 water 
 
 Note 1. Pronounce ma like ma' a, the vulgar abbreviation of 
 
 Mamma: and main like ma'am, the vulgar abbreviation of Madam; it will 
 assist in catching the true sound. 
 
 Note 2. In Bohemian, miti meeSi (to have), is not an auxiliary 
 verb as in English, but always an independent verb. 
 
 Note l\. Soda is commonly used as an abbreviation of sodovka, 
 soda-water. — In vulgar speech, the expression jo, yd, (from the German 
 ,/'//) is often heard instead of ano, yes. 
 
 Note 4. The long vowel u, oo, which occurs only at the begin- 
 ning of a word or syllable, is often changed into on, oil, and so pro- 
 nounced. Hence we frequently hear oocet, oitchet, instead of ricet, oocliet, 
 and the like. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Ja main penize, I have money. Ty mas dlnh, thou hast (you have) 
 
 Mam penize, I have money. a debt. 
 
 Ty mas penize, thou hast money On ma dlnh, he has a debt, 
 
 (sometimes i7nproperly used for: Jji mam ten ucet, I have the bill. 
 
 you have money. See Section 7, Mam ten licet I have I that hill ? 
 
 Part l) - Mam, I have. 
 
 On ma hotove, lie has the cash. m $ ten UeU hast thou (have 
 
 Ona ma chleba, she lias bread (or you) that bill ? 
 
 th( - bread )- Mam, I have. 
 
 Ona ma dollar, she has a dollar. MA§ dollar ? hast tbou (have you) 
 
 Ona ma cent, she has a cent. a dollar? 
 
 Ja mam ucet, I have the bill. j a mam pu I -dollar, I have half a 
 
 Ja mam dlnh, I have a debt. dollar. 
 
80 
 
 Part II 
 
 Mate penize I have you money ? 
 
 Ma penize 'I has he money ? 
 
 Ma on ty penize] lias he that money? 
 
 On ma dollar, he has a dollar. 
 
 On nui ten dollar, he has that dollar. 
 
 Ona ma ty penize, she has that 
 money. 
 
 Ona ma dlnli, she has a debt. 
 
 Ona ma zde ricet, she has an ac- 
 count here. 
 
 Ona ma ten licet, she has that bill. 
 
 Mam ehleba, I have bread. 
 
 A ja mam maso, and I have meat. 
 
 Mas ehleba '{ hast thou (have you) 
 bread ? 
 
 Ano, mam; yes, I have. 
 
 Mas maso? hast thou (have you) 
 
 meat ? 
 
 Ne, no. 
 
 Mam ehleba a maso, I have bread 
 
 and meat. 
 A ja mam pivo, and I have beer. 
 To pivo, that beer (or this beer). 
 
 To pivo a to vino, that beer and 
 
 that wine. 
 Chleba za penize ) bread for cash 
 a pivo na dluh, i and beer on trust. 
 Maso za hotove / meat for cash and 
 
 a vino na licet ' wine on account. 
 Ma ten chleb \ has he that bread 
 
 a to m a si .o ? ' and that butter ? 
 Chleb i voda, bread and water. 
 Maslo a syr, butter and cheese. 
 
 Note 5. Gender of the nouns. It will be observed that the nouns 
 
 dollar ueet chleb 
 
 cent dlnh syr 
 
 are all of the masculine gender, and using the indicative pronoun we say: 
 ten dollar, ten cent, etc. 
 
 Nouns terminating in consonants are mostly of the masculine gender. 
 
 The nouns voda, soda, are of the feminine gender: ta voda, 
 ta soda. 
 
 Nouns terminating in a are always of the feminine gender. 
 
 But some feminine nouns also terminate in e and in consonants; 
 for instance zeme, earth (land, country); kostf, bone; dan, tax. 
 
 The nouns maso, maslo, pivo, vino, are neutre: to maso, to 
 maslo, etc. 
 
Lesson %. 
 
 %* 
 
 Nouns terminating lit o are always of the neutre gender. 
 
 But some neutre nouns have the termination p ? e or i; for in- 
 etance pole, field ; doupe, den ; oseni, crop. 
 
 Note G. The noun penize (money) is in the plural: the singular 
 peiiiz, peneez, means either "a coin" or "an amount". 
 
 LESSON II. 
 
 My 
 
 vy 
 
 oni 
 
 me 
 
 we 
 
 niaine 
 
 mdmti 
 
 we havt 
 
 '7/ 
 
 you 
 
 mate 
 
 mate 
 
 you hav( 
 
 dm 
 
 they 
 
 maji 
 
 inri-i/ee 
 
 they have 
 
 Note 1. In the third person plural oni Mi (they) is used in the 
 masculine gender for animate creatures; ony, tiny (they) in the feminine 
 gender, and in the masculine for inanimate things ; ona &n& (they) in 
 the neutre gender. 
 
 But in common discourse no such grammatical distinction is made 
 and the masculine form oni is employed in all eases. 
 
 papir. m. 
 
 pdpeer 
 
 paper 
 
 plae> 
 
 m. 
 
 plats j 
 
 place or 
 
 pero, n . 
 
 pern 
 
 pen 
 
 mista, 
 
 Si. 
 
 meestd f 
 
 room 
 
 inkoust, m. 
 
 inkoilst 
 
 ink 
 
 stfil, 
 
 m. 
 
 stool 
 
 table 
 
 vuz 9 m. 
 
 vooe 
 
 wagon 
 
 seuo> 
 
 n. 
 
 sen o 
 
 hay 
 
 hie, m. 
 
 bitch 
 
 whip 
 
 obil^ 
 
 U-. 
 
 dbe-lee 
 
 grain? 
 
 pytel, m. 
 
 piffll 
 
 sack 
 
 pot a Ik 
 
 m. 
 
 piddJh 
 
 team 
 
 
 eas 5 
 
 m. chdss 
 
 time 
 
 
 
 taui 
 
 tdm 
 
 there 
 
 dost 
 
 
 dost 
 
 enough 
 
 jen, jenom, 
 
 yen, yen dm only 
 
 kaMy 
 
 
 kafaUe 
 
 every one 
 
 vsicluii,. fshikb%% 
 
32 
 
 Part II 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 My manic papir, we have paper. 
 Mate pero 1 have you a pen ? 
 
 Alio, mam; yes, I have. 
 
 Mate inkoust ] have you ink ? 
 Mam, I have. 
 
 Mate penize I have you money ? 
 Zde mate plac, here you have a place 
 Tarn mate misto, there you have a 
 place. 
 
 Zde ma kazdy misto, here every 
 one has a place. 
 
 Tarn maji vsichni misto, there they 
 aJl have a place. 
 
 Zde mate still, here you have a table. 
 
 Maine vuz, we have a wagon. 
 
 On ina bic, he has a whip. 
 
 Ona ma pytel, she lias a sack. 
 
 Maji potall, they have a team. 
 
 Oni maji obili a seno, they have 
 grain and hay. 
 
 Maji obili a seno 'I have they grain 
 and hay ? 
 
 Maji jen seno, they have only hay. 
 
 Oni maji jenom pytel, they have 
 only a sack. 
 
 Maine cas, we have time. 
 
 Note 2. As observed in vsichni (all), when a word commences 
 
 with the letter v followed by another consonant, the initial v takes the 
 sharp sound of an f, whenever the facility of pronunciation naturally re- 
 quires that modification of the sound. 
 
 LESSON III. 
 
 Kde 
 kdy 
 kdo 
 ted' 
 nyni 
 
 gcU 
 
 gdy 
 
 gdo 
 teff } 
 
 nym > 
 
 where 
 
 ne 
 
 ne 
 
 no, not 
 
 when 
 
 proc 
 
 proch 
 
 why 
 
 who 
 
 proto ze 
 
 proto ze 
 
 because 
 
 
 ani 
 
 ani ) 
 
 \ 
 
 no, not one, 
 
 now, 
 
 
 not even, 
 
 at present 
 
 
 neither—nor 
 
 n em am nemdm I have not, I 
 
 have not got 
 nomas nemdsh thou hast (you 
 
 have) not 
 nenia nemd he (she, it) has j nemaji nemdyee they have not 
 
 not 
 
 noma me nemdm e we have not 
 nemate nemdtg you have not 
 
Lesson S. 
 
 83 
 
 Note 1. In the words kde, kdy, kdo tlie hard consonant 
 k is pronounced like g* in go, In nemam, nemas, etc.. nem has exactly 
 
 the same sound as in the word nemesis. 
 
 Note 2. Negation is always expressed by the prefix ne. 
 Exercises. 
 Nem am penize, I have no money 
 
 Nemas penize! hast thou no money"/ 
 Nemate penize! have you no money? 
 Ne; no. 
 Proc nema penize? why has he (she, 
 
 it) no money ? 
 Proto ze nemaobili, because he has 
 
 no grain. 
 Nemame ucet, we have no account. 
 Nemate hotove ! have you no cash? 
 Nemate ani dollar! have you not 
 
 even a dollar? 
 Nema ani cent ! has he not a cent ? 
 Nemam ani dollar, I have not a dollar. 
 Nema ani cent, he has not a cent. 
 Nemaji ani chleb, ani maslo; they 
 
 have neither bread nor butter. 
 Nemaji ehleba, ani maslo, ani syr; 
 
 they have no bread, no butter and 
 
 no cheese. 
 Nemame papir, pero, ani inkoust; 
 
 Ave have no paper, no pen and no 
 
 ink. 
 
 Nemate plae ! have you no place ? 
 
 Zde nemame misto, we have no 
 place here. 
 
 Tarn nemame misto, we have no 
 
 place there. 
 
 Mas cas ! 
 Mate cas ! 
 Mate kdy! 
 Nemam cas, 
 Nem am kdy ? 
 
 
 hast thou time? 
 have you time ? 
 
 T have no time. 
 
 Ted' nemame cas, we have no time 
 now. 
 
 Nyni nemaji cas, they have no time 
 
 now. 
 Kdy mate cas! when have you time? 
 Kdy mamecas! when have we time? 
 Nyni; now. 
 
 Kdo ma penize! who has money? 
 Kdo ma cas ! who has time ? 
 
 Kde mas penize! where hast thou 
 
 the money ? 
 Kde mate penize! where have you 
 
 the money? 
 Kdo nema penize! who has no 
 
 money? 
 Kdo ma dluh! who has a debt? 
 Kde mate dluh ! where have vou a 
 
 debt? 
 
 Proc nemate hotove ! why have you 
 not the cash ? 
 
 3 
 
34 
 
 Part II 
 
 LESSON IT. 
 
 Co 
 
 tsd 
 
 co to 
 
 tsvtd 
 
 neco 
 
 netsd 
 
 nic 
 
 nits 
 
 pranic 
 
 pranits 
 
 what 
 
 what is it (that) 
 
 something 
 
 nothing 
 
 nothing at all 
 
 EXE] 
 
 J& mam n£co, I have something. 
 Ja nemam nic. Nemam nic. I have 
 
 nothing. 
 J& mam dollar, I have a dollar. 
 Nemam ani dollar, I have not even 
 
 a dollar. 
 Nem&m pranic, I have nothing at 
 
 all. 
 Nem&s nic, thou hast nothing. 
 Nem&te nic, you have nothing. 
 Oni nemaji nic, they have nothing. 
 Co to m&sl what is it thou hast got? 
 Mas neco ? hast thou anything ? 
 Co to mate? what have you? (what 
 
 is it you have ? what have you got ?) 
 Mate neco ? have you anything? 
 Cotomaji? what have they got? 
 Nemate nic ? have you nothing ? 
 Nemate pranic? have you nothing 
 
 at all? 
 Tak vy nemate nic, so you have 
 
 nothing. 
 
 moc 
 mnoho 
 
 mdts 
 mnohd 
 
 t much, many 
 
 tuze 
 
 tooz& 
 
 very; too 
 
 jak 
 
 yak 
 
 how 
 
 tak 
 
 tak 
 
 so 
 
 ISES. 
 
 Pranic nemame, 
 
 we have nothing 
 
 Nic nemam, 
 
 I have nothing. 
 
 at all. 
 Pranic nemaji, they have nothing 
 
 at all. 
 Ani vino, ani pivo nemaji; they 
 
 have neither wine, nor beer. 
 Mam moc, I have much. 
 
 Mame mnoho, we have much. 
 Ty nemas moc, thou hast not much. 
 Yy nemate moc, you have not much. 
 Oni nemaji mnoho, the}^ have not 
 
 much. 
 Jak moc? Jak mnoho? how much? 
 Tuze moc. Tuze mnoho; very much. 
 Ne moc. Ne mnoho; not much. 
 Ne tuze moc, not very much. 
 Ne tuze mnoho, ,, ,, 
 Ne tak tuze moc, not so very much. 
 Mas dost? hast thou enough? 
 
 Mate dost? have you enough? 
 
 Ano, mam dost; yes, I have enough. 
 Nemam dost, I have not enough. 
 To je tuze mnoho, co m&te; that is 
 
 very much, what you have got. 
 
Lesson 5. 
 
 35 
 
 LESSON y. 
 
 n£kdo negdfi somebody, some one 
 nikdo nigdd ^ 
 
 zadny zddnee f 
 
 nobody, no one 
 
 nekde negd^ somewhere, anywhetfe 
 nikde mgtU nowhere 
 iiikdy mgdi never 
 
 vMy 
 
 eiM 
 
 I 
 
 vMycky v&di-teki*) f 
 
 prace, f. prdts# work 
 
 always, all the time, eve 
 co delat 
 
 j stale stale 
 
 1 porad*) porshdd 
 
 1sd flelM 
 
 to do. 
 
 ExEKCISES. 
 
 Mate neco? have you something? Yy liemate nikdy nic, you never 
 
 Mate nekde neco 2 have you got have anything. 
 
 something, anywhere? Mam vzdy (dycky) neco, I always 
 
 Nemame nikde nic, we have got have something. 
 
 nothing, nowhere. Mate vzdycky neco, you always 
 
 Kdo ma neco I who has some- have something. 
 
 thing? Pofad neco mate, you always have 
 
 Zadny nic, nobody (has) anything. something. 
 
 Nikdo uema nic, nobody has any- Ty porad neco mas, thou hast al- 
 
 thing. ways something. 
 
 Nemame zadny nic; nobody (none Stale neco mate, you always have 
 
 of us) has an3'thing. something. 
 
 Nikdo nema tuze moc, nobody has Nenstale neco maji, they always 
 
 too much. have something. 
 
 Nem&m nikde nic, I have not any- Nemam porad nic, I never have 
 
 thing anywhere. anything. 
 
 Ty nomas nikdy nic, thou never Stale nema nic, he never has any- 
 
 hast anything. j thing. 
 
 *) Colloquially dycky, dit-ski; porad, porad. 
 
36 
 
 Part II 
 
 Porad nemaji nic, they never have 
 
 anything. 
 Pro£ nemas nic? why hast thou 
 
 nothing? 
 Proc nemate nic ? why have you 
 
 nothing? 
 Proc nemate n£co ? why have you 
 
 not something? 
 Proto ze nemam, because I have 
 
 not. 
 Nema§ dollar? hast thou not a dol- 
 lar? 
 Nemate penize? have you no money? 
 Proc nemate penize? why have you 
 
 no money? 
 Ja mam pfil- dollar, I have half-a- 
 
 dollar. 
 On ma dollar a pul, he has a dollar 
 
 and a half. 
 Nikdy nemam cas, I never have 
 
 time. 
 
 Proc nemate nikdy cas ? why have 
 
 you never time? 
 Proto ze mam moc prace, because 
 
 I have much work (much to do). 
 Proto ze mam mnoho co delat, be 
 
 cause I have much to do. 
 Proto ze mam tuze moc prace, be 
 
 cause I have very much to do. 
 Jak moc? Jak mnoho? how much 
 
 (many)? 
 Tak moc. Tak mnoho* So much 
 
 (many). 
 Tak tuze moc, so very much. 
 Proc tak moc ? why so much ? 
 Stale tak tuze moc, always so very 
 
 much. 
 Zadny nema tak mnoho, nobody 
 
 has so much. 
 Ne tuze moc, not too much. 
 
 Co to ? what is that ? 
 Nic, nothing. 
 
 Note 1. It will be observed that in Bohemian there is a double 
 negation expressed in a negative sentence : 
 
 Ja nemam nic; literally, I have not nothing, (actually, I have nothing). 
 Zadny nema nic; nobody has not nothing, (nobody has anything). 
 Nemate nikdy nic; you never have not nothing, (you never have anything). 
 
 Note 2. The order of the words in a sentence is much less rigid 
 than in English, and may often be changed at pleasure or according to the 
 stress we wish to lay upon a certain word, without changing the sense. 
 For instance : 
 
 Zadny nema mnoho; mnoho nema ifcadny; 
 
 nema Mdny mnoho. 
 
Lesson 6. 
 
 37 
 
 This is always one and the same sentence, the words fitting together at 
 the pleasure of the speaker. But in English we are rigidly bound to a cer- 
 tain order : nobody has much. It would be impossible to transpose the 
 words and say : much has nobody; has nobody much. 
 
 Of course, not every Bohemian sentence yields to transposition to 
 the same extent, but nearly every one yields more or less. Let us take 
 another illustration at random from the foregoing exercises : 
 
 Proto ze mam moc prace, because I have much work (much to do) 
 may be expressed as follows, without changing the sense : 
 
 proto ze moc prace mam; 
 proto ze prace moc mam; 
 proto ze moc mam prace; 
 proto ze prace mam moc. 
 
 In the English sentence no transposition is possible. What an im- 
 mense help this freedom of transposition is, especially in poetry, will be 
 apparent to the student. 
 
 
 
 
 LESSON VI. 
 
 
 
 
 Ja jsem, 
 jsem 
 
 yd stim 
 s$m 
 
 i 
 
 I am 
 
 ty jsi 
 
 ty si 
 
 si 
 
 t 
 
 thou art 
 
 on jest, 
 
 ona ,, 
 ono ,, 
 
 tin yest; 
 dnd ,, ; 
 ond ,, ; 
 
 
 on je, 
 
 ona ,, 
 ono ,, 
 
 dn yd; 
 dnd ,, ; 
 dnd ,, ; 
 
 jest, 
 
 9? 
 
 je 
 
 99 
 
 99 
 
 he is 
 she is 
 it is 
 
 My jsme, 
 jsme 
 
 me sm8 
 sm& 
 
 \ 
 
 we are 
 
 vy jste 
 jste 
 
 vee std 
 stt 
 
 i 
 
 you are 
 
 oni (ony, 
 jsou 
 
 ona) , 
 
 jsou, dm ( 
 soti 
 
 dny, dnd) 
 
 soil, I 
 
 
 they are 
 
38 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Note 1. The verb byti, beetii (to be) is the only auxiliary verb 
 in the Bohemian language. 
 
 Jsem, jsi, jsme, jste, jsou, as shown above, are pronounced : 
 sem, si, sm8, ste, sou. In spelling the initial j is also frequently omitted, 
 even by some of the best writers : sem, si, sine, ste, sou. 
 
 dobry, a, e 
 
 dobree 
 
 good 
 
 take, taky 
 
 take also, too; 
 
 spatny, a, e 
 
 shpdtnee 
 
 bad 
 
 ale 
 
 cLW but 
 
 drahy, a, e 
 
 clrahee 
 
 dear 
 
 zde, tu, tady 
 
 zd&, tu, tdde, here, 
 
 laciny, a, e 
 
 latsinee 
 
 cheap 
 
 
 present; 
 
 cerstvy, a, e 
 
 cherstvee, 
 
 fresh 
 
 teda 
 
 ttidd well then ; 
 
 doma 
 
 doma 
 
 at home 
 
 uz, jiz 
 
 Ush, yeez already 
 
 neni nem (colloquially : irejni, neym), he (she, it) is not 
 pravda prdvda true, truth 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 I am here, 
 here I am. 
 I am here already, 
 art thou here? 
 am here already. 
 Jste uz tady? are you already here? 
 Uz jsme tady, we are here already. 
 My jsme uz take zde, we are also 
 
 here already. 
 Jsou uz zde? are they already here? 
 
 Jsem zde, 
 Zde jsem, 
 Ja jsem uz zde, 
 Jsi zde? 
 Uz jsem tu, 
 
 Mame dobry chleb, we have good 
 
 bread. 
 Je ten chleba dobry? is this bread 
 
 good? 
 
 Alio, uz jsou tu! Yes, they are here 
 
 already. 
 Teda jsou vsichni zde; well, then 
 
 they are all here. 
 Proc jsme zde? why are we here? 
 
 (what are we here for?) 
 Proc vy jste tu? why are you here? 
 A proc on tady je ? and why is he 
 
 present ? 
 Proc jsou ty zde? why are those here? 
 
 Ano, je dobry; yes, it is good. 
 Ale je drahy, but it is dear. 
 
 My mame chleba doma, we have 
 bread at home, 
 
Lesson 6. 
 
 39 
 
 Je cerstv^ I is it fresh ? 
 
 Ano, ten chleba je cerstvy; yes, that 
 
 bread is fresh. 
 Ale proc je tak drahy? but why is 
 
 it so dear? 
 Neni draky, it is not dear. 
 
 Jest tuze drahy, it is very dear. 
 
 Yzdyt' (dytf) neni drahy; but it is 
 
 not dear. 
 Ale vzdyt' neni drahy; why, it ain't 
 
 dear at all. 
 Je laciny, it is cheap. 
 
 Je dost laciny, it is cheap enough. 
 Je tnze laciny, it is very cheap. 
 
 Ten syr je dobry, that cheese is good. 
 Ta voda je dobra, that water is good. 
 Ano, je tuze dobra; yes, it is very 
 
 good. 
 Je cerstva, it is fresh. 
 
 To pivo je taky dobre, that beer is 
 
 also good. 
 Ano, to je pravda; yes, that is true. 
 Je cerstve, it is fresh. 
 
 Ale ta soda neni dobra, but this 
 
 soda-water is not good. 
 To vino je spatne, that wine is bad. 
 Proc neni to vino take tak dobre % 
 
 why is that wine not just as good? 
 
 My manie dobre vino, we have 
 
 good wine. 
 Kde maji dobre pivo? where do 
 
 they have (keep) good beer? 
 Zde vsude, here everywhere. 
 
 Je to pravda -% is it true ? 
 
 Ano, to je pravda; yes, that is true. 
 ! Zde vsude maji dobre pivo, here 
 they everywhere have good beer. 
 j Ale vino nemaji dobre, but their 
 wine is not good {literally: but 
 wine they have not good). 
 | Proc nemate dobre vino? why 
 have you not good wine ? 
 
 Note 2. It will be observed that the termination of the adjectives 
 dobry, drahy etc. changes according to gender. 
 
 The masculine gender terminates in y 
 the feminine ,, ,, a 
 
 the neutre 
 
 dobry syr (masc), 
 dobra voda (fern.), 
 dobre pivo (neut.) 
 
 dobree seer, good cheese; 
 dobra vdda, good water; 
 dobre (eh) pivd, good beer. 
 
40 
 
 Part II 
 
 The feminine and neutre will always be indicated by placing a, e 
 after the masculine adjective, as above. 
 
 In common conversation, however, the masculine termination is 
 also used in the neutre gender : dobry pivo; so that practically we hear 
 only the two terminations y and a : dobry, dobra. 
 
 Note 3. In ordinary speech the final y of all adjectives in the 
 masculine gender is pronounced ey (as in they), and such is in fact the 
 prevalent custom in relation to the long letter y, no matter where it 
 occurs, as stated in the "Rules of Pronunciation". Hence we hear dobrey, 
 drdhey in the masculine gender, instead of dobree, drahee. This is the 
 general colloquial usage, by no means confined to the uneducated classes. 
 It has sprung up quite naturally because the sound of ey is not only 
 easier, but also more euphonious than the sound of ee, in most such 
 cases. Listening to the common conversation of Bohemians, the beginner 
 will almost constantly hear the long y pronounced ey. 
 
 LESSON TIL 
 
 Rad 
 
 rad glad 
 
 nemiti rad nemeeXli rad, (nemeet 
 
 nerad 
 
 nerad sorry 
 
 
 rad), to dislike 
 
 radi 
 
 rdtfi ) (the same 
 
 byti rM 
 
 beeibi rad, (beet rad), to 
 
 neradi 
 
 nera&'i S in plural) 
 
 
 be glad 
 
 miti rM 
 
 meeW rad (meet rad) 
 
 byti nerad beetii nerad (beet nerad), 
 
 
 to like 
 
 
 to be sorry 
 
 vzdyt' 
 
 vidit \ but, well, yet 
 ial) dyf * 
 
 veliky, 
 
 a, e oelikee } large, 
 oelkee i great, big 
 
 dytf (colloqu 
 
 velky 
 
 tak 
 
 tak so, such 
 
 maly, 
 
 & 9 e mdlee small, little 
 
 
 
 dlouhy, 
 
 a, £ dloUhee long 
 
 take tak 
 
 I MM tak \ -> ust so > 
 i ' just as 
 
 kratky, 
 
 Ay e krdtkee short 
 
 taky tak 
 
 pravy, 
 
 a, e pravee right, genuine 
 
 vsude 
 
 fshude , every . 
 
 falesny, 
 
 a, e faleshnee false 
 
 vsade 
 
 fshikW V 
 
 fshude ) wh,Jre 
 
 piny, 
 
 a, e pl-nee full 
 
 vsndy 
 
 pr&zny, 
 
 a, £ prdinee empty 
 
Lesson 7. 
 
 41 
 
 i e oh, well 
 
 ze ze that 
 
 ze je ze ye that he (she, it) is 
 
 zase zii-se , 
 
 zas zdss - again 
 
 opet op-yet ^ 
 
 nebo 
 
 jako 
 
 skoro 
 
 tomu 
 
 zadne 
 
 dluzen 
 
 nebd 
 
 or 
 
 yiikd 
 
 as, like 
 
 skord 
 
 almost 
 
 to mil 
 
 of it 
 
 zddnS 
 
 none 
 
 dloozen 
 
 indebted 
 
 Ja jsem rad, 
 To sem rad ! 
 Tuze rad ! 
 
 I am 
 
 I am so glad ! 
 
 very glad ! 
 
 Exercises. 
 Had 
 
 Jsme tomu radi, we are glad of it. 
 Tuze jsme tomu radi, we are very 
 
 glad of it. 
 Oui jsou tomu iuoe radi, they are 
 
 very glad of it. 
 Jsi rad uebo nel art thou glad or not? 
 Jste tomu radi? are you glad of it? 
 Mate to rad! (speaking to one 
 
 person) do you like it? 
 M&te to radi I (speaking to more 
 
 than one person) do you like it ? 
 Nemam to rad, I do not like it. 
 Nie to uemam rad, I do not like it 
 
 at all. 
 Nemaji to radi. Oni to uemaji ra- 
 di. They do not like it. 
 Jsem rad ze mam penize; I am glad 
 
 (that) I have money. 
 Ten dollar je falesuy; that dollar is 
 
 false. 
 Neui. je pravy; no. it is genuine. 
 Ja mam vzdycky dobre penize, I 
 
 have always good money. 
 
 Mate vuz piny I have you a full 
 
 wagon (is your wagon full)? 
 Yuz neni piny, the wagon is not full. 
 On je skoro prazny, it is almost 
 
 empty. 
 On je rad ze ma prazny viiz; he is 
 
 glad that he has an empty wagon. 
 Ja mam dluh, I have a debt. 
 Mam jen maly dluh, I have only a 
 
 small debt. 
 Ale ty mas (vy mate) velky dluh; 
 
 but thou hast (you have) a big debt. 
 Mam take tak velky dluh jako vy; 
 
 I have just as large a debt as you. 
 
 Vzdyf mate penize! but you have 
 
 money! 
 I nemam zadne; oh, I have none 
 
 (well, I have none). 
 On je \ sude dluzen, he is indebted 
 
 everywhere (he owes everybody). 
 
 Uz zase niame penize, again we 
 have (some) mone} 7 . 
 
 Ale vy zas uz nemate penize, but 
 
 you again have no money. 
 Ja sem tuze rad, ze mam penize! 
 
 I am very glad that I have money! 
 
42 
 
 Part II 
 
 On je tnze nerad, ze je dlnzen; he 
 
 is very sorry, that lie is in debt. 
 Proc je dlnzen 1 why is he in debt? 
 Proto ze nema penize, because he 
 
 has no mone} r . 
 Yzdyt' (dytf) on nema skoro zadny 
 
 dlnh; well, he has almost no debt 
 
 (is almost out of debt). 
 To je pravda, that is true. 
 
 On neni dlnzen, he is not in debt. 
 Mam velky (Huh, nebo maly 2 have 
 
 I a large debt or a small one? 
 Tu jest licet, here is the bill. 
 To neni dlonhy licet, that is not a 
 
 long bill. 
 Je jenom kratky, it is only short. 
 Ano, velmi kratky; yes, very short. 
 Mate jen tak maly licet^ have you 
 
 only such a small bill ? 
 Nemam rad velky licet, I do not 
 
 like to have a large account. 
 
 Je velky dost, it is large enough 
 Nemam mnoho, I have not much. 
 To je nic, that is nothing. 
 
 To je jako nic, that is like nothing. 
 To ze je nic % this you call nothing 
 
 {literally: that this is nothing)? 
 Oni jsou radi, ze tarn neni zadny 
 
 (Huh; they are glad, that there 
 
 is not any debt there. 
 I je tarn dluh, ale maly; well, there 
 
 is a debt there, but a small one. 
 Pravda, jenom maly: true, only a 
 
 small one. 
 Ano, tak to je; yes, it is so. 
 
 Ne, tak to neni; no, it is not so. 
 Ucet je wravy, the bill is right. 
 Ten licet neni pravy, that bill is not 
 
 right. 
 Je falesny, it is false, 
 
 A proc ? and why ? 
 
 Proto ze je ! because it is ! 
 
 LESSON Till. 
 
 nejsme 
 
 neysme 
 
 we are not 
 
 nejste 
 
 neysU 
 
 you are not 
 
 nejson 
 
 neysoit 
 
 they are not 
 
 Nejsem neysern I am not 
 
 neni neym he (she, it) is not 
 
 nejsi neysi thou are not 
 
 Note. Always pronounce ney, in the pronouncing column, like 
 the English word neigh. 
 
 sam (masc) 
 
 sam 
 
 sama (fern.) s&wia' 
 samo (neut.) samo 
 samoten (tna, tno) 
 
 alone; him- 
 self, herself 
 itself 
 
 dnes 
 
 prave 
 zrovna 
 
 dnes s 
 
 prav'yg 
 
 zr&mia 
 
 to-day 
 
 just; 
 this moment 
 

 
 
 Lesson 8. 
 
 
 
 43 
 
 otec 
 
 oms 
 
 
 father 
 
 stryc 
 
 streets, sti 
 
 *eyts 
 
 uncle 
 
 lnatka 
 
 mdtka 
 
 
 mother 
 
 teta 
 
 teta 
 
 
 aunt 
 
 bratr 
 
 brd-tr 
 
 
 brother 
 
 hoch 
 
 hokh 
 
 ) 
 
 boy 
 
 sestra 
 
 sest-rd 
 
 
 sister 
 
 ehlapec 
 
 khldpets 
 
 S 
 
 syn 
 
 syn 
 
 
 son 
 
 holka 
 
 holkd 
 
 \ 
 
 girl 
 
 dcera 
 
 ts8rd 
 
 
 daughter 
 
 devce, u. 
 
 tfefche 
 
 
 
 docela 
 
 dotsela all, 
 
 quite 
 
 
 
 
 
 pryc 
 
 pritch away, 
 
 gone 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 e 
 
 both. 
 
 . .and 
 
 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Nejsem rad, I am not glad. 
 
 Nejsem tomu rad, I do not like it. 
 Nejsi rad ? art thou not glad? 
 
 Nejste rad? (addressing one person;) 
 
 nejste radi? (addressing more than 
 
 one person;) are you not glad? 
 Jsem sam, I am alone? 
 
 Docela sam ? all alone? 
 
 Ano, docela samoten; yes, all alone. 
 Neni otec doma? is father not at 
 
 home? 
 Ne, on neni doma; no, he is not at 
 
 home. 
 Neni zadny doma? is nobody at 
 
 home? 
 Matka, ani bratr, ani sestra ne- 
 
 jsou doma; neither mother, nor 
 
 brother or sister are at home. 
 Kde json ? where are they ? 
 
 Pryc; gone. 
 
 Vsichni jsou pryc ? are they all gone ? 
 Ano, vsichni; yes, all of them. 
 
 Je stryc doma? is uncle at home? 
 Nebo teta? or aunt? 
 Json taky pryc; they are gone, too. 
 Ten hoch je tu sam; the boy (this, 
 
 that boy) is here alone. 
 Ta holka je pryc; the girl (that girl) 
 
 is gone. 
 To devce je doma samotno, that 
 
 girl is at home alone. 
 Proc tn neni bratr? why is the 
 
 brother (her brother) not here? 
 On neni doma, on je pryc; he is not 
 
 at home, he is gone. 
 Dcera neni zde docela samotna, the 
 
 daughter is not here all alone. 
 Matka je zde take; the mother (her 
 
 mother) is here, too. 
 Je nekdo doma? is somebody at 
 
 home ? 
 Neni; no. 
 Dnes jsou vsichni pryc, to-day they 
 
 are all gone. 
 
44 
 
 Part II 
 
 Akdejsou? and where are they? 
 Nekde pryfy somewhere away. 
 Prave jsem tu sama (fern); I am 
 here' just alone. 
 
 Proc jste tu samotna? (fern.) why 
 are you here alone ? 
 
 Protoze otec i matka jsou pryfy be- 
 cause both father and mother are 
 gone. 
 
 LESSON IX. 
 
 By 1 jsem bill sent 
 (byla, f. Mild ,, 
 bylo, n.) Mllo ,, 
 
 I have 
 
 been; 
 
 I was 
 
 byl jsi Mil si i thou hast 
 
 (abbr.)byl's, m. Mllss < been; 
 
 ,-, byla's, f . Mlldss \ thou wast 
 
 he (she, it) 
 
 has been; 
 
 he (she, it) 
 
 was 
 
 byl (a, o) Mil (a, o) 
 
 byli jsnie billy sm# i we have 
 (byly, f- "j been; 
 
 byla, n.) 'we were 
 
 byli jste billy , w J you have been; 
 
 ' vou were 
 
 you were 
 
 byli{y,a)Mlly(y,cl)\ th ey h *™ h ^-< 
 ' they were 
 
 Nebyl jsem ne-bill i I have not 
 sem -J been; 
 
 ' I wa 
 
 was not 
 
 Nebyli jsme ne-Mlly ( we have not 
 
 sm8 -j been; 
 
 ' we were not 
 
 etc. 
 
 Kde jsem byH gde i where have I 
 
 sem bill -j been? 
 
 • where was I? 
 
 Kde jsme byli? gcU t where have we 
 
 sm^ billy? < been? 
 
 ■ where were we? 
 
 etc. 
 
 Miti, to have: mam, I have; 
 mel jsem, 
 
 mela jsem, f . m'yelld sem, 
 
 meli jsme, m'yelli sm#, we have had; we had; 
 
 and so forth, using mel, meli in place of byl, byli. 
 
 sgm - j. I have had; I had; 
 
Lesson 9. 45 
 
 Note 1. There is in Bohemian no such formal difference between 
 the perfect and imperfect tense as in English: I have been; I was. 
 
 Note 2- There is a distinction of gender in the past tense, wjrick 
 does not exist in English. I have been, I was, is used in all cases. In 
 Bohemian however, when a man speaks, he says: byl jsem, bill s e~m; 
 when a woman speaks, she says: byla jsem, billd sem. And this rule 
 covers every verb in the language. For instance, a man says : 
 
 jedl jsem, yM'l sem, I ate; I have eaten; 
 
 sedl jsein, stid'l sem, I sat down; I have sat down; 
 
 §el jsein, shell sem, I went; I have gone; 
 
 §il jsem, skill sem, I sewed; I have sewn; 
 
 videljsem, m^ el sem, I saw; I have seen. 
 A woman says : 
 
 jedla jsein, yMld stim; sla jsem, shld sem; 
 
 sedlajsem, sMld sem; si la j sem, shilld sem; 
 
 videla jsem, vitfeld sem . 
 
 In the third person of the past tense- we say in English : 
 he was, he has been; she was, she has been; it was, it has been. 
 
 In Bohemian we must say : on byl, ona byla, ono bylo, according 
 to gender. This rule holds good in the conjugation of every verb. 
 
 For instance : 
 Jedl, yed'l, he has eaten; he ate; 
 jedla, yedla, she has eaten; she ate; 
 jedlo, yedlo, it has eaten; it ate; 
 
 In the plural number the distinction of sex is simply grammatical 
 and perfectly useless; in the ordinary spoken language there is none what- 
 ever. In grammatical theory 
 
 byli jsme, byli jSte, byli, is masculine; 
 
 byly jsme, byly jste, byly, is feminine; 
 
 byla jsme, byla jste, byla, is neutre. 
 
 sel, shell, he has gone; he went; 
 sla, shld, she has gone; she went; 
 slo, shlo, it has gone; it went. 
 
46 
 
 Part II. 
 
 But in the living tongue, or at least in ordinary conversation, we 
 hear in all three genders : 
 
 byli jsme, billi sm&; byli jste, billi st8; byli, MM. 
 
 There is no difference of pronunciation between byli and byly; 
 and this orthographical distinction as well as the form byla in the third 
 person neutre are only maintained by the pedantry of theoretical gramma- 
 rians, opposing changes which a living tongue has actually undergone and 
 which always tend in the direction of practical simplicity. That artificial 
 and useless distinction of gender is found in writing, but not in conver- 
 sation. 
 
 Note 3. The form of the second person plural as given above 
 (byli jste, billi ste) is of course used when several persons are meant or 
 spoken to; but when employing vy, you, in addressing a single person, 
 we leave the main verb in the singular, whereas in English it is put in the 
 plural, as if several persons were addressed : byl jste, bill sU, you have 
 been, you were, (meaning only one person). And so in all Bohemian 
 verbs ; for instance : 
 
 jedli jste, yed'M st8, you have eaten, you ate, (meaning several persons); 
 jedl jste, yed'l st#, you have eaten, you ate, (meaning one person, ad- 
 dressed vy, you). 
 
 Rano rand in the morning 
 
 v poledne fpoledng at noon 
 
 vecer vticher in the evening 
 
 venku venkti outside, 
 
 out of doors 
 
 vcera fcherd yesterday 
 
 vcera vecer fchera vgcher, last even- 
 ing; last night 
 zima zimd cold 
 
 oba tiba both 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Byl jsem doma, I was at home. 
 Byl jsem stale doma, I have been 
 at home all the time. 
 
 Byl jsi doma ? (abbreviated : byl's 
 doma]) hast thou been at home? 
 wast thou at home? 
 
Lesson 10. 
 
 47 
 
 Ne, nebyl jsem doma; no, I was 
 
 not at home. 
 Ale bratr byl doma, but brother 
 
 was at home. 
 Kde jsi byl? (abbreviated: kde's byl? 
 
 gcUss Ml?) where hast thou been? 
 
 where wast thou? 
 Kde jste byl? Kde jste byla? (fern.) 
 
 {wlien addressing one person) 
 
 where have you been? where 
 
 were you? 
 Byl jsein pryc, I was away. 
 
 Byla jsem pryc (fern.) I was away. 
 Byli jsme prave pryc 5 we were 
 
 just gone. 
 Byli jsme vsiclmi pryc, we were 
 
 all gone; we have all been away. 
 Kde byl otec? where was father? 
 Byl venku, he was out of doors. 
 A inatka? and mother? 
 
 Matka byla take pryc, mother also 
 
 was gone. 
 Oba byli pryc, they were both gone . 
 Zadny nebyl doina, nobody was 
 
 at home (literally: nobody was 
 
 not at home). 
 Y§ickni byli pryc? all were gone, j 
 
 Rano byli jsme doma a v poledne 
 
 pryc; in the morning we were at 
 
 home and at noon we were gone. 
 Byli jste vecer doma ? (addressing 
 
 one person: byl jste vecer doma?) 
 
 Were you at home in the evening? 
 Nebyli jsme doma, we were not at 
 
 home. 
 Nebyl jsem doma, I was not at home. 
 Proc jsi nebyl doma? why wast 
 
 thou not at home? 
 Proc jste nebyl doma? why were 
 
 you not at home? 
 K do byl doma? who was at home? 
 Bratr a sestra byli oba doma, broth 
 
 er and sister were both at home. 
 Proc nebyli venku? why were they 
 
 not out of doors? 
 Proto ze bylo zima, because it was 
 
 cold. 
 Nebylo zima vcera vecer, it was 
 
 not cold last evening. 
 Ze nebylo? wasn't it? 
 
 Ba bylo ! oh yes, it was ! 
 
 Ycera bylo zima, yesterday it was 
 
 cold. 
 Nebylo tnze, it was not very. 
 
 LESSON X. 
 
 It will doubtless be self-evident to the student, that the past tense 
 in the preceding lesson may at pleasure be connected with the personal 
 pronoun, as is the rule in English. 
 
48 
 
 Part II 
 
 (Instead of:) 
 byl jsem, I have been 
 
 thou hast been 
 
 '(we can say:) 
 
 ja jsem byl, yd sem bill 
 
 ty jsi byl, ty si bill 
 (abbrev. ty's byl, tyss bill) 
 
 he (she, it) has been I on (ona, ono) byl, a, o, tin bill 
 
 my jsme byli, me sm& billy 
 
 vy jste byli, vee ste billy 
 
 oni byli, tint billy 
 
 The sense is not changed thereby, only more emphasis is laid on 
 the subject. 
 
 Then again, in the first person of the second form, both singular 
 and plural, the auxiliary jsem, jsme is commonly left out. 
 
 byl jsi, 
 
 byl, a, o, 
 byli jsme, 
 byli jste, 
 
 we have been 
 
 you have been 
 
 he (she, it) has been 
 
 (Instead of:) 
 
 jajsem byl, 
 my jsme byli, 
 jajsem mel, 
 my jsme meli, 
 jajsem sel, 
 my jsme sli, 
 
 yd sem bill 
 
 me sm8 billy 
 
 yd sem m'yell 
 
 me sm& m'yelli 
 
 yd s&m shell 
 
 me sme shli 
 
 (we say :) 
 
 ja byl, I have been; I was 
 
 my byli, we have been; we were 
 
 ja mel, I have had; I had 
 
 my meli, we have had; we had 
 
 ja sel, I have gone; I went 
 
 my sli, we have gone; we went 
 
 u me 
 
 Ura y8 
 
 by me, 
 
 with me, 
 
 at my 
 
 house (or 
 
 place) 
 
 u tebe 
 
 urns 
 
 by thee, 
 
 with thee, 
 
 
 at thy 
 
 house 
 
 u neho 
 unej 
 
 iffiehd ) 
 uney i 
 
 by him, 
 
 with him, 
 
 
 at his 
 
 house 
 
 u ni 
 
 tivi.ee 
 
 by her, 
 
 with her, 
 
 
 at her 
 
 house 
 
 u nas 
 
 undss 
 
 by us, 
 
 with us, 
 
 
 at our 
 
 house 
 
 u vas 
 
 uvdss 
 
 by you, 
 
 with you, 
 
 
 at your 
 
 house 
 
 u nich 
 
 imikh 
 
 by them, 
 
 with them, 
 
 
 at their 
 
 house 
 
 rod ice 
 
 roftichg 
 
 parents 
 
 cely den 
 
 ts&lee den j 
 
 ill day 
 
 domu 
 
 dtimil 
 
 home 
 
 az 
 
 dsh 
 
 till, until 
 
 nic nei 
 
 fiits ntish 
 
 nothing 
 
 but 
 
 pak 
 
 pdk 
 
 
 then 
 
Lesson 10. 
 
 49 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Ja byl doma, I was at home. 
 
 Byl jsem doma eely den, I was at 
 
 home all day. 
 Byl jsem porad doma, I have been 
 
 at home all the time. 
 Byl otec doma? was father at home? 
 Alio, byl; yes, he was. 
 
 A kdy byl doma? and when was he 
 
 at home? 
 Skoro eely den, nearly all day. 
 J a sel donm rano, I went home in 
 
 the morning 
 Kdy sestra sla domu? when did 
 
 sister go home? 
 Ona sla domu vecer, she went home 
 
 in the evening. 
 Nesla domu az vecer, she didn't go 
 
 home till evening. 
 Byl stryc doma? was uncle at home? 
 Nebyl; he was not. 
 
 Byl's u neho? wast thou at his 
 
 house ? 
 Byl jste u neho I were you at his 
 
 house? 
 Alio, byl jsem tain; yes, I was there. 
 Sestra byla zde, sister was here. 
 Byla u me, she was at my house. 
 Byla take n v&s? was she also at 
 
 your house? 
 Byla tam v poledne, she was there 
 
 at noon. 
 
 Teta u nas nebyla, aunt was not at 
 
 our house. 
 Ale jeji liocli tain byl, but her boy 
 
 was there. 
 My byli vcera u ni, we were at her 
 
 house yesterday. 
 Bodice byli vcera rano doma, our 
 
 parents were at home yesterday 
 
 morning. 
 Pak sli prye, then they went away. 
 A my jsme sli taky pryc, and we 
 
 went away, too. 
 Byl nekdo n nicM was anybody at 
 
 their house? 
 Zadny n nicli nebyl, nobody was 
 
 at their house. 
 V poled ne nekdo tam byl, ale sel 
 
 pryc; at noon somebody was 
 
 there, but went away. 
 Ja niel dnes maso a pivo, I had to 
 
 day meat and beer. 
 Sestra mela maso a chleba, sister 
 
 had meat and bread. 
 Ten maly liocli nemel nic, that 
 
 little boy had nothing. 
 Proc nemel nic 1 why did he have 
 
 nothing? 
 Nemeli jsme nic pro neho, we had 
 
 nothing for him. 
 
 Byl zde ten chlapecJ was that boy 
 
 here ? 
 
 4 
 
50 
 
 Part II 
 
 Byl tu ? he was here. 
 
 Co meH what did he have? 
 
 Nic nemel ; he had nothing. 
 
 Byl zde pofad$ has he been here all 
 
 the time? 
 Ano, byl tu stale; yes, he has been 
 
 here all the time. 
 Kdy sel pryc2 when did he go away ? 
 &el vecer, he went in the evening. 
 Sel sam ? did he go alone? 
 
 Docela sam, all alone. 
 
 I Meli jste dnes vino] have you had 
 
 wine to-day? 
 ! Ne 9 my jsme meli pivo; no, we had 
 beer. 
 A co oni meli? and what did they 
 
 have? 
 Take pivo; beer, also. 
 
 My nemeli nic, we had nothing. 
 Ale pranic ! not a thing! 
 
 LESSON XL 
 
 Budu 
 
 budes 
 bude 
 
 neb 
 
 nebo 
 
 brzo 
 
 brzy 
 
 lined 
 
 az 
 
 kdyz 
 
 budu 
 
 I 
 
 be 
 
 shall 
 will 
 
 btidesh, thou will be 
 btidg he (she, it) will be 
 
 budeme btidem%\ 
 
 budem budem I 
 
 budete bUdete 
 
 budou bUdou 
 
 we shall be 
 
 ,, will ,, 
 
 you will be 
 
 they will be 
 
 nebudu ngbtidti, I shall (will) not be; etc. 
 
 or 
 
 soon 
 
 neb 
 
 n&bo 
 
 br-zd 
 
 br-ze 
 
 lined presently, right away 
 
 dsh I when 
 gdiz ' 
 
 snad 
 
 sotva 
 
 zitra 
 
 zejtra 
 
 letos 
 
 snad 
 
 sotva 
 
 zeetrd 
 
 zeytrd 
 
 letos 
 
 dobre dobrsM 
 
 perhaps 
 hardly 
 
 j- to-morrow 
 
 this year 
 j well, right, it is 
 I well, all right. 
 
 delati tfeld-ti to do 
 
 platiti pldtH-fi to pay 
 
 kupovati kUpovd'XIi to buy; to be 
 
 buying; 
 
 prodavati proddvd-fi to sell; to be 
 
 selling; 
 chtiti khUee-tii to want. 
 
Lesson 11. 
 
 51 
 
 Note 1. English verbs in the infinitive have various endings: 
 to do, to pay, to sell, to speak, to converse, to understand, etc. 
 
 Bohemian verbs invariably end in ti. However, in ordinary dis- 
 course the final i is nearly always dropped, and very often it is also omit. 
 ted in spelling; the preceding t in such cases should indeed be written 
 and pronounced f; but it generally retains its common hard, sound: 
 
 delat 
 
 tie! at 
 
 to do 
 
 kupovat 
 
 kupovat 
 
 to buy 
 
 platit 
 
 platit 
 
 to pay 
 
 prodavat 
 
 prodavat 
 
 to sell 
 
 clitit khffeet to want. 
 
 Note 2. Budu, bude§, etc., connected as an auxiliary with the 
 infinitive of another verb forms the future tense of this verb : 
 
 bud ii delati 
 
 ,, delat 
 
 budes platit 
 
 I shall (will) do 
 thou wilt pay 
 
 bude kupovat he will buy 
 
 budeme prodavat we shall (will) buy 
 budete clitit you will want 
 
 btidou clltiti they will want. 
 
 Zde jsem, here I am. 
 
 Uz jste till are you here already? 
 
 Je zde taky bratrJ is brother also 
 here ? 
 
 Neni, ale bude tu lined; lie is not, 
 but he will be here presently. 
 
 To bude dobre, that will be all right, 
 
 Kdy zde bude otec? when will fath- 
 er be here ? 
 
 Dnes sotva, hardly to-day. 
 
 Snad zejtra, perhaps to-morrow. 
 
 Mate cerstve*) maslo ? have you 
 
 fresh butter? 
 Dnes nemame, to-day we have not. 
 
 Proe tu budel why will he be here? 
 Kupovat obili a seno, to buy grain 
 
 and hay. 
 Budete mit letos vino] will you have 
 
 wine this year? 
 Nebudeme mit zadne vino, we shall 
 
 have no wine. 
 Co budou u vas prodavat? what will 
 
 they sell at your place? 
 Nebudou nic prodarat, they will 
 
 sell nothing. 
 
 Nemame zadne, we have none. 
 Ale budeme mit zejtra, but we shall 
 have (some) to-morrow. 
 
 *) See lesson VI. note 2, 
 
52 
 
 Part II 
 
 Co budete delat dries vecer 1 what 
 
 will you do this evening? 
 Nebudu delat nic, I shall do nothing. 
 A procS and why? 
 
 Nemam co delat, I have nothing 
 
 to do. 
 Az bude zase prace, budu delat; 
 
 when there will be work again, I 
 shall work. 
 
 
 LESSON XII. 
 
 
 Miti meetii [ 
 mit 1 ) meet i 
 
 to have 
 
 chtiti 
 chtit i) 
 
 khfeeti ) 
 
 \ to want 
 
 kMeet ) 
 
 chci khtsi 
 
 I want 
 
 chceme 
 
 khtshne we want 
 
 chces khtstish 
 
 thou wantst 
 
 chcete 
 
 khtsete you want 
 
 dice klitse 
 
 he w T ants 
 
 chteji 
 
 kMe-yee they want 
 
 chteljsem 2 ) kMel sem I wanted | chteli jsme kMeli sme we wanted 
 
 budu chtiti 3 ) 
 , , chtit 
 
 bilclu kMeeti ) 
 kMeet > 
 
 I shall (will) want 
 
 budeme chtiti 
 „ chtit 
 
 budgrng kMeet i ) 
 kMeet j 
 
 we shall (will) want. 
 
 Note 1. Irregular verbs in the Bohemian language are far less 
 numerous than in English. There is not a full dozen of them, whereas 
 in English we find nearly two hundred. On the other hand, regular verbs 
 have only one conjugation in English, whereas in Bohemian there are 
 several conjugations, as we shall see in due time. 
 
 Chtiti and miti are irregular verbs. 
 
 1) See Lesson XI, Note 1. 
 
 2) See Lesson IX. Chtel simply takes the place of byl. 
 
 3) See Lesson XI, Note 2. 
 
Lesson 12. 
 
 5B 
 
 Od 
 
 pro 
 
 vice 
 
 del 
 
 pro 
 
 veetse 
 
 jeste yesh-t'e !■ 
 
 troclni 
 
 spolu 
 
 dlouho 
 
 uz davno 
 
 na prodej 
 novy, a, e 
 
 since, from 
 
 for 
 
 more 
 
 still, more, 
 
 another 
 
 trokhu some, somewhat 
 
 spolu together 
 
 dlouho long 
 
 ) already long 
 
 fh cldvno r ( a long time 
 
 already) 
 
 for sale 
 
 ( 
 
 nuz 
 vidlicka 
 
 jidlo 
 
 nooz knife 
 
 vidlichka fork 
 
 medio \ sometin g t0 eat ; 
 
 ' victuals; meal 
 
 jist (jisti) yeest 
 krajet (i) krdyet 
 mluvit(i) mluvit 
 
 dat (i) 
 dejte mi 
 kun 
 
 ddt 
 
 deyte me 
 kun 
 
 kone*) kone 
 
 nd pvodey 
 
 novee new 
 
 stary, a, e, staree old 
 
 drivi drshee-vee wood 
 
 stavivo stavivo lumber 
 
 miti hlad meeMi Mad to be hungry 
 
 Exehcises 
 
 Mate penize? have you money? 
 
 Mam asi dollar, I have about a dol- 
 lar. 
 
 Mc vice? nothing more ? 
 
 Ani cent, not a cent. 
 
 Co s dollaremS what (can you do) 
 with a dollar? 
 
 Aha, zde je jeste pul dollaru; ah, 
 here is half a dollar more. 
 
 Bude to dost? will that be enough? 
 
 Sotva, hardly. 
 
 Ani to nebude dost, even that will 
 not be enough. 
 
 Ja mam hlad (literally: 1 have 
 hunger), I am hungry. 
 
 am 
 
 asi 
 
 se, s 
 
 opravdu 
 
 muz 
 
 am 
 
 cissi about 
 se 
 
 opravdu 
 mooz 
 
 to eat 
 
 to cut 
 
 to speak 
 
 to give 
 
 give me 
 
 horse 
 
 of the horse; 
 
 for the ,, 
 
 not one; not 
 
 even ; neither 
 
 probably 
 
 with 
 
 truly, really 
 
 man 
 
 Clici neco jist, I want something 
 
 to eat. 
 Mate nejake jidlo? have you some- 
 thing to eat? 
 Tu mate maso, here you have 
 
 (some) meat. 
 Dejte mi niiz, give me a knife. 
 
 Zde mate niiz a tu je vidlicka; here 
 
 you have a knife and here is a fork. 
 Nozem muzete dobre krajet, with 
 
 the knife you can cut well. 
 Tu je kuii a viiz, here is a horse 
 
 and a wagon. 
 Yy mate zde kone, you have a horse 
 
 here. 
 
 *) The plural of the noun kuii is also kone, kone (the horses). 
 
54 
 
 Part II 
 
 Ano, jsem tn s konem; yes, I am 
 
 here with the horse. 
 To je dobry kiin, that is a good 
 
 horse. 
 Tuze dobrf; a take neui na prodej; 
 
 very good; and he is not for sale. 
 Mate novy vwi% have you a new 
 
 w agon ? 
 I ne; to je stary viiz; o no, that is 
 
 an old wagon. 
 Ale jako novy; but (it looks) like a 
 
 new one. 
 Opravdu? really? 
 
 Co mate na voze (ve voze)] what 
 
 have you got in the wagon? 
 Drivij wood. 
 
 Stavivo, lumber. 
 
 Trochu obili je tain, some grain is 
 
 in there. 
 Bndete neco kupovati % will you buy 
 
 something (will you make some 
 
 purchases)? 
 Kone pro syna a viiz pro stryce, a 
 
 horse for my son and a wagon for 
 
 my uncle. 
 
 Chci dati synovi dobry potah, I 
 
 want to give my son a good 
 
 team. 
 Chtel jsem to uz davno; I wanted 
 
 (to do) it long ago. 
 On je zde se strycem, he is here 
 
 with uncle. 
 Jsou tn spolu, they are here to- 
 gether. 
 Jak dlonho jsou tui how long are 
 
 they here? 
 Od vecera, since evening. 
 
 A jak davno vy jste tn? and how 
 
 long are you here? 
 Od poledne, since noon. 
 
 Tarn ten muz ma kone na prodej, 
 
 that man there has a horse to sell. 
 Chcete videt toho {toho) mu£e? do 
 
 you want to see that man . 
 Chci mluvit s tim (stim) muzem; I 
 
 want to speak with that man . 
 Je na koni, he is on horseback. 
 Dobre ze je tu s tim konem; it is 
 
 well he is here with that horse. 
 Je to velky kun; it is a big horse. 
 
 Note 2. In the English language the noun remains nearly un- 
 changed in all its relations, there being only a slight change in the genitive 
 or possessive case: brother, brother's (of the brother); but this form of 
 the possessive case is being more and more limited. The relations of one 
 person or thing to another are expressed by separate words, called pre- 
 positions: of a brother; to a brother; with a brother . 
 
 In Bohemian these relations are expressed by changes in the termi- 
 nation of the noun, which process is called declension : bratr, brother; 
 — bratra, of a brother; bratru, to a brother; bratrem, with a brother. 
 
Lesson 12. 
 
 55 
 
 This is a heavy encumbrance which the Bohemian language shares 
 with the German and Latin. The declension of the nouns is followed by 
 that of the adjectives joined to the nouns, which are subject to correspond- 
 ing changes in their terminations. Pronouns also have declensions, and 
 these continue to exist even in the English tongue. 
 
 Note 3. The declension of Bohemian nouns varies according to 
 their gender and the termination of their nominative; there is, besides, a 
 slight variation between animate and inanimate nouns of the masculine 
 gender. 
 
 The following table will bring before the student's eyes the differ- 
 ent changes of the termination of Bohemian masculine nouns, in the 
 singular, omitting the vocative case. A glance over the same now and 
 then may assist him to become more rapidly familiar with the different 
 endings and their signification in English; but only frequent use in common 
 sentences during the further progress of these lessons will make them 
 handy to him . 
 
 Inanimate nouns: 
 
 Dollar, vuz doldr, vooz the dollar, the wagon; 
 
 dollaru, vozu dolarii. vozii of the dollar, the dollar's; of the wa- 
 gon, the wagon's; (v dollaru, in the 
 dollar; ve voze, in the wagon; etc.) 
 
 dollarem, vozem dolarern, vdzem (or s dollarem, s vozem), with the dol- 
 lar, with the wagon. 
 
 Animate nouns: 
 
 Syn, 
 
 syna, 
 
 synu, 
 ovi, 
 
 synem, 
 
 muz 
 
 syn, 
 
 muze syna, 
 
 muzi 
 — ovi 
 
 muzem 
 
 synu, 
 
 synovi, 
 
 synem, 
 
 mooze 
 
 moozi 
 
 moozovi 
 
 moozem 
 
 mooz the son, the man; 
 
 of the son, the son's; of the man, 
 the man's; also in the accusative: 
 the son, the man); 
 ( to the son, to the man; (v synu, v 
 synovi, in the son; etc.) 
 
 (or se synem, s muzem), with the 
 son, with the man. 
 
 i 
 
56 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Note 4. It will be observed that the letter u in the nominative 
 case of a monosyllable changes into o in the inflected cases : 
 
 vuz, the wagon; vozu, -e of the wagon; 
 
 kun, the horse; kone, of the horse; 
 
 11 uz, 
 
 the knife; 
 
 noze 
 
 of the knife; 
 
 Niiz and similar nonns (masculine inanimate and ending in a soft 
 consonant) are declined just like muz; only in the dative and locative 
 case we cannot use the long form like iiiuzovi, v iniizovi (to the man, in 
 the man), but must always employ only the short form: nozi, v nozi, 
 nozi, vnozi (to the knife, in the knife); and the accusative agrees with 
 the nominative: nuz— nflz. 
 
 Note 5. Prepositions consisting of a single consonant (y 9 s, k, 
 simply abbreviations of ve ? se 9 ke 9 — in, with, to) are always joined 
 in pronunciation to the succeeding syllable; hence we write: v synu, 
 s konem; and pronounce: vsynti (or f si nti), skofiem} in the son, with the 
 horse. 
 
 It may hardly be necessary to mention that the locative case does 
 not always appear with the preposition v or ve, but employs also differ- 
 ent other prepositions. For instance: ve voze, in the wagon; na voze 9 
 on the wagon; o voze, about the wagon. 
 
 
 mitsetW) \ 
 muset V 
 masifi ' 
 
 
 LESSON XIII. 
 
 yeeti \ 
 
 yeet i 
 
 
 Mnseti 
 
 
 jiti 
 
 
 miisiti 
 
 must 
 
 , to have to 
 
 go, to come. 
 
 miisiin 
 
 mu seem 
 
 
 I must 
 
 jdn 
 
 dti 
 
 I go 
 
 musiS 
 
 museesh 
 
 
 thou must 
 
 jdes 
 
 desJi 
 
 thou goest 
 
 inn si 
 
 mil see 
 
 
 he must 
 
 jde 
 
 de 
 
 he goes 
 
 musime 
 
 niHseemS 
 
 
 we must 
 
 jdeme 
 
 deme 
 
 we go 
 
 iiinsite 
 
 museett 
 
 
 you must 
 
 jdete 
 
 dete 
 
 you go 
 
 miisi 
 
 in usee 
 
 i 
 
 they must 
 
 jdou 
 
 dou 
 
 they go 
 
 nni seji 
 
 miisg-yee 
 
 
 
 
 
 *) The letter s has the same sharp sound as in must. 
 
Lesson 13. 
 
 57 
 
 imiset platiti 
 biulu miiseti 
 
 musel 
 musetjiti 
 
 sel jsem 
 
 to have to pay 
 
 b&dM muset, I shall 
 
 have to; I shall 
 
 be obliged. 
 
 musel jsem mtisellstim I was o- 
 
 bliged 
 mttsell he was obliged 
 to have to go, to be 
 obliged to go 
 shell s#m I have gone; 
 I went 
 
 sel shell he has gone; 
 
 he went 
 
 pujdu puydu (colloquially 
 
 ptidu) I shall go 
 
 pujdes, pujde, pujdeme, pfijdete, 
 pujdon; ptiydesh, pHyde, ptiy- 
 deme, puydete, pitydoti; (collo- 
 quially: ptidesh, pUde, ptideme, 
 pildete, ptidou); 
 
 jdi <Yi go (thou) 
 
 jdete (Yete go (you) 
 
 X ote 1. All Bohemian verbs in the infinitive (as stated in Lesson 
 XI, Note 1) end in ti, which becomes a simple t in ordinary discourse : 
 
 delati, to do, to make; platiti, to pay; kupovati, to buy, to be buying; 
 prodavati, to sell, to be selling; museti, must, 
 
 Note 2. Leaving out ti and putting 1 in its place (la for the 
 feminine, lo for the neutre gendre), we get the past tense of every regular 
 verb, using the auxiliary jsem, jsi in the first and second person singular, 
 jsme, jste in first and second person plural, and changing 1 into li in 
 the plural (feminine ly, neutre la, — of no account in ordinary con- 
 versation); in the third person singular and plural no auxiliary is used: 
 
 delal ftelal he made: 
 
 delali ffelali they made; 
 
 delal jsem ftelalsem I made; 
 delal jsi tfelal si thou madest; 
 delali jsme (Yelali sine we made; 
 delali jste ffeldli ste you made; 
 
 platil p la til 
 
 kupoval kUpoval 
 
 prodaval prodaval 
 
 musel mtlsell 
 
 he paid; 
 he was buying; 
 he was selling; 
 he had to; 
 
 he has made; 
 they have made; 
 I have made; m 
 
 thou hast made; 
 we have made; 
 you have made; 
 
 he has paid; 
 he has been buying; 
 he has been selling; 
 he was obliged. 
 
58 
 
 Part IL 
 
 Ho 
 
 veil 
 
 venku 
 
 pry 
 
 hd 
 ven 
 
 venku 
 
 pree 
 
 (colloq. prej)£>n 
 
 na&, m. 
 nasi, f. 
 dobre 
 tuze dobre 
 
 him, it; of it; 
 
 I out 
 
 " out of doors 
 
 they say; 
 
 it is said 
 
 our, ours 
 
 of our 
 
 well; right 
 
 ndsh 
 
 nashee 
 
 dobrsM 
 
 tooze dobrshe very well 
 
 cMssne early 
 
 casne 
 
 nejaky, a, e neydkee ) 
 (colloq. nakej) ndkey S 
 pohromade po-liromdRe \ together 
 
 some 
 
 najednou 
 dal 
 
 at' 
 
 po 
 do 
 
 spati 
 stati 
 cekati 
 videti 
 divati se 
 
 nayednou ' at once 
 ddl in, farther 
 
 £x, j let him be, let 
 ( her be, let it be 
 pd after 
 
 do to, before 
 
 zena 
 sluzka 
 zeine, f. 
 snidane, f. 
 obed, m. 
 vecere, f. 
 kost' 5 f. 
 kus 9 m. 
 odev 9 m. 
 oblek, m. 
 kabat, m. 
 kalhoty, pi. 
 vesta, f. 
 klobonk, m. 
 boty, pi. 
 skoda 
 hotov, a, o 
 ke 
 
 xend woman 
 
 slushkd servant girl 
 zemyg land, earth 
 sneedahe breakfast 
 6b -yed dinner 
 
 vechershg supper 
 
 kost bone 
 
 kuss piece 
 
 oftef clothing 
 
 oblek suit of clothes 
 
 kdbdt 
 
 kdlhoty 
 
 vesta 
 
 klobotlk 
 
 botty 
 
 slikodd 
 
 hotof 
 
 ke 
 
 ( oat 
 
 pants 
 
 vest 
 
 hat 
 
 boots 
 
 pity 
 
 ready 
 
 to 
 
 pofteevat se to take a look 
 
 delati tfelatii, fteldt to make 
 
 spati, spat to sleep 
 
 myslim mysleem 
 
 I think 
 
 stdfi, stdt to stand 
 
 konpiti koiipit 
 
 to buy 
 
 chekafi, cliekdt to wait 
 
 knpovati kupdvdt 
 
 to be buying 
 
 vitfeffi, vitfet to see 
 
 prodati prodtit 
 
 to sell 
 
 d'eevdt se to look, to be 
 
 prodavati proddvdt 
 
 to be selling 
 
 looking 
 
 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Musim jit ven. I must go out. 
 
 Piijdu se podivat ven. I shall go and 
 
 look out. 
 Je nekdo venku? Is somebody out 
 
 of doors? 
 
 Kdo je venku 2 Who is out of doors? 
 Nejaka zena je tain. Some woman 
 
 is there. 
 Co cliee ta 2ena? What does that 
 woman want? 
 
Lesson 13. 
 
 59 
 
 dice ndeti deem. She wants to see 
 (her) daughter. 
 
 Je to matka nasi sluzky. It is the 
 mother of our servant girl. 
 
 At' jde dal. Let her come in. 
 
 Proc nejde dal. 7 Why doesn't she 
 come in? 
 
 dice neco jistl Dots she want any- 
 thing to eat? 
 
 Dejte zene jist a pit. Give that wo- 
 man to eat and to drink. 
 
 Maso na kosti a pivo. Meat on the 
 bone and beer. 
 
 Az bude obed. When dinner is 
 (shall be) ready. 
 
 Bude zde spati? Will she sleep here? 
 
 J a myslim. I think so . 
 
 Dobre teda. Very well. then. 
 
 Musi spati se sluzkou. She must 
 sleep with the servant girl. 
 
 Chci neco koupit. I want to buy 
 
 something. 
 Chci si neco koupit. I want to buy 
 
 me something. 
 Co si chcete koupit? What do you 
 
 want to buy (yourself)? 
 Myslim ze nejaky odev. I think 
 
 (that) some clothing. 
 
 Holka ma nmoho prace. The gir_ 
 
 has much to do. 
 Budesotva do veeera*) hotova. She 
 
 will hardly be done before evening. 
 Myslim ze bude s praci hotova. I 
 
 think she will be done with the 
 
 work. 
 Po veceri neniusi delat tiic. After 
 
 supper she need not do anything. 
 Af je vecere brzy hotova. Let sup 
 
 per be soon ready. 
 Bude zde ta zenska ke snidani? Will 
 
 that w oman be here to breakfast? 
 Myslim ze bude. I think (that) she 
 
 will. 
 Budeme miti snidani brzy rano. 
 
 We shall have breakfast soon in 
 
 the morning. 
 Ano ? casne rano. Yes, early in the 
 
 morning. 
 
 Kabat, kalhoty, vestu, klobouk. A 
 
 coat, (a pair of) pants, a vest, a hat. 
 Snad take boty. Perhaps also (a 
 
 pair of) boots. 
 Cely oblek, A whole suit. 
 
 Pravda, bude dobre koupit oblek. 
 
 True, it will be Avell to buy a 
 
 suit. 
 
 Uz jdu. I am going already. 
 
 Jdete taky 2 Are you going, too? 
 My taky jdeme. We are going, too. 
 Oni Ysichni jdou. They are all going. 
 
 Myslim ze sestra pujde taky. I 
 
 think that sister will go, too. 
 Ano 5 pujde s tetou. Yes, she will go 
 with auntie. 
 
 *) Do vecera. instead of do veceru. — Ye£er has the same endings in the 
 singular as the animate noun syn, excepting -ovi in the dative and locative. 
 
60 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Pujdeme vsichni pohromade. We 
 
 will all go together. 
 Jdi se podivat zdali jsou hotovi. Go 
 
 (thou) and see if they are ready. 
 My zde nebudeme stat a cekat. We 
 
 shall not stand here and wait. 
 
 Jdete se tarn zase podivat. Go (you) 
 
 there and see again. 
 Uz jdou; tu jsou. They are coming 
 
 already; here they are. 
 Pfljdou vsichni najednou. They will 
 
 all go together. 
 
 Ten dum chci prodat. That house 
 
 I want to sell. 
 A proc to? And why? 
 
 Je maly; musim ho prodat. It is 
 
 small, I must sell it. 
 Myslim ze je trochu maly. I think 
 
 it is somewhat small. 
 Ten stary dum byl dost velky. The 
 
 old house was large enough. 
 
 Skoda ze museli sine ho prodat. It 
 
 is a pity we had to sell it. 
 Ms novy diun nebude na prodej. 
 
 Our new house will not be for sale. 
 Neni dobre prodarat novy dum. It 
 
 is not well to sell (to be selling) 
 a new house. 
 Budeme mit u domu kus zeme. We 
 
 shall have by (our) house a piece 
 of land. 
 
 
 Note 
 
 3. T 
 
 the 
 
 i vocative 
 
 case, a 
 
 1. 
 
 Zena 
 
 zena, 
 
 
 zeny 
 
 zeny, 
 
 
 zenu 
 
 zenti. 
 
 
 zene 
 
 zene, 
 
 
 zenou 
 
 zenou, 
 
 2. 
 
 Zeme 
 
 zemye 
 
 
 zemi 
 
 zemi, 
 
 
 zemi 
 
 zemee, 
 
 8. 
 
 Kost' 
 
 kost, 
 
 
 kosti 
 
 kosti, 
 
 kosti koste 
 
 The changes of endings of feminine nouns, excepting 
 case, are shown in the following exhibit : 
 
 the woman; 
 
 of the woman; 
 
 the woman, (accusative); 
 
 to the woman, (v zene, in the woman, etc.); 
 
 (or se zenou) with the woman. 
 
 the earth, of the earth; 
 
 to the earth, (v zemi, in the earth, etc ); 
 
 (or se zemi) with the earth. 
 
 the bone; 
 
 of the bone, to the bone, (v kosti f kosti, in the 
 
 bone, etc.); 
 (or s kosti skosVee) with the bone. 
 
Lesson 13. 61 
 
 Nouns ending in e (like ruze rooze, the rose) agree with zeme. 
 
 Nouns ending in ka change the hard consonant k into c ts, 
 when the final a changes into e : 
 
 matka. sluzka, mtitka, slushka, the mother, the servant girl 
 matee, sluzce, mdtse, sltishtse, to the mother, to the servant girl 
 
 Nouns ending in st% like kostf, are always of the feminine gender. 
 
 Note 4. The verb jiti is irregular. Its future tense is formed 
 by the prefix pu 9 and not by the auxiliary budu. The formation of the 
 future by means of prefixes occurs quite often, as will be seen hereafter. 
 
 Note 5. The verbs prodavati, kupovati (to be selling, to be 
 buying) are in fact reiterative forms of prodati (to sell, to make a sale) 
 and koupiti (to buy, to make a purchase). 
 
 Common indefinite verbs, denoting a continuous action, may, as a 
 rule, be changed into reiteratives, denoting a repeated action, by insert- 
 ing va before the final syllable ti (or the final t) and lengthening the 
 preceding vowel, if it be short. For instance: 
 
 delati, to make; delavati, ftelacaXH or ftelamt, to use to make, 
 
 to be in the habit of making; 
 platiti, to pay; plativati, platieevat, to use to pay; 
 spati, to sleep; spavati, spdvat, to use to sleep; 
 jisti, to eat; jidavati, yeeddvat, to use to eat; (irregular verb). 
 
 Note 6. In English, verbs are sometimes formed by prefixes 
 joined to other verbs, to vary their signification; for instance: 
 
 to deck — to bedeck 
 to grow — to outgrow 
 
 to judge — to prejudge 
 to stand — to withstand 
 
 to sell — to undersell 
 to turn — to overturn. 
 
 The same rule finds application in Bohemian in a much higher 
 degree. Prefixes may be joined to most of the verbs in order to modify 
 or change their meaning; and it is astonishing how many new verbs are 
 sometimes derived from the original verb by that process. As an example, 
 let us take the verb jiti 9 to go : 
 
62 
 
 
 Part II 
 
 dojiti, 
 
 do-yeeti, 
 
 to go (get, reach) somewhere; to make an errand; 
 
 najiti, 
 
 nti-yeefi, 
 
 to find; 
 
 nadejiti, 
 
 nade-yeefi, 
 
 to gain, to get ahead, to head oft"; 
 
 obejiti, 
 
 obe-yeeti, 
 
 to go round; 
 
 odejiti, 
 
 ode-yeetH, 
 
 to go away, to leave; 
 
 pojiti, 
 
 po-yeetii, 
 
 to perish, to die; 
 
 podejiti, 
 
 pod#-yeeti, 
 
 to deceive, to cheat; 
 
 prejiti, 
 
 prshe-yeeXli, 
 
 to pass over, to pass by; 
 
 predejiti ? prshH8-yee\!i, to come before, to get ahead, to anticipate; 
 
 pfijiti, prsM-yeeti, 
 projiti, pro-yeetH, 
 rozejiti se, roze-yeetH s#, 
 
 ujiti, 
 vejiti, 
 vyjiti, 
 zajiti, 
 zajiti si, 
 
 u-yeeHi, 
 ve-yeetii, 
 vy-yeefi, 
 za-yeeM, 
 
 zd-yeeti & 
 
 to come; 
 
 to pass through; 
 
 to part, to disperse; 
 
 to escape; 
 
 to go in, to come in; 
 
 to go out, to come out; 
 
 to go down, to set, to pass behind; 
 
 to go out of one's way. 
 
 This shows the immense adaptability of the Bohemian verb, and 
 certainly looks somewhat perplexing at first sight; but it is only necessary 
 to fix in one's mind the meaning of a dozen of prefixes, which recur in all 
 such cases, in order to have a key to the whole system. The same is true 
 in English; a knowledge of the signification of the prefixes used in con- 
 nection with verbs explains the modified meaning. Verbs formed by 
 prefixes are in most cases contained separately in Bohemian dictionaries, 
 the same as in English. 
 
 Note 7. An indefinite verb like jiti, to go, denotes a continuous 
 action. When a new verb is formed by means of a prefix, it is definite, 
 denoting a completed action; dojiti, to go (get, reach) somewhere; 
 najitij to find; etc. The present form of these verbs denotes, in fact, a 
 future action ; dojdu 9 I shall go or get somewhere; najdu, I shall find. 
 Hence it is actually the future tense, there being no present, and the 
 
Lesson 14. 
 
 63 
 
 auxiliary budu can never be used. Such compound verbs have therefore 
 only a past with the auxiliary jsem, and a simple future: 
 
 dosel jsein, 
 
 doshell sem, 
 
 I went (got, 
 
 dojdu, doydu, I shall 
 
 %o (get, reach) 
 
 
 reached) somewhere; 
 
 
 
 somewhere; 
 
 nasel jsem, 
 
 ndshell sem, 
 slovd 
 
 I found; 
 
 11 aj du , na 
 
 ydU } 
 
 tep e rf or 
 
 I shall find. 
 
 
 LESSON XIY. 
 
 
 SIoyo, n. 
 
 word 
 
 teprv 
 
 dy, not before 
 
 horko, n. 
 
 horkd 
 
 heat; hot 
 
 vedle 
 
 vtidlti beside, next to 
 
 teplo, n. 
 
 teplo warmth; warm 
 
 nebe, n. 
 
 nebti 
 
 heaven, sky 
 
 chladno, n 
 
 khlddnd 
 
 cool 
 
 slunce, n 
 
 . slunts% 
 
 sun 
 
 blato, n. 
 
 bidtd 
 
 mud 
 
 mesic, m. 
 
 mye-seets 
 
 moon, month 
 
 mesto, n. 
 
 myes-to 
 
 city 
 
 pocasi, n. 
 
 pochdssee 
 
 weather 
 
 psenice, f. 
 
 psM-mtsg 
 
 wheat 
 
 znameni, 
 
 n. zndmenee 
 
 sign 
 
 pole, n. 
 
 pol& 
 
 field 
 
 dest', m. 
 
 deshti 
 
 rain 
 
 poupe, n. 
 
 poiipyg 
 
 bud 
 
 stin, m 
 
 steen shade, shadow 
 
 dite, n. 
 
 d'eete 
 
 child 
 
 vitr, m. 
 
 vee-t e r 
 
 wind 
 
 den, m. 
 
 den 
 
 day 
 
 pekny, a, 
 
 e py&k-nee 
 
 nice, fine 
 
 noc, f . 
 
 nots 
 
 night 
 
 jasny, a, 
 
 e y ass- nee 
 
 clear, bright 
 
 tyden, m. 
 
 teeden 
 
 week 
 
 hezky, 
 
 hessky 
 
 nice 
 
 odpoledne 
 
 ddpoledng 
 
 afternoon 
 
 zle 
 
 zle 
 
 bad, badly 
 
 pulnoc ? f. 
 
 poolnots 
 
 midnight 
 
 posud 
 
 posted 
 
 till now, still 
 
 dnes v noci 
 
 dness vnotsi 
 
 to-night 
 
 okolo 
 
 okolo 
 
 about 
 
 zapad slunce zapad sltintsg sunset 
 
 na 
 
 na 
 
 on, in 
 
 cesta, f . 
 
 tsesta 
 
 way, road 
 
 s tim 
 
 sfeem 
 
 with that 
 
 radost 
 
 radost 
 
 pleasure 
 
 za 
 
 zd behind, beyond 
 
 les 
 
 less forest, timber 
 
 zase ? zas 
 
 zdsse, zdss 
 
 again 
 
 
 vifteem 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 sweetHt 
 
 at, on. 
 
 vidiin 
 
 I see 
 
 STititi 
 
 to shine 
 
 prseti 
 
 p e rsh8Vi 
 
 to rain 
 
 sviti 
 
 sweetiee 
 
 shines 
 
 pr£i 
 
 p ershee 
 
 it rains 
 
 uz neni 
 
 itsh neyjiet 
 
 3 is no more 
 
64 
 
 Part II 
 
 choditi kilobit to walk 
 
 chodim kliofteem I walk 
 
 chodi khoftee he (she, it) walks 
 
 dej mil dey mu give (thou) him 
 
 dejte mu deyte m u give (you) him 
 
 Note 1. Prseti, prset, p e rsheti, p e rshet, to rain; vitr, veet e r; 
 
 e is silent and placed there simply to elucidate the pronunciation. Sec 
 Sec. 4, Part I. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Ycera byl spatny den. Yesterday 
 
 was a bad day. 
 Dues je hezky. To-day is nice. 
 
 Opravdu, je pekne pocasi. Truly, 
 
 it is fine weather. 
 Myslim ze bude tak cely den. I 
 
 think it will be so all day. 
 Bnde teplo cely den. It will be 
 
 warm all day. 
 Odpolednebndehorko. In the after- 
 noon it will be hot. 
 Had jsem venkn za tepla. I like to 
 
 be out when (it is) warm. 
 Y horku nerad jdn do mesta. In the 
 
 heat I do not like to go to town. 
 Ja take ne. Neither do I. 
 
 Je nebe jasnel Is the sky clear? 
 Bylo, ale nz neni. It was, but is no 
 
 more. 
 Vidim na nebi znameni deste. I see 
 
 in the sky a sign of rain. 
 Ale slunce jeste sviti. But the sun 
 
 is still shining. 
 Po slunce zapadu snad bude prset. 
 
 After sunset perhaps it will rain. 
 Je siln^ vitr. There is a strong wind. 
 
 It 
 
 Nebude tak zle s tim horkem. 
 
 won't be so bad with the heat. 
 Cesta je pekiui. The road is fine. 
 Neni zadne blato. There is no mud. 
 Ycera bylo jeste dost blata. Yester- 
 day there was still enough mud. 
 Nerad chodim v blate. I do not like 
 
 to walk in mud. 
 Nas hoch rad chodi blatem. Our 
 
 boy likes to walk through mud. 
 To snad kazde dite. Perhaps every 
 
 child (likes that). 
 To je radost ditete. That is a child's 
 
 pleasure. 
 Ano, to dela radost diteti. Yes, it 
 
 makes pleasure to a child. 
 
 Je skoro chladno ve stinu. It is al- 
 most cool in the shade. 
 
 No slunci je posud horko. In the 
 sun it is still hot. 
 
 Dues v noci sviti mesic. To night 
 the moon shines. 
 
 Teprv o pulnoci. Only at (i. e. not 
 before) midnight. 
 
 Ano, okolo pulnoci. Yes, about 
 midnight. 
 
Lesson 14. 
 
 65 
 
 Zde je nas dum. Here is our house. 
 
 Yedle doinu je stodola. Beside the 
 house there is a barn. 
 
 Za stodolou mame pole. Behind the 
 barn we have a field . 
 
 Na torn poli je pseniee. On that 
 field there is wheat. 
 
 Za tim poleui mame kus lesa. Be- 
 yond that field we have a piece of 
 timber. 
 
 Je to dobry kus lesa. It is a good 
 piece of timber. 
 
 Pak je zase kus pole s obilim. Then 
 there is again a piece of a grain- 
 field {literally: of a field with 
 grain). 
 
 Jdete 11a pole. Go to (on) the field. 
 
 Jdi s tim ditetem. Go (thou) with 
 the child. 
 
 Dej diteti poupe z ruze. Give (thou) 
 the child a rose-bud {literally: a 
 bud from the rose). 
 
 Otee je 11a poli. The father is in the 
 field. 
 
 Note 2. The following little scheme shows the changes of the 
 endings of neutre nouns, which in the nominative always end in 0, e, e or i: 
 
 veslovu, veslovu ) intlieword;(o ■ 
 
 „ sieve, vesldvye\* l0 ™> about 
 ' the word); 
 
 slovem, slovem, (or se slovem) by 
 
 or with the word. 
 
 slovo, 
 
 sidvd, 
 
 the word; 
 
 slova, 
 
 slova, 
 
 of the word; 
 
 slovu, 
 
 sidv it, 
 
 to the word; 
 
 poupe. 
 
 poupyg, 
 
 poupete, poupyete, of the bud 
 
 the bud; ' poupeti, poitpyetii, to the bud; (v 
 
 poupeti, in the bud; etc.) 
 
 poupeteni, poupyetem (or s poupe - 
 
 tem) with the bud. 
 
 pole, pole, the field; of the field; 
 
 poli, poli, to the field; (v poli, 
 
 in the field; etc.) 
 
 polem, polem, (or s polem) with 
 
 the field. 
 
 znameui, zndmen.ee, the sign; of 
 
 the sign ; (ye zuameui, 
 
 in the sign; etc.); 
 
 ziiameuim, zname-i&em (or se zna- 
 menim), with the sign. 
 
66 
 
 Pari II 
 
 LESSON XT. 
 
 Jeden 
 
 yeden 
 
 
 one 
 
 muj, m. 
 
 mooy 
 
 my, mine 
 
 jedna, f. 
 dva 
 
 ytidna 
 dwa 
 
 
 two 
 
 moji, pi. 
 mych, pi. 
 
 moye 
 meekh 
 
 my, mine, pi. 
 of my 
 
 dve, f . & n. 
 tri 
 ctyry 
 pet 
 
 dwyti 
 trshi 
 shtiri 
 pyet 
 
 
 three 
 four 
 five 
 
 mym, pi. 
 my mi, pi. 
 
 ty 
 
 k tern 
 
 meem 
 meemi 
 
 ty 
 
 ktiem 
 
 to my 
 with my 
 
 those 
 to those 
 
 sest 
 
 sh8st 
 
 
 six 
 
 tech 
 
 Ukh 
 
 ) of those, from 
 > those 
 
 sedm 
 
 sedum 
 
 
 seven 
 
 z tech 
 
 stek7i 
 
 osm 
 
 osum 
 
 
 eight 
 
 v tech 
 
 ft'ekh 
 
 in those 
 
 devet 
 
 dev-yet 
 
 
 nine 
 
 od nas 
 
 od ndss from us, from 
 
 deset 
 oba, m. 
 obe 9 f. &n 
 
 desset 
 obd 
 
 obye 
 
 \ 
 
 ten 
 both 
 
 jaky, a, e 
 tamhle 
 
 ydkee 
 tdmle 
 
 our place 
 what, what kind 
 there, over there 
 
 par 
 
 nekolik 
 mnoho 
 mnoho- li 
 
 par ) 
 nekolik j 
 mnoho 
 mnoho -li 
 
 some, a few 
 
 a good deal 
 how much 
 
 lined 
 a sice 
 mozna 
 dokonce 
 
 lined right away 
 a sitse that is, namely 
 mozna perhaps, possibly 
 dokontse perhaps even 
 
 kolik 
 asi tak 
 
 kolik 
 asi tak 
 
 
 how many 
 about 
 
 jeste necoS yesMe 
 
 netso anything 
 else? 
 
 tolik 
 
 tolik so many, so much 
 
 nejmin neymeen at least, least of all 
 
 k 9 ke, ku 
 i 
 
 k8, kit 
 e 
 
 
 to, unto 
 oh! well 
 
 v, ve 
 
 mil, ye 
 
 ve 
 
 J mii, to him 
 in 
 
 s, se 
 
 sg 
 
 
 with 
 
 z, ze 
 
 ze 
 
 from, of 
 
 Mluviti mlumt to speak 
 
 mluvil*) mluml spoke 
 
 utratiti utrdtit to spend 
 
 utratil 
 prodati 
 prodal 
 
 UtratHl 
 proddt 
 prodal 
 
 spent 
 
 to sell 
 
 sold 
 
 *) See Lesson XIII, Note 2. 
 
Lesson 15. 
 
 67 
 
 konpiti 
 
 koupil 
 
 koupiin 
 
 rozuineti 
 
 rozuinel 
 
 rozuinim 
 
 jezditi 
 
 jezdil 
 
 jezdim 
 
 znani 
 
 vim to 
 dela 
 
 clovek, m 
 pan 
 farina, f. 
 
 kotipit to buy 
 
 kotipil bought 
 
 koupeem I shall buy 
 roztlmyet to understand 
 rozurriyell understood 
 roztlmeem understand 
 yezfiit to drive, to ride 
 yezfiil drove, rode 
 
 yezfieem I drive, I ride 
 zndm I know, I am ac- 
 quainted 
 
 veem to 
 field 
 
 chlo-vyek 
 pan 
 far ma 
 
 I know it 
 
 makes 
 
 man 
 
 gentleman 
 
 farm 
 
 hospoda, f. 
 mouka, f . 
 cena, f. 
 podpora, f . 
 drobne, pi. 
 vyber, m. 
 tucet, m. 
 (loniii 
 na venku 
 spokojen 
 inuzete 
 
 pocitejme 
 sto 
 
 vie, vice 
 stoji 
 
 hospoda saloon, tavern 
 motlkd flour 
 
 tsSnd price, value 
 
 podpora support 
 
 drobne change 
 
 veeb-yer choice 
 
 tUt set dozen 
 
 domtt home 
 
 na venkit in the countiy 
 spokoyen satisfied 
 
 moo^eU you can, you 
 may 
 pocheeteymg let us count 
 sto a hundred 
 
 veets, veetse more 
 
 stoyee costs 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Tady jsme zas. Here we are again. 
 Jaky pekny den! What a nice day! 
 Mate jeste penize? Have you still 
 
 (some) money? 
 I jeste neco mam. Well, I have still 
 
 something. 
 Mnoho-li asi mate ? About how 
 
 much have you? 
 Ne mnoho. Not much. 
 
 Mam jeste dva dollary. I have still 
 
 two dollars. 
 Ja taky mam par dollaru. I also 
 
 have a few dollars. 
 Kolik dollaru? How many dollars? 
 Asi tak ctyry dollary. About four 
 
 dollars. 
 
 Zadne drobne? No change? 
 
 Mam take par centu. I have also 
 
 a few cents. 
 Utratil jsem mnoho. I have spent 
 
 a good deal. 
 Jak mnoho asi? About how much? 
 Nejniin pet nebo sest dollaru. At 
 
 least five or six dollars. 
 Ja take utratil nekolik dollaru. I 
 
 also spent a few dollars. 
 Tic nez ja? More than I? 
 
 Mozna asi sedm dollaru. Perhaps 
 
 about seven dollars. 
 Nebo dokonce osm. Or perhaps 
 
 even eight. 
 
68 
 
 Part II 
 
 K dollarum pocitejme cas. To the 
 
 dollars let us count the time. 
 Ten ma taky cenu v dollarech. It 
 
 also has a price (value) in dollars. 
 
 Co stoji ten yuz! How much is that 
 
 wagon? (literally: what costs that 
 
 wagon?). 
 Sto dollar u. A hundred dollars. 
 Za sto dollaru muzete koupit dva 
 
 yozy. For a hundred dollars you 
 
 can buy two wagons. 
 
 Zde je mflj syn. Here is my son. 
 Oba moji synove jsou tu. Both my 
 
 sons are here. 
 Ano 9 myslim ze jsou. Yes, I think 
 
 (that) they are. 
 Jeden z mych synii prave sel ven. 
 
 One of my sons has just gone out. 
 Dejte mym synum obed; a sice 
 
 hned. Give (to) my sons a dinner; 
 
 I mean right away. 
 Ano 9 dame panum dobry obed. 
 
 Yes, we shall give to the gentle- 
 men a good dinner. 
 
 Konpil jsern^ mouku. I bought 
 
 (some) flour. 
 Chcete koupit jeste necoS Do you 
 
 want to buy anything else? 
 Pujdu a koupim dva noze. I shall 
 
 go and buy two knives. 
 Ja pujdu taky a koupim tucet nozu« 
 
 I shall go, too, and buy a dozen 
 
 knives. 
 
 To dela mnoho. That makes much. 
 Devet nebo deset dollaru je pryc. 
 
 Nine or ten dollars are gone. 
 
 Dost mozua. Very likely. 
 
 Ja rozumim vozum. I understand 
 
 wagons. 
 Je velky rozdil ve vozech. There is 
 
 a great difference in wagons. 
 Ja jezdim s vozy uz davno. I drive 
 
 wagons a long time already. 
 
 V synech (mych) mam nyni podpo- 
 
 ru. In my sons I have now a 
 support. 
 
 To je dobre. That is well. 
 
 Jsem spokojen se syny. I am satis- 
 fied with (my) sons. 
 
 Jsme vsichni na farme. We are all 
 on the farm. 
 
 Synove jsou radi na farme. My 
 sons like it on the farm. 
 
 Jsme vsichni radi na venku. We 
 all like it in the country. 
 
 Ale k nozum take vidlicky. But to 
 
 the knives also forks. 
 Tamhle maji velky vyber y nozich. 
 
 Over there they have a large 
 choice in knives . 
 Ano, vim to; maji tuze dobre noze. 
 
 Yes, I know it ; they have very 
 good knives. 
 Mate pravdu. You are right (literal- 
 ly: you have right). 
 
Lesson 14. 
 
 69 
 
 Tamlile v liospode jsou tri muzi. 
 
 Over there in the saloon there are 
 
 three men. 
 Ziiam ty inuze. I know those men. 
 Jeden z tech inuzu je od nas. One 
 
 of those men is from our place. 
 Prodal jseni mu kone. I sold (to) 
 
 him a horse. 
 Jaky je to clovek? What kind of a 
 
 man is that? 
 
 Je dobry muz. He is a good man. 
 Jdete k tern muzuin. Go to those 
 
 men. 
 Pujdu; clici mluvit s temi muzi. I 
 
 will go ; I want to speak with those 
 men. 
 My slim ze ti muzove pujdou brzy 
 domu. I think that those men 
 will soon go home. 
 
 Note 1. The formation of the plural of masculine inanimate and 
 animate nouns, and the changes of their endings in different cases, are seen 
 in the following table : 
 
 dollar, dollar, the dollar; vfiz, vooz, the wagon; syn, syn, the son; 
 
 muz, mooz, the man; 
 
 Remark. The long termination ove 
 belongs to animate nouns; only in 
 poetic language or solemn expres- 
 sion does it sometimes appear con- 
 nected with inanimates. — 
 In the accusative or objective case 
 animate nouns have syuy, muze : 
 Mam syny zde, I have m}^ sons here ; 
 vidim ty muze, I see those men. — 
 S dollary, s vozy, se syny, s muzi; 
 sdollary, svozy, se syny, smoozi; 
 with the dollars, with the wagons, 
 with the sons, with the men. 
 
 dollary 
 
 dollary 
 
 
 the dollars 
 
 vozy 
 
 vozy 
 
 
 the wagons 
 
 syni 
 
 sym 
 synbve 
 
 \ 
 
 the sons 
 
 ove 
 
 
 muzi 
 ove 
 
 moozi 
 moozove 
 
 
 the men; 
 
 dollaru dolldroo 
 
 uv dollar oof 
 
 vozu 
 
 uv 
 
 synu 
 — — uv 
 muzu 
 uv 
 
 vozoo 
 
 — / 
 
 synoo 
 
 — -f 
 
 milzoo 
 / 
 
 !• of the dollars 
 j- of the wagons 
 j- of the sons 
 y of the men 
 
 Remark. Both animate and inani- 
 mate nouns use the long termination 
 uv, — but never in ordinary dis- 
 course and seldom in the spoken 
 language generally. 
 
70 
 
 Part IT. 
 
 dollar um dolldroom to the dollars 
 voziim vozoom to the wagons 
 
 v dollarech v dollar ekh in the dollars 
 ve yozech v8vdz#ch in the wagons 
 v synech vsynek7i in the sons 
 v mnzich vmiizeekh in the men. 
 
 synum synoom to the sons 
 muzum muzoom to the men; 
 
 Remark. Also with other preposi- 
 tions: o dollarech, about the dol- 
 lars ; po dollarech, after the dollars 
 (or dollar by dollar); etc. 
 
 Note 2. The prepositions k, s, v, z, consisting of a single 
 consonant, are simply abbreviations of ke, ku, se, ve, ze, as before ex- 
 plained. Their use is almost arbitrary, in cases where they can easily be 
 connected and pronounced with the succeeding syllable; hence they are 
 nearly always used when the following word begins with a vowel or with 
 a consonant followed by a vowel: v obleku, vo-ble-kti, in ihe suit of 
 clothes; v dollarech, vdol-la-rekh, in the dollars; v synech, vsy-nekh, in 
 
 the sons; s oblekem, so-ble-kem, with the suit of clothes; s dollarem, 
 
 sdol-ld-rem, with the dollar; s muzem, smoo-zem, with the man; 
 
 k obleku, ko-ble-M, to the suit of clothes; k vozu, kvo-zic, to the 
 wagon; etc. 
 
 We can never say v vozu, s synem, k koni (in the wagon, with 
 the son, to the horse), because it could not be pronounced; the letter e 
 has to be retained and it is ridiculous to leave it out in writing as a silent 
 letter, as it can never be silent. We speak and write : ve vozu (or ve voze), 
 ve vozti (voze), in the wagon; se synem, se synem, with the son (or with 
 my son); ke koni, kekom, to the horse. 
 
 On the other hand, the long form ke, ku, ve, ze may nearly al- 
 ways be employed, when the following word begins with a consonant; 
 we can say and write ve dollarech, ve synech; but it is not customary. 
 The sound of v connects easily with every other consonant without the 
 help of an e. However, the short prepositions k, s, z are being limited 
 in their use and the proper long form ke, kn, se, ze is employed wher- 
 ever practicable. 
 
 Note 3. The letters h, ch, k, r are called hard consonants 
 "par excellence". When they occur in a masculine animate noun, or 
 
Lesson 16. 
 
 n 
 
 in its ultimate syllable, they are changed or softened in the nominative 
 plural after the following manner: 
 
 h changes 
 ch 
 
 into z 
 
 s 
 
 
 k 
 r 
 
 changes into c 
 
 The following examples will explain 
 
 it: 
 
 
 soudrnh, soudruh (soudrukh), a comrade; 
 lioelu hokh, a boy; 
 kluk. klitk, a boy, an urchin; 
 bratr, braUr, a brother; 
 
 soudruzi, soiidruzi, comrades; 
 hosi, Iw-she, boys; 
 kluci, kltitsi, boys, urchins; 
 bratri, brdt-rshi, brothers; 
 
 But whenever the long form of the nominative plural (ove) is em- 
 ployed, the hard consonant remains unchanged: soudruhove, the com- 
 rades; bratrove, the brothers. In the other cases (excepting the vocative, 
 which is like the nominative: o soudruzi ! o comrades!) the hard con- 
 sonant also retains its place: soudruhu, hochu 9 klukii, bratru, of the 
 comrades (boys, brothers); soudriikum, and so forth. 
 
 LESSON XTI. 
 
 Libi se mi 
 
 nesti 
 nesou 
 
 pfines 
 prinesu 
 vede se 
 eitam 
 
 rad citam 
 sednu 
 bavim se 
 
 leebee se me I like it (him, 
 
 her, etc) 
 
 nesti to bring, to yield 
 
 nessoii they bring, they 
 
 yield (or pay) 
 
 prshi-ness bring (thou) 
 
 prshi-nessu I shall bring 
 
 ■vede se thrives 
 
 cheetdm I read (i. e. I use 
 
 to read) 
 
 rad cheetdm I like to read 
 
 sednti I sit down 
 
 baveem se I amuse myself 
 
 dejte 
 
 posazim 
 
 povida 
 
 letos 
 
 v loni 
 
 kodne 
 
 dei/te 
 
 posdzeem 
 
 poveedd 
 
 letoss 
 
 vloni 
 
 7todne \ 
 
 (the same as miiolio) ' 
 
 treba 
 
 trshe-bd 
 
 ,i 
 
 i treba e trshe-bd 
 Yseko druliu v she ho 
 
 krajina, f. Tcrayina 
 
 give, put 
 I shall set out 
 says 
 this year 
 last year 
 much, many, 
 a good deal 
 it needs, need- 
 ed, necessary 
 I don't care 
 driihu of all 
 kinds 
 country 
 
72 
 
 
 Pari 
 
 1 II 
 
 
 
 soused, m. 
 
 soused 
 
 neighbor 
 
 puda, f. 
 
 poo da 
 
 land, soil 
 
 uzitek, m. 
 
 itzitefc 
 
 profit 
 
 prairie, f . 
 
 prairie 
 
 prairie 
 
 kukurice, 
 
 \. kukurshitse ) 
 
 corn 
 
 bahno, n. 
 
 bahno 
 
 swamp 
 
 korna, f. 
 
 korna 
 
 
 reznik, m. 
 
 rshez-jieek 
 
 butcher 
 
 brambory, pi. brdmbory potatoes 
 
 kniha, f. 
 
 kniha 
 
 book 
 
 oves, m. 
 
 ovess 
 
 oats 
 
 knihovna, 
 
 f. knihovna 
 
 library 
 
 jecmen, m 
 
 yechmen 
 
 barley 
 
 milovnik, 
 
 m. mttdv-neek 
 
 lover 
 
 sklizen, f. 
 
 sklizen 
 
 crop 
 
 zaliba, f. 
 
 zdlibd 
 
 pleasure 
 
 slad, m. 
 
 sldd 
 
 malt 
 
 ruze, f. 
 
 rooze 
 
 rose 
 
 trh, m. 
 
 t e rh 
 
 market 
 
 pivonka, f. 
 
 pivonka 
 
 piony 
 
 u cesty 
 
 it tsesty 
 
 ) by the road 
 i near the road 
 
 okno, n. 
 
 ok no 
 
 window 
 
 
 
 poklad, m. 
 
 pokldd 
 
 treasure 
 
 samy, a, e 
 
 samee 
 
 nothing but 
 
 kdykoli 
 
 gdi-koli 
 
 whenever 
 
 urodny, a. 
 
 e oo-rodnee fertile 
 
 jeste jeden 
 
 yeshVe yeden 
 
 one more, 
 
 obzvlaste 
 
 ob-zldsTite 
 
 } especially, 
 > particularly 
 
 
 
 another 
 
 obzvlast' 
 
 ob-zldsht 
 
 pred 
 
 prshed 
 
 before 
 
 zvlastni 
 
 zldsht-nee 
 
 special, 
 
 bez 
 
 bez or bess 
 
 without 
 
 
 
 particular 
 
 za 
 
 za beyond, behind 
 
 zpatky 
 
 spdtke 
 
 back 
 
 
 
 
 
 Exeb 
 
 CISES. 
 
 
 Zde se mi libi. I like it here. 
 
 Zde je pekna krajina. This is (here 
 
 is) a nice country. 
 Kazdy to povida. Everybody says so. 
 My mame zde farnin. We have a 
 
 farm here. 
 Stryc je nas soused. Uncle is our 
 
 neighbor. 
 On ma zde dve fanny. He has two 
 
 farms here. 
 
 Ma velky uzitek z tech farem? Has 
 
 he a large profit from those farms? 
 Myslim ze ma. I think (that) he 
 
 has. 
 Myslim ze nesou mu hodne. I think 
 
 (that) they yield (i. e. pay) him a 
 
 good deal. 
 Y loni mel mnoho sklizne (skliz-ne, 
 
 of the c.) vseho druhu. Last year 
 
 he had a large crop of all kinds. 
 
Lesson 16. 
 
 Je to tuze lirodna farina. It is a 
 
 very fertile farm. 
 
 Mel nmolio sena, psenice, kukuri- 
 ee i brambor. He had a great 
 deal of hay, wheat, corn and 
 potatoes. 
 
 Letos bude miti take oves, jecmen 
 a zito. This year he will also 
 have oats, barley and rye. 
 
 Jecmen na slad ma vzdycky (dycky, 
 dit-ski) dobry trh. Barley for 
 malt has alwa} T s a good market. 
 
 Kniliy jsou poklad. Books are a 
 
 treasure. 
 Rad eitam kniliy. I like to read 
 
 books. 
 Obzvlaste kdyz jsem doma. Espe 
 
 cially when I am at home. 
 Jste teda milovnik knih. You are 
 
 then a lover of books. 
 To je pravda. That is true . 
 
 Mate nmoho knili? Have you many 
 
 books? 
 Ma knihovna je velika. My library 
 
 is large. 
 
 Mate ruze pred oknem. You have 
 roses before the window . 
 
 Maine tarn bodne ruzi. We have 
 many roses there . 
 
 K riizim dejte pivonky. To the 
 roses put pionies. 
 
 Na farmacb zde jecmen yede se do- 
 
 bre. On the farms here barley 
 
 thrives well. 
 Za farmami n cesty je kns spatne 
 
 piidy. Beyond the farms by the 
 
 road there is a piece of bad land. 
 Ja myslel, ze je to lirodna prairie. 
 
 I thought (that) it was a fertile 
 
 prairie. 
 Neni; je to skoro same babno. It is 
 
 not; it is almost nothing but 
 
 swamp. 
 
 Jake kniby mateS What books 
 
 have you? 
 Mam kniliy rseho drnlui. I have 
 
 books of all kinds. 
 Sednn ke knibam kdykoli mam eas. 
 
 I sit down to the books whenever 
 
 I have time. 
 Teda mate zalibn ve knihacli. Then 
 
 you have (you find) pleasure in 
 
 books. 
 Ano, tuze rad bavini se s knibami. 
 
 Yes, I like very much to amuse 
 
 nryself with books. 
 
 Y ruzicb mam zylastni zalibn. In 
 
 roses I have (I take) particular 
 pleasure. 
 Posazim jeste jeden zabon ruzemi. 
 
 I shall plant another bed with 
 
74 
 
 Part II 
 
 Byl jsem u f eznika. I was at the 
 
 butcher's. 
 Koupil jsem maso od reznika. I 
 
 bought (some) meat from the but- 
 cher. 
 
 Tu je to maso. Here is that meat. 
 
 To je sama kost. That is nothing 
 but bone. 
 
 Jsou tu nejake kosti. There are 
 some bones here. 
 
 Alio, kosti je dost. Yes, there are 
 bones enough. 
 
 K tern kostim treba vice masa. To 
 
 the bones (besides the b.) we need 
 
 more meat. 
 Na tech kostech neni ho mnoho. On 
 
 these bones there is not much of it. 
 Co s kostmi? What (can we do) with 
 
 the bones? 
 Nechceme tolik kosti. We do not 
 
 want so many bones. 
 Prines maso bez kosti. Bring meat 
 
 without bones. 
 Pujdu zpatky a prinesu ho. I shall 
 
 go back and bring it. 
 
 Note 1. The formation of the plural of feminine nouns, and the 
 changes of their endings in different cases, are shown in the following table: 
 
 cena, tsena, the price; ruze, rooze, the rose; kost', kost, the bone; 
 
 ceny tseny the prices 
 
 Remark. When two consonants 
 terminate the noun in the genitive, 
 an e is interpolated: farmy, the 
 farms ; far em (instead of farm), of the 
 farms; — matky, the mothers; matek 
 instead of matk), of the mothers. 
 
 rfize 
 
 TOOZ& 
 
 the roses 
 
 kosti 
 
 kosti 
 
 the bones; 
 
 cen 
 
 tsen 
 
 of the prices 
 
 ruzi 
 
 roozee 
 
 of the roses 
 
 kosti 
 
 kostiee 
 
 of the bones; 
 
 Gemini tstinam to the prices 
 
 riizim roozeem to the roses 
 
 kostem kostem to the bones; 
 
 v cenach ftsg-ndkh in the prices 
 
 v ruzich vroo-zeekh in the roses 
 
 V kostech fkos-ttikh in the bones; 
 
 Remark. Also with other preposi- 
 tions: o cenach, about prices; pri 
 cenach, at the prices; etc. 
 
Lesson 17. 
 
 75 
 
 cenami tsendmi with the prices 
 riizemi roozemi with the roses 
 ko8tmi Jcostmi with the bones. 
 
 Remark. Usually with the proposi- 
 tion s (with): s cenami, stse-ndmi; 
 s riizemi, sroo-zemi; s kostmi, 
 skost-mi. 
 
 
 vdm 
 
 LESSON XVII. 
 
 
 Vain 
 
 to you 
 
 bohactvi, n 
 
 . bolidts-tvee richess 
 
 jim 
 
 yim 
 
 to them 
 
 stesti, n. 
 
 slifess-Vi happiness, 
 
 mi, me 
 
 me, my 8 
 
 to me 
 
 
 luck, good fortune 
 
 moje, me 
 
 7)io ye, me 
 
 mine, my 
 
 moudrost, 
 
 £. moudrost wisdom 
 
 nase 
 
 ndslie 
 
 our, ours 
 
 yaha, f . 
 
 valid weight 
 
 vase 
 
 vdsM 
 
 your, yours 
 
 ponpe, n. 
 
 poupye bud 
 
 s temi 
 
 stemi 
 
 with those 
 
 poupata 
 
 pottpdtd buds 
 
 tolile 
 
 tolile 
 
 this here 
 
 plot, m. 
 
 plot fence 
 
 tarn ty 
 
 tarn ty those over there 
 
 obtiz, f. 
 
 ob-Heez trouble 
 
 tuze 
 
 tooze 
 
 very much 
 
 mylka, f . 
 
 meelkd mistake 
 
 blize 
 
 bleeze 
 
 nearer 
 
 mate pravdu mate prdvdti you are 
 
 nikoli 
 
 nikoli 
 
 no, not at all 
 
 
 right {literally: you 
 
 kolem 
 
 kolem 
 
 round 
 
 
 have right;) 
 
 pojd'ine 
 
 poftme 
 
 let us 'go 
 
 neni treba 
 
 neni trsM-bd it is not 
 
 jde 
 
 de 
 
 comes 
 
 
 necessary 
 
 hled'te 
 
 hled'te 
 
 see, look 
 
 obaleny, a, 
 
 e obdlenee covered 
 
 vidim 
 
 vi&'eem 
 
 I see 
 
 drateny, a, 
 
 e drd-Henee of wire 
 
 vidite 
 
 vifteete 
 
 you see 
 
 hlubok^, a. 
 
 e hlubokee deep, pro- 
 
 znam 
 
 znam 
 
 I know 
 
 
 found. 
 
 znate 
 
 znate 
 
 you know 
 
 zdravy, a, e zdravee healthy, well, 
 
 pridam 
 
 prshi-ddm 
 
 I shall add 
 
 
 sound 
 
 reknu 
 
 rshek-nU 
 
 I shall tell 
 
 devce 
 
 Ref-cliV girl 
 
 slyset 
 
 slishet 
 
 to hear 
 
 devcata 
 
 ftef-chdtd girls 
 
 postaci 
 
 postd-chee 
 
 is sufficient 
 
 dobre 
 
 dobrslie well, all right 
 
 roste 
 
 roste 
 
 grows 
 
 slovem 
 
 slovem in a word 
 
76 
 
 Paft II. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Ja vam neco reknu. I will teH"you 
 
 something. 
 Bohactvi neni stesti. Riches are not 
 
 happiness. 
 To jsou slova moudrosti. These are 
 
 words of wisdom. 
 Znate vahu tech slov2 Do you know 
 
 the weight of those words? 
 K tern slovum nic vice neni treba. 
 
 To those words nothing more is 
 
 needed. 
 
 Tarn ty ruze uz maji poupata. The 
 
 roses over there already have buds. 
 Ano, maji mnoho poupat. Yes, they 
 
 have many buds. 
 Letos jsou obaleny poupaty. This 
 
 year they are covered with buds. 
 V loni byly skoro bez poupat. Last 
 
 year they were almost without 
 
 buds. 
 Pojd'me blize k tern poupatum. Let 
 
 us go nearer to those buds. 
 Yidim neco na tech poupatech. I 
 
 see something on the buds. 
 To neni nic. That is nothing. 
 
 Mate pravdu; poupata jsou zdrava. 
 
 You are right ; the buds are sound. 
 Ano, jsou; yes, they are. 
 
 Hled'te ! 
 
 Ty pole co vidite jsou moje. 
 
 fields you see are mine. 
 
 See ! 
 The 
 
 Y tech slovech je hluboka pravda. 
 
 In those words there is a profound 
 
 truth. 
 Chcete slyseti vice] Do you want 
 
 to hear more? 
 Nikoli; ta slova postaci. Not at all; 
 
 those words suffice. 
 Jsem spokojen s temi slovy. I am 
 
 satisfied with those words. 
 Slovem: mate pravdu! In a word: 
 
 you are right ! 
 
 Aha, zde je moje devce! Ah, here 
 
 is my girl ! 
 Jsou vase devcata zdrava! Are your 
 
 girls well? 
 Obe nase devcata jsou zdrava. Both 
 
 our girls are well. 
 Prines devceti poupe. Bring (thou) 
 
 to the girl a bud. 
 Jsou zde dve devcata. There are 
 
 two girls here . 
 Prineste jim nekolik poupat. Bring 
 
 (you to) them some buds. 
 Tady jde s temi poupaty. Here he 
 
 comes with the buds. 
 Tu je par poupat. Here are some 
 
 buds. 
 Dobre. All right. 
 
 Kolem tech poli je novy plot. A 
 
 round those fields there is a new 
 fence. 
 
 
Lesson 17. 
 
 77 
 
 Je to drateny plot. It is a wire fence. 
 K tern polini je dobra cesta. To 
 
 those fields there is a good road. 
 Co bude na tech polichl What will 
 
 there be on those fields? 
 Na tech policli bude obili a kukuri- 
 
 ce. On those fields there will be 
 grain and corn. 
 
 Jste spokojen s temi polemi? Are 
 
 you satisfied with those fields? 
 Jsem tuze spokojen. I am very 
 
 much satisfied. 
 Ysechno dobre roste na tech polich. 
 
 Everything grows well on those 
 fields. 
 
 Co je tohle£ What is this here? 
 
 Nejaka znameni. Some signs. 
 
 To jsou moje znameni. These are 
 
 my signs. 
 Ja neco pridarn k tern znamenim. 
 
 I shall add something to those 
 
 signs. 
 
 Neni mylka v tech znamenicM Is 
 
 there no mistake in those signs? 
 S temi znamenimi je nekdy obtiz. 
 
 With those signs there is some- 
 times trouble. 
 Pravda, je nekdy obtiz. True, there 
 is sometimes trouble. 
 
 Note. The formation of the plural of neutre nouns, and the 
 changes of their endings in different cases, will appear from the following 
 table : 
 
 slovo 
 
 slovo 
 
 the word 
 
 pole 
 
 pole 
 
 the field 
 
 poupe 
 
 poupyg 
 
 the bud 
 
 znameiii 
 
 zndmenee 
 
 the sign; 
 
 slova 
 
 slova 
 
 the words 
 
 pole 
 
 pole 
 
 the fields 
 
 poupata 
 
 poupata 
 
 the buds 
 
 ziiaineni 
 
 zndmenee 
 
 the signs; 
 
 slov 
 
 slof 
 
 of the words 
 
 poll 
 
 polee 
 
 of the fields 
 
 poupat 
 
 poitpdt 
 
 of the buds 
 
 znameni 
 
 zndmenee 
 
 of the signs ; 
 
 slovum 
 
 slovoom 
 
 to the words 
 
 polim 
 
 poleem 
 
 to the fields 
 
 poupatuin 
 
 poUpdtoom to the buds 
 
 znameniiu 
 
 zndmeneem to the signs ; 
 
 ye slovech ve slovekh in the words 
 T nonnnteohf poUpdtekh in the buds 
 v policli fpoleekh in the fields 
 ve znamenich ve zndmeneekh in the 
 
 signs; 
 
 Remark. Also with other prepo- 
 sitions : o polich, about the fields ; 
 na polich, on the fields. 
 
78 
 
 Part II. 
 
 slovy slovy with the words 
 
 poupaty potcpdty with the buds 
 poli (-emi) poli (~#mi) with the fields 
 znamenimi zndmeneemi with the 
 
 signs. 
 
 Remark. Also with the preposition 
 se, s: se slovy, se sldvy; s poupaty, 
 spotipdty; s polemi, spoUmi; se zna- 
 menimi, s&zndmeneemi. — Instead of 
 polemi, the short forms polmi and 
 poli (polmi, polli) are also used. 
 
 LESSON XYIII. 
 
 Mrak, m. mrdk 
 
 mracek,m. mrd-che/c 
 
 zena zend 
 
 mile*), f. meel$ 
 
 hodina*), f . hoftind 
 
 jizda, f. 
 
 k veceru 
 
 za svetla 
 
 tma 
 
 pozde 
 
 dobra ! 
 
 cloud 
 
 little cloud 
 
 wife 
 
 mile 
 
 hour, o'clock 
 
 yeezdd drive, ride 
 
 ~kw8cMru toward evening 
 
 id swyet-ld by daylight 
 
 tmd dark, darkness 
 
 poztfe 
 dobrd 
 
 krasny, a, e krdssnee 
 s nami sndmi 
 
 brzy 
 po svem 
 
 jeste 
 
 b er-zy 
 po swem 
 
 yeshfle 
 
 late 
 
 very well! 
 
 beautiful 
 
 with us 
 
 soon 
 
 after one's 
 
 business 
 
 still, yet. 
 
 ja pravil yd prdml I said 
 
 jarku yd-rshkU I said, I say 
 
 (like the colloq. "says I '.) 
 jeti yetii, yet to drive, to ride 
 
 pojedem poyedem we shall drive, 
 we shall ride 
 pojed'me poyeftmti let us drive, 
 let us ride 
 vyjeti ve-yetH, ve-yet to drive 
 
 out, to ride out, to start 
 vyjeli jsme ve-yelli sm& we started 
 vratime se vrdt'eemg s8 we shall re- 
 turn, we shall come back 
 vratil mi vrdtil me he returned 
 to me (something); 
 pfljcene penize puychene peneezS 
 the money loaned; 
 
 *) Jedna, dve, tri, ctyry mile, yednd, dwyg, trshi, shtiri meeU, 
 one, two, three, four miles; pet mil, pyet mill, five miles; sest mil, 
 sMst mill, six miles; and so forth. 
 
 Jedna hodina, yednd hoftind, one hour, one o'clock; dve, tri, 
 ctyry hodiny, dwyg, trshi, shtiri hoftiny, two, three, four hours ; two, 
 three, four o'clock; pet hodin, py8t hoftin, five hours; five o'clock; sest 
 hodin, sh&st hoftin, six hours, six o'clock; — and so forth. 
 
Lesson 18. 
 
 79 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Ycera byl krasny den; — nebe bylo 
 jasne, — ani mracku nikde. 
 
 Jarkn, zeno! dnes pojedem do me- 
 
 sta. 
 Ano, pojed'me! pravila zeiia; — je 
 
 den tak krasny! 
 Manie deset mil do mesta. 
 
 Brzy po snidani vyjeli jsme; — by- 
 lo prave osm hodin. 
 
 Soused pan Rohan byl s nami. 
 
 Ja pravil: sousede, jak brzy bude- 
 
 me ve meste? 
 V deset hodin jsme tarn! pravil 
 
 pan Rohan, 
 A byli jsme. 
 Je to as dve hodiny jizdy, kdyz 
 
 cesta je dobra. 
 Ve meste soused sel kupovat neco 
 
 a my take sli po svein. 
 
 Pujeil jsem mu pet dollaru. 
 Jarku, sousede! kdy se vratime? 
 
 Myslim pozde odpoledne, nebo k 
 veceruj — to bude dost casu. 
 
 Dobra; vratime se asi v sedm ho- 
 din yecer, — jeste za svetla. 
 
 Ale bylo uz tnia, kdyz jsme se vra- 
 tili. 
 
 Yesterday was a beautiful day; — 
 
 the sky was clear, — not a cloud 
 
 anywhere. 
 I said: wife, to-day we will drive to 
 
 town. 
 Yes, let us drive! said (my) wife; — 
 
 the day is so beautiful! 
 It is ten miles to town (literally: we 
 
 have ten miles to town). 
 Soon after breakfast we drove out 
 
 (we started); — it was just eight 
 
 o'clock. 
 (Our) neighbor Mr. Rohan was 
 
 with us. 
 I said: neighbor, how soon shall we 
 
 be in the city? 
 At ten o'clock we are there ! said 
 
 Mr. Rohan. 
 And we were. 
 It is about a two hours' ride, when 
 
 the road is good. 
 In the city, the neighbor went to buy 
 
 something, and we also went after 
 
 our business. 
 I loaned to him five dollars. 
 I said: neighbor, when shall we re- 
 turn? 
 I think late in the afternoon or to- 
 wards evening; — that will be 
 
 time enough. 
 Very well; we shall return about 
 
 seven o'clock in the evening, — 
 
 still by daylight. 
 But it was already dark, when we 
 
 returned. 
 
80 Part II. 
 
 Soused sel domu a vratil mi pfljce- 
 ne penize. 
 
 The neighbor went home and re- 
 turned to me the money I loaned 
 him. 
 
 Note 1. The noun mracek is a diminutive of mrak. In Eng- 
 lish only a few nouns have their proper diminutives; for instance: man, 
 manikin; eagle, eaglet; river, rivulet; goose, gosling. 
 
 In Bohemian, diminutives are exceedingly numerous; and very 
 often a noun has two, sometimes three diminutives, differing in degree. 
 For example: 
 
 diim, m. diim, a house; domek, domek, a small house; domecek, dd- 
 mechek, a very small house . 
 
 lioch 9 hokJi, a boy; ho&ik, hosheek, a small boy; hosicek, hoshee- 
 
 ehek, a very small boy. 
 
 ruka ? f. ruka, a hand; rucka, rilchkd, a small hand; rucicka, rU- 
 chich-kd, a very small hand. 
 
 oko, n, oko, an eye; ocko, och-ko, a small eye; ocicko, dchich-kti, 
 a very small eye. 
 
 Diminutives, however, are often used simply as expressions of fond- 
 ness and endearment, apart from any relation of size or degree. 
 
 Note 2. The genitive or possessive case of mracek is mracku, 
 not^mraceku. All nouns ending in ek drop the letter e in their de- 
 clension. They are all of the masculine gender (as observed in Lesson I, 
 Note 5), and the animate have ka, the inanimate ku in the genitive: 
 
 ptacek, ptdchek (colloq. ftdchek), a small bird; ptacka, ptdchkd 
 {ftdchkd), a small bird's; 
 
 svatek, swdtek, a holiday; svatku, swdt-kto, a holiday's. 
 
 Note 3. Reflexive verbs in English are followed by reflexive pro- 
 nouns; for instance: to forswear one' s self; I forswore myself; he for- 
 swore himself; they forswore themselves; etc. 
 
Lesson 18. 
 
 81 
 
 In Bohemian, the reflexive pronoun is always se, without any 
 variation. But many verbs, which are reflexive in Bohemian, are not so 
 in English; and vice versa. 
 
 Tratiti se, vrdtiit se (to return, to come back), is a reflexive verb; 
 we say : vratini se, vvdteem s#, I shall return ; vratime se, vrdtieeme sg, . 
 we shall return; vratite se, vrdfeete se, you will return; vr&ti se, vrdtee ; 
 s8, they will return. 
 
 Note 4. In the foregoing exercises, sousede, zeno, are the voca- 
 tive cases of soused (neighbor), zena (wife). The noun is put in the 
 vocative case, when the person or thing is addressed: o Lord! o heavens! 
 
 In Bohemian, the vocative case in the singular is very often, in the 
 plural always like the nominative, as will be seen from the following 
 comparison : 
 
 Nomin a ti ve . 
 
 
 Vocative. 
 
 soused, soused, 
 
 the neighbor 
 
 sousede! 
 
 sousede, o neighbor! 
 
 muz, mooz, 
 
 tm3 man 
 
 muzi! 
 
 moozi, o man ! 
 
 zena, zena, 
 
 the woman 
 
 zeno! 
 
 zeno, o woman! 
 
 kost, f. kost, 
 
 the bone 
 
 kosti! 
 
 kosti, o bone! 
 
 ruze, f. rooze, 
 
 the rose 
 
 ruze! 
 
 rooze, o roseT 
 
 slovo, n. slovo, 
 
 the word 
 
 slovo! 
 
 slovd, o word! 
 
 pole, n. poU, 
 
 the field 
 
 pole! 
 
 pole, o field! 
 
 znaineni, zndmen.ee, 
 
 the sign 
 
 znameni! 
 
 zndmenee, o sign! 
 
 In the plural number, the non 
 
 linative and vocative always agree i 
 
 sousedF), 
 
 soilse^i, 
 
 the neighbors; o neighbors! 
 
 muzi (-ove), 
 
 moozi, 1 
 
 ;he men; 
 
 o men! 
 
 zeny, 
 
 %&n'y, 1 
 
 .he women; 
 
 o women! 
 
 kosti, 
 
 kosti, 1 
 
 the bones; 
 
 o bones! 
 
 ruze, 
 
 roozti, 1 
 
 the roses; 
 
 o roses! 
 
 slova, 
 
 slovd, 1 
 
 ,he words ; 
 
 o words! 
 
 pole, 
 
 pole, 1 
 
 the fields; 
 
 o fields! 
 
 znameni, 
 
 zndmenee, 1 
 tsede, is the p 
 
 the signs; 
 roper gram] 
 
 o signs! 
 
 *) Sousede, sot 
 
 natical form, this noun 
 
 forming an exception; but sousedi is the common usage. 
 
$2 Part IT. 
 
 Note 5. The Latin noun has six cases; the Bohemian noun has 
 six cases corresponding perfectly with the Latin, and an additional case 
 called "instrumental", because it denotes by whom, with whom or through 
 whom (by means of what or through what) something happens or is done: 
 muz em, s muzem, by the man, with the man; dollarem, s dollarem, 
 with the dollar. 
 
 The nature of the six cases of the Bohemian noun apart from the 
 vocative will appear more distinctly by stating the questions to which 
 they respond. 
 
 'The nominative case, of course, responds to the question kdo? co? gdd, 
 tso; who? what? 
 
 dollar, muz, zena, slovo; the dollar, the man, the woman, the word; — 
 dollary, muzi, zeny, slova; the dollars, the men, the women, the words. 
 
 'The genitive or possessive case responds to the question cil ceho] chee, 
 cMho; whose ? of what ? 
 
 dollaru, muze, zeny, slova; of the dollar, the man's, the woman's, of 
 the word; — dollaru (-uv), muzu (-uv), zen, slov; of the dollars, 
 the men's, the women's, of the words. 
 
 'The dative case responds to the question komu? cemu? komti, ch&mti; 
 to whom? to what? 
 
 dollaru, muzi, zene, slovu; to the dollar, to the man, to the woman, 
 to the word; — dollar urn, muzum, zenam, slovum; to the dollars, to 
 the men, to the women, to the words. 
 
 'The accusative or objective case responds to the question koho? co? 
 koho, tsd; whom? what? 
 
 dollar, muze, zenu, slovo; the dollar, the man, the woman, 
 the word; — dollary, muze, zeny, slova; the dollars, the men, the 
 women, the words. 
 
 The locative case responds to the question v kom? v cem? (na kom? na 
 cemS — o kom? o cemS), fkom, fchem; in whom? in what? (on 
 whom — what? about whom — what?) 
 v dollaru, v muzi, v zene, ve slovu (-e); in the dollar, in the man, 
 
Lesson 19. 
 
 83 
 
 in the woman, in the word; — v dollarech, v muzich, v zenach, ye 
 
 slovech; in the dollars, in the men, in the women, in the words. 
 
 The instrumental case responds to the question kymS cim? — s kym? 
 s cim$ keem, cheem, skeem, scheem; by whom? by what? with whom? 
 with what ? 
 
 dOllarein, mnzem, zenou, slovem; with the dollar, with the man, 
 with the woman, with the word; — dollary, mnzi, zenami, slovy; 
 with the dollars, with the men, with the women, with the words. 
 
 
 pan 
 
 LESSON XIX. 
 
 e bleeskee 
 
 
 Pan 
 
 Mr. (mister) 
 
 blizky, a, 
 
 near 
 
 pan 
 
 pan 
 
 gentleman 
 
 hodny, a, 
 
 e liodnee 
 
 nice, good 
 
 paiii 
 
 pdnee Mrs. (missis); lady 
 
 jiny, a„ c 
 
 \ ye- nee 
 
 another 
 
 clovek 
 
 chlovygk 
 
 man; one; 
 
 letny, a, ( 
 
 i letnee 
 
 aged 
 
 Karel 
 
 kdrell 
 
 Charles 
 
 bohaty, a 
 
 , e bohdtee 
 
 rich 
 
 Anna 
 
 and 
 
 Anna 
 
 cluidy, a, 
 
 e khitdee 
 
 poor 
 
 Marie 
 
 mariS 
 
 Mary 
 
 poctivy, a 
 
 , e pots-tiivee 
 
 honest 
 
 dcernska 
 
 tserttshkd 
 
 little daughter 
 
 mlady, a, 
 
 e mlddee 
 
 young 
 
 hosik 
 
 hoslieek 
 
 little boy 
 
 cetny, a, 
 
 e chetnee 
 
 numerous 
 
 sonsedka soiisedkd female neighbor 
 
 pilny, a, 
 
 6 pillnee 
 
 industrious 
 
 ydoya 
 
 vdovd 
 
 widow 
 
 poslusny, 
 
 a, e poslushnee obedient 
 
 ydoyec 
 
 v do -vets 
 
 widower 
 
 jeste tri 
 
 yeshte trshi 
 
 } three other 
 J three more 
 
 domov, m. 
 
 domof 
 
 home 
 
 
 
 rok, m. 
 
 rdk 
 
 year 
 
 usazen 
 
 Ussdzen 
 
 settled 
 
 leta 
 
 letd ) 
 let ) 
 
 years*) 
 
 jmenuje se menuye sS is called 
 
 let 
 
 y skutku 
 
 fskut-kU } 
 opr audit S 
 
 indeed, in 
 
 naklonnos 
 
 k, f . ndklonost inclination 
 
 opraydu 
 
 fact, really 
 
 nekolik 
 
 nekolik 
 
 several, some, 
 
 ma byt 
 
 ma beet 
 
 ought to be 
 
 
 
 a few 
 
 mate rad 
 
 mats rad 
 
 you like 
 
 *) Dve leta, dicyg letd, two years ; tri leta, trshi letd, three years; 
 ctyry leta, shtiriletd, four years; pet let, py&tlet, five years; sest let, 
 sliest let, six years; sedm let, sedUm let, seven years; and so forth. 
 
84 
 
 Part II 
 
 Mate to rad? mdtg to rddf do you 
 
 like it? 
 
 mam vzdycky rad 9 mdm dit-skirdd, 
 
 I always like; 
 
 davno, ddvnd, a long time ; 
 
 jak davno ? yak ddvno how long; 
 
 nesklame se, nessklamti s&, will not 
 be disappointed 
 jednain, yed-ndm, I deal 
 
 jedna, yed-nd, deals 
 
 vas, vdsh, your, yours 
 
 jeji, y&yee, her, hers 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Tak zde je vas domov! 
 
 Kdo je vas soused? 
 
 Pan Hodan je muj soused. 
 
 On je nas blizky soused. 
 
 Je pan Hodan hodny muz? 
 
 Ano, je hodny muz; a pani Hoda- 
 
 nova je hodna zena. 
 Maji deti? 
 
 Maji jednu deerusku. 
 Jak se jmenuje? 
 Myslim ze jmenuje se Marie; je to 
 
 hodne dite. 
 Jiny soused nas je pan Braun. 
 
 Jak davno je zde usazen? 
 
 Je zde usazen asi rok nebo dve 
 leta. 
 
 Je pan Braun bohaty? 
 
 Neni; on je chudy clovek. 
 
 Je chudy a tuze poctivy. 
 
 Je letny muz? 
 
 Ne 9 pan Braun je mlady muz a pa- 
 ni Braunova je mlada zena. 
 
 Ale rodina je uz cetna. 
 
 Maji nekolik deti. 
 
 So here is your home! 
 
 Who is your neighbor? 
 
 Mr. Hodan is my neighbor. 
 
 He is our near neighbor. 
 
 Is Mr. Hodan a nice man? 
 
 Yes, he is a nice man; and Mrs. 
 Hodan is a nice woman. 
 
 Have they children? 
 
 They have one little daughter. 
 
 What is her name? 
 
 I think she is called Mary; she is a 
 nice child. 
 
 Another neighbor of ours is Mr. 
 Brown. 
 
 How long is he (has he been) set- 
 tled here ? 
 
 He has been settled here about a 
 year or two (years). 
 
 Is Mr. Brown rich? 
 
 He is not; he is a poor man. 
 
 He is poor and very honest. 
 
 Is he an aged man? 
 
 No; Mr. Brown is a young man, and 
 Mrs. Brown is a young woman. 
 
 But the family is already numerous. 
 
 They have several children. 
 
Lesson 19. 
 
 85 
 
 Karel je asi deset let a pak maji 
 
 jeste tri deti. 
 Karel je poslusny a pilny hocli. 
 
 Anna je take poslusna a pilna. 
 
 Je ji asi osm let. 
 
 Dite ma byt poslusne a pilne. 
 
 Ano, ma byt; ale nekdy neni. 
 
 Tdoya Borosova je take nase blizka 
 
 sousedka. 
 Jeji bratr, pan Block, je take 
 
 Ydoyec. 
 
 Teda mate rad pana Hodana? (panel 
 
 Jiodana, — accusative). 
 Mam yzdycky rad hodneho muze, a 
 
 hodnou zenu take. 
 K hod ne mu lnuzi a k hodne zene 
 
 mame yzdy naklonnost. 
 A je take pravda, ze yhodnem mn- 
 
 zi a v hodne zene se clorek nikdy 
 
 nesklame. 
 S hodnym muzem a hodnou zenou 
 
 kazdy rad jedna. 
 Tez rad jednam s hodnym ditetem. 
 Pana Brauna hosik je t skutku 
 
 hodne dite. 
 
 Charles is about ten years, and then 
 they have three more children. 
 
 Charles is an obedient and indus- 
 trious boy. 
 
 A:nna is also obedient and indus- 
 trious. 
 
 She is (literally: it is to her) about 
 eight years . 
 
 A child should be obedient and in- 
 dustrious. 
 
 Yes, it ought to be; but sometimes 
 it is not. 
 
 The widow Borosh is also our near 
 neighbor. 
 
 Her brother, Mr. Bloch, is also a 
 widower. 
 
 So you like Mr. Hodan? 
 
 I always like a nice man, and a nice 
 woman too. 
 
 Toward a nice man and a nice wo- 
 man we always have an inclination. 
 
 And it is also true, that in a good 
 man and in a good woman one is 
 never disappointed. 
 
 With a nice man and a nice woman 
 everybody likes to deal. 
 
 I also like to deal with a nice child. 
 
 Mr. Brown's little boy is really a 
 good child. 
 
 Note 1. In Lesson VI, Note 2, it was explained that the termina- 
 tion of adjectives changes according to the gender of the nouns which 
 they qualify: 
 
Part II 
 
 hodny muz, 
 hodna zena, 
 hodne dite, 
 
 hodnee mooz, a nice man; 
 hodnd zena, a nice woman; 
 hodne fleet! e, a nice child (in ordinary- 
 discourse hodny dite, like the masculine). 
 
 Adjectives, also, are declined and agree in number and case with 
 the nouns. The changes of termination in the singular number appear in 
 the following table: 
 
 hodnee mooz, a nice man; 
 
 hodne fleet e, a nice child; 
 
 hodny muz, 
 hodne dite, 
 
 hodneho muze, 
 ,, ditete, 
 
 hodneho mooze, 
 
 ,, fleet } et#, 
 
 of a nice man, 
 of a nice child; 
 
 Remark. The accusative or objective agrees with the possessive in the 
 masculine, and with the nominative in the neutre gender: 
 vidim hodneho muze, vifleem hodneho mooze, I see a nice man; 
 vidim hodne dite, vifleem hodne fleet e, I see a nice child. 
 
 hodnemu muzi, 
 ,, diteti, 
 
 v hodnem muzi, 
 ,, ,, diteti, 
 
 hodnemu moozi, to a nice man, 
 
 ,, fleet eti, to a nice child; 
 
 vhodnem moozi, in a nice man, 
 
 fleet eti, in a nice child; 
 
 s hodnym muzem, shodneem moozem, with a nice man, 
 
 ,, ,, ditetem, ,, fleet etem, with a nice child. 
 
 hodna zena, 
 hodne zeny, 
 ,, zene, 
 v , , zene, 
 hodnou zenu, 
 s hodnou zenou, 
 
 hodnd zena, 
 hodne zeny, 
 ,, zene, 
 v „ 
 
 hodnou zenti, 
 shod noil zenou, 
 
 a nice woman; 
 of a nice woman; 
 to a nice woman; 
 in a nice woman; 
 a nice woman (accusative); 
 with a nice woman. 
 
Lesson 19. 87 
 
 Note 2. In common discourse no distinction whatever is made 
 between the masculine and Deutre gender, and the terminal y does not 
 change. We hear : 
 
 hodny muz, hodny dite; a nice man, a nice child:, 
 
 hodnyho maze, hodnyho ditete; of a nice man, of a nice child 
 
 hodnymu niuzi, hodnymu diteti; to a nice man, to a nice child 
 
 hodnyho muze, hodny dite; (accusative); a nice man, a nice child 
 
 v hodnyin niuzi, v hodnym diteti; in a nice man, in a nice child 
 
 s hodnym muzeni, s hodnym ditetem; with a nice man, with a nice child. 
 
 In the feminine gender, we hear : hodna zena ? hodnou zenu (accus.), . 
 s hodnou zenou; but in the other cases : 
 
 hodny zeny, of a good worn an j; 
 hodny zene, to a good woman; 
 v hodny zene, in a good woman. 
 
 The ordinary usage of the people evidently rejects all artificial, and 
 unnecessary grammatical distinctions, always tending to simplicity; and 
 it will be noticed that there is much more consistency in this common 
 rule as applied to the declension of adjectives, when we come to treat 
 of their plural number. 
 
 Note 3. In Bohemian, the adjective may be placed either before 
 or after the noun, according to the speaker's pleasure : 
 
 pan Hodan je hodny muz; ) 
 
 „ , . v , , , f Mr. Hodan is a nice man; 
 
 pan Hodan je muz hodny; ) 
 
 je to letny muz; ) 
 
 y he is (literally, it is) an aged man. 
 je to muz letny; ) 
 
 It is usually placed after the noun when the speaker wishes to lajr 
 particular stress upon the adjective (hodny, letny) qualifying the noun. 
 
:88 
 
 Part II 
 
 LESSON XX. 
 
 Sousedstvo, n. soiisedstvo neighbor- 
 hood 
 cely 9 a 9 e tsellee whole, all 
 
 mily 9 a, e millee pleasant, pleas- 
 ing, dear 
 prijemno ? f. prshee-yemno agreea- 
 ble, pleasant 
 nehodnee naughty 
 
 bidlet to live, to reside 
 fsM ) everything, 
 
 fshekh-no i all 
 
 fshdk but 
 
 fshdk y$ but there is 
 (there are) 
 ndd over 
 
 neni nad neni ndd there is nothing 
 
 better than ; 
 
 nothing like ; 
 
 velmi very 
 
 yikh of them 
 
 nam to us 
 
 vdm to you 
 
 nehodny 
 
 bydleti 
 
 vse 
 
 vsechno 
 
 vsak 
 
 vsak je 
 
 nad 
 
 velmi 
 jich 
 nam 
 Tarn 
 
 vejde veydg enters, calls 
 
 rad vejde, rdd veydg, likes to call 
 
 rad promluvi, rdd promliivee, likes 
 
 to talk (to have a chat) 
 
 ma rad md rdd he likes 
 
 ma rada md rddd she likes 
 
 doufam doilfdm I hope 
 
 ba prave ba prdvyg that is so; 
 
 to be sure; 
 
 ba veru ba vygrti certainly; no 
 
 doubt of it; 
 
 v poradku fpo-rshdd-M right; 
 
 all right; 
 
 dobra vule dobrd voolti good will 
 
 na stesti nd shfesti happily, 
 
 fortunately; 
 
 je na to cas, ye nd to chdss, there is 
 
 time for it. 
 
 zene? ^ m *> isn't it so Ms it not? 
 
 * are they not? 
 
 to vis 
 to vite 
 
 to veesh 
 to veete 
 
 thou knowest 
 you know 
 
 Remark. When standing alone and used as a rejoinder, to vis and to 
 vite signify vfof co ur se; to be sure. 
 
Lesson 20. 
 
 89 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Myslim ze vsichni vasi sousedi jsou 
 
 liodni. 
 Pravda; cele sousedstvo je hodne. 
 
 Pak je pf ijemno bydleti zde. 
 Opravdu, yelmi prijemno. 
 A jake je sousedstvo vase? 
 
 My take iname par hodnych sou- 
 
 sedii. 
 Myslini ze je vain to take mile. 
 
 Je nam to tuze mile, 
 Clovek rad vejde k hodnym sou- 
 seduni. 
 
 Kazdy ma rad hodne sousedy. 
 JBa prave; a v hodnych sousedech 
 
 vzdycky (dit-ski) ma podporu. 
 Kdyz je na to cas, clovek rad pro- 
 
 mluvi s hodnymi sousedy. 
 jfeni nad hodne sousedy! 
 
 Ma zena je zde velmi spokojena. 
 Tase sousedky jsou vsechny hodne 9 
 
 ze ne? 
 l^ase sousedky jsou hodne. 
 To vite, ze mezi hodnymi soused - 
 
 kami je dobra vule. 
 Neni nad dobrou vuli v sousedstvu. 
 
 To vite. 
 
 ^Kdyz sousedi take maji hodne deti, 
 vsechno je v poradku. 
 
 I think that all your neighbors are 
 
 nice. 
 True; the whole neighborhood is 
 
 nice. 
 Then it is agreeable to live here. 
 Truly, very agreeable. 
 And what kind is your neighbor- 
 hood? 
 We also have some nice neighbors 
 
 (i. e. some of the nice neighbors). 
 I think (that) it is also agreeable to 
 
 you. 
 It is very agreeable to us. 
 One likes to call on nice neighbors; 
 
 (literally: one likes to enter to 
 
 nice neighbors). 
 Everybody likes good neighbors. 
 To be sure; and in good neighbors 
 
 one always has (rinds) a support. 
 When there is time for it, one likes 
 
 to have a chat with good neighbors- 
 There is nothing like good neighbors ! 
 
 My wife is very much satisfied here. 
 Your female neighbors are all nice, 
 
 are they not? 
 Our female neighbors are nice. 
 You know that among nice female 
 
 neighbors there is good will. 
 There is nothing like good will in a 
 
 neighborhood. 
 Of course (i. e. you know). 
 When the neighbors also have nice 
 
 children, everything is all right. 
 
90 
 
 Part II 
 
 Maine opravdu mnoho hodnych 
 deti v sousedstvu. 
 
 Ysak je take nekolik nehodnych. 
 
 Doufam ze neni jich mnoho. 
 
 Na Stesti neni jich mnoho. 
 
 Je jich jen par; ale je to dost. 
 
 Ba veru. 
 
 We have indeed many nice children 
 
 in the neighborhood (i. e. many 
 
 of the nice children)*). 
 But there are also a few naughty 
 
 (ones). 
 I hope (that) there are not many of 
 
 them. 
 Fortunately there are not many of 
 
 them. 
 There are only a few; but it i& 
 
 enough. 
 No doubt of it. 
 
 Note 1. In the plural, the masculine gender of an adjective 
 changes the terminal y into an i : 
 
 hodnymuz, hodnee mooz, a nice man; hodnimuzi, hodnee moozi, nice men.. 
 
 The feminine gender changes the terminal a into an e : 
 
 hodna zena, hodnd zena, a nice woman; hodne zeny, hodne zeny, nice* 
 
 women. 
 The neutre gender changes the terminal e into an a : 
 
 hodne decko, hodne flet-sko, a nice child; hodna decka, hodnd flet-ska,, 
 
 nice children. 
 
 Dite, fleet e, (child,) follows the feminine in the plural: hodne deti, hodne 
 
 fleti, nice children. 
 
 Note 2. Adjectives containing in their last syllable the hard con- 
 sonants h, ch, k, r, change these consonants in the plural of the mas- 
 culine animate gender into z, s, c, r, in the same manner as stated in 
 Lesson XV, Note 3. For example : 
 
 *) Mnoho, malo, par, kolik, nekolik, (many, few, a few, how 
 many, some), as well as all numbers after "four" (see foot-notes in Les- 
 sods XVIII and XXIX) govern the genitive or possessive case; hence the- 
 noun, or pronoun, adjective, which follows them, must always appear in_ 
 that case. 
 
Lesson 20. 91 
 
 dlouhy had, dloiihee had, a long snake; dlouzi hadi, dlouzee ha&'i, long 
 
 snakes ; 
 
 hluchy niuz, hlukhee mooz, a deaf man; hlusi muzi, hlushee moozi, deaf 
 
 men; 
 
 velky hoch, velkee hokh, a big boy; velci hosi, veltsee ho-she, big boys; 
 
 dobry soused, dobree sottsed, a good neighbor; dobri sousedi, dob-rshee 
 
 soUsedii, good neighbors. 
 
 Note 3. The following table presents a complete view of the 
 plural number of adjectives ending in y (a, e). 
 
 The nominative and accusative cases : 
 
 hodni muzi (accus. hodne muze), hodnee moozi, (hodne moozS), nice 
 
 men; 
 hodne zeny, hodne z8ny, nice women; 
 
 hod mi decka, hodnd (Ketska, nice children. 
 The genitive or possessive case : 
 
 hodnych muzu, zen, decek, hodneekh moozoo, zen, tfetsek, of the 
 
 nice men, women, children. 
 
 The locative case : 
 
 o hodnych muzich, zenach, deckach, o hodneekh moozeekh, zendkh, 
 ftetskdkh, about the nice men, women, children. 
 
 The instrumental case: 
 
 s hodnymi muzi. zenami, decky, shodneemi moozi, zenami, ftetski, 
 
 with the nice men, women, children. 
 
 Note 4. In common discourse, however, the grammatical dis- 
 tinction of gender in the nominative plural of this class of adjectives is 
 treated as perfectly useless, which in fact it is. The Bohemian language, 
 as it lives in the daily intercourse of millions, employs the masculine 
 singular fcrm of the adjective in all three genders of the plural, recogniz- 
 ing only one form of declension : 
 
92 
 
 Part II 
 
 hodny muzi, hodny zeny, hodny deti (or decka); the nice men, women, 
 
 children; 
 hodny ch muzu, zen, deti; of the nice men, women, children; 
 
 and so forth. 
 
 LESSON XXI. 
 
 the 
 neigh- 
 bor's. 
 
 Souseduv, m. soUsedoof ~] 
 sousedova, f . soUsedovd 
 sousedovo, n. sousedovo 
 sousedoyi, pi. sotisedovi 
 bratruT 9 m. brdtroof, the brother's 
 piny, &, e pl-nee full 
 
 novy, a, e novee new 
 
 falesny, a, e fdleshnee false 
 
 co noveho? tso noveho, what is 
 the news? 
 noviny, pi. noviny news, news- 
 paper 
 tiskarna ? f. tiskdrna printing office 
 list list paper, sheet, leaf 
 
 Mas, m. Mass 
 
 sloupec, m. sloupets 
 sloupce sloup-ts& 
 
 cisti cheestH, cheest 
 
 cteme chteme 
 
 X torn, m. & n. ftdm ) 
 v te, f . fte > 
 
 proto proto hence, therefore 
 proto ale prece, proto dig prshe-tse, 
 in spite of that, notwith- 
 standing that 
 
 voice 
 
 column 
 
 columns 
 
 to read 
 
 we read 
 
 in that 
 
 denni dM.ee daily 
 
 tydenni teed^nee weekly 
 
 deiinik, m. de~neek. daily paper 
 
 tydennik, m. teedeneek weekly ,, 
 dnesni dnes7i-nee to-day's 
 
 vcerejsi fehereyshee yesterday's 
 posledni poslednee last 
 
 volba, f. volbd election 
 
 zprava, f. sprdva advice 
 
 den co den, den tso den, day by day 
 co, neco tso, netso something 
 brzo hotovi, b e-rzo hotovi, soon done 
 prinesl prshi-nessl he brought 
 dopadnouti, dopddnoUt, to come 
 out, to result 
 podivej se, potfeevey s#, look (thou) 
 podivejte se 9 pdtfeeveytti se, look 
 
 (you) 
 pokazde, poJcazde, every time 
 tez tez also 
 
 vefiti, vye-rshitii, vyg-rshit, to be- 
 lieve 
 nesmite ntismeetti you must not 
 pracovati pratsovat to work 
 pracuje prdtsUyg works 
 
Lesson 21. 
 
 93 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Kdo to byl ? 
 
 To byl souseduv syn. 
 
 Prinesl neco % 
 
 Prinesl nam noviny. 
 
 Sousedovy noviny % 
 
 Ano, sousedovy noviny. 
 
 Json to denni nebo tydenni noviny? 
 
 Je to dennik. 
 
 Jaky je to dennik \ 
 
 Je to Denni Hlas. 
 
 Bratriiv hoch pracuje v te tiskar- 
 
 ne 9 myslim. 
 Ano, a sousedova dcera tez. 
 
 Bratrova dcera chce tarn pracovat 
 
 tez. 
 A Hodanova Marie take. 
 
 Je to dnesni list % 
 
 Je dnesni; ale souseduv Jan take 
 
 prinesl vcerejsi list. 
 Co je novehoS Podivej se do dnesni - 
 
 ho listu. 
 Ye dnesnim listu neni mnoho nove- 
 
 ho; — jen neco o posledni volbe. 
 
 Jak dopadla posledni volba? 
 Hned to budu cisti. 
 Budeme brzy hotovi s dnesnim 
 listem. 
 
 Denni listy vzdycky (dit-ski) maji 
 
 neco noveho. 
 Pravda, v dennich listech je po- 
 
 kazde co cisti. 
 
 Who was it? 
 
 That was (our) neighbor's son. 
 
 Has he brought something? 
 
 He brought (to) us a newspaper. 
 
 Our neighbor's newspaper? 
 
 Yes, our neighbor's paper. 
 
 Is it a daily or a weekly newspaper?' 
 
 It is a daily. 
 
 What daily is it ? 
 
 It is the Daily Voice. 
 
 My brother's boy works in that 
 
 printing-office, I think. 
 Yes, and (our) neighbor's daughter 
 
 also. 
 My brother's daughter wants to 
 
 work there also. 
 And Mary Hodan too. 
 
 Is it to-day's paper? 
 
 It is to-day's; but (neighbor's) John 
 
 also brought yesterday's paper. 
 What is the news? Look (thou) into 
 
 to-day's paper. 
 In to-day's paper there is not much 
 
 news; only something about the 
 
 last election. 
 How did the last election come out? 
 I shall read it right away. 
 We shall soon be done with to-day's. 
 
 paper. 
 
 Daily papers always have some- 
 thing new. 
 
 To be sure, in daily papers there is 
 every time something to read. 
 
94 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Ale nesmite vzdy veriti dennim 
 
 listum. 
 S dennimi listy je to tak : sloupce 
 
 musi byti pine den co den. 
 Proto jsou nekdy falesne zpravy v 
 
 dennich listech. 
 Proto ale prece radi cterae denni 
 
 listy. 
 Cteme nekolik dennich listu (genit. 
 
 case, — "of the daily papers"). 
 
 But you must not always believe 
 the daily papers. 
 
 With the daily papers it is so : the 
 columns must be full day by day. 
 
 Hence there are sometimes false ad- 
 vices in daily papers. 
 
 In spite of that we like to read the 
 daily papers. 
 
 We read several daily papers. 
 
 Note 1. Adjectives ending in i, like denni, dnesni, posledni, 
 
 vcerejsi, have the same termination in all genders and both numbers; and 
 in the singular of the feminine gender they remain unchanged in all cases; 
 in the masculine and neutre gender the genitive case is characterized by 
 the termination iho, the dative by imu, the locative and instrumental 
 by im 9 — corresponding with eko, emu, em & ym of the main order of 
 adjectives. 
 
 In the plural, their declension is the same in all three genders, show- 
 ing the termination ich in the genitive and locative, iin in the dative, 
 and imi in the instrumental case. 
 
 Note 2. There is also a class of adjectives derived from nouns 
 denoting persons or animals, by means of the suffixes uv, ova, ovo, 
 according to gender. They are called "possessive adjectives", and their 
 sense is rendered in English by the "possessive case" of the noun : 
 
 sonseduv syn, 
 sousedova dcera, 
 sousedovo dite, 
 sousedovi synove, 
 sousedovy dcery(deti), 
 
 soUsedoof syn, 
 sotisedovd ts&ra, 
 sousedovo fleete, 
 soicseddvi syndve, 
 
 the neighbor's son; 
 the neighbor's daughter; 
 the neighbor's child; 
 the neighbor's sons; 
 
 sousedovi ts8ry (dW), the neighbor's daughters 
 
 (children). 
 
 From feminine nouns they are derived by the suffixes 
 (iny in the plural, in colloquial usage): 
 
 in, ma, ino 
 
Lesson 21. 
 
 95 
 
 zenin klobouk, zemn klobotik, the woman's (or wife's) bonnet; 
 zeniny saty, pi. zeniny shaty, the woman's (or wife's) clothes or dress. 
 
 Grammatically, these adjectives have their own mode of declension; 
 but colloquially, they are declined just like adjectives of the main order : 
 liodny, a, e. 
 
 Note 3. A few more examples of such possessive adjectives as 
 are commonly in use, in connection with nouns of different gender, will 
 make the student sufficiently familiar with them: 
 
 OteCj ottts, the father : 
 otcuv klobouk, m. 
 otcova cepice, f . 
 otcovo misto, n. 
 
 otsoof klobotik, 
 otsovci ch&pits#, 
 dtsovo meestd, 
 
 the father's hat; 
 the father's cap; 
 the father's place; 
 
 Matka, matka, the mother; 
 
 matciu pokoj, m. mdtchin pokoy, 
 matcina stolice, f. matchina stolitsg, 
 matcino slovo, n. matching slovo, 
 
 the mother's room; 
 the mother's chair; 
 the mother's word. 
 
 Sestra 5 sestra, the sister : 
 
 sestfin sal, m. sest-rshin shawl, the sister's shawl; 
 
 sestfina taska, f. sest-rshina tashka, the sister's satchel; 
 
 sestrino piano, n. sest-rshind piano, the sister's piano. 
 
 Hoch, hokh, the boy 
 
 hochuY mic ? m. 
 hoehova mapa, f . 
 hochovo pero, n. 
 
 hokhoof meech, 
 hokhovd mapa, 
 hokhovo pero, 
 
 the boy's ball; 
 the boy's map; 
 the boy's pen; 
 
 Holka, holka, the girl : 
 
 holcin kufr, m. holchin ktiff e r, the girl's trunk; 
 
 holeina postel, f. holchind postell, the girl's bed; 
 
 holcino pradlo, n. holchind prddlo, the girl's linen. 
 
96 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Remark. It will be noticed that in the derivatives from feminine- 
 nouns ending in ka, ra, the hard consonants k, r, change into the soft 
 consonants c, r: matka, matcin; sestra, sestrin. 
 
 LESSON XXII. 
 
 Mlady, a, e 
 
 mladsi 
 
 nejmladsi 
 
 stary, a, e 
 
 stars! 
 
 nejstarsi 
 
 bohatsi 
 
 nejbohatsi 
 
 chudsi 
 
 nejchudsi 
 
 mlddee young 
 
 mldd-shee younger 
 
 ney-mldd-shee youngest 
 
 stdree old 
 
 stdr-shee older 
 
 ney-stdr-shee oldest 
 bohdt-shee richer 
 
 ney -bohdt-shee richest 
 khud-shee poorer 
 
 ney-khud-shee poorest 
 nejposlednejsi ney-posled-neys7iee 
 last of all, the very last 
 jak se jmenujeS yak s& mentiye, 
 what is his name ? 
 bud' jak bud', bM yak bM, be it 
 as it may ; no matter how it is ; 
 neni-li pravdaS neym-li prdvdd, 
 isn't it so? 
 je-li mozna! yelli moznd, is it pos- 
 sible ! 
 ja myslel, yd mis-lel, I thought 
 oni mysli, oni mislee, they think 
 bydlite bidleetti you live (reside) 
 
 kram, m. 
 ski ad, m. 
 zbozi, n. 
 
 pritel, m. prshee-tel friend 
 
 obchod, m. ob-khod business 
 
 obchodnik, m. ob-khdd-neek, mer- 
 chant, business man;. 
 krdm store 
 
 skidd warehouse 
 
 zbozee 'goods, stock 
 of goods; 
 zelezny, a 9 e zel&znee, of iron;. 
 zelezne zbozi, zelVzne zbozee, hard- 
 ware;. 
 konkurent, m. concurent, compet- 
 itor; 
 lidi, lide, U&i, tide, people 
 
 jeden z (ze) ? y&den z {z8) f one of 
 jeho y#hd his 
 
 zatim zMeem \ on the contrary 
 nd-opdk ) 
 mtizi 
 
 naopak 
 
 i»ezi 
 
 pres 
 
 skoupy, a, e skotipee 
 
 stedry, a, e sMedree 
 
 patri pdtrshee 
 
 among 
 
 over, across 
 
 miserly 
 
 liberal 
 
 belongs. 
 
 znamy, a, e zndmee, known; (used as a noun) acquaintance; 
 pul leta, poolletd, half a year; zevsech, z$ fshtikh, of all. 
 
Lesson 22. 
 
 97 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Jsem rad ze jste to. 
 
 Yy bydlite teda v B .J 
 
 Ano; uz pres rok. 
 
 Ja mam piritele*) v B. 
 
 Je bohaty obchodnik; — ma velik^ 
 
 sklad — a kram piny zbozi 11a 
 
 Washington nlici. 
 Jaky ma obchod % 
 Zelezne zbozi. (Obekod v zeleznem 
 
 zbozi). 
 Jak se jmenuje? 
 Jmenuje se Josef Baldwin; — znate 
 
 ho I 
 Znam ho; — je bohaty, — ale jeho 
 
 konknrent p. Adams je bohatsi, 
 
 — a pan Fleming je nejbohatsi. 
 Bud' jak bud', pan Baldwin patfi 
 
 mezi nejbohatsi obchodniky ve 
 
 meste B. 
 Ano, jest jeden z nejbohatsich ob- 
 
 chodniku, — to je pravda. 
 Ale neni pravda, ze je skoupy; — 
 
 naopak, — on je tuze stedry. 
 
 Jeho soused pres ulici, pan Wild, 
 je take mu j znamy; — myslim ze 
 je posud chudy muz. 
 
 Ano, je pry chudsi nez lidi mysli; 
 
 — vsak neni ten nejchudsi ob- 
 chodnik ye meste. 
 
 I am glad that you are here. 
 
 You live, then, in B.? 
 
 Yes; already over a year. 
 
 I have a friend in B. 
 
 He is a rich merchant; — he has a 
 large warehouse — and a store full 
 of goods on Washington street. 
 
 What business has he? 
 
 Hardware. (A hardware business). 
 
 What is his name? 
 
 His name is Joseph Baldwin; — do 
 you know him? 
 
 I know him ; — he is rich, — but his 
 competitor Mr. Adams is richer,— 
 and Mr. Fleming is the richest. 
 
 Be it as it may, Mr. Baldwin be- 
 longs among the richest business 
 men in the city of B. 
 
 Yes, he is one of the richest mer- 
 chants, — that is true. 
 
 But it is not true, that he is miserly; : 
 — on the contrary, — he is very 
 liberal. 
 
 His neighbor across the street, Mr, 
 Wild, is also my acquaintance; — I 
 think that he is still a poor man. 
 
 Yes, he is said to be poorer than 
 people think ; — but he is not the 
 poorest business man in town. 
 
 *) The noun pritel is somewhat irregular in its declension: prite- 
 le, prsliee-tele, in the genitive and accusative case (of a friend: a friend); 
 priteli, the dative, also the vocative (to a friend; friend!). The p]ural is 
 pratele, prsha-teU, the friends; pratel, prshd-tel, of the friends. 
 
98 
 
 Part II 
 
 Yds Robert je klerkem*), neni-li 
 
 pravda % 
 Ano, je**) klerkem uz pul leta. 
 
 My slim ze Robert bude dobry ob- 
 chodnik (or dobry m obchodnikem). 
 
 Robert je pilny hoch, — ale Frank 
 je pilnejsi, — a Edward je nej- 
 pilnejsi ze vsech. 
 
 Neni Frank starsi nez Robert? 
 
 Tie; Robert je starsi a Edward je 
 nej starsi. 
 
 Je-li mozna! — Ja myslel, ze Ro- 
 bert je mladsi nez Frank, — a 
 Frank zatim je nej mladsi. 
 
 Your Robert is a clerk, is he not ? 
 
 Yes, he has been a clerk for half-a- 
 year. 
 
 I think that Robert will be a good 
 business man. 
 
 Robert is an industrious boy, — but 
 Frank is more industrious, — and 
 Edward is the most industrious of 
 all. 
 
 Is not Frank older than Robert? 
 
 No, Robert is older, and Edward is 
 the oldest. 
 
 Is it possible !— I thought that Rob- 
 ert was younger than Frank, — 
 and Frank, on the contrary, is 
 the youngest. 
 
 *) The noun klerk is here used in the instrumental case, answer- 
 ing the question cim je? cheem ye, what is he? 
 
 This is a common construction. — We may ask: Co je vas syn? 
 what is your son? — The answer would be: On je klerk, he is a clerk. 
 
 We may also ask: Cim je vassyn? (which, in English, is identical 
 with the first question ;) the answer would be: On je klerkem, he is a clerk. 
 In a similar manner we say in Bohemian, using the instrumental case : 
 Jsem farmerem, I am a farmer; 
 on je farmerem, he is a farmer; 
 on je obchodnikem, he is a merchant; 
 je generalem, he is a general; etc. 
 
 **) Je, on je, on jest, he is, the simple present tense of byti, to 
 be, is also used in Bohemian for the perfect tense he has been. (See 
 Lesson IX, Note 1.) Similarly we say: 
 
 jsem tu rok, I have been here a year; 
 
 ja jsem tu rok, " " " " " 
 
 jsem farmerem deset let, I have been a farmer for ten years; 
 
 jsme doma tyden, we have been at home a week; 
 
 jsme sami pfes rok, we have been alone over a year; etc. 
 
Lesson 22. 
 
 Mate take deery? 
 
 Mam deer u $ je jeste inladsi nez 
 
 hoch Frank. 
 To je nejposlednejsi dite. 
 To je ma cela rodina. 
 
 Have you also daughters? 
 
 I have a daughter; she is still youn£ 
 
 er than the boy Frank. 
 That is the very last child. 
 That is my whole family. 
 
 Note 1. In the English language, the comparative degree of ad- 
 jectives is formed either by adding er, or by placing more before them: 
 young, younger; industrious, more industrious. 
 
 The superlative degree is formed either by adding est (st), or by 
 placing most before the adjective: youngest; most industrious. 
 
 In Bohemian, the comparative degree is formed by adding si or 
 ejsi (sometimes ejsi) in place of the final y (a, e): 
 
 mlady, a, e mladee, young; nilad-si, mladsliee, } r ounger; 
 
 pilny, a, e pillnee, industrious; piln-ejsi, pillneysliee, more industrious. 
 
 The superlative degree is always formed \>y prefixing nej, ney, to 
 the comparative degree: 
 
 11 ej -mladsi, 
 nej-pilnejsi, 
 
 neymlddshee, 
 neypillneys7iee, 
 
 youngest ; 
 
 most industrious. 
 
 Note 2. Some adjectives, in Bohemian as well as in English, 
 have an irregular comparison. The most common of them are the fol- 
 lowing: 
 
 dobry, 
 
 dobree, 
 
 good; 
 
 lepsi, 
 
 lepshee. 
 
 better; 
 
 ziy> 
 
 zlee, 
 
 bad; 
 
 horsi, 
 
 horsliee, 
 
 worse ; 
 
 maly, 
 
 mdlee, 
 
 small; 
 
 men si, 
 
 menshee, 
 
 smaller ; 
 
 velky, 
 
 velkee, 
 
 large; 
 
 vetsi, 
 
 vyetshee, 
 
 larger; 
 
 dlouhy, 
 
 dlouliee, 
 
 long; 
 
 delsi, 
 
 delshee, 
 
 longer; 
 
 vysoky, 
 
 visokee, 
 
 high; 
 
 vyssi, 
 
 vis/tee, 
 
 higher; 
 
 hluboky, 
 
 MUbokee, 
 
 deep; 
 
 hlubsi, 
 
 MUbsliee, 
 
 deeper; 
 
 siroky, 
 
 sliirokee, 
 
 wide ; 
 
 sirsi, 
 
 sliirshee, 
 
 wider ; 
 
 daleky, 
 
 ddlekee, 
 
 far; 
 
 dalsi, 
 
 ddlshee, 
 
 farther; 
 
100 
 
 Part II 
 
 blizky, bleeskee, near 
 
 hezky, hesskee, pretty, (nice) 
 
 lehky, Wikee, light 
 
 mekky, mygkee, soft 
 
 blizsi, 
 hezci, 
 lehci, 
 mekci, 
 
 blisliee, 
 hess-chee, 
 Wi-ehee, 
 my&k-chee, 
 
 nearer; 
 
 prettier; 
 
 lighter; 
 
 softer. 
 
 The superlative is formed without exception by prefixing nej to 
 the comparative. 
 
 LESSON XXIII. 
 
 Jajel, 
 
 cekal, 
 
 pravil, 
 
 vesel, 
 
 psala, 
 
 yd yell, I rode, I went; 
 cliekdl, (he) waited; 
 pravil, (he) said; 
 
 vgshell went in; 
 
 psala, (she) wrote; 
 
 nevidel jsem, neviftel sem, I did not 
 
 see; 
 
 milujem se, miluyem se, we love 
 
 each other; 
 
 postavim si, postaveem si, I shall 
 
 build for myself; 
 
 at' to stoji, #t' to stoyee, let it cost; 
 
 fka, 
 
 rshkd, 
 
 saying; 
 
 rekl jsem, rshekl sem, I said, I told; 
 
 I have said (told); 
 
 mluvil jsem, mltivil sem, I have 
 
 spoken; I spoke; 
 
 slysel jsem, slishellsem; I have 
 
 heard; I heard; 
 
 sednouti si, sednoutsi, to sit down; 
 
 tazati se, tdzat s8, 
 
 to ask, to in- 
 quire ; 
 
 domov, m. domof, a home; 
 
 obydli,fn. obidlee, dwelling; 
 
 svetnice, f. swy#tiiits# ) _ w 
 y r room, 
 
 sednice, f. sednitsti ) 
 loznice, f. loz-iiitsg, bedroom; 
 draha, f. draha, road, railroad; 
 
 po draze, po drdzg, by railroad; 
 n&drazi, n. nddrazee, depot; 
 
 pohodli, n. pdhodlee, comfort; 
 pohodlny, a, e, pohod e lnee, com- 
 fortable; 
 svagrova, shwdgrovd, sister-in law; 
 ditko, n. fteetko, child, baby; 
 
 nemoc, f. nemots, sickness; 
 
 vselico, fsliellitso, different things; 
 dlouho, dlotcho, long, a long time; 
 onehdy, on&h-de, the other day; 
 zdrav, a, o, zdrdv, well, healthy; 
 unaven, a, o, Unaven, tired; 
 
 takoyy, a, e, takovee, such; 
 
 vedle, ve~-dl&, next to; side by side; 
 
 veru, 
 
 vygrti, 
 
 indeed; 
 
Lesson 23. 
 
 101 
 
 pro, for. 
 
 ndprshed, first, ahead; 
 
 ziistati, zoostat, to stay, to remain; pro, 
 svlekni se, svlekni se, undress; napred, 
 lehl jsem si, U-hlsem si, I lied down; 
 
 se, sebe, s&, sebe, oneself; myself, thyself, himself, herself, itself; 
 
 ourselves, yourselves, themselves; 
 si, sobe, si, soby$, to oneself; to myself, etc. etc. 
 sebou, sebou, by or with oneself; etc. etc. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Ja jel*) onehdy do Chicago; — 
 mam tarn bratra; — chtel jsem lio 
 videt, — tez jeho obydli; — on ce- 
 kal na me v nadrazi. — Ja pry el 
 po draze C. & NW. 
 
 Pravil mi : "Rad te vidim, bra- 
 tre! — Cekal jsem tebe; — ukazu 
 ti muj domov, — Dame tobe nasi 
 nejvetsi loznici. 
 
 Musis zustati u me aspon tyden; 
 — tak teda pojd' se muou." 
 
 Rekl jsem mu, ze ja take rad 
 ho vidim. — Jsi zdravS tazal jsem 
 se ho. 
 
 "Alio, jsem tuze zdrav", pra- 
 vil on; "ma zena je take zdrava 
 
 I went the other day to Chicago ; 
 — I have a brother there; — I wanted 
 to see him, — also his dwelling; — he 
 waited for me at the depot. — I came 
 by the C. & XW. railroad. 
 
 He said to me: "I am glad to see 
 thee, brother! — I have been expect- 
 ing thee; — I will show to thee my 
 home. — We shall give (to) thee our 
 largest bedroom. 
 
 Thou must stay with me (i. e. at 
 my house) at least a week; — so, 
 then, come with me." 
 
 I told him that I also was glad to 
 see him? — Are you well? I asked 
 him. 
 
 "Yes, I am very well", said he; 
 f *'my wife is also well and the baby 
 
 *) Jeti, yeti (commonly yet), to ride, to go by railroad or other- 
 wise. Ja jsem jel, yd sem yell, I rode, I went, — I have gone; ja 
 jel, yd yell, is the past tense with the auxiliary jsem left out, as 
 explained in Lesson X. The same applies to ja prijel, yd prshi-yell, 
 I came (by train or other means of conveyance). From the verb jeti, 
 yeti (or yet), to ride, or to go by some conveyance, about as many new 
 verbs can be derived by prefixes as from jiti, yeeffi (or yeet) to go. See 
 Lesson XIII, Note 6. 
 
102 
 
 Part II 
 
 a ditko je take zdravo. — Jsme 
 spokojeni a milujem se." 
 
 A veru, na nem nevidel jsem 
 zadnou nemoc. — Svagrova psala 
 pravdu o nem, ze je zdrav. 
 
 Sel jsem s nim. — Za pul hodi- 
 ny byli jsme u neho. — Ja sel na- 
 pred, on za mnou. — Jeho zena 
 tez rada me videla; — ona take 
 me cekala. 
 
 Prinesl jsem ji vselico; — neco 
 pro ni, neco pro jeji ditko. — Mlu- 
 vil jsem s ni dlouho o vselicem, — 
 a slysel jsem od ni mnoho nove- 
 ho.— Ono bylo skoro vsecko nove 
 pro me. 
 
 Myslil jsem si: Majipekny dum 9 
 
 — pohodlny domov. — Tolik sve- 
 tnic! — Ja si postavim takovy dum; 
 
 — malou loznici pro sebe a dve ve- 
 like loznice pro rodinu. — Posta- 
 vim sobe tez vedle pisarnu. 
 
 At' to stoji neco; — postavim to 
 pro sebe. — Anebo koupim si pe- 
 kny dnm. 
 
 Sedl jsem si na sofa, rka; Jsem 
 nnaven! 
 
 u Udelej si pohodli, — svlekni 
 se, " — pravil bratr. 
 Ja se svlekl a lehl jsem si. 
 
 is well, too. — We are contented and 
 we love each other." 
 
 And indeed, on him I didn't see 
 any sickness. — Sister-in-law wrote 
 the truth about him that he was well . 
 
 I went with him. — In half an hour 
 we were at his house . — I went in first, 
 he (followed) after me. — His wife 
 also was glad to see me; — she also 
 expected me. 
 
 I brought to her different things; 
 — something for her, something for 
 her baby. — I spoke with her long a- 
 bout different things, — and I heard 
 from her many news. — It was near- 
 ly all news to me. 
 
 I thought to myself: They have 
 a nice house, — a comfortable home. 
 — So many rooms!— I shall build me 
 such a house; — a small bedroom for 
 myself, and two large bedrooms for 
 the family. — I shall build myself 
 also next to it an office. 
 
 Let it cost something; — I shall 
 build it for myself.— Or, I shall buy 
 me a nice house. 
 
 I sat down on the sofa, saying: I 
 am tired! 
 
 "Make thyself comfortable, — un- 
 dress (thyself)/' — said my brother. 
 
 I undressed and lay (myself) down. 
 
 Note 1. The personal pronouns ja, ty, on (ona, ono), show 
 
 the following variation : 
 

 
 Lesson 
 
 28. 
 
 
 103 
 
 Ja, 
 
 yd, 
 
 I; 
 
 ty, 
 
 te, 
 
 thou; 
 
 ine, 
 
 my$, 
 
 me; 
 
 te, tebe, 
 
 n, teU, 
 
 thee ; 
 
 mi, inne, 
 
 me, nine, 
 
 to me; 
 
 ti, tobe, 
 
 Hi, tobyg, 
 
 to thee; 
 
 se union, 
 
 se mnoii, 
 
 with me; 
 
 s tebou, 
 
 st^boil, 
 
 with thee; 
 
 on, ouo, 
 
 on, ono, 
 
 he, it; 
 
 ona, 
 
 ona, 
 
 she; 
 
 ho, 
 
 ho, 
 
 him, it; 
 
 ih ih 
 
 ye, yee, 
 
 her, to her; 
 
 jeho, 
 
 ye~ho, 
 
 his, its; 
 
 jeji, 
 
 yeyee, 
 
 her, hers; 
 
 mu, jeniu, 
 
 nemu, mil 
 
 , yemu, nemil, 
 to him, to it; 
 
 
 
 
 y nem, 
 
 vn&m, 
 
 in him, in it; 
 
 vni, 
 
 vnee, 
 
 in her; 
 
 s nim, 
 
 smm, with him, with it; 
 
 sni, 
 
 sfLee, 
 
 with her. 
 
 Note 2. Adjectives sometimes take an indefinite form: 
 
 on je zdrav, dn ye zdrdv, he is well (or healthy); 
 
 onaje zdrava, ona y$ zdrdvd, she is well; 
 
 onoje zdravo, ono ye zdrdvd, it is well; 
 
 but when placed before a noun, the adjective must always have its definite 
 form: zdravy muz, zdrdv ee mooz, a healthy man; zdrava zena, zdrdvd 
 zena, a healthy woman; zdrave dite, zdrave Reete, a healthy child. 
 
 The following indefinite adjectives are of common occurrence: 
 
 nemocny, 
 
 mrtvy, 
 
 stary, 
 
 mocny, 
 
 znamy, 
 
 vesely, 
 
 pravy, 
 
 bosy, 
 
 Adjectives ending in yy and ny frequently take the indefinite 
 form in the nominative case, changing their termination into y and en 
 (va, na in the feminine, yo, no in the neutre gender). 
 
 nemocen, 
 
 nemotsen, 
 
 instead of 
 
 mrtev, 
 
 m e rtev, 
 
 (< ft 
 
 star, 
 
 star, 
 
 « 
 
 mocen, 
 
 motsen, 
 
 « 
 
 znam, 
 
 zndm, 
 
 .< 
 
 vesel, 
 
 ve-sell, 
 
 " 
 
 pray, 
 
 prdv, 
 
 " 
 
 bos, 
 
 bos, 
 
 << 
 
 nemotsnee, 
 
 sick; 
 
 m e rtvee, 
 
 dead; 
 
 st dree, 
 
 old; 
 
 motsnee, 
 
 capable; 
 
 zndmee, 
 
 known; 
 
 vesselee, 
 
 cheerful; 
 
 prdvee, 
 
 just; 
 
 bosee, 
 
 barefoot. 
 
104 
 
 Part II 
 
 Note 3. As observed in Note 2, Lesson XIII, the past tense of 
 regular Bohemian verbs is formed from the infinitive by an 1 in place' of 
 the usual termination ti : 
 
 jeti, yeffi or yet, 
 
 to ride; 
 
 jel, 
 
 yell, 
 
 rode; 
 
 cekati, chekat, 
 
 to wait; 
 
 cekal, 
 
 chekdl, 
 
 waited; 
 
 mluviti, mluvit, 
 
 to speak; 
 
 mluvil. 
 
 mluml, 
 
 spoke; 
 
 But some verbs ending in outi show a slight deviation from this 
 rule, changing outi into ul, and having besides a short form of the past 
 tense, in which the letter 1 is substituted for the whole termination 
 nouti, being attached immediately to the stem of the verb : 
 
 lehiiouti, leh-noUW (or leh-nout), to lie down; lehnul, lehl, leh-nUl, 
 
 le-hl, lay down; 
 sednouti, sednout, to sit down; sednul, sedl, sednul, sedl, sat down; 
 svleknouti, sdlek-nottt, to undress; svleknul v svlekl 9 svleknul, svlekl, un- 
 dressed. 
 The verb svleknouti has also an irregular form of the infinitive : 
 svleci, svU-tsi. In common conversation we hear sliknout, slikl, sle- 
 ceny, sleeknoitt, (to undress), sleek!, slechenee (undressed, — as past 
 participle and adjective). 
 
 LESSON XXIV. 
 
 At' jde, dti de, let him (her, it) 
 come, or go; 
 zustanem, zoostdnem, we shall stay; 
 z ii stan, zoostdn, stay (thou); 
 ukaz, ukdsh, show (thou), let see; 
 prijeti, prshi-yet, to come (by rail- 
 way, etc); 
 prijedem, prshi-ytidem, we shall 
 come (by some conveyance); 
 
 to je skoda, to yS shkodct, that is a 
 
 pity; 
 pohosteni, n. pohostenee, hospi- 
 tality; 
 navsteva,f. ndfsht'eva, visit; 
 casto, chdsto, often; 
 bud'.nebo, bM...nebd, either... or; 
 nemam co^ nemim tso, I have no- 
 thing (to ); 
 
Lesson 24. 
 
 105 
 
 libi se mi, leebee se me, I like it 
 
 (him, her); it pleases me; 
 
 bude se jim libit, btid% s# yim leebit, 
 
 they will like it ; it will please them ; 
 
 bude jim mile, bude yim mile, it will 
 
 please them : 
 
 doufam, doufam, I hope; 
 
 T Chicago*), f Chicago, in Chicago. 
 
 prijedou, prshi-yedoti, they will 
 
 come; 
 povidal jsem, poveeddlsem, I said; 
 
 slibiti, 
 
 tajiti, 
 
 ukryvati, 
 
 nemuzem, 
 
 sleebit, to promise; 
 
 tdyit, to hide; 
 
 ukreevdt, to cover up, 
 to hide, to conceal; 
 nemoozem, we can not; 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 My zus anem v Chicago, — pra- 
 vil bratr; — pro lias je to dobre 
 misto; — ukaz nam lepsi! *- At' ro- 
 dina jde sem, — a zustan zde s 
 nanii. 
 
 Ja pravil : Vy mate zde pekny 
 €omov; — libi se mi u vas; — my- 
 k vam, — 
 
 slim ze casto prijedem 
 
 We shall stay in Chicago, — said 
 (my) brother; — for us it is a good 
 place; — show (to) us abetter one! 
 — Let (your) family come here, — 
 and stay here with us. 
 
 I said: You have here a nice home ; 
 — I like it here (i. e. at your house, 
 with you, — u vas); — I think that we 
 
 *) If we insist upon declining Chicago like a Bohemian noun of 
 the neutre gender (ending in 0), we should say in the locative case: v Chi- 
 cagu, fchicagu. However, this is rather an exception among the Bohe- 
 mians in America, names of places of foreign origin being usually left un- 
 changed, the same as in English. This may not exactly satisfy unyielding 
 grammarians, but it is a rule dictated by common sense, the inflection of 
 such proper names being not only useless, but in many cases perfectly ab- 
 surd, and often impossible. Hence we say: do Milwaukee, v Milwaukee, 
 za Milwaukee (to Milwaukee, in M., beyond M.); do Kewaunee, do 
 Spring Yalley, do Dubuque, do Des Moines, etc. To attempt an in 
 flection of such names, according to the rules of some declension of Bo- 
 hemian nouns, would be an intolerable absurdity. The name of Chicago, 
 indeed, yields easily to the Bohemian declension, and hence it is now and 
 then declined; the same is true of some other names. There are also a 
 few names of places well known throughout the world, which are always 
 declined in Bohemian, presenting no difficulty to such a process; such 
 are for instance: New York, — v New Yorku, do New Yorku, za New 
 Yorkem (in New York, to K Y., beyond N. Y.); Boston, — y Bostonu, 
 do Bostonu, za Bostonemj Washington, do Washingtonu; and some 
 others. — These names are masculine, by force of their termination. 
 
106 
 
 Part II. 
 
 bud' ja, nebo jeden z nas. — Ale 
 zustati s vami nemuzem. — Nas 
 domov je na venku. 
 
 Oni oba pravili: To je skoda! 
 
 Tazal jsem se jieh, kdy prijedou 
 k nam na navstevu; — povidal jsem, 
 ze dame jim take hezkou svetnici; 
 
 — ze se jim bude libit u nas, — ja- 
 ko se nine libi n nich. 
 
 Slibili prijeti na navstevu. — 
 Doufam ze pohosteni od nas bnde 
 mile jim, jako je mile mne od 
 nich. 
 
 Ten den mluvil jsem s nimi dlou- 
 ho; — nemam co tajiti pf ed nimi; 
 
 — nemam co ukryvati. — Tak mlu- 
 vili jsme, az nebylo uz co mluviti. 
 
 shall often come to you, — either I T 
 or one of us. — But to stay with you 
 we can not. — Our home is in the 
 country. 
 
 They both said: That is a pity! 
 
 I asked them, when they would 
 come to us on a visit; — I said, that 
 we should give (to) them also a nice 
 room; — that they will like it at our 
 place (u nas), — as I like it at their 
 house (u nich). 
 
 They promised to come on a visit. 
 — I hope that hospitality from us 
 will be pleasing to them, as it is 
 pleasing J:o me from them. 
 
 That day I spoke with them a long 
 time; — I have nothing to hide from 
 them; — I have nothing to conceal. — 
 So we spoke, until there was no- 
 thing further to speak about. 
 
 Note. The personal pronouns my, vy, oni (ony f., ona, n.) 
 
 show the following variation, which has already become somewhat fami- 
 liar to the student from the preceding lessons : 
 
 my, me, 
 
 
 we; vy, 
 
 ve, you ; 
 
 nas, nas, 
 
 
 us; vas, 
 
 vas, you; 
 
 nam, nam, 
 
 to 
 
 us; vam, 
 
 vam, to you; 
 
 s nami, sndmi, 
 
 with 
 
 us; svami, 
 
 svdmi, with you; 
 
 oni, (ony, ona), 
 
 om, (one, ona), they; 
 
 
 jich, 
 
 yikh, 
 
 of them, 
 
 them; 
 
 jim, 
 
 yim, 
 
 to them; 
 
 
 je, 
 
 ye, 
 
 them; 
 
 
 v nich, 
 
 viiik7i, 
 
 in them, (o nich, about them ; od nichy 
 
 
 
 
 from them; etc.) 
 
 s nimi, 
 
 smme, 
 
 with them ; (za 
 
 nimi, behind or after 
 them, etc.) 
 
Lesson 25. 
 
 107 
 
 LESSON XXY. 
 
 Stati, stdX!i (stdt), to stand; to 
 
 cost; 
 stoyee, stands; costs; 
 stal, stood; cost; 
 
 mluvee, speaks; 
 
 pUychil (colloquially : 
 puchil), lent, loaned; 
 sndshee s8, agrees; 
 
 smdl se, he laughed; 
 
 podivejse, pofteevey s8, look (thou); 
 podivejte se, pofteeveyU se, look 
 
 (you); 
 sejde se, seyde se, (he, she, it) will 
 
 meet; 
 
 stoji, 
 stal, 
 mluvi, 
 pfijcil, 
 
 snasi se, 
 smal se, 
 
 tisic, m. Viseets, thousand; 
 
 stat, m. stdt, state; 
 
 licta, f. ootstd, respect; 
 
 rozpravka, f.ros-prdfka) talk > c° n " 
 
 ^ 7 , w Wersation, 
 
 hovor, m. hovor, J discourse; 
 
 zoubek, m . zoiibefc, 
 
 neco, netso, 
 
 nez, nesh, 
 
 rozen, a, o rozen 
 
 narozen, a, o ndrozen \ 
 
 prave jako, prdvy& ydko, same as; 
 
 nebylaunas, nebilldundss, she was 
 not at our house; she 
 has not been to see us. 
 
 little tooth; 
 some; 
 than; 
 
 born 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Muj bratr je posud mlady; — je 
 mladsi nez ja. — Ja jsem o dve leta 
 starsi nez on. 
 
 Diim meho bratra stoji teprv rok; 
 — stal pet tisic*) dollar u; — sou- 
 sed pujcil neco penez memu bra- 
 tru. 
 
 On ma rad meho bratra; — on 
 mluvi o mem bratr u s lictou. — S 
 mym bratrem kazdy se snasi dobfe. 
 
 My brother is still young; — he is 
 younger than I. — I am (by) two 
 years older than he. 
 
 The house of my brother stands 
 only a year; — it cost five thousand 
 dollars ; — the neighbor loaned some 
 money to my brother. 
 
 He likes my brother; — he speaks 
 of my brother with respect. — With 
 my brother everybody agrees well. 
 
 *) Jeden tisic, yMen tiseets, one thousand; dva, tri, ctyry tisice, 
 
 dwd, trshi, shtiri fiseetse, two, three, four thousand; pet tisic, pyet th- 
 seets, five thousand; sest tisic, shest tiseets, six thousand; and so forth. 
 
1'08 
 
 Part II 
 
 Moje svagrova je ze statu Indi- 
 ana*), — rozena v Terre Haute; — 
 ma zena je z Ohio. 
 
 Moji svagrove**) libi se v Chica- 
 go tuze; — me zene libi se vice na 
 Tenku. 
 
 Rozpravka neb hovor s moji sva- 
 grovou jest mily, — velmi mily, — 
 prave jako s moji zenou. — Nevim 
 kdy sejde se s mou zenou zas; — 
 nebyla u nas davno. 
 
 Podivejte se na moje ditko, — 
 ma u£ zoubek! — pravila svagrova 
 a smala se. — Hosik take smal se 
 name. —To je me dobre ditko! 
 pravila matka. 
 
 My sister-in-law is from the state 
 of Indiana, — born in Terre Haute; 
 my wife is from Ohio. 
 
 My sister-in-law likes it in Chica- 
 go very much; — my wife likes it 
 more in the country. 
 
 A conversation or discourse with 
 my sister-in-law is pleasant, — very 
 pleasant, — the same as with my wife. 
 — I don't know when she will meet 
 (with) my wife again; — she has not 
 been to see us a long time. 
 
 Look at my baby, — he has already 
 a tooth! — said my sister-in-law and 
 laughed. — The little boy also smiled 
 at me. — That is my good baby! said 
 (his) mother. 
 
 Note 1. The so-called possessive pronoun muj, muy (my, mine), 
 takes in the feminine gender the form moje, ma, and in the neutre 
 gender moje, me. Hence we say: muj bratr, my brother; moje sestra 
 or ma sestra, my sister; moje dite or me dite, my child. — The vari- 
 ation of this pronoun is shown in the following table : 
 
 muj, m. 
 
 muy; 
 
 moje, 
 
 ma, f . 
 
 moy$, md; 
 
 my, mine 
 
 aneho, 
 
 meho; 
 
 moji, 
 
 me, 
 
 moyee, me; 
 
 of my; 
 
 anemu, 
 
 memu; 
 
 moji, 
 
 me, 
 
 " ; 
 
 to my; 
 
 v mem, 
 
 vmem; 
 
 v moji, 
 
 vme, 
 
 v " v " ; 
 
 in my; 
 
 s mym, 
 
 smeem; 
 
 s moji, 
 
 s mou, 
 
 sfnoyee, smoil, 
 
 with my. 
 
 *) Or Indiany. See foot note in Lesson XXIV. 
 
 **) "" Moji svagrove, me zene, is the dative case, responding to the 
 question komuS (to whom?) Komu se libi? to whom is it rjleasing? (whom 
 does it please?) — Libi se me svagrove; — libi se me zene; — it pleases 
 (to) my sister-in-law; it pleases (to) my wife. 
 
Lesson 25. 
 
 109? 
 
 The neutre gender moje, me, shows in the other cases the same 
 variation as the masculine muj, excepting the accusative (or objective) 
 and the vocative case, which are like the nominative: to je me dite, this, 
 is my child; vidini me dite, I see my child; 6 me dite! oh my child! 
 
 Note 2. The possessive pronoun tvuj, m., hciiy (tyoje or tva, f., 
 twoye, tied; tyoje or tve, n., tice), thy, thine, — agrees in its declension 
 perfectly with niiij (moje, ma, me). 
 
 The same is true of the possessive pronoun svuj (svoje, sva, f . ;. 
 svoje, sve, n.), sictly (sicoye, sicd, sice), which means "one's own", but 
 frequently stands for muj, tvuj, jeho, jeji (my, thy, his, her),, nas, yas, 
 jieli (our, your, their). 
 
 Moji lide, moye tide, my folks ; 
 puda, f. poodd, ground, soil; 
 
 krov, m. krof, 
 
 roof; 
 
 ylastni, 
 st'asteu, 
 nazpet, 
 specham, 
 
 pribuzuy, a, prshee-biiznee, relative, 
 kinsman, relation; 
 via st -nee, own; 
 
 shtdsten, happy ; 
 
 ndspytit, back; 
 
 spye-khdm, I hasten, I j 
 hurry; ' 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 radsi jsem, rdehi sem, I like better 
 
 to be; 
 nejradsi jsem, ney radii sem, I like 
 best to be; 
 neradjsem, nerdd sem, I do not 
 like to be; 
 sejdu se, seydu se, I meet; 
 
 kolem sebe, kolem se~be, around me 
 (him, her, us, etc.) 
 
 Mi pratele*) v Chicagu vsichni 
 radi me yideli; — skoda ze moji 
 lide nebyli se mnou. 
 
 >erad jseni pryc od mych lidi; — 
 pokazde specham nazpet k mym li- 
 dem. 
 
 Rad yidim sve pratele; — rad se 
 sejdu se svyiui pribuznymi; — ale 
 
 My friends in Chicago all liked 
 (were glad) to see me; — it is a pity 
 that my folks were not with me. 
 
 I do not like to be away from my 
 folks; — every time I hasten back 
 to my folks. 
 
 I like to see my friends; — I like to 
 meet (with) my relatives; — but I like 
 
 *) See foot-note in Lesson XXII. 
 
110 
 
 Part IT. 
 
 radsi jsem doma. — Opravdu, nej- 
 radsi jsem doma s mymi lidmi. 
 
 Nej radsi vidim kolem sebe sve 
 lidi. — Jsem st'asten se svymi lid- 
 mi ve svem vlastnim domove, — na 
 sve vlastni piide,— pod svym vlast- 
 nim krovem. 
 
 better to be at home. — Truly, I like 
 best to be at home with my folks. 
 
 I like best to see around me my 
 folks. — I am happy with my folks 
 in my own home, — on my own 
 ground, — under my own roof. 
 
 Note 2. The plural of muj m., moje or ma f., and moje or 
 
 me n., is as follows : moji, mi, moye, mee, m. 
 
 moje, me, moy$, me, f. 
 moje, ma, moy$, ma, n. 
 
 In common discourse moje, me is used in the neutre as well as in 
 the feminine gender. In English, we invariably employ my and mine. 
 
 In the plural number the following variation takes place : 
 moji, mi; moje me; moyi, mee; moy$, me; — my, mine; 
 mych, meekh, of my (od mych, from my; v mych, in my; etc.), of mine; 
 mym, meem, to my, to mine; 
 smymi, smeeme, with my, with mine; (zamymi, after or behind mine, etc.) 
 
 The plural of tvuj m., tvoje, tva f., tvoje, tve n. (thy, thine) is 
 perfectly analogous: tvoji, tvi m., twoyi, twee; tvoje, tve f. & n. 
 twoyti, twe (thy, thine); tvych, tweekh, of thine; tvym, tweem, to thine; 
 s tvymi, stweemi, with thine. 
 
 LESSON XXYI. 
 
 Z ilk 1 lid, -m. zdklad, foundation; 
 koliksvetnic, kolik sioy^t-mts, how 
 many rooms; 
 kuchyne, f. Mkhine, kitchen 
 
 sklep, m. sklep, cellar 
 
 zahrada, f . zahrddd, garden 
 
 zahradka,f. zdhrddka, small garden 
 strom, m. strom, tree 
 
 stromy, pi. stromy, ) 
 stromovi, n. stromovee, ! 
 
 trees 
 

 
 Lesson 26. 
 
 
 111 
 
 patro, n. 
 
 patro, 
 
 story 
 
 ovoce, n 
 
 ovots8, 
 
 fruit 
 
 studne, f . 
 
 studne, 
 
 well 
 
 ovocne, 
 
 ovotsne, 
 
 fruit -bearing 
 
 cisterna, f. 
 
 tsisternd, 
 
 cistern 
 
 nesou, 
 
 nesoil, 
 
 they bear 
 
 altan, m. 
 
 dltdn, 
 
 bower 
 
 mrva, f. 
 
 m e rvd, 
 
 manure 
 
 plot, m. 
 
 plot, 
 
 fence 
 
 v lete, 
 
 vleUe, 
 
 in summer 
 
 docela, 
 
 dotseld, 
 
 quite 
 
 v ziine, 
 
 vzimyg, 
 
 in winter 
 
 liplne, 
 
 oop tine, 
 
 perfectly 
 
 z jara, 
 
 zyd-rd, 
 
 in the spring 
 
 drive, drshee-vg (or drs 
 
 heef) ) be- 
 
 puda, f. 
 
 poo da, 
 
 land 
 
 prve, p e rv8, 
 
 ) fore 
 
 akr, m. 
 
 dk e r, 
 
 acre 
 
 je-lipravda? yelliprdvdd) isn't it 
 
 zbytek, 
 
 m. zby-tek, 
 
 remainder 
 
 ze ne? 
 
 z<? n$ t 
 
 > so? 
 
 je, jest, 
 
 yg, yest, there 
 
 j is, there are; 
 
 
 
 
 pouze, 
 
 pouze, 
 
 only. 
 
 
 
 EXEE 
 
 CISES. 
 
 
 
 Yds duin je novy, je-li pravda? 
 Ano, nas dum je docela novy. 
 Zaklad naseko domu je dobry. 
 
 Ten velky lot patri k vasemu do- 
 niu, ze lie? 
 
 Ten lot patri k nasemu doinu; — 
 je to zbytek akrn pudy co jsme 
 ineli drive. 
 
 Co je ve vasem dome? kolik 
 svetnic mate? 
 
 Y nasem dome je kuehyne, pet 
 svetnic a dobry sklep, — studeny 
 v lete, teply v zime. 
 
 Doufam ze jste spokojeni s va- 
 sini domem (or se svym domeni). 
 
 Ino, jsme liplne spokojeni s na- 
 sini domem. 
 
 Yas dum ma dve patra, ze ne? 
 
 Ne; pouze jedno patro. 
 
 Your house is new, isn't it? 
 
 Yes, our house is quite new. 
 
 The foundation of our house is 
 good. 
 
 That large lot belongs to your 
 house, does it not? 
 
 That lot belongs to our house; — 
 it is a remainder of the acre of land 
 (what) we had before. 
 
 What is in your house? how many 
 rooms have you? 
 
 In our house there is a kitchen, 
 five rooms and a good cellar, — cold 
 in summer, warm in winter. 
 
 I hope that you are satisfied with 
 your house. 
 
 Yes, we are perfectly satisfied 
 with our house. 
 
 Your house has two stories, hasn't 
 it? 
 
 No; onty one story. 
 
112 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Myslim ze mate u vaseho domu 
 malou zahradu a za vasim domem 
 studni, tez cisternu. 
 
 Ano, nase misto je pekne; — na 
 nasi zahrade mame altan; — kolem 
 nasi zahrady je vysoky plot. — Je 
 to prijemna zahradka. 
 
 Nasi lide maji radi stromovi*). 
 — Nase stromy jsou ovocne. — Z ja- 
 ra davame**) mrvu k nasi in ovoc- 
 nym stromum.— Had sedam**)s na- 
 simi lidmi ve stinu nasich stromu. 
 
 I think that you have by your 
 house a small garden and back of 
 your house a well, also a cistern. 
 
 Yes, our place is nice; — in our 
 garden we have a bower; — around 
 our garden there is a high fence. — 
 It is a pleasant little garden. 
 
 Our folks like trees. — Our trees 
 are fruit-bearing. — In the spring 
 we put manure to our fruit-trees. 
 — I like to sit with our folks in the 
 shadow of our trees. 
 
 Note 1. The possessive pronoun nas, (nase, f. and n.) shows 
 the following variation : 
 
 (Masculine and neutre gender.) 
 
 nas 9 m. nase ? n. ndsh, nashe, our, (ours); 
 
 naseho, 
 nasemu, 
 v nasem, 
 
 ndsMJio, of our; our (in the accus. or objective case); 
 
 ndshemU, to our; 
 
 vnashem, in our, (o nasem 9 about our; etc); 
 
 (Feminine gender.) 
 
 nase, nashe, 
 
 ndshi, 
 
 nasi, 
 nasi, 
 
 ndshee, 
 
 our, ours; 
 
 our (in the accus. or objective case); 
 of our, to our; (y nasi, in our; s nasi, with our; etc.) 
 
 *) Stromovi, stromovee, is a collective noun and means trees 
 (stromy) in general. 
 
 **) Dati, ddtii, to give; davati, ddvatH, to give repeatedly, to use 
 to give; davame, ddvdm&, we use to give; we are giving. See Lesson XIII, ' 
 Note 5. — Sedeti, sefteffi, to sit; sedat'i, seddtii, to sit repeatedly, to 
 use to sit; sedam, I use to sit. 
 
Lesson 21 
 
 113 
 
 {Plural of all genders.) 
 
 nasi, m. nase, f. & n. ndshi, nasM, our, ours; 
 
 nasich, ndshikh, of our; (v nasich, in our; etc.) 
 
 nasim, ndshim, to our; 
 
 s nasiini, sndshimi, with our; (zanasimi, beyond or back of our; etc.) 
 
 Note 2. The pronoun vas (vase, f. and n.) is perfectly analogous 
 with nas in its declension. (Instrumental case m. & n. gender singular, 
 omitted above : s nasim, s Tasini, sndsheem, svdsheem, with ours, with 
 yours.) 
 
 The English words their and theirs are both expressed by jich, — 
 in common discourse nearly always jejich; yikh, yeyikh. This is in fact 
 the genitive of the personal pronoun oni (ony, ona), they, and natural^ 
 remains unchanged. For instance: 
 
 Jieli duin, jicli domy, or jejich dum, jejich doiny; yikh dttrn, domi; 
 ytiyikh diim, domi; their house, their houses. 
 
 Ten duni jest jejich, ten dtcm yest yeyikh, that house is theirs. — Ty do- 
 my json jejich, ty domi sou yeyikh, those houses are theirs. 
 
 LESSON XXYII. 
 
 The student is already somewhat acquainted with the indicative pro- 
 nouns ten, ta, to, this or that; plural: ti, ty, ta, Hi, ty, id, these or 
 those (in common discourse ty for all genders). Hence, in a short prac- 
 tical review of their variations he will only meet old acquaintances. 
 
 tide } 
 litfi i 
 
 people 
 
 Lide, 
 
 lidi, litfi 
 
 staveti, stdvygt, to build 
 
 staveni, stdvefiee, building 
 
 zdeny dum, zftenee dum ) brick 
 
 cihelny dum, tsihelnee dtim ) house 
 
 stfecha ? strsh8-khd, roof 
 
 kuzelna, kuzelnd, bowling-alley; 
 zabava, zabavd, amusement; 
 bydli, Mdlee, lives ; they live ; 
 
 co bydli, tso bidlee, who lives 
 (lit. what lives); 
 nic nechybi, nits ngkhibee, nothing 
 is wanting; 
 
114 
 
 Part II 
 
 sindel, shindell, shingle 
 
 ncitelj uchitell, teacher 
 
 pokojny, a, e, pokoynee, quiet 
 prazny, a, e, prdznee, vacant 
 jiste, yisfe, surely, certainly; 
 
 muze, mooz8, can, may; 
 
 byti za dobre, beetH za dobre, to be 
 on good terms; 
 na pravo, nd prdvd, to the right ; 
 na levo, nd Wvti, to the left. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Ten dum je veru pekny; — je to 
 zdeny dum. 
 
 Strecha toho domu je ze sindele, 
 neni? 
 
 My slim ze je. — Nic nechybi to- 
 mu domu; —jest prijemno bydleti 
 y torn dome; — s tim domem kazdy 
 muze byti spokojen. 
 
 Ta zahrada ma yelkou cenu. — 
 T te zahrade je mnoho ovocneho 
 stromovi. 
 
 Tu zahradu mam radsi nez park. 
 — Mame take kuzelnu v te zahra- 
 de, pro nasi (or pro svou) zabavu. 
 
 To misto s tim stavenim a s tou 
 zahradou ma vysokou cenu. 
 
 Ti lide co bydli yedle nas, jsou 
 pokojni sousede; — zadny z tech li- 
 di neni zly; — se vseini temi lidmi 
 jsme za dobre. 
 
 Yidel jsem doktora jiti k tern li- 
 dem na pravo od nas; — jiste nekdo 
 je nemocen. 
 
 That house is indeed nice; — it is 
 a brick house. 
 
 The roof of that house is of shin- 
 gle (i. e. covered with shingles), is it 
 not? 
 
 I think it is. — Nothing is wanting 
 to that house; — it is agreeable to 
 live in that house; — with that house 
 everybody can be satisfied. 
 
 That garden has a large value. — 
 In that garden there are many fruit- 
 trees. 
 
 That garden I like better than a 
 park. — We have also a bowling-alley 
 in that garden, for our amusement. 
 
 That place with the building and 
 garden has a high value. 
 
 The people who live next to us, 
 are quiet neighbors; — nobody (not 
 one) of those people is bad;— with all 
 those people we are on good terms. 
 
 I saw the doctor go to those peo- 
 ple to the right of us; — surely some- 
 body is sick. 
 
Lesson 27. 
 
 115 
 
 Kdo jsou ti lide na levo2 — Na 
 levo od nas bydli ueitel, pan Stan- 
 ton, se svon (i. e. s jeho) rodinon. 
 
 Ty loty za nami json prazne; — 
 ale bndon pry stavet na tech lo- 
 tech. 
 
 Kolik tech lotu je? — My slim ze 
 je sest tech lotu. 
 
 Who are those people to the left ? 
 
 — To the left of us lives a teacher, 
 Mr. Stanton, with his family. 
 
 Those lots back of us are vacant; 
 
 — but, it is said, they will build on 
 those lots. 
 
 How many of those lots are there ? 
 — I think that there are six of those 
 lots. 
 
 Note 1. The variation of the indicative pronouns employed in 
 the foregoing is shown to be as follows : 
 
 ten, m. to, n. t$n, td, this, that; 
 toho, toho, of this, of that; 
 
 tomu, tomu, to this, to that; 
 
 T torn, /torn, in this, in that; 
 (o torn, about that; etc) 
 S tim, steem, with this, with 
 
 that; (za tim, beyond that; etc. 
 
 Plural : 
 ti, ty, ta, 
 
 ta, f. 
 
 ta, this, that; 
 
 tu, 
 
 tu, this, that (accus. 
 
 
 or objec. case); 
 
 te, 
 
 te, to this, xo that; v te, in 
 
 
 that; o te, about that; etc. 
 
 s ton, 
 
 stoic, with this, with that; 
 
 
 za ton, behind that; etc. 
 
 tech, 
 
 tern, 
 s temi, 
 
 these, those ; 
 
 fetch, of those; v tech, 
 
 ftekh, in those; etc. 
 
 fern, to those; 
 
 stemi, with those; 
 
 za temi, behind those; etc. 
 
 These indicative pronouns often occur in a compound form : tento, 
 tato, toto, always meaning "this one"; in the plural: tito, tyto, tato, 
 "these ones". Their inflection remains the same, with the suffix to at- 
 tached to the original pronoun in every case: tolioto, to this one; tomu- 
 to, of this one; and so forth. 
 
116 
 
 Part II 
 
 Note 2. The numeral jeden (f. andn. jedna, jedno), ytiden, 
 ygdnd, yMnti, one, — agrees perfectly with ten, (ta, to) in its inflection: 
 
 jeden clovek tarn byl, one man was there ; 
 
 videl jsem jen jednoho (accus. or objective case), I saw only one; 
 dal jsem to jednomu z nich {zmkh), I gave it to one of them; 
 v jednom z nich se mejlim*), in one of them I am mistaken; 
 sel jsem s jednim z nich, I went with one of them. 
 
 Jedna zena je zde, one woman is here; — vidim jednu zenu, I see one 
 woman ; — mam to od jedne z nich, I have it from one of 
 them (f.); — mlnvil jsem s jednon, I spoke with one (f.). 
 
 LESSON XXYIII. 
 
 Sem, sem, hither, here; 
 
 sam, sam, alone; 
 
 cekate, cliekdU, you expect, you 
 await {or you wait); 
 necekam, ngchekdm, I do not ex- 
 pect; 
 ze prijde, ze prshiy-d&, that he will 
 {or would) come; 
 na ulici, nd ulitsi, on the street; 
 ze jsteS z£ ste~? you say you are? 
 ze s nikym$ ze smkeem, {literally: 
 that with nobody?) you 
 say with nobody? 
 
 lek, m. lek, medicine 
 
 lahev, f. lahev, bottle 
 
 v lahvi, vldh-vi, in the bottle 
 davka, f . ddfkd, dose 
 
 po davkach, po ddfkdkh, in doses 
 nastuzen, nastuzen, having a cold 
 jste nastuzen, stendsttizen, you have 
 
 a cold 
 nastuzeni, n. ndstitzenee, a cold 
 kasel, m. kdsJiell, cough 
 
 dati vinu, ddtH vinti, to charge to 
 to blame (for) 
 mysliti, mysliti, to think 
 
 *) Mejliti se, myliti se, meylit s#, rneelit s8, to be mistaken; niej- 
 lim se, meyleem s8, I am mistaken. — Zmejliti se, zmyliti se, zmeylit sg, 
 zmeelit s8, to make a mistake ; zmejlil jsem se, zmeylil sem s8, I made a 
 mistake. 
 
Lesson 28. 
 
 117 
 
 neotevru, neo-tev-7% I shall not 
 
 open; 
 
 jindy, yindy, before; at other 
 
 times ; 
 
 tokle, tohle, this here; 
 
 mazati se, mdzdtii s8, to rub oneself ; 
 
 nzivat, uzeevdt, to take medicine, 
 
 (otherwise: to use); 
 
 mazat se, mdzdt se, to rub one's 
 
 self. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 Myslim ze nekdo jde semj — kdo 
 je to? 
 Nevim; — koho cekate? 
 
 Necekain nikoho; — dues chci 
 by ti sam; — nechci videti nikoho. 
 
 Komu poslal jste to poz\ani2 — 
 Nikomu. 
 
 kom myslil jste vcera, ze pri- 
 jde? — nikom. 
 
 S kym mluvil jste dnes rano na 
 ulicil — S nikym. 
 
 Ze s nikym] — Yy se mejlite. — 
 Videl jsem vas stati s nekym na 
 ulici. 
 
 Pravda; ale dues necekam ni- 
 koho. — Je nekdo zde ? opravdn? 
 
 1 ne; zadny tn neni. — Nevidim 
 zadnelio a neoteyru zadnemu. — 
 Ja vim, ze dnes neeheete mluvit se 
 zadoym. 
 
 I think that somebody is coming 
 here ; — who is it ? 
 
 I do not know; — whom do you 
 expect? 
 
 I do not expect anybody; — to- 
 day I want to be alone; — I do not 
 want to see anybody. 
 
 To whom did you send that in- 
 vitation? — To nobody. 
 
 Of whom did you think yesterday, 
 that he would come? — Of nobody. 
 
 With whom did you speak this 
 morning on the street? — Witb no- 
 body. 
 
 You say, with nobody? — You are 
 mistaken. — I saw you standing with 
 somebody on the street. 
 
 That is true; but to-day I do not 
 expect anybody. — Is somebody 
 here, really? 
 
 O no; nobody is here. — I do not 
 see anybody, and I shall not open to 
 anybody.— I know that to-day you 
 do not want to speak with anybody. 
 
118 
 
 Part II 
 
 Zde neco mate; — co to jeS 
 
 To je lek. 
 Jste nemocen? 
 Mam nastuzeni a zly kasel. 
 Ze jste nastuzen? — od ceho to 
 je* 
 
 Nevim cemn dati vinu. 
 
 K cemu je ten lek? 
 Budu ho uzivat po davkach. 
 A eo je v torn? — V cem2 — Y te 
 male lahvi. — To je liniment, 
 
 Oo s tim budete delate — S cim2 
 S tim linimentem. 
 
 Tim se bndu mazat. 
 
 Cim jste se jindy mazalS — Ni- 
 cim. 
 
 Here you have something;— what 
 is it? 
 
 That is medicine. 
 
 Are you sick? . 
 
 I have a cold and a bad cough. 
 
 You say you have a cold?— what 
 is it from ? 
 
 I do not know, to what I should 
 charge it. 
 
 What is that medicine for? 
 
 I shall take it in doses. 
 
 And what is in that ? — In what ? — 
 In that small bottle. — That is a 
 liniment. 
 
 What will }^ou do with that? — 
 With what?— With that liniment. 
 
 With that I shall rub myself. 
 
 With what did you rub yourself 
 before? — With nothing. 
 
 Note. The student is, by this time, quite familiar with the inter- 
 rogative pronouns kdo, co, gdo, tso, (who, what). This lesson is de- 
 signed simply to serve as a review of their variation, already shown in 
 Note 5, Lesson XVIII. 
 
 Kdo, co 9 gdo, tso, who, what; 
 
 koho, celio, Mho, cheho, whose, whom; of what; od koho, (cello), 
 
 from whom (what); 
 
 komu, cemu, komit, cMmic, to whom, to what; k cemu, kchemic what for; 
 
 v kom, v cem, fkom, fchem, in whom, in what; o kom, o cem, about 
 
 whom (what); etc. 
 
 kym, cim, keem, cheem, by whom, by what; s kym, s cim, with 
 
 whom, with what. 
 
Lesson 29 
 
 119 
 
 LESSON XXIX. 
 
 Cislo, n. olieesslo, number 
 
 povera, f. povyerd, superstition 
 u stolu, tistolu, at (or by) the table 
 
 rokii, 
 po roce, 
 
 vsecko, 
 nynejsi, 
 
 sousediri, 
 spolecne, 
 
 rokii, in the year 
 
 po rotsg, after a year. 
 
 in a year 
 
 fsMtsko, every thing, all 
 
 nyneysliee, 
 sousediiee, 
 spoledine, 
 
 present 
 
 neighboring 
 
 jointly, 
 
 together 
 over 
 before, ago 
 therefore 
 
 pres, prshes, 
 
 pred, prshed, 
 
 teda, tMci, 
 
 o to vice, o to veetse, so much more 
 
 pouhy, a, e, potlhee, pure, mere 
 
 nest'astny, a, e nesMdstnee, un 
 
 lucky, unfortunate 
 
 zdalo se, zddlo s#, it seemed; 
 stehovat se, steliomt se, to move; 
 vystehovat se, vy-sfe7iovdt s#, to emi- 
 grate; 
 prestehovat se, prshe-sfehovdt s#, to 
 
 remove; 
 tissaftit se, to settle; 
 otiid I from here, 
 
 usadit se, 
 odtud, 
 odsud, 
 odtamtiul, 
 kolik je, 
 
 otsild > from there; 
 
 otdmtUd, from there; 
 
 kolik ye, how many 
 
 are; how much is; 
 
 yam je, vdm ye, you are; 
 
 ze je, ze y&, (that) there is, 
 
 (that) there were; 
 
 to pry je, to pree y&, that is said 
 
 to be. 
 
 Jedenact, 
 
 yMendtst, 
 
 eleven 
 
 ctyrycet, 
 
 shtiritset, 
 
 forty 
 
 dvanact, 
 
 dicdndtst, 
 
 twelve 
 
 padesat, 
 
 padgsdt, 
 
 fifty 
 
 trinact, 
 
 trshindtst, 
 
 thirteen 
 
 sedesat, 
 
 shedgsdt, 
 
 sixty 
 
 ctrnact, 
 
 shterndtst 
 
 fourteen 
 
 seduidesat, 
 
 sedumdesdt, 
 
 seventy 
 
 patnact, 
 
 pdtndtst, 
 
 fifteen 
 
 osmdesat, 
 
 osumdesdt, 
 
 eighty 
 
 sestnact, 
 
 shestndtst, 
 
 sixteen 
 
 devadesat, 
 
 devadesat, 
 
 ninety 
 
 sedmnact, 
 
 sedumndtst, 
 
 seventeen 
 
 sto jeden, 
 
 sto yeden, one 
 
 hundred 
 
 osmnact, 
 
 osUmndtst, 
 
 eighteen 
 
 
 
 and one 
 
120 
 
 Part II 
 
 devatenact, devdtgndtst, nineteen 
 dvacet, diodtset, twenty 
 
 dvacet jeden, dwatset ytiden, twenty 
 
 one 
 dvacet dva, dioxtset dwa, twenty two 
 tricet, trshitset, thirty 
 
 trice t jedeu, trshitset y^den, thirty 
 
 one 
 tricet dva, trshitset diva, thirty two 
 
 tisic, tiiseets, a thousand 
 
 tisic jedno sto, tiseets yedno sto, 
 one thousand one hundred; 
 tisic pet set, Viseets py$t set, one 
 thousand five hundred; 
 dva tisice, dwa tiseetse, two thou- 
 sand; 
 tri tisice, trshi tiseetse, three thou- 
 sand; 
 ctyry tisice, shtiri tHseetsg, four 
 thousand; 
 pet tisic, pyet tiseets, five thou- 
 sand; etc. 
 tisic osm set devadesat, tiseets ostlm 
 set devadesat, one thousand 
 eight hundred and ninety; 
 milion, million, a million; 
 
 dva miliony, dwa milliony, two mil- 
 lions; 
 tri miliony, trshi milliony, three 
 
 millions; 
 
 sto dva, std dwa, one hundred 
 
 and two 
 sto dvacet, sto dwatset, one hundred 
 and twenty 
 dve ste, dwyg sVe, two hundred 
 tri sta, trshi std, three hundred 
 ctyry sta, shtiri std, four hundred 
 pet set, pyU set, five hundred; 
 sest set, shestsei, six hundred; etc. 
 
 ctyry miliony, shtiri millidny, four 
 
 millions; 
 pet milionu, pyet millionoo, five mil- 
 lions; 
 sest milionu, shest millidnoo, six 
 millions; etc. 
 
 Jednotka, yednotkd, a unit; 
 
 dvojka, dwoykd, a two ; the fig- 
 ure two; 
 trojka, troyka, a three; 
 
 ctyrka, ctverka, shtirka, shtwerka, 
 
 a four; 
 petka, pyetkd, a five; 
 
 desitka, d$seel-ka, a ten ; 
 
 dvacitka, dwatseetkd, a twenty; 
 tricitka, trshitseetkd, a thirty ; 
 ctyry citka, shtiritseetka, a forty; 
 padesatka, padesatka, a fifty; etc. 
 stovka, stofkd, a hundred; 
 
 tisicovka, Viseetsofkd, a thousand. 
 
Lesson 29., 
 
 121 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Kolik je nas u stolid — Je nas 
 dvanact. — To je dobre; ja myslel 
 ze je nas trinact a to pry je ne- 
 sfastne cislo. 
 
 I, to je poulia povera! 
 
 Kolik akru ma rase farma I — 
 Sto sedesat akru. — A farina vase- 
 ho otce? — Otec ma tri ctyrycitky; 
 ja mam o ctyrycet akru vice. 
 
 Moje farma stala o tisic dollaru 
 yice, nezli farma otcova. 
 
 Oba mate dob re fanny; — obe 
 farmy jsou dobre. — To jsou dve 
 pekne farmy. 
 
 Jaka je asi nynejsi cena tech 
 dvou farem? — Asi devet tisic dol- 
 lar 11. 
 
 Nam dvouni*) take patfi osmde- 
 satka lesa v sousediiim townshipu. 
 
 Yam oboum*)* — Auo, nam 
 dvouni*) spolecne. 
 
 Kdy jste se tu usadilil 
 
 Otec usadil se tu pred ctyrmi le- 
 ty; ~ ja tez; stryc pred dvouma*) 
 nebo tremi lety. 
 
 How many are we at the table? — 
 There are twelve of us. — That is 
 right; I thought there were thirteen 
 of us, and that is said to be an un- 
 lucky number. 
 
 O, that is a mere superstition. 
 
 How many acres has your farm ? — 
 One hundred and sixty acres. — And 
 the farm of your father? — Father 
 has three forties; I have forty acres 
 more. 
 
 My farm cost one thousand dol- 
 lars more than my father's farm. 
 
 Both of you have good farms; — 
 both farms are good. — Those are 
 two nice farms. 
 
 What is about the present price of 
 those two farms? — About nine thou- 
 sand dollars. 
 
 To us two also belongs an eighty 
 of forest in the neighboring town- 
 ship. 
 
 To both of you? — Yes, to us two 
 jointly. 
 
 When did you settle here? 
 
 Father settled here four years 
 ago; — I also; uncle two or three 
 years ago. 
 
 *) In ordinary discourse always : dvoum, oboum ? dicoum, oboum, to 
 the two, to both; * pred dvouma, pred obouma, prshM dicotima, prshed 
 oboumd, before two, before both. — The precise grammatical form is: 
 dyema, obema, divy&mci, obygmci; pred dvema, pf ed obema. 
 
122 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Nam trem zdalo se, ze musime 
 by dleti pohromade. 
 
 My vystehovali se z Evropy 2 ) do 
 Ameriky^), — usadili se v Ohio, — 
 po roce prestehovali jsme se do sta- 
 tu Illinois, odtud po dvou nebo 
 trech letech do Nebrasky^), a od- 
 tud po peti letech do Kansasu. 
 
 To us three it seemed that we 
 must live together. 
 
 We emigrated from Europe to A- 
 mcrica, — settled in Ohio, — after a 
 year we removed to the state of Illi- 
 nois, from there after two or three 
 years to Nebraska, and from there 
 after five years to Kansas. 
 
 Kdy jste narozenS — Roku tisic 
 osm set padesat dva. — Teda je 
 vam tricet osm let. 
 
 Jak stary je vas otec? — Muj otec 
 je pres sedesat; — muj strye je sko- 
 ro sedmdesat let star; — je o pet 
 let stars! nez muj otec. 
 
 Ja jsem jen o rok starsi nez ma 
 sestra a o tf i leta starsi nez muj 
 bratr. 
 
 When were you ("are you") born? 
 — In the year one thousand eight 
 hundred fifty two. — Then you are 
 thirty eight years. 
 
 How old is your father? — My 
 father is over sixty; — my uncle is 
 nearly seventy years old; — he is five 
 years older than my father. 
 
 I am only one year older than my 
 sister and three years older than my 
 brother. 
 
 Note 1. We have seen that the numeral jeden is declined (Note 
 2, Lesson XXVII). The same is true of the numerals dva, tri, ctyry 
 and oba. The feminine and neutre gender of dva and oba is dve, obe; 
 but the inflected cases are the same in all three genders. Ctyry is used in 
 the feminine and neutre gender, and in connection with inanimate nouns 
 of the masculine gender: ctyry zeny, ctyry deti, ctyry domy (four 
 women, four children, four houses); whereas the masculine animate use 
 ctyri; for instance: ctyri muzi, ctyri hosi (four men, four boys). Collo" 
 quially, however, ctyry is used without any discrimination. 
 
 2) Evropa, Amerika, evropa, amerika; z Evropy do Ameriky, 
 
 zevropy do ameriky, from Europe to America. Nebraska, do Nebrasky, 
 to Nebraska. Kansas, do Kansasu, to Kansas. — Evropa, Amerika, 
 
 Nebraska, are feminine, Kansas is masculine, by reason of thuir termina- 
 tion. See also foot-note in Lesson XXIY. 
 
Lesson 29. 123 
 
 The variation of these numerals is set forth in the following expose: 
 
 dva, obam., dre, obe, (f. & n.) died, obd, clwyg, obye, two, both; 
 
 dvou, obon, die oil, oboP., of two, of both; 
 
 dveina, obeina, (colloq. dyouiu, oboum), dicyemd, oby&nd (dicoiim, obotim), 
 
 to two, to both; se dvema, s obema, (se dyonma, 
 
 s obouma) with two, with both; etc. 
 
 tfi, ctyM (ctyry), trslii, shtirshi (shtiri), three, four; 
 
 ti'i, trech; ctyr, ctyrech; trsliee, trshekh; shtir, slitirekh; of three, of 
 four; ve trech, ve ctyrech, in three, in four; etc. 
 trem, ctyrem, trsliem, shtir em, to three, to four; 
 
 se trenti, se ctyrmi, se trshemi, s8 shtirmi (colloq. se tf ema ? se ctyrnia), 
 
 with three, with four. 
 
 Note 2. The adverbial numerals once, twice, tliree times, four 
 times, etc., are formed in Bohemian by adding the suffix krat to the 
 cardinal number: jedenkrat, dvakrat, trikrat, ctyrykrat, etc. 
 
 In place of jedenkrat, yMenkrdt (once), the shorter form jednou, 
 yednott, is generally emploj^ed: 
 
 Kolikrat jste tain byll how many times have you been there? — 
 Jen jednon; only once. 
 
 Kolikrat se to stalo? how many times has it happened? — Myslim 
 ze dvakrat; I think (that) twice. 
 
 Note 3. The ordinal numbers are as follows: 
 
 prvni, 
 
 P e rmee, 
 
 first 
 
 sesty, 
 
 shestee, 
 
 sixth 
 
 druky, 
 
 driViee, 
 
 second 
 
 sedniy, 
 
 sedmee, 
 
 seventh 
 
 tireti, 
 
 trsliefee, 
 
 third 
 
 osniy, 
 
 osmee, 
 
 eighth 
 
 ctvrty, 
 
 shiver tee, 
 
 fourth 
 
 devaty, 
 
 devdtee, 
 
 ninth 
 
 paty, 
 
 pdtee, 
 
 fifth 
 
 desaty. 
 
 dessdtee, 
 
 tenth 
 
124 
 
 Part II. 
 
 From eleven to nineteen they are formed by appending y to the 
 cardinal number (corresponding with the English th): jedenacty, y$de- 
 ndtstee, eleventh; etc. 
 
 Dvacet, tficet, ctyrycet have dvacaty, tficaty, ctyrycaty, dwdtsd- 
 tee, trshitsdtee, slitiritsdtee (twentieth, thirtieth, fourtieth). The rest of 
 the tens are regular: padesaty, padesdtee fiftieth), etc. — Sty, stee, one 
 hundredth; tisici, tiiseetsee, one thousandth. 
 
 Dvacaty prvni, twenty first; dvacaty druhy, 
 
 Both tens and units take the ordinal form. 
 
 twenty second; etc. 
 
 There is also a distinction of gender, the feminine terminating in a 
 and the neutre in e (in place of the masculine y), corresponding exactly 
 with the adjectives: dobry, a, e (see Note 2, Lesson YI). 
 
 Hence we say: druhy muz, druha zena, druhe dite, the second 
 man, the second woman, the second child. 
 
 The plural form druzi, druhe, druzee, druhe, means "the others". 
 
 Prvni, treti, have the same termination in every gender, like ad- 
 jectives ending in i. (See Note 1, Lesson XXI.) 
 
 Ordinal numbers are declined like adjectives of a corresponding 
 termination: prvniho muze, of the first man; druheho dne, of the 
 second day (or: on the next day); druhe zeny, of the second woman (or 
 wife); druheho ditete, of the second child; druhemu, to the second; 
 v druhem, in the second; s druhy m, with the second. 
 
 Note 4. The adverbs formed from cardinal numbers by means 
 of the suffix fold, denoting multiplication, are in Bohemian called special 
 numerals and formed as follows: 
 
 dvoji, dwoyee, twofold 
 
 troji, troyee, threefold 
 
 ctvery, shtwgree, fourfold 
 
 patery, pateree, 
 sestery, shesteree, 
 sedmery, sedmeree, 
 
 fivefold 
 
 sixfold 
 
 sevenfold; 
 
 and so forth, always appending ery to the cardinal number (in the fem- 
 inine gender era, in the neutre ere). 
 
Lesson 30. 
 
 125 
 
 From these there is derived a distinct class of multiplicative numer- 
 als by changing ery into ero and appending nasobny (which in English 
 also means fold), only the first three forming an exception: 
 
 dvojnasobiiy, dwoy-ndsobnee, 
 trojnasobny, troy-ndsobnee, 
 ctveruasobny, shwer-ndsobnee, 
 pateronasobny, pdtero-ndsobnee, 
 
 twofold (double); 
 threefold (treble) ; 
 fourfold (quadruple) ; 
 fivefold (quintuple); etc. 
 
 LESSON XXX. 
 
 Ysecek, 
 
 fsMtsek, m. ^ 
 
 all, 
 
 vsecka, fshUskd, f. 
 vsecko, vse, fsUtsko, fs he, n . ) ( whole) 
 prodej, m. prodtiy, sale 
 
 vy prodej, m. veeprodgy, selling out; 
 zasoba, f. zdsobd, stock 
 
 latka, f. Idtkd, stuff 
 
 latka na saty, Idtkd nd shdte, dress- 
 goods; 
 znamka, f. zndmkd, label 
 
 kupec, m. kupets, buyer, purchaser; 
 (kupci, pi. ktiptsi) 
 odkupnik, m. odktipneek, customer 
 vee, f . vyets, thing, article ; 
 
 vydelek, m. veetfelek, profit 
 
 viile, f. voott, will 
 
 zaklad, m. zdkldd, foundation 
 
 zakladui, zdklddnee, fundamental 
 kamen, m. kdmen, stone 
 
 zarmutek, m. zdrmtitek, sorrow 
 
 silny, silnee, strong 
 
 silne, silne, strongly 
 
 silueji, silneyi, more strongly 
 
 nejsiliieji, ney silneyi, most strongly 
 
 
 nicely 
 deep 
 
 deeply 
 
 pekne, pyZkne, 
 hluboky, hlubokee, 
 hluboko, hluboko 
 kluboce, lilubots 
 velice, ve~lits8, greatly 
 
 hezky, liesskee, nice, pretty, fine; 
 liezky, hesske, nicely, prettily, finely 
 cesky, ehesskee, Bohemian 
 
 cesky (adv.), chesske, 
 po cesku, po chessku, in Bohemian 
 anglicky (adv.), dnglitske, English 
 francousky, frdntsoilske, French 
 spanelsky, shpdnelske, Spanish 
 nenieeky, nemetske, German 
 
 pozde, pozdte, late 
 
 pozdeji, poztfeyi t later 
 
126 
 
 Part II 
 
 psati, psdtH, psdt, to write 
 
 uciti se, tichtt s8, to learn 
 
 vypradan, a, o, veproddn, a, d, sold 
 
 out 
 kladli jsme, kladli sme, we were 
 
 laying; 
 polozili jsme, polozili sm&, we laid 
 
 dal jsem, ddl s#m, I gave, I put ; 
 rucim (za), rucheem, I warrant; 
 dojat, doydt, moved 
 
 trapilo*), trdpild, it grieved 
 
 zbylo*), 2%£#, remained, was left 
 zemrel, zemrshel, died 
 
 yal, vdl, blew 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Meljsem vyprodej. — Miij kram 
 je vsecek vyprodan; — vsecka za- 
 soba je vyprodana; — prodal jsem 
 vsecko zbozi lacino. — Yyprodal 
 jsem vsecko za hotove. 
 
 Ze vseho zbozi zbylo jen neco lat- 
 ky na saty. 
 
 Ke vsemu zbozi dal jsem ceny; — 
 znamky byly Ma vsem. — Jsem ted' 
 hotot se vsim. 
 
 Ysichni kupci, doufam, budou 
 spokojeni; — vsecky veci byly do- 
 bre; — na vsech vecech mel jsem 
 jen maly vydelek. 
 
 Ysem svym odkupnikum rucim 
 za zbozi; — chci miti se vsemi do- 
 brou vuli. 
 
 I had a selling out. — My store is 
 all sold out; — the whole stock is 
 sold out; — I sold all goods cheap- 
 ly. — I sold out every thing for 
 cash. 
 
 Of all the goods there only re- 
 mained some dress-goods. 
 
 To all the- goods I put (i. e. at- 
 tached) prices; — labels were on every 
 thing. — I have now done with every- 
 thing. 
 
 All the buyers, I hope, will be sa- 
 tisfied; — all articles were good; — 
 on all articles I had only a small 
 profit. 
 
 To all my customers I warrant 
 my goods; — I want to have with 
 all a good will. 
 
 *) Trapiti, trapiti, (trdpit), to grieve, to trouble, to torment; 
 trapil, a, o, (he, she, it) grieved, troubled, etc. 
 
 Zbyti, zbeefli (zbeet), to remain, to be left; 
 zbyl, a, o, (he, she, it) remained, was left; 
 zbylo, there remained. — See Note 2, Lesson IX. 
 
Lesson 30. 
 
 127 
 
 Dues je hezky den. — Ano, dues 
 je hezky; — sluuce sviti hezky. 
 
 Doufam ze zitra bude take pekn^ 
 den a ze stance bude pekne svitit. 
 
 Ycera byl sitay vitr. — Rano vi- 
 tr yal sitae, odpoledne jeste alneji 
 a nejsitaeji k veeeru. 
 
 Yas dum ma hluboky zaklad. — 
 Ano, polozili jsme zaklady hluboko. 
 
 Kdyz jsme kladli zakladni ka- 
 men, nas liosik zenirel a byl jsem 
 hluboce dojat. 
 
 Byl to veliky zarniutek; — tra- 
 pilo nas to yelice. 
 
 Kolik let mu bylo?*) — Bylo mu 
 dvauaet let. 
 
 Mluvil anglicky i cesky, — take 
 psal po anglicku i po cesku. 
 
 Pozdeji chtel uciti se tez fran- 
 cousky, spanelsky i nemecky, — 
 aspon cisti a psati trochu. 
 
 To-day is a fine day.— Yes, to-day 
 it is nice; — the sun is shining nicely. 
 
 I hope that to-morrow will be also 
 a nice day, and that the sun will 
 shine nicely. 
 
 Yesterday there was a strong 
 wind. — In the morning the wind 
 blew strongly, in the afternoon 
 more strongly yet, and most strong- 
 ly toward evening. 
 
 Your house has a deep foundation. 
 — Yes, we laid the foundations deep. 
 
 When we were laying the founda- 
 tion stone, our little boy died, and 
 I was deeply moved. 
 
 It was a great sorrow; — it grieved 
 us greatly. 
 
 How old was he? — He was twelve 
 years. 
 
 He spoke English and Bohemian, 
 — he also wrote in English and in 
 Bohemian. 
 
 Later he wanted to learn also 
 French, Spanish and German, — at 
 least to read and write a little. . 
 
 Note 1. Grammarians call vsecek (all) an indefinite numeral; it 
 also takes the form of vsechen or vsecken (feminine, yseckna, vseckna; 
 neutre, vsechno, vseckno). The plural is vsickni, ysecky, vsecka, vsitskni, 
 vs7ietski, vsMtskci. In common discourse vsecky or vseci is used in the 
 plural in all three genders. 
 
 *) Kolik let mu bylo? (literally: how many years was it to him?), 
 the same as: jak byl star i how old was he? Bylo mu, the same as byl, 
 he was. 
 
128 Part II 
 
 This numeral is also declined and presents the following variation 
 of form : 
 
 Singular : 
 
 vseho, m. & n. fsMho (vsi, f. fshee) of all (of the whole, of everything); 
 
 vsemu, fshemu, to all; ve vsem, v# fshgm, in all; se vsim, sgfsheem, 
 
 with all. 
 Plural : 
 
 vsech, fshVkh, of all; ve vsech, vgfshekh, in all; vsem, fshem, to all; 
 
 se vsemi, s# fsMmi with all. 
 
 Note 2. Adverbs (qualifying verbs) are often derived from ad- 
 jectives, qualifying nouns. This rule obtains in Bohemian as well as in 
 English. 
 
 Such adverbs are formed in English by adding ly to the adjective : 
 strong, strongly; nice, nicely. In Bohemian, the terminal y of the ad- 
 jective is changed into an e : 
 
 silny, silne; pekny, pekne. 
 
 In some cases, however, the final y changes into an o> or the final 
 syllable ky into ce : hluboky, hluboko, hluboce, deep, deeply; veliky, 
 velice, great, greatly. In a few cases the formation of adverbs is wholly 
 irregular: dobry, good-, dobre, well. 
 
 Sometimes the long y simply changes into a short y : hezky, 
 hezky, nice, nicely. This is generally the case, whem the adjective is 
 derived from the name of a nation : anglicky narod, the English nation; 
 mluvim anglicky, I speak English; — cesky jazyk, the Bohemian tongue; 
 mluvim cesky, I speak Bohemian. In these cases we can also use the 
 form: po anglieku, po cesku. 
 
 In common discourse, the distinction between such adjectives and 
 adverbs as hezky — hezky, cesky — cesky, etc., is obliterated, their 
 pronunciation being the same. 
 
 Note 3. Many adverbs of quality have a comparison, like ad- 
 jectives, in order to express various degrees of quality. In regular com- 
 
Lesson SO. ic)( . 
 
 parison, the second decree is formed by adding ji to the advert. a „H 
 the th,rd degree by prefixing nej to the secondare : si J,I Ton! 
 tlnej,, more strongly; nejsilneji, most strong Some advert hat 
 an. regular comparison, which must be learned and remembered The 
 following are mostly in use : 
 
 dobre, doorM, well; lepe, Up*, better; nejlepe, neyUpt, best; 
 lip, leep, « ; nejh'p, neyleep, » • 
 
 zle, *#, badly; Mi-e, ImtiU; worse; nejhure, neyAoorsh* worst- 
 hur, fow*A, •' ; „ejhuf, neyhoorsh, « ! 
 
 fcnM***, soon; drive, **W, sooner; nejdfive, «**•*«* soonest- 
 dm, eft-Mee/ •< ; nejdfiv, neydrsheef, « j , 
 
 dlonho, dMMr, long; dele, A* longer; nejdele, W AST, longest- 
 dyl, tied, " ■ nejdyl, neyded, " '■ 
 
 blizko, MeesM, near; blize, M W **, nearer; nejblize, neybleete, nearest- 
 bhz, 5tez, " ; nejbliz, »^6fe^, .. ■■■.'■ 
 
 daleko, Ml* far; dal, Ml, farther; nejdal, ^ farthest ; ? 
 vysoko, vyrtkt, high; yy§e, .Mtf* higher; nejvyie, ^m/^ highest; 
 hlnboko, UtNUf, deep, deeply; Uonb, ftWJ, deeper; nejhlonb, «^«M», 
 
 dCGTDGSt " 
 
 snadno, «*&«, easily; snaz, ,««,, more easily; nejsnaz, neysndz, most 
 
 easily; 
 mnoho, rnraM, much; vie, vice, veets, veets* more; nejvic, nejvice, «*- 
 
 veets, neyveets* most; 
 male, m«0, little; mene, min, m^ ^ less; nejmene, nejmin, ney- 
 
 mene, neymeen, least; 
 draho, draze, ««, **« dear, dearly; draze, **« dearer; nejuraze, 
 
 neydraM, clearest. 
 
130 
 
 Part II 
 
 LESSON XXXI.*) 
 
 Nesti (or n£sti), to carry, to bear, is a verb denoting a continuous 
 action. 
 
 By means of prefixes numerous other verbs are derived from it (see 
 Note 6, Lesson XIII), denoting a finite or finished action, or a solitary 
 act of that nature : 
 
 pfinesti, prshinesfi, or prshinest, to bring, to fetch; 
 prenesti, prsM-nest, to carry over; to transplace; 
 nanesti, n&nest, to bring a heap; to pile on; 
 odnesti, ddnest, to carry away; to take away; 
 
 donesti, ddnest, to carry to a place; to carry to somebody; 
 
 podnesti, ptfdnest, to carry under; 
 
 prednesti, pr shed-nest, to carry before; (hence: to lay before, to submit, 
 
 to deliver;) 
 
 to carry through; pronesti se, to grow heavy, to 
 tire out (said of a burden which is carried); 
 
 rdznest, to carry round; to scatter or spread; to deliver; 
 
 finest, to carry off, to kidnap; (also: to be able to carry); 
 
 vinest, to carry out; 
 
 ziinest, to carry behind, away, i. e. out of sight; (also: to 
 
 enter in a book or list). 
 
 *) We bespeak the student's particular attention for this Lesson, 
 designed as a systematic but easy and popular introduction to a complete 
 mastery of the Bohemian verb, Which is the most important and the most 
 complicated part of the language. To a great extent, this introduction 
 will only appear as a review of what has already been learned about the 
 verb in the preceding lessons, and hence will be the more readily mastered 
 by the student. There being only a few hundred verbs used in the ordina- 
 ry intercourse in any language, their acquisition for practical everyday 
 purposes is, after all, only a matter of a few weeks' application. 
 
 pronesti, prdnest, 
 
 roznesti, 
 unesti, 
 vynesti, 
 zanesti, 
 
Lesson 31. 131 
 
 As before observed, the meaning of these derivatives becomes in 
 most cases self-evident, when we bear in mind the signification of the 
 prefixes, which constantly recur in this process of formation of new verbs: 
 
 do, dd, to; pre, prsM, over; pod, pod, under; 
 
 od, dd, from, off; pfi, prshi, to, by, at; nad, nad, over, up, above; 
 
 na, net, on; pfed, prslied, before; pro, pro, through; 
 
 ve, v#, in; ob, ob ) round, roz, roz, apart, asunder; 
 
 ob, ob ) 
 
 0, o > 
 
 vy, ve, out; o, o ' about; za, za, behind, away, into. 
 
 The prefix za very often denotes a solitary action or sudden mani- 
 festation ; for example : 
 
 peti, zpivati, pyffli, speevaHi, to sing; zapeti, zazpivati, zcipyet, zdspee- 
 
 vat, to sing a song; 
 
 zvoniti, zwdn.it, to ring; zazvoniti, zazicdrlit, to give a ring; to pull the 
 
 bell once. 
 
 The prefix u denotes: 1. an action separating a part from the 
 whole: seknouti, seknoutH, to make a cut; iiseknouti, UseknoHH, to cut 
 off; — 2, a diminutive, momentary, or solitary action: sklebiti se, shkle- 
 biHi s& t to frown; — usklebiti se, to make a frown; 3. a progressive destruc- 
 tion or disappearance: paliti, palifi, to burn; upaliti, to burn up, 
 to burn at the stake; — 4. a completion or canning out of something: 
 delati, tfeldfi, to do, to make, to work; udelati, to make or finish some- 
 thing; to do a certain act. 
 
 These are the main modifications due to the prefix u, connected 
 with verbs; there are, besides, two or three minor or incidental ones, 
 which it is not necessary to mention. 
 
 The principal parts of a Bohemian verb, from which the entire con- 
 jugation may easily be formed by means of the proper endings, are the 
 following: 
 
 The infinitive: nesti, to carry; I the perfect indicative: nesl, carried; 
 the present indicative :nesn, I carry; | the imperative: lies, cany (thou). 
 
132 
 
 Part II 
 
 Nesu, 
 
 neses, 
 
 nese, 
 
 neseme, 
 
 nesete, 
 
 nesou, 
 
 nessti, I carry, 
 
 nessesh, thou carries t, 
 ness8, (he, she, it) carries, 
 nessemV, we carry, 
 
 nessUV, you carry, 
 
 nessoti, they carry; 
 
 nes, 
 
 at' nese, 
 nesme, 
 neste, 
 
 ness, 
 af : 
 nessme, 
 nesste, 
 
 nesl*) jsem, nessl sem, I carried, 
 nesljsi, nessl si, thou earnest, 
 nesl, nessl, he carried, 
 
 neslP*) jsme, nessli sm8, we carried, 
 nesli jste, nessli st$, you carried, 
 nesli, nessli they carried ; 
 
 carry (thou), 
 
 let him (her, it) carry, 
 
 let us carry, 
 
 carry (you), 
 
 at' nesou, #t' nessott, 
 
 let them carry. 
 
 Note 1. The future tense of nesti is usually not formed by means 
 of the auxiliary toyti (to be) in connection with the infinitive: bmlu nesti, 
 budes nesti, etc. ; but by means of the prefix po, connected with the 
 present tense: ponesu, ponessu, I shall carry; poneses, ponessesh, thou 
 wilt carry; and so forth. 
 
 The derivatives mentioned above, formed by means of prefixes, have 
 in fact no present, but only a past and a simple future tense; for example: 
 
 prinesti, to bring; prinesl jsem, I brought; prinesu, I shall bring; — 
 odnesti, to carry away; odnesl jsem, I carried away; odnesu, I shall 
 carry away. (See Notes 4 and 7, Lesson XIII.) 
 
 *) Feminine nesla, nessld; neutre neslo; — see Note 2, Lesson IX. 
 — Ja jsem nesl, ja nesl, I carried; ty jsi nesl, ty's nesl, thou carriedst; 
 vyjste nesli, you carried. See Lesson X. 
 
 As already mentioned in Note 1, Lesson IX, the distinction between 
 the perfect tense, so difficult and puzzling for the student of the English 
 language, does not exist in Bohemian. Nesl jsem means both I carried 
 and I have carried; it also means I did carry, and 1 was carrying, — 
 when the latter relates to a separate action. 
 
 Likewise the present, nesu, means not only I carry, but also: I 
 am carrying, I do carry; or, if used interrogatively: nesu? do I carry f 
 
 The same observations apply to all other verbs, there being only 
 one form of the present tense, and of the past tense, in Bohemian. 
 **) Feminine nesly; neutre nesla; see Note 2, Lesson IX. 
 
Lesson 31. 
 
 133 
 
 The verbs lezu, I crawl; vezu, I carry; jedu, I ride; kvetu, I 
 blossom; rostu, I grow, — and some others, usually form their future in 
 the same way as nesu, I carry. Hence we do not say budu lezti, etc; 
 but we say : 
 
 polezu, polezti, I shall crawl; povezu, povezti, I shall carry; pojedu, 
 poyedu, I shall ride; pokvetu, pokioettl, I shall blossom; porostu, po- 
 rostu, I shall grow. 
 
 In the sequel we shall give the principal parts of every verb, from which the stu- 
 dent can form the whole conjugation without any difficulty. There being a slight ir- 
 regularity in the formation of the present tense from the infinitive in some cases, this 
 course will obviate any confusion which might arise therefrom, for a beginner. 
 
 Yezti, 
 
 vgzti, vezt*), 
 
 to carry (in a 
 vehicle); 
 
 plesti se, p. se, 
 
 to be mistaken, 
 confused; etc.**) 
 
 vezti se 
 
 , vezti se, 
 
 to ride; 
 
 masti, mdsVi, 
 
 to confuse; 
 
 vesti, 
 
 vessti, 
 
 to lead; 
 
 masti se, masti se, 
 
 to be mistaken ; 
 
 lezti, 
 
 I8zfi, to cri 
 
 iwl, to climb; 
 
 mesti, mesti, 
 
 to sweep; 
 
 kvesti, 
 
 kicesti, 
 
 to blossom; 
 
 klasti, klasti, 
 
 to lay; 
 
 cisti, 
 
 c7ieesti, 
 
 to read; 
 
 krasti, krasti, 
 
 to steal; 
 
 rusti, 
 
 roosffl ) 
 
 rosti ) 
 
 to grow; 
 
 pasti, pdsti, 
 
 to herd, to tend, 
 
 rosti, 
 
 
 
 to pasture . 
 
 plesti, 
 
 plessti, to twist, to knit; 
 to confuse, to mix up; 
 
 pasti se, p. s#, to 
 
 graze, to browse ; 
 
 vezu, 
 
 vezti, I carry 
 
 vezl jsem, 
 
 vezl sem, I carried, 
 vez, vez, 
 
 or I have carried; 
 carry (thou)***) ; 
 
 *) See Note 1, Lesson XI. 
 
 **) This and many other verbs have a variety of significations, which 
 cannot here be explained. We refer the student to the Dictionary of the 
 Bohemian and English languages, by Charles Jonas, second edition. 
 
 ***) The reflexive form of a verb is conjugated in the same way as the 
 ordinary form, with se added: vezu se, I ride; vezl j sem se, I rode; 
 povezu se, I shall ride ; vez se, ride (thou) ! 
 
 The student is already well aware that negation is always expressed 
 by the prefix ne, which stands for the English do not, does not, did not: 
 nevezu, I do not carry; nevezl jsem, I did not carry; nepovezu, I shall 
 not carry; nevez! do not carry! 
 
134 
 
 Part IL 
 
 vedu, vtidti, I lead; 
 lezu, lezu, I crawl; 
 kvete, kwtitti, it blooms; 
 ctu, clitic, I read; 
 rostu, rostu, I grow; 
 pletu, pletu, I knit; 
 
 matu, matU, I confuse; 
 
 metu, metu, I sweep; 
 kladu, klddu, I lay : 
 kradu, krddU, I steal; 
 pasu, pdsu, I herd ; 
 
 vedl jsem, v#dls#m, lied; ved', veil', lead; 
 lezl jsem, Uzl sem, I crawled; lez, Uz, crawl; 
 kvetl, kwM, it bloomed; kvetf, kw&t\ bloom; 
 cetl jsem, cMtlsem, I read; cti, chtii, read; 
 rostljsem, rostl sem, I grew; rosf, rost, grow; 
 
 (pletu se, I get mixed up, etc.); pletl jsem, I knit- 
 ted; plet', pleV, knit; 
 matl jsem, mail sem, I confused; mat', mat, con- 
 fuse; 
 
 metl jsem, metl sem, I swept; met', met, sweep; 
 
 kladljsem, klddl sem, I laid; klad\ kldft, lay; 
 
 kradl jsem, krddl sem, I stole; krad' ? kr ad', steal; 
 
 pasl jsem, pasl sem, I herded; pas, pas, herd. 
 
 Pasak, m. 
 
 pdssdk, 
 
 the cowboy, 
 
 datum, n. 
 
 ddtUm, 
 
 the date 
 
 
 the herdsman; 
 
 skola, f. 
 
 shkold, 
 
 the school 
 
 dobytek, m 
 
 . dobytek, 
 
 the cattle 
 
 novela, f . 
 
 novella ) 
 rdmdn ) 
 
 the novel 
 
 ehoduik, m 
 
 k7iodneek, 
 
 the sidewalk 
 
 roman, m. 
 
 
 zlodej, m. 
 
 zloftey, 
 
 the thief 
 
 zem, f . 
 
 zem ) 
 podWihd ) 
 
 the floor 
 
 cerv, m. 
 
 clierf, 
 
 the worm 
 
 podlaha, f . 
 
 
 jablon, m. 
 
 ydblon, 
 
 the appletree 
 
 pastva, f. 
 
 pdstwd, 
 
 the pasture 
 
 ptaci, pi. 
 
 ptdtsi, 
 
 the birds 
 
 ruka, f . 
 
 rdkd, 
 
 the hand 
 
 dejepis, m. 
 
 fteyepis, 
 
 the history 
 
 noha, f . 
 
 noha, 
 
 the foot 
 
 cestopis, m 
 
 . tsestopis, 
 
 the book of 
 
 mleko, n. 
 
 mlekd, 
 
 the milk 
 
 
 
 travels; 
 
 zeleniny, f . 
 
 pi. zglgniny, the vege- 
 
 stado, m. 
 
 stddd, 
 
 the herd 
 
 
 
 tables; 
 
 ovee, n. s. 
 
 & pi. oftse 
 
 the sheep 
 
 zamesti, 
 
 zdmesHi, 
 
 to sweep up; 
 
 sotva, 
 
 sotted, hardly, scarcely; 
 
 docisti, dticheesXH, to finish reading; 
 
 snadnQ,, 
 
 snddnd, 
 
 easily 
 
 muze, 
 
 mooz&, he (she, it) can 
 
 nikam, 
 
 nikam, 
 
 nowhere 
 
 zabavny, d. 
 
 e zdbdvnee, 
 
 entertaining. 
 
Lesson 31. 
 
 135 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Co neses? (co to neses?) 
 
 Nesu obed pro otce*). 
 
 Co vezete na trhl — Yezu trochu 
 
 obili. 
 Co yeze vas soused] — On veze 
 
 brambory, 
 Kam vedete toho chlapce*)? — Ve- 
 
 du ho do skoly, — Ze skoly pove- 
 
 du ho zas domu. 
 
 Nelez na strom! — J A nelezu, — 
 Nelezl jsera nikam. — Videl jsem 
 te lezti. 
 
 Co to zde leze? — Cervi zde lezou. 
 
 Vsecko kvete. — Stromy uz kvc- 
 tou. — Loni nas jablon kyetl 
 krdsne; — nevim jak pokvete le- 
 tos. 
 
 Co to ctesS — J& ctu zabavnou kni- 
 hu; — a co vy ctetel — Dejepis 
 Spojenych St&tu**). 
 
 What doest thou carry? (what is it 
 thou earnest ?) 
 
 I carry dinner for my father. 
 
 What do you carry to market? — I 
 carry some grain. 
 
 What does your neighbor carry? — 
 He carries potatoes. 
 
 Where do you lead (or "take") that 
 boy? — I lead him to school. — 
 From school I shall lead him home 
 again. 
 
 Do not climb (on) the tree ! — I do not 
 (climb). — I did not climb any- 
 where. — I have seen thee climb. 
 
 What is that crawling here? — 
 Worms are crawling here. 
 
 Everything blossoms. — The trees 
 are blooming already. — Last year 
 our appletree blossomed beauti- 
 fully; — I don't know how it will 
 bloom this year. 
 
 What is it thou readest? — I read an 
 entertaining book; — and what do 
 you read? — A history of the U- 
 nited States. 
 
 *) The rule stated in Note 2, Lesson XVIII, applies also to nouns 
 ending in ec (declined like mui&), the vowel e being dropped in the in- 
 flected cases: otec, dtets, the father ( or "my father"); otce, 8t8&, of the 
 father; pro otce 5 for the father \ oteove> titsdve, the fathers; «•■ chlapec, 
 khltipets, the boy; chlapce, khlaptse, of the boy (or "the boy", in the ob- 
 jective case). j 
 
 o **) Spojene St&ty, spoy#ne stdty, the United States; Spojenyeh 
 St&tu, spoyMeekh stdtoo, of the United States; ve Spojeri^cli Statech, t>£ 
 
 spoygneekh stdtekh, in the United States. 
 
136 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Vcera cetl jsem roman 
 jsem ho docetl; — zitra 
 sti nejaky cestopis. 
 
 , — vecer 
 budu ci- 
 
 Kdyz je teplo, vsecko roste rychle. 
 — Ty zeleniny rostou rychle; — 
 po desti porostou jeste rychleji. 
 
 Ja casto se pletu v datum, — Clo- 
 vek snadno se plete; — ja take 
 casto se matu. 
 
 Zamet' kram. — Zametl jsem ho 
 uz; — chodnik zametu hned. 
 
 Ptaci nyni kladou vejce. 
 
 Zlodej krade kde muze. — Zlodej i 
 
 kradou vse. 
 Pasak pase stado. — Dobytek se 
 
 pase. — Ovce se pasou. 
 
 Had pasu kravy, 
 pastva. 
 
 Biti, beefi, 
 
 piti, peet% 
 
 liti, leeffl, 
 
 siti, seeti 
 
 seti, sefli 
 
 myti, meet% 
 
 kde je dobra 
 
 to beat, to strike; 
 
 ? to drink ; 
 
 to pour; 
 
 y to sow, to seed; 
 to wash; 
 
 Yesterday I read a novel; — in the 
 
 evening I finished reading it; — 
 
 to-morrow I shall read some book 
 
 of travels. 
 When it is warm, everything grows 
 
 fast.— Those vegetables grow fast; 
 
 — after a rain they will grow still 
 
 faster. 
 I am often mistaken in the date. — 
 
 One is easily mistaken; — I also 
 
 am frequently mistaken. 
 Sweep the store. — 1 have swept it 
 
 already; — the sidewalk I shall 
 
 sweep presently. 
 The birds now lay eggs. 
 The thief steals where he can. — 
 
 Thieves steal everything. 
 The cowboy tends the herd. — The. 
 
 cattle are grazing. — The sheep are 
 
 browsing. 
 I like to pasture cows where there 
 
 is a good pasture. 
 
 kryti, kreetH, 
 triti, trsheefi, 
 priti se, prsheetH 
 siti, sheefi, 
 ziti, zeeti, 
 
 to cover 
 
 to rub 
 
 to dispute 
 
 to sew 
 
 to live*) 
 
 *) Notes 1 an d.2,, .Lesson XIII, explain that in common dis 
 course the final i * of the infinitive is nearly always dropped. Con- 
 sequently we hear: beet, instead of beeti; peet, instead of peeti; ,and so 
 forth. Myti is often pronounced meyt, kryti — kreyt. (See Note 3, Les- 
 son VL) — There is no difference of pronunciation between bit! (to beat), 
 and byti (to be), except when the latter is vulgarly pronounced beyt. 
 
Lesson 31. 137 
 
 biju (or biji), biyu, I beat; bil jsem, bill sem, I beat (have beaten); 
 
 bij, My or be, beat (thou); 
 
 piju (or piji), piyti, I drink; pil jsem, pill sem, I drank; pij, piy 
 
 {or pee), drink; 
 
 MJu or lejuj Myti or leyU, I pour; HI jsem 9 Ul sem, I poured; lij or 
 
 lej, Uy, ley, pour; 
 siju or seju, siyil, seyu, I sow; sil jsem, sil sem, I sowed; sej, sey, sow; 
 myju*) 5 miyil, I wash; myl jsein 9 mill sem, I washed; myj 9 miy, wash; 
 kryju*) 9 kriyit, I cover; kryl jsem ? brill sem, I covered; kryj, &Wy, cover; 
 tru*) 9 trti, I rub; trel jsem, trsliell sem, I rubbed; tri ? £r«9^', rub; 
 
 pru se*) ? j9?'# s£, I dispute; pfel jsem se, pr shell sem se, I disputed; pri se, 
 
 pr-s^a s#, dispute; 
 
 siju, slxe-yu, I sew; sil jsem, shil sem, I sewed; sij, shiy (or she), sew; 
 
 ziju, z£##, I live; zil jsem, z^ sem, I lived; zij, z% (or zi), live; 
 
 Note 2. The paradigm of the present indicative of biti would be: 
 biju, bijes, bije, bijeme, bijete, bijou (I beat, thou beatest, he beats, 
 we beat, you beat, they beat). In the written language, the forms biji 
 and biji ibiyi, biyee) are frequently employed in the first person singular 
 and third person plural, in place of biju, bijou {biyU, My oil), which are 
 always used in conversation. The same is true of the other verbs of this 
 class. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Proc bijes to dite? — Nebij ho! — 
 
 J & ho nebij u. 
 Hodiny**) bijou deset. — Uz bilo 
 
 deset. 
 
 Why do you beat that child? — Do 
 not beat him! — I do not beat him. 
 
 The clock strikes ten. — It has al- 
 ready struck ten . 
 
 *) Colloquially also uieju, kreju, tru, pru se, meyu, kreyu, trshti, 
 prsMi se; mej, krej, mey, krey, (do) wash, (do) cover. 
 
 **) Hodiny (the clock) is a plural noun; the following verb must 
 therefore be putin the plural: bijou or biji (they strike). 
 
138 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Co pijesS — Piju pivo; — co vy pi- 
 jeteS — Pijeme vino; — deti pi- 
 jou vodu. — Rano vsichni pili 
 jsme mleko. 
 
 Lijeme mleko do kavy. 
 
 Sluzka myje zem. — Kryjeme pod- 
 
 lahu kobercem. 
 Lil jsem liniment na ruku a tf el 
 
 jsem nohu. 
 Seju psenici; — soused sil jecmrn. 
 
 — Sejeme casne. — Co jste vy se- 
 
 \\% — Mc jeste; — budeme siti 
 
 oves. 
 
 What doest thou drink? — I drink 
 beer; — what do you drink?— We 
 drink wine; — the children drink 
 water. — In the morning we all 
 drank milk. 
 
 We pour milk in coffee. 
 
 The servant-girl washes the floor. — 
 We cover the floor with a carpet. 
 
 I poured the liniment on (my) hand 
 and rubbed (my) foot. 
 
 I sow wheat ; — (my) neighbor sowed 
 barley. — We sow early. — What 
 have you sowed ? — Nothing as 
 yet; — we shall sow oats. 
 
 Mote 3. All verbs consisting of a simple root or stem, 
 to which the termination ti is directly attached, belong to 
 the first conjugation. 
 
 They may be divided in two leading classes, slightly diverging in 
 their inflection, but following the same general principle, as shown in the 
 preceding two groups of examples; namely, 1. those terminating gener- 
 ally in sti, and 2. those terminating generally in iti : 
 
 1. nesti, to carry (nes in the root or stem); — nesu, neses, nese, I carry, 
 
 thou earnest, he carries; neseme, nesete, nesou, we carry, 
 you carry, they carry; — nesl jsem, I carried; — nes, carry; 
 
 2. piti, to drink (pi is the root or stem); — piju, pijes, pije, I drink, 
 
 thou drinkest, he drinks; pijeme, pijete, pijou, we drink, you 
 drink, they drink ; — pil jsem, I drank; — pij, drink. 
 
 Note 4. A few exceptional verbs of this conjugation, with the 
 grammatical termination of ci (but popularly cti) in their infinitive, show 
 a slight deviation from the above paradigms. For instance: 
 
Lesson 32. 
 
 139 
 
 peci, petti, to bake; — peku, peces 9 pece, peceme, pecete, pekou, 
 
 ptikti, pechesh, peche, pechemS, p8ch8t8, pekoti (I bake, thou 
 bakest, he bakes, we bake, you bake, they bake); pekl jsem, 
 pekl sem, I baked; pec, peek, bake; 
 
 tecij tetsi, to flow; tece, tekou, tekl, tec, tecM, tekoit, tekl, tech (it 
 flows, they flow, it flowed, flow). 
 
 But colloquially, the forms pecu, pecou, tecou (I bake, they bake, 
 they flow) are used in place of peku, pekou, tekou. 
 
 LESSON XXXII. 
 
 Minouti, minouti, to pass by; — minu, mintt, I pass by; (mines, mine, 
 minesh, ming, thou passest by, he passes by; niineme, minete, 
 mill on, min&mS, minetg, minou, we, you, they pass by); — 
 minul*) jsem, minul sem, I passed by or I have passed by; inin, 
 mifi, pass (thou) by. 
 
 hynouti, hynoiifi, to perish (or rather: to be perishing); — hynu, hynu, 
 I am perishing; hynul jsem, I was perishing; kyn, hyn, perish. 
 
 zdvihnouti, zdwihnoicM, to pick up, to raise; — zdvilmu, zdicihnu**), I 
 shall pick up; I shall raise; zdvihnul jsem (also zdvihl jsem, 
 
 like the first conjugation), zdicihnul sem (zdwihl sem), I picked 
 up, I raised; zdvihni, zdicihm, pick up, raise. 
 
 kopnouti, kopnouti, to kick; — kopnu**), I shall kick; kopnul jsem (also 
 kopljsem), kopnillsem, I kicked; kopni, kopni, kick. 
 
 Dalka, f. ddlkd, 
 planina, f. planina, 
 
 the distance 
 the plain 
 
 oseni, n. ossenee, growing crops ; 
 takto, takto, in this way; 
 
 *) Feminine minula, mintild; neutre minulo, minulo; — see Note 
 2, Lesson IX. 
 
 **) The present tense having a future meaning, zdvilmu, kopnu, is 
 in fact the simple future tense of these verbs. See Note 7, Lesson XIII. 
 
140 
 
 hruska, f. hrtishka, 
 
 jablko, n. ydblko 
 
 sncho, n. sukhd, 
 
 Pan 
 
 5 II. 
 
 
 the pear 
 
 nez, 
 
 nesh, before ; 
 
 (colloq. yabko), 
 
 hledeti, 
 
 7rfe&'et, to look; 
 
 the apple 
 
 pes, m. 
 
 pess, the dog; psa 9 psd, 
 
 drought (as an 
 
 
 of the dog, the dog 
 
 adverb: dry); 
 
 
 (obj. case). 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 
 Nez hodina mine, budu zde, — pra- 
 
 vil. 
 Hodina minula, — dve hodiny mi- 
 
 nuly, — pet hodin minulo (i. e. it 
 
 passed), — den ininul, — a nebyl 
 
 zde. 
 Az mineme ten les, budeme videti 
 
 vice. 
 Jak brzy miniili jste les? 
 Minuli jsme ho za liodinu; — pak 
 
 videli jsme celou planinu. 
 Ti lide nas brzy minou*). — Mines 
 
 mnolio lidi (litfee, gen. case). 
 Je sueho; — vsecko hyne; — oseni 
 
 hyne^ — zeleniny hynou. 
 
 Bylo sncho a vsecko hynulo. 
 
 Takto vsecko bude hynonti. 
 
 Zdvihni to jablko. — Uz jsem ho 
 zdvihnnl (or zdvihl). — Zdvihnnla 
 (or zdvihla) jsem dve jablka a 
 hrnskn. 
 
 Before an hour passes by, I shall be 
 
 here, — he said. 
 An hour passed, — two hours passed, 
 
 — five hours passed, — the day 
 passed by, — and he was not 
 here. 
 
 When we pass that forest, we shall 
 
 see more. 
 How soon did you pass the forest? 
 We passed it in an hour; — then 
 
 w T e saw the whole plain. 
 Those people will soon pass us. — 
 
 Thou wilt pass many people. 
 It is dry; — everything is perishing; 
 
 — the crops are perishing; — the 
 vegetables are perishing. 
 
 There was a drought, and every- 
 thing was perishing. 
 
 In this way everything will be per- 
 ishing. 
 
 Pick up that apple. — I have picked 
 it up already. — I picked up 
 {fern.) two apples and a pear. 
 
 *) It is self-evident that this present tense of the verb minouti also 
 has a future meaning, denoting an action which is expected to take place. 
 
Lesson 82. 
 
 141 
 
 Zdvihli jsme se a hledeli do dalky. 
 
 — Zdvihni se! — Zdvihnete se! 
 
 — Zdvihnete ruku (plural nice, 
 rtitsg), 
 
 Kopni toho psa! — Kopnul jsem ho 
 trochu. 
 
 We raised ourselves and looked into 
 the distance. — Raise thyself! — 
 Raise yourself! — Raise your hand 
 (your hands). 
 
 Kick that dog ! — I kicked him a 
 little. 
 
 Note 1, The root or stem of the verb miiioiiti is 
 
 miu 9 to which the termination outi is attached. All verbs 
 ending in outi belong to the second conjugation. 
 
 Some of the verbs of this class are derived from adjectives, and their 
 imperative is always formed like that of zdvihnouti : zdvihni. For ' 
 example : 
 
 bled-y 9 
 
 bohat-y, 
 
 chud-y, 
 
 mlad-y, 
 
 star-y, 
 
 slab-y, 
 
 inek-ky 9 
 
 tvrd-y 5 
 
 Yideti, 
 sedeti, 
 bezeti, 
 
 drzeti, 
 mlceti, 
 horeti, 
 prseti, 
 
 Medee, pale; bled -nouti, blednoiltH, to grow pale; (blednn, I grow 
 pale; blednul jsem, I grew pale; bledni, do grow pale); 
 
 hohatee, rich; 
 
 khtidee, poor; 
 
 mlddee, young; 
 
 stdree, old; 
 
 sldbee, weak ; 
 
 myekee, soft ; 
 tic er dee, hard; 
 
 bohat-noiiti, 
 
 chud -nonti, 
 
 mlad-nonti, 
 
 star- nou ti, 
 
 slab-nonti, 
 
 mek-nonti, 
 
 tvrd-nouti, 
 
 bohatnouti, 
 
 khUdnouHi, 
 
 mlddnouXti, 
 
 stdrnouXH, 
 
 sldbnoiWi, 
 
 mygknoUtH, 
 
 tic e rd?iouVi, 
 
 to grow rich; 
 
 to grow poor; 
 to grow young; 
 
 to grow old ; 
 
 to grow weak; 
 
 to grow soft; 
 
 to grow hard. 
 
 vi&'eHi, 
 se&'eti, 
 byezeti, 
 
 derzeti, 
 m e IcheVi, 
 horsheti, 
 p ersliVti, 
 
 to see; 
 
 to sit; 
 
 to run, to go 
 
 hurriedly; 
 
 to hold; 
 
 to be silent; 
 
 to burn ; 
 
 to rain; 
 
 slyseti, slislieti, to hear; 
 
 slnseti, slics7ietii, to lit, to become ; 
 stydeti se, stitfetiise, to be ashamed; 
 nmeti, umyetii, to know; can; 
 rozumeti, rozUmytiti, to understand; 
 hazeti, 7idzetii, to throw (con- 
 tinually); 
 porouceti, poroitcheft, to command. 
 
142 
 
 Part II 
 
 Yidim, veii'eem, I see ; — vidis, vidi, vitfeesh, vi&'ee, thou seest, he 
 sees; vidime, vidite, vidi, (colloq. also videji) vitfeemg, vitfeetg, 
 vi&'ee, colloq. vifteyee, we (you, they) see; — videl jsem, viiKel 
 sem, I saw, or I have seen; viz, see (being an irregular imper.). 
 
 sedim, sefteem, I sit; sedeljsem, sedtel sem, I sat; sed', sit. 
 bezim, by&zeem, I run; bezel jsem, byffiel sem, Iran; bez, by&i, run; 
 drzim, derzeem,Ihold; drzeljsem, d e rzel sem, I held; dr2, d e ri,ho\d; 
 mlcim, m e lcheem, I am silent, mlcel jsem, m e lchel sem, I was silent; 
 
 mlc, m e lch, be silent; 
 hori, horshee, it burns; hofel, horshel, burned; hor, Jiorsh, burn; 
 
 prsi, p e rsliee, it rains; prselo, p e rsli$W, it rained; pr§, p e rs7i, rain; 
 
 slysim, slisheem, I hear; slysel jsem, slishel sem; I heard; slys, slish, 
 
 hear; 
 slu si, slitshee, it fits ; sluselo, slUsMlld, it fitted. 
 
 stydimse, stitfeem se, I am ashamed; stydel jsem se, stitfel sem *#, I was 
 
 ashamed; styd' se, shame on thee! 
 umim, umeem, I know, lean; umeljsein, umy till sem, I knew; 
 
 umej, timyfy, know; 
 rozumim, rozUmeem, I understand; rozumeljsem, rozumyttl sem, I un- 
 derstood; rozumej, rozumygy, understand; 
 
 hazim, hdzeem, I throw (I am throwing); hazel jsem, hazel sem, I was 
 
 throwing; liazej, hdzey, throw; 
 
 poroucim, poroucheem, I command; poroucel jsem, porouchel sem, I com- 
 manded; poroucej, poroitchey, command. 
 
 Vlak, m. vldk, 
 oprate, f . pi. opratie. 
 povyk, m. ptiviJc, 
 jazyk, m. 
 pradlo, n. 
 §aty, pi. 
 k aiiieni, n. 
 
 the train; 
 
 the lines; 
 
 the cry; 
 
 yazik, the tongue; 
 
 prddld, the linen; 
 
 shdty, suit of clothes; 
 
 kamenee, stones (col- 
 lectively); 
 
 pevne, pevne, tightly, fast; 
 
 silne, silne, strongly, hard; 
 
 vyborne, veeborUe, very well, ex- 
 cellently; 
 spinavy, a, e shpindvee, dirty; 
 
 jiny, a, e yinee, other, different; 
 zapomnel jsem, zdpom-nel sem, I 
 
 forgot ; 
 
Lesson 
 
 143 
 
 pfed lini, prsJied teem, before that; 
 
 za n£j, za ney, for him, of him, 
 
 (for it, of it); 
 
 hrati ? hrdti, to play; 
 
 uz ne> tish ne, not any more. 
 
 Yidis neco? 
 nic*). 
 
 - Co Yidis % — Nevidim 
 
 Doest thou see something? — What 
 doest thou see? — I do not see any- 
 thing. 
 
 Do you {or can you) see well? — Yes, 
 I can see all. — They see it well. 
 
 We have seen a train; — have you 
 seen it too? 
 
 We have not seen it; — the children 
 saw it. 
 
 Here we shall see all. — Our friends 
 will see us immediately. 
 
 Who sits here? — It is I. — Why doest 
 thou sit here? — Run out; — go out 
 both (of you). 
 
 You have been sitting all the time; 
 — in the evening you will sit again. 
 
 Hold (thou) the horse and keep still. 
 
 — Hold (you) the lines and keep 
 still. —Do you hold fast? — We 
 hold fast. 
 
 They hear us.— Nobody hears us. — 
 That girl has heard us. — They 
 have heard us. 
 
 It rains; I hear it. — Do you hear the 
 rain ? 
 
 It does not rain yet; but it will rain. 
 
 — Yesterday it rained hard; — be- 
 fore that it had not rained for a 
 long time. 
 
 *) There is a double negation in Bohemian, similar to the vulgar 
 English way of speaking: I don't see nothing. See Note 1, Lesson V. 
 
 Vidite dobfe? — Ano, vidim vsecko. 
 
 — Oni to vidi dobre. 
 
 VidMi jsme vlak; — videli jste ho 
 
 take? 
 Nevideli jsme ho; — deti ho videly. 
 
 Zde budeme videti vsecko. — Nasi 
 
 prdtele budou videti n&s lined. 
 Kdo tu sediS— To jsem ja. — Proc 
 
 tu sedi§? — Bez ven; — bezte oba 
 
 yen. 
 SedMi jste poMd; — vecer budete 
 
 sedeti zas. 
 Drz kone a mlc. — Drzte oprate a 
 
 mlcte. — Drzite pevneS — Drzi- 
 
 me pevne. 
 
 Oni nds slysi. — Zadny nas neslysi. 
 
 — Ta holka nas slysela. — Slyse- 
 li nas. 
 
 Prsi; slysim to. — Slysite desH 
 
 Neprsi je§te; ale bude prseti. — 
 Vcera prselo silne; — pred tim 
 neprselo uz davno. 
 
144 
 
 PaH II 
 
 Ty saty slusi vain vyborne. 
 
 Ten klobouk mi neslusi; stydim se 
 
 za nej. 
 Nestyd' se; slusi ti dobre dost. 
 
 Tve pradlo je spinave; nestydis se? 
 
 Styd' se ! 
 Umis cesky? — Ano ja umim cesky. 
 
 Umite anglicky 1 — Trocku. 
 Umite nemecky % — Urn el jsem do- 
 bre; ale zapomnel jsem troehu. 
 
 Umis hrati na piano? — Neumim. 
 
 — Umite zpivati? — Neumim. 
 
 Nase deti umeji cesky a anglicky, 
 
 — a zadny jiny jazyk. 
 Rozumeji nemecky % — Nerozume- 
 
 Hazej kameni za plot. — Nehazej 
 kameni na cestu. 
 
 Hazejte ty pytle dolu. — Nehazejte 
 
 tak rychle. 
 Hazeli jsme drivi na hromadn, — 
 
 a budeme hazeti zas. — Otec to 
 
 porouci. 
 Hazeji ti hosi kameni % — Nehaze- 
 
 ji. — Uz nehazeji. 
 
 Uz ddvno nehazeji. 
 
 That suit of clothes fits you very well. 
 
 That hat does not fit me; lama- 
 shamed of it. 
 
 Do not be ashamed; it fits thee well 
 enough. 
 
 Thy linen is dirty; art thou not a- 
 shamed? — Shame on you ! 
 
 Doest thou know Bohemian?— Yes, 
 I know Bohemian. 
 
 Do you know English? — A little. 
 
 Do 3^ou know German? — I knew it 
 well; but I have forgotten it some- 
 what. 
 
 Doest thou know how to play on 
 the piano ? — I do not . — Can you 
 sing? — I can not. 
 
 Our children know Bohemian and 
 English, — and no other tongue. 
 
 Do they understand German? — 
 they do not (understand). 
 
 Throw T (thou) the stones behind the 
 fence. — Do not throw the stones 
 on the road. 
 
 Throw (you) the sacks clown. — 
 Don't throw r so fast. 
 
 We have been throwing the wood 
 on a heap, — and we shall throw 
 again. — Father commands it. 
 
 Are those boys throwing stones? — 
 They are not. — They are not 
 throwing any more. 
 
 They have not been throwing for a 
 long time (i. e. they stopped throw- 
 ing long since). 
 
Lesson S3. 
 
 145 
 
 Note 2. The root or stem of the verb videti is vld, 
 
 to which the termination eti is attached. All verbs ending 
 in eti or eti belong to the third conjugation. 
 
 The root of the verb is the usual form of the imperative: bez, run 
 (thou); sed', sit; drz, hold; etc. — The third person singular and plural 
 of the present tense are alike: vidi, he (she, it) sees; vidi, they see. Bat 
 in colloquial usage it commonly takes the longer form: videji, se- 
 d&ji (they see, they sit). 
 
 In some cases the imperative is formed 1^ cutting off the terminal 
 ti and adding j : umeti, — umej, know, hazeti, — hazej, throw; etc. 
 These verbs always use the long form in the third person plural : umi, 
 he (she, it) knows; iimeji, timyeyee, they know; — hazeji, hdzeyee, they 
 throw. 
 
 LESSON XXXIII. 
 
 Ciniti, 
 
 chimi!i, 
 
 to do 
 
 souditi, soiitfitii, to judge; 
 
 choditi, 
 
 khotfitii, 
 
 to walk; to go 
 
 platiti, plaWtii, to pay; to rule, 
 
 
 
 (frequently) 
 
 prevail, be in force; 
 
 mluviti, 
 
 mlttviti, 
 
 to speak, to tell 
 
 svititi, sweetiifi, to shine; 
 
 vefiti, 
 
 vygrsMHi 
 
 to believe 
 
 buditi, btttfiW, to wake; 
 
 uciti, 
 
 uchitii, 
 
 to teach 
 
 blazniti, bldmffii, to fool; to be 
 
 uciti se, 
 
 Hchiti s$ 
 
 to learn (i. e. to 
 
 crazy ; 
 
 
 
 teach one's self) 
 
 modliti se, modUHi se, to pray. 
 
 Cinim, cJiineem, I do; — cinis, chinees7i, thou doest; cini, cliiHee, he 
 (she, it) does; cininie, cinite, £ini (colloquially also cineji), 
 chifieemg, c7iiiieet8, chiuee or chineyee, we, you, they do; — ci- 
 nil jsem, chinil sem, I did, or I have done; cin, do (thou); 
 
 ciiite, diinte, do (you); 
 
 ehodim, klwfteem, I walk; chodil jsern, JcJio&'il sem, I walked; chod', walk; 
 
 10 
 
146 
 
 Paft II 
 
 mluvim, mluveem, I speak; mluvil jsem, mlumlsem, I spoke; mluv, mluf, 
 
 speak; 
 
 verim, vygrsheem, I believe; veriljsem, vy&rs7iil sem, I believed; ver, 
 
 believe; 
 
 ucim, uclieem, I teach; ucil jsem, Uchil sem, I taught; uc, teach; 
 
 ucim se, Uclieem s%> I learn; ucil jsem se, tic7iil sem s&, I learned; uc se, 
 
 learn ; 
 
 soudim, soufteem, I judge; soudil jsem, so Mil sem, I judged; sud', stiff, 
 
 judge; 
 
 platim, plafeem, I pay; platil jsem, platil sem, I paid; platf, pay; 
 
 svitim, siceetieem, I shine (I light); svitil jsem, sweet HI sem, I shined 
 
 (lighted); svitf, shine (light); 
 
 budim, buffeem, I wake; budiljsem, buftil sem, I waked; bud', wake; 
 
 blaznim, bldziieem, I am crazy; blaznil jsem, blaznil sem, I was crazy; 
 
 blazni, bldzm, be crazy; 
 
 modlim se, modleem s#, I pray; modlil jsem se, I prayed; modli se, pray. 
 
 Ucitel*), m 
 
 . uchitel, 
 
 the teacher; 
 
 kresliti, 
 
 kresslitii, 
 
 to draw; 
 
 ucitelka,f. 
 
 uchitelka, 
 
 a female 
 
 zivy, a, e 
 
 zivee, 
 
 living; 
 
 
 
 teacher; 
 
 nahlas, 
 
 nahlas, 
 
 aloud; 
 
 2ak, m. 
 
 zdk, 
 
 the scholar; 
 
 pilne, 
 
 pilne, 
 
 diligently; 
 
 soudce, m. 
 
 souts8, 
 
 the judge; 
 
 prave, 
 
 prdvy&, 
 
 rightly; 
 
 zakon, m. 
 
 zakon, 
 
 the law ; 
 
 krive, 
 
 krshivye, 
 
 wrongly ; 
 
 kostel, m. 
 
 kdstel, 
 
 the church; 
 
 podle, 
 
 pddlg, 
 
 according to; 
 
 lampa, f. 
 
 lampa, 
 
 the lamp; 
 
 drive, 
 
 drsheevg, 
 
 formerly. 
 
 *) Ucitel, the teacher; ucitele, uchitelle, of the teacher; uciteli, 
 uchitelli, to the teacher; (plural) ucitele, uchitelle, the teachers; — like 
 pritel, pfatele (see foot-note on page 97). 
 
Lesson 33. 
 
 147 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 £in dobre a budes stfasten. 
 
 Co jsi nciniH Neucinil jsein nie. 
 
 — On to ucinil. 
 Chlapec chodi do skoly; — obe deti 
 
 ehodi do skoly. 
 Chodite casto do mestal — Drive 
 
 chodil jsein tarn casto; — nyni 
 
 tain nee 1 1 od i in. 
 Proc nechodite? — Nemam cas. 
 
 Mluv nahlas; ja te neslysim. 
 Mlnvil jsi s ucitelemS— Nemluvil; 
 ale mlnvil jsem s ucitelkou. 
 
 Yeri ti uciteH — On vzdy mi veri, 
 protoze mluvim pravdn. — To 
 rad slysim. 
 
 Ucitel uci nas mluviti pravdu. — 
 Ucil nas tomn vzdycky. 
 
 Uc se pilne. — Ucte se dobre. — 
 Ucme se spolecne. 
 
 Co se ucis*)? — Zemepis. — Co vy 
 se ucite? — Kresliti. — Kreslite 
 dobre. — Zak kreslil pekne. 
 
 Soudil jsem kf ive. — Vy jste sou- 
 dili prave. — Sondce soudil po- 
 dle zakona. 
 
 Do good and thou shalt be happy. 
 
 What hast thou done? — I have not 
 done anything. — He has done it. 
 
 The boy goes to school; — both 
 children go to school. 
 
 Do you often go to town ? — Former- 
 ly I went there often;— now I do 
 not go there. 
 
 Why do you not go? — I have no 
 time. 
 
 Speak loud; I do not hear thee. 
 
 Hast thou spoken with the teacher ? 
 -•- I have not (spoken); but I spoke 
 with the lady teacher. 
 
 Does the teacher believe you? — He 
 always believes me,because I speak 
 the truth. — I like to hear that. 
 
 The teacher teaches us to speak the 
 truth. — He has taught us that 
 always. 
 
 Learn(thou) diligently. — Learn(you) 
 well. — Let us learn together. 
 
 What doest thou learn? — Geogra- 
 phy. — What is it you learn? — To 
 draw. — You draw well. — The 
 scholar drew nicely. 
 
 I judged wrong. — You judged 
 right. — The judge judged ac- 
 cording to law. 
 
 *) ^This is the colloquial expression. In the written language, uciti 
 and uciti se govern the dative case, responding to the question cemn 2 
 (See page 82.) Hence we should write: eenui se ncisS what doest thou 
 learn? cemu ucite? what do you teach? And the answer w T ould be : ze- 
 mepisu. 
 
148 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Zakon plati, vzdy platil amusi v£dy 
 
 platit. 
 Budil jsem kazde rano celou ro- 
 
 dinu casne. 
 Myslim 2e blaznis. — Ten clovek 
 
 blazni. — Neblazni! — Blaznil 
 
 jsi? — Ba blaznil jsem! 
 
 Mesic je§t6 sviti; svitil celou noc. 
 
 — Ta lampa sviti spatne; vcera 
 
 svitila dobre. 
 Modli se! — Modleme se! — Lide 
 
 hi odll se v kostele. — Knez mo- 
 
 dlil se za 2ive*) i za mrtve. • 
 
 The law rules, always ruled, and 
 
 must always rule. 
 I waked up every morning the whole 
 
 family early. 
 I think that thou art crazy. — That 
 
 man is crazy. — Don't be crazy ! 
 
 Wast thou crazy? — Surely, I was 
 
 crazy ! 
 The moon still shines ; it has been shin 
 
 ing all night. — That lamp shines 
 
 badly; yesterday it shined well. 
 Pray! — Let us pray! — People pray 
 
 in church. — The priest prayed for 
 
 the living and for the dead. 
 
 Note 1. The root or stem of the verb eiaili is ciii, 
 
 to which the termination iti is attached. All verbs ending 
 in iti belong to the fourth conjugation. 
 
 The root of the verb is the common form of the imperative: cin, do; 
 chod', walk; mluv, speak; etc. In some cases, however, only the final ti 
 is thrown off to form the imperative: blazni, be crazy; modli se, pray. 
 
 Note 2. The verbs bydliti, mysliti, mnsiti (to reside, to think, 
 must) are also written bydleti, mysleti, museti, and in popular language 
 this form is always employed. This does not materially modify their in- 
 flection, as the third and fourth conjugation are essentially almost iden- 
 tical. For instance : 
 
 *) Zivy, living; plural: #ivi, in the objective case zive. These dis- 
 tinctions, however, disappear in common discourse. This adjective also 
 has an indefinite or short form (see Note 2, Lesson XXIII): ziv, a, 0. 
 For instance: je posud ziv, he is still living; matka je ziva, the mother is 
 living; diteje zivo, the child is living. The expression ziv a zdrav, pro- 
 nounced Ufa zdrdf, is frequently heard. 
 
Lesson 3 A. 
 
 149 
 
 (Third conjugation) 
 sedeti, setfeHi, to sit 
 sedim 9 setfeem, I sit 
 
 sedeljsem, seftel sent, I sat 
 
 sed' 9 seff, sit (thou) 
 
 budu sedeti, budu sedeti I shall sit 
 
 (Fourth conjugation) 
 ciiiiti, chiniffi, to do 
 rhiinu chineem, I do 
 
 cinil jsciu, chmil sem, I did 
 
 cm, chifi, do (thou) 
 
 budu ciiiiti, budu ehmffii, I shall do. 
 
 The above three verbs, in colloquial discourse, always take in the 
 third person plural tlu form : bydleji, mysleji, niuseji, bidlgyee, misleyee, 
 muH&yee (they reside, they think, they must); whereas the proper gram- 
 matical form is like the third person sing alar : bydli, mysli, musi. 
 
 LESSON XXXIY. 
 
 Volati, 
 behati, 
 cekati, 
 delati, 
 
 coMXtt, to call; 
 
 bytih&ti, to run (about); 
 cheknXH, to wait; 
 
 dV'/tV, to do, to make, to 
 work; 
 hledati, hl&datii, to seek, to look 
 
 for; 
 doilfati, to hope; 
 
 prodati, proddfi, to sell; 
 
 prodavati*), proddvMH, to be s dl- 
 
 ing; 
 povidati, poveedafi, to say, to tell; 
 trestati, trestati, to punish; 
 
 znati, zndfi, to know; 
 
 ptati se, ptdtH se, to ask, to inquire; 
 doufati, doufati, to hope; plovati, ptov&tii, to swim. 
 
 Yolam, voldm, I call; volas, voldsh, thou callest; vola, he (she, it) calls; 
 volauie, volate, volaji, voldme, voldtg, voldyee, we, you, they 
 call; — volal jseni, voldl sem., I called; volej, voley, call (thou); 
 volejte, voley te, call (you); 
 
 behain, bytiham, I run; behal jsem, byehdl sem, I was running; bez, 
 
 byez, run; 
 cekam, chekdm, I wait; cekal jsem, chekdl sem, I waited; cekej, chekey, 
 
 wait ; 
 delam, tfeldm, I do, I make; delal jsem, (Xeldl sem, I did, I made; delej, 
 
 . fteley, do, make; 
 
 *) Reiterative form of prodati; see Note 5, Lesson XIII. 
 
150 
 
 Part II 
 
 hledam, hUddm, I seek; liledaljsem, MSdal sem, I sought; hledej, hU- 
 
 dey, seek; 
 doufam, doufdm, I hope ; doufal jsem, dotifdl sem, I hoped; doufej, 
 
 doiifey, hope; 
 
 prodam, I shall sell (having a future meaning; see Note 7, Lesson XIV; 
 
 prodal jsem, proddl sem, Isold; prodej, prodey, sell; 
 
 prodavam, I am selling: prodaval jsem, proddvdl sem, I was selling: pro- 
 
 davej, proddvey, sell; 
 povidam, poveeddm, I say; povidal jsem, poveeddl sem, I said; povidej, 
 
 poveedey, tell; 
 trestam (also tresci, trestsi), I punish; trestal jsem, trestdl sem, I pun- 
 ished; trestej, trestey, punish; 
 ziiaiii, I know; znal jsem, zndl sem, I knew; znej, zney, know; 
 ptam se, I ask; ptal jsem se, ptdl sem s8, I asked; ptej se, ptey s&, ask. 
 
 j- flower 
 
 Kvetina, f. kicygfina 
 kvitko, n. kweetko 
 
 kytka, f . Mtkd, bouquet; 
 
 majetek, m. mdyUek, property; 
 na presrok, net prshesrok, next year 
 
 pred lety, prslied lety, years ago; 
 
 druzi, drtizee, the others; 
 
 nasi, ndshi, our folks ; 
 
 spatf iti, spatrshiVi, to see (or to 
 
 meet); 
 vedeti, vy&tfetH, to know; 
 
 posluSny, a, £ poslUshnee, obedient; 
 neposlusny, disobedient; 
 
 tento (f. tato, n. toto), tentd, this 
 one, this here. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Tolas me? — Koho volas? — Koho 
 
 jsi volal? 
 Yolam hocka; kde je? — Beha ven 
 
 ku; vsechny deti behaji venku. 
 
 Yolal jsem te; kde's (abbrev, of 
 kde jsi) foyl? 
 
 Doest thou call me? — Whom doest 
 thou call ? — Whom didst thou call ? 
 
 I call the boy; where is he? — He is 
 running outside (i. e. out of doors); 
 — all the children are running out- 
 side. 
 
 I called thee; where hast ihou 
 been? 
 
Lesson 34. 
 
 151 
 
 Belial jsem na zahrade; — cekal 
 jsem az me budete volati. 
 
 (0 jsi delal 11a zahrade? — Nedelal 
 jsem nic; — hledal jsem kvetiny. 
 
 Je tarn mnolio kvetin % — Alio. 
 Co druzi delali na zahrade? — Hle- 
 dali kvetiny se mnou. 
 
 Hledej pekne kvetiny a delej kyt- 
 
 ky. — Jdete*) oba, ty a Karel, 
 
 a hledejte kvitka. 
 Doufam ze na pf esrok bndeme zivi 
 
 a zdravi. — Doufejme! 
 Donfal jsem spatriti vas zde. — 
 
 Ysichni doufali sine sejiti se s va- 
 
 mi. 
 Prodam svuj majetek. — Prodejte 
 
 ho brzy. — Miij bratr prodal svfij 
 
 majetek lacino. 
 Nasi prodali farmu a povidaji ze 
 
 pnjdon do mesta. 
 
 Povidal jsem niu, ze mam diun na 
 prodej. — Prodavam vsecko eo 
 mam. 
 
 Tento majetek neni na prodej. — 
 Kdo to povidal] — Kdo vam to 
 povidal] 
 
 Kazdy to povida. — Ysichni to po- 
 vidaji, 
 
 Znas mel — Znam te dobre; — znal 
 jsem te uz pred lety. 
 
 *) The infinitive is jiti, yeeUji, 
 
 I was running in the garden; — I was 
 waiting until you would call me. 
 
 What wast thou doing in the gar- 
 den?— I was not doing anything; 
 — I was looking for rlowers. 
 
 Are there many flowers there ? — Yes. 
 
 What have the others been doing in 
 the garden? — They were looking 
 for flowers with me. 
 
 Look for nice flowers, and make bou- 
 quets. — Go both of you, — thou 
 and Charles, and look for flowers. 
 
 I hope that next year we shall be a- 
 live and well. — Let us hope! 
 
 I hoped to see (or meet) you here. — 
 We all hoped to meet you. 
 
 I shall sell my property. — Sell it 
 
 soon.— My brother sold his prop- 
 erty cheap. 
 Our folks have sold the farm, and 
 
 they say that they will go to the 
 
 city. 
 I told him that I had a house for 
 
 sale. — I am selling everything 
 
 I have. 
 This property is not for sale. — 
 
 Who said so ? — Who told you 
 
 so? 
 Everybody says so. — They all 
 
 say so. 
 Doest thou know me ? — I know thee 
 
 well; — I knew you already years 
 
 ago. 
 
 to go; see Lesson XIII. 
 
152 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Kazdy me zna; — vsichni me 
 
 znaji. 
 Znate meho otcel ~ Neznam ho, 
 
 — Znal jste mou matku? — Ne- 
 
 znal jsem ji. 
 Proc se ptas2 — Ptam se, protoze 
 
 chci vedeti.*) 
 Ptate se po me? — Ptal jsem se 
 
 kde bydlite; — povidali mi, ze 
 
 prodaljste svuj dum. — Nepro- 
 
 daljsemhojeste. 
 Neptam se co ucitel povidal; ja to 
 
 vim. 
 Yedel jsem, ze chlapec je neposlus- 
 
 ny; -- rite ze musel jsem tresta- 
 
 ti ho. 
 To vime. — Ysichni vime, ze tres- 
 
 tal jste ho casto. 
 
 Everybody knows me; — they all 
 know me. 
 
 Do you know my father? — I do not 
 know him. — Did you know my 
 mother? — I did not know her. 
 
 Why doest thou ask ?— I ask because 
 I want to know. 
 
 Do you ask for me ? — I asked where 
 you lived; — they told me that you 
 had sold your house. — I have not 
 sold it yet. 
 
 I do not ask what the teacher said; 
 I know it. 
 
 I know that the boy was disobedi- 
 ent; — you know that I was oblig- 
 ed to punish him. 
 
 We know that. — We all know that 
 you punished him often. 
 
 Note 1. The root or stem of the verb volati is vol, 
 
 to which the termination ati is attached. Verbs ending in 
 
 ati belong to the fifth conjugation. 
 
 Note 2. Some verbs ending in ati form their present like the 
 verbs of the first conjugation ending in iti, (biti, to beat; biju, bijes, 
 bije, etc.); for example: 
 
 hrati, hrdtii, to play: hraju*), hrajes, hraje, hrdyu, hrdyesh, hrayg, 
 I play, thou playest, he plays; hrajeme, hrajete, hrajou**) hra- 
 yem$, hrdyete, hrdyoti, we, you, they play; — hraljsem, hrdl 
 sem, I played; hraj, hrdy, play. 
 
 *) Vedeti (to know) is one of the thoroughly irregular verbs: vim, 
 vis, vi, veem, veesh, vee, I know, thou knowest, he (she, it) knows; vime, 
 vite, vedi, veem8, veete, vyetfee, we, you, they know; — vedeljsem, vyffiel 
 sem, I knew; vez, vyfa, know thou; vezte, vy&zte, know you. 
 
 **) Hraji, hraji, I play, they play) are considered the pure gram- 
 matical forms of the first person singular and third person plural; but 
 hraju, hrajou, are exclusively used in the popular language. 
 
Lesson 34. 153 
 
 However, this verb also follows the rule of the fifth conjugation in 
 the present tense: hram, hras, lira; hrame, hrtite, hraji (I play, thou 
 playest, he plays; we, you, they play). 
 
 A few verbs modify the letter a in the present tense: 
 
 hrati, IirshdW, to warn, — hreju (orhreji) hrejes, kreje; lirejeme, hie- 
 
 jete, hrejou (or lireji); I warm, thou warmest, he warms; etc. 
 
 — hraljsem, hrshdl sem, I warmed; hrej, hrshey, warm; 
 prati, prshdibi, to wish; — preju (or preji), I wish; phil jsem, I wished; 
 
 prej, wish; 
 smati se, smati s&, to laugh; — smeju se (orsmeji se), smyeyic se, I laugh; 
 
 smal jsem se, smdl sem s$, I laughed; smej se, smyeyse, laugh. 
 
 Note 3. There are some verbs essentially belonging to this con- 
 jugation, which show a considerable deviation in ihe present tense and 
 imperative. The following are most frequently met with: 
 
 brati, to take; — beru, beres, bere, bereme, berete, berou, herti, beresh, 
 
 here, bereme, bere~(8, berou (I take, thou takest, etc); bral jsem 9 
 
 bral sem, I took; ber, take; 
 prati, to wash; — peril, peril, I wash; praljsem, pra% sem, I washed; 
 
 per, wash; 
 psati, to write; — pisu, peeshu, I write; psal jsem, p sal sem,, I wrote; 
 
 pis, pish, write; 
 
 kazati, to preach (or to command); — kazu, kdzu, I preach; kazal jsem, 
 I preached; kaz, preach; 
 
 tazati se, to ask; — tazu se, tdzu s&, I ask; tazal jsem se, tdzal sem se, 
 I asked: taz se, ask; 
 
 plakati, to weep; — placu, pldcliU (but also plakam) I weep; plakal jsem, 
 
 pldMl sem, I wept; plac, plach, weep; 
 skakati, to jump;— skacu, skdchu (but also skakam), I jump; skakal 
 
 jsem, skakal sera, I was jumping; skakej, skdkey, jump: 
 stonati, to be sick: — stunu, stooOu (but also stonam, stdndm), I am sick; 
 
 stunes, stoonesh, thou art sick; stune, stoone, he is sick, etc.; 
 
 stonej, stdney, be sick. 
 
154 
 
 Part II. 
 
 LESSON XXXY. 
 
 Milovati, milovdfi, to love; 
 
 dekovati, tfekdvatti, to thank; 
 
 litovati, Utdvatii, to be sorry, to 
 
 regret; 
 jineiiovati, menovati, to name, to 
 
 call 
 to be called 
 to be buying 
 
 jmenovati se, m . se 
 kupovati, ktipdvafi, 
 
 pracovati, pvdtsovdXli, to work; 
 radovati se, rdddvdtH se, to rejoice; 
 opakovati, opakovati, to repeat; 
 pamatovati, pam&tdvtitii, to remem- 
 ber; 
 podporovati, podporovati, to sup- 
 port, to assist; 
 ztravovati, strdvovdti, to board. 
 
 Miluju (or miluji*) miluyu, I love; milujes, milUyesh, thoulovcst; milu- 
 je, miluy e, he (she, it) loves; milujeme, milujete, milujou (or 
 miluji*) miluy erne, miluy ete, miluy oil, we, you, they love; — 
 miloval jsem, miloval sem, I loved; miluj, miluy, love; milujte, 
 miluyte, love (you); 
 
 dekuju (or dekuji), (I'ekuyu, I thank; dekoval jsem, tfekovdl sem, I thank- 
 ed; dekuj, ftektiy, thank; 
 
 lituju (or lituji), Utuyu, I regret; litoval jsem, litoval sem, I regretted; 
 lituj, Mttiy, regret; 
 
 jmenuju (or jmenuji), menuyii, I name; jmenoval jsem, menovdl sem, I 
 named; jmeuuj, menuy, name; 
 
 jmenuju se, menuyii se, I am called; jmenoval jsem se, menovdl sem se, 
 I was called; jmenuj se, menuy se, call yourself; 
 
 kupuju (or kupuji), kupuyti, I am buying; kupoval jsem, kUpovdlsem, 
 I was buying; kupuj, kupuy, buy (or rather: keep buying); 
 
 *) Miluju, milujou (I love, they love) is always used in ordinary 
 conversation; miluji, miluji, miluyi, miluy ee (I love,' they love) prevails 
 in the written language, being considered the proper grammatical form. 
 This applies to all verbs of this conjugation: dekuju, dekujou, or dekuji, 
 dekuji (I thank, they thank); lituju, litujou, or lituji, lituji (I regret, 
 they regret); etc. 
 
Lesson 35. 
 
 155 
 
 pracuju (or pracuji), prdtsuyU, I work; pracoval jsein, prdtsovdl sem, I 
 worked; pracuj, prdtsuy, work; 
 
 raduju se (or raduji se), rdduyti s&, I rejoice; radoval jsem se, rddoml 
 semse, I rejoiced; raduj se, rdduy s%, rejoice; 
 
 opakuju (or opakuji), opdkuyu, I repeat; opakoval jsem, tipdkovdl sem> 
 I repeated; opakuj, opdktiy, repeat; 
 
 pamatuju (or pamatuji), pdmdtuyu, I remember; painatoval jsem, pdmd- 
 tovdl sem, I remembered; pamatuj, pdmdttiy, remember; 
 
 podporuju (or podporuji), podporuyu, I support; podporoval jsem, pod- 
 pordml sem, I suported; podporuj, podporuy, support; 
 
 zaluju (or zaluji), zdluyu, I complain; zaloval jsem, Mldvdl sem, I com- 
 plained; zaluj, Mffiy, complain. 
 
 Biili*)m. booh, God; 
 
 blizni**) m. bleeznee, the fellow man, 
 (neighbor); 
 kral, krdl, the king; 
 
 kralovna, krdlovnd, the queen; 
 zebrak, m. zebrak, the beggar; 
 kamarad,m. kdmdrdd, the comrade; 
 objevitel, m. obye-vitel, the discov- 
 erer; 
 svet, m. swyet, the world; 
 
 zeme, f . zemye, the country ; the 
 
 earth; 
 vlast, f. vldst, one's country; 
 davati, ddvdfi, to give, to offer; 
 zivot, m. zivot, life; 
 
 yalka, f. vdlkd, war; 
 
 osud, m. osud, fate; 
 
 vychovani, n. vykhovdnee, education; 
 
 dil, m. tfeel, a part; 
 
 vydelek, m. veeftelek, earnings, wa- 
 ges, profit; 
 
 ktery, a, e ktevee or keree, which, 
 what, who; 
 
 vespolek, j a 
 
 vespolek, 
 
 ' one another; 
 
 nazpamet, naspdmyet, by heart; 
 
 z pameti, spdmyetii, from memory; 
 
 svobodny, a, e sioobodnee, free; 
 
 single ; 
 
 Rimane, rshimdne, the Romans; 
 
 Yaclav, vdtsldv, Venceslaus, 
 
 Wencel. 
 
 *) Buh, Boha, Bohu, s Bohem (booh, bohd, bolm, sbohem), God, 
 of God (God's), to God, with God. 
 
 **) Nouns having the termination of adjectives are declined like ad- 
 jectives of the corresponding termination. Hence we decline: blizni, — 
 blizniho, of (our) fellow man or neighbor; bliznimu, to (our) neighbor; 
 S bliznim, with (our) neighbor. See Note 1, Lesson XXI. 
 
156 
 
 Part 11 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Miluj blizniho sveho*). — Milujte 
 
 se vespolek. 
 Milujes rodice sve? — Miluj u je 
 
 velmi. 
 Matka miluje sve dite. — Deti mi- 
 
 luji matku svou. 
 Washington miloval svou vlas . — 
 
 llimane milovali valku. 
 Co kupujesl — Kupuji obili. — Co 
 
 kupoval jsi onelidy'g — Kupoval 
 
 jsem par koni. 
 
 Kdo kupoval tento dim? — Nasi 
 
 kupovali ten duin; — davali za 
 
 nej dva tisice. 
 dices neeo jistiS — Neclici nic, 
 
 dekuju. 
 Dal jsem zebraku pet centu a on 
 
 dekoval mi. 
 Dekuj me Bohu, ze jsme zdravi. — 
 
 Dekuj svemu osudn, ze jsi rozen 
 
 ve svobodne zemi. 
 Dekuj te rodicum za dobre vyclio- 
 
 vani. 
 Lituju ze musim pryc. — Litoval 
 
 jsem, ze musiljsem odejith— Zu- 
 
 stan zde, povidali vsielmi 9 nebo 
 
 budes litovati. 
 
 Love thy neighbor. — Love (you) 
 one another. 
 
 Doest thou love thy parents? — I 
 love them greatly. 
 
 The mother loves her child. — The 
 children love their mother. 
 
 Washington loved his country. — 
 The Romans loved war. 
 
 What art thou buying? — I am buy- 
 ing grain. — What wert thou buy- 
 ing the other day?— I was buying 
 a pair of horses. 
 
 Who has been buying this house? — 
 Our folks va ere buying that house; 
 — they offered for it two thousand. 
 
 Doest thou want something to eat ? — 
 I do not want anything, thank you. 
 
 I gave (to) the beggar live cents and 
 he thanked me. 
 
 Let us thank God that we are healthy. 
 — Thank thy fate that thou wast 
 born in a free country. 
 
 Thank (your) parents for a good 
 education. 
 
 I am sorry that I must (go) away. — 
 I was sorry that I had to leave. — 
 Stay here, they all said, or thou 
 wilt be sorry. 
 
 *) This is the objective case, responding to koho2 whom? It agrees 
 with the possessive case; see Remark on page 86. 
 
Less 07i 
 
 15? 
 
 Jak se jmenujesS — Jmenuju se 
 Vaclav Zeman. — A jak vy se 
 jmenujete? — Ja se jmenuju 
 Stauek. — Jmenuj mi pet dilu 
 sveta. 
 
 Jak se jmeiioval objevitel Ameriky % 
 
 — Kristof Kolumbus. 
 
 Jak se jmeiioval kral, ktery ho 
 podporovaU — Ferdinand, — A 
 kralovna % — Isabella. 
 
 Pracuj pilne a budes radovati se 
 nad vydelkem. 
 
 Rad pracujesS — Alio, ale muj ka- 
 marad nerad pracuje; — on po- 
 i-ad zaluje, ze musi praeovati. 
 
 Pracovali jsme cely den. 
 
 Ucitel zaloval mi, ze jsi neposlus- 
 ny; — opakuju, zemusisbytipo- 
 slusny; — pamatuj si to! 
 
 Pamatuj co se ucis; — painatu- 
 jes si to^ — Pamatuj u to dobre; 
 
 — ueini se to nazpamet. 
 Pamatujme na cliude; — podpo- 
 
 rujme je. — Pamatuj te ze zivot 
 jest kratky. 
 
 What is thy name? — My name is 
 WencelZeman. — And what is your 
 name? — My name is Stanek. — 
 Name (to me) the five parts of the 
 world. 
 
 What was the name of the discoverer 
 of America? — Christopher Co- 
 lumbus. 
 
 What was the name of the king who 
 assisted him? — Ferdinand. — And 
 of the queen ? — Isabella. 
 
 Work diligently, and thou wilt re- 
 joice over (thy) earnings. 
 
 Doest thou like to work? — Yes; but 
 my comrade does not like to work ; 
 — he always complains that he 
 must work. 
 
 We worked (or have been working) 
 all day. 
 
 The teacher complained to me that 
 thou art disobedient; — I repeat 
 that thou must be obedient; — re- 
 member that ! 
 
 Remember what thou learnest; — 
 doest thou remember it? — I re- 
 member it well ;-I learn it by heart. 
 
 Let us remember the poor; — let us 
 support them. — Remember (you) 
 that life is short. 
 
 Note, The root or stem of the verb milovati is niil, 
 
 to which the termination ova* I is attached. Verbs ending in 
 ovati (when this termination is attached to the root) belong 
 to the sixth conjugation. 
 
158 
 
 Part II 
 
 LESSON XXXVI. 
 
 (Jsl) 
 
 bych 
 
 bikh 
 
 (ty) 
 
 bys 
 
 bis 
 
 (on) 
 
 by 
 
 bi 
 
 I should 
 
 thou wouldst 
 
 he would 
 
 (my) bychom bikhdm ) wQ ghould 
 
 ,, bysme bisme ) 
 (vy) byste bistti you would 
 (oni) by bi they would 
 
 Byl*) bych bill bikh I should be 
 by 1 bys bill bis thou wouldst be 
 
 byl by bill bi he would be; 
 
 etc. 
 
 Byl bych byl, 
 byl bych byval 
 byl bys byval, 
 
 ) I should have 
 
 ' been; 
 
 thou wouldst have 
 
 been; etc. 
 
 Nesl bych, 
 minul bych, 
 videl bych, 
 cinil bych, 
 volal bych, 
 
 nessl bikh, I should 
 
 (or "would") carry; 
 
 minul bikh, I should 
 
 vitfel bikh, I should 
 
 see 
 
 cMT\il bikh, I should 
 
 do 
 
 volal bikh, I should 
 
 call 
 
 miloval bych, mildvalbikh, I should 
 
 love 
 
 Abych (ja) abikh that I should 
 abys (ty) obis that thou shouldst 
 aby (on) dbi that he should; etc. 
 
 Kdybych gdibikh if I should 
 
 kdybys gdibis if thou wouldst 
 
 kdyby gclibi if he would (or 
 
 simply "if"). 
 
 Abych byl abikh bill that I should be 
 
 abys byl abis bill that thou 
 
 shouldst be 
 
 aby byl dbi bill that he should be ; etc. 
 
 Kdybych byl, 
 kdybys byl, 
 kdyby byl, 
 
 if I were, 
 
 if thou wert, 
 
 if he were; etc. 
 
 nesli bychom (or bysme), nessli bi- 
 khdm, we should (or "would")carry 
 
 minuli bychom, miniili bikhom, we 
 should pass 
 
 videli bychom, m(Sdi bikhdm, we 
 
 should see 
 
 cinili bychom, chimli bikhdm, we 
 
 should do 
 
 volali bychom, vdlali bikhdm, we 
 
 should call 
 
 milovali bychom, mildvali bikhdm, 
 
 we should love. 
 
 *) In the feminine gender byla bych, byla bys, byla by; third 
 person neutre: bylo by, it would be. See Lesson IX. 
 
Lesson 
 
 159 
 
 Byl bych nesl, I should have carried ; 
 byl by eh minul, I should have passed; 
 byl bych videl, I should have seen; 
 
 byl bych einil, I should have done; 
 byl bych volal, I should have called; 
 byl bych miloval, I should have 
 
 loved. 
 
 Kdyby, gdibi, if 
 
 kterykoli, ktereekoli, whichever, any 
 kdoz (same as kdo), gdoz, who 
 
 ci, cili, cJii, chilli, or 
 
 rici, v sheet si, to say, to tell 
 
 rekni, rsMkm, say, tell (thou) 
 
 reknete, rs7iekiiet8, sa3 T , tell (you) 
 tezky, a, e teshkee, heav} , hard 
 
 knfr, m. 
 kosik, m. 
 list, m. 
 yodopad, m. 
 krajina, f. 
 
 kuff e r, 
 
 kosheek, 
 
 list, 
 
 vodopdd, 
 
 krayina, 
 
 pocasi, n. p deltas see, 
 
 the trunk 
 
 the basket 
 
 the letter 
 
 a waterfall 
 
 a section of 
 
 country 
 
 the weather 
 
 stekati, 
 
 shtiekaffi, to bark. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 I would carry that trunk, if it were 
 
 not so heavy. 
 I should have carried that trunk, if 
 
 3 t ou had wanted it. 
 We should carry the basket, and you 
 
 would carry the sack. 
 Wouldst thou read that book? — I 
 
 would like to read it, if I had it. 
 We should like to read to-day's 
 
 newspaper. 
 What newspaper would } t ou like to 
 
 read? — Any newspaper. 
 We should have read that letter, but 
 
 it was too long. 
 I should drink beer, if I had it. — 
 
 Would you drink tea? — I would 
 
 not drink anything. 
 
 *) Speaking to one person and using the second person plural: yy, 
 you; speaking to several persons, we should say: pili byste (would 3 t ou 
 drink). 
 
 Nesl bych ten knfr, kdyby nebyl 
 
 tak tezky. 
 Byl bych nesl ten knfr, kdybyste 
 
 byli chteli. 
 My bysme nesli kosik a vy byste 
 
 nesli pytel. 
 Cetl bys tn knihii? — Cetl bych ji 
 
 rad, kdybych ji mel. 
 My bychoni (or my bysme) radi cetli 
 
 dnesni noyiny. 
 Ktere noyiny byste radi cetli I — 
 
 Kterekoliv. 
 Byli bychoni (or byli bysme) cetli 
 
 ten list, ale byl tnze dlonhy. 
 Pil bych pivo, kdybych ho mel, — 
 
 Pil byste*) caj* — Nepil bych nic. 
 
160 
 
 Part II 
 
 Kdyby bylo pekne, sil bych psenici. 
 Kdyby pes stekal, kopnul bych ho. 
 Yidel bych rad vodopad Niagaru. 
 Na ceste do Iowy videli bysme reku 
 
 Mississippi. 
 Kdybyste pfijeli k nam, videli by 
 
 ste hezkou krajimi. 
 Kdybych vedel, jake pocasi bude, 
 
 rekl bych vam. 
 Chodil bych k tobe, kdybys chtel. 
 
 On by chodil k vam casto. — Proc 
 by nechodil? — Jen at' chodi! 
 
 Veril bys tomnS — Yefil byste 
 
 ze nemam cas2 — Neveril bych 
 
 to**). — 
 Yerili by nam? — Myslim ze verili 
 
 by vam to. 
 Prodal bych rad muj obchod. — 
 
 Tezko byste prodal nyni. 
 Litoval bych, kdybyste prodal ten 
 
 obchod. — Ja bych nelitoval nic. 
 
 Je cas, abych sel. 
 aby sel. 
 
 Rekni mn 
 
 Chci abys piisel brzy. — Chci aby- 
 
 ste odesli. 
 Chcete abych to koupil? 
 
 If it were nice*), I should sow wheat 
 If the dog barked, I should kick him. 
 I should like to soe thc-Niag-ara Falls. 
 On (our) way to Iowa we should see 
 
 the river Mississippi. 
 If you would come to us, you would 
 
 see a nice countiy. 
 If I knew what kind of weather it 
 
 will be, I should tell you. 
 I should come to thee (i. e/'come to 
 
 to see thee often"), if thou wouldst 
 
 wish it. 
 He would come to you often. — Why 
 
 should he not come? — Do let him 
 
 come ! 
 Wouldst thou believe it? — Would 
 
 you believe that I have no time? 
 
 — I should not believe it. 
 Would they believe us? — I think that 
 
 they would believe you (it). 
 I would like to sell my business. — 
 
 You would find it hard to sell now. 
 I should be sorry, if you would sell 
 
 that business. — I should not be 
 
 sorry at all. 
 It is time that I should go. — Tell him 
 
 to go, or to come (i. e. tell him that 
 
 he should go). 
 I want thee to come soon. — I want 
 
 you to leave. 
 Do you want me to buy that? 
 
 *) That is, "if the weather were nice". 
 
 **) Yeiiti to (accus. case), veriti tomu (dative case); both are used 
 with equal propriety. 
 
Lesson 36. 
 
 161 
 
 Kdybys byl zde byval, byl bys videl 
 
 vselico. 
 Kdybycb tarn byl, bylo by dobre.— 
 
 Kdybyeli tarn byl byval, byl byeli 
 
 rad. * 
 
 ^ote 1. The English conjunctions if, whether, used to intro- 
 duce a conditional sentence, are expressed in Bohemian by the suffix li, 
 
 If thou hadst been here, thou wouldst 
 have seen different things. 
 
 If I were there, it would be well. — If 
 I had been there, I should be glad. 
 
 or by jestli, 
 
 Jsem-li, 
 jestli jsem, 
 
 zdali jsem, 
 
 byl-lijsem, 
 
 zdali, pakli, yestli, zdali, pdkli : 
 
 jsme-li, 
 jestli jsme, 
 zdali jsme, 
 
 sem-li \ if I am, 
 yestli sem I whether I 
 zdali sem ) am; 
 
 bill-li sem "(if I 
 jestli jsem byl, yestli sem bill I ^ as ' 
 zdali jsem byl, zdali sem bill t have 
 pakli jsem byl, pdkli sem bill J been. 
 
 budu-li, 
 
 jestli budu, yestli 
 
 nessii-li 
 
 nesu-li, 
 
 jest-li nesu, yestli nessti 
 
 budu li ) i 
 stli budu S 
 
 v 
 
 f I shall 
 be; etc. 
 
 if I carry; 
 
 smg-li \ if 
 
 yestli sme 
 zdali sm& 
 
 we are, 
 whether 
 we are ; 
 
 byli-li jsme, billi-U sm&~) if we 
 
 jestli jsmebyli, yestli smebilli I w f ere ' 
 zdali jsme byli, zdali smebilli j llave 
 pakli jsme byli, pdkli smebilli J been ; 
 
 budeme - li, budem^-li ) if W( j 
 
 jestli budeme, yestli biulemt j" be; e tc. 
 
 if I 
 
 nesl-li jsem, nessl-li sem ) 
 }e$t\\ isemnesl, yestli sem nes si I ried 
 
 Arci (ze), 
 
 art si I of course, 
 ofshem i to be sure; 
 
 smeti, 
 
 smy&tii, 
 
 ovsem (ze). 
 
 
 
 nikam, 
 
 nikdm, nowhere; 
 
 smim-li, 
 
 smeemli, 
 
 nikdo jiny, 
 
 mgdo yinee, no one else; 
 
 vite-li, 
 
 veeteli, 
 
 ani my, 
 
 dm me, not even we, 
 
 slibiti, 
 
 sleebiti, 
 
 
 neither we ; 
 
 povedeti, 
 
 povy&tfefi 
 
 zac je, 
 
 zdch y#, what is it worth ; 
 
 povez, 
 
 povyez, 
 
 zac jsou, 
 
 zdch sou, what are they 
 
 utratiti, 
 
 titrafHHi, 
 
 
 worth; 
 
 vziti si, 
 
 vzeeti si, 
 
 mouka, f . 
 
 motikd, the flour; 
 
 
 
 tuna, f. 
 
 tUnd, a ton; 
 
 vezmu si, 
 
 vezmu si, 
 
 prijeti, 
 
 prshiye^i, to arrive (by 
 some conveyance); 
 
 
 
 to be allowed, 
 
 to dare 
 
 if I may 
 
 if you know 
 
 to promise 
 
 to tell 
 
 tell (thou) 
 
 to spend 
 
 to take (to 
 
 one's self); 
 
 I shall take 
 
 (to myself). 
 
 li 
 
162 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Note 2. The pronoun si has the same meaning as sobe, sobyg* 
 "to one's self", "for one's self". It often accompanies verbs, denoting 
 the closest relation between the subject and its predicate, somewhat after 
 the manner of reflexive verbs (connected with se, the same as sebe, one's 
 self). For instance : 
 
 Yziti means simply "to take"; vziti si means "to take to one's 
 self", — to take for one's own use or exclusive possession. — Yziti kytku, 
 to take a flower; vziti si kytku, to take (and keep for one's self) a flower. 
 — Yziti si zenu, to take to one's self a wife; vzal si zenu, he took unto 
 himself a wife. 
 
 Yezmi si penize, take (to thyself) money, or the money; vezmete 
 si piva, take (yourself) some beer; vezmeme si vina, let us take (ourselves) 
 some wine. 
 
 Koupim klobouk, I shall buy a hat; koupim si klobouk, I shall buy 
 (myself) a hat, — I shall buy me a hat; kup si klobouk, buy (thyself) a hat. 
 
 Dej udelat obraz (dfy uftelctt obraz), let (thou) a picture be made; 
 order a picture to be made; dej si udelat obraz, let a picture be made for 
 thyself. — Dejte udelat saty, have a suit of clothes made; dejte si udelat 
 saty, have a suit of clothes made for yourself. 
 
 Note 3. The finite verb vziti (to take) has only a past and future 
 tense, — the continuous verb brati (to take) supplying the present: beru, 
 I take. See Note 3 on page 153. 
 
 Yzaljsem, vzaljsi, vzal, I took, thou tookest, hee took; vezmu, 
 vezmes, vezme, 1 shall take, thou wilt take, he will take; vezmi, vezmete, 
 take (thou, you). 
 
 In common discourse we often hear vemu, vemes, veme, vemii, ve- 
 niesh, v8m&, in place of vezmu, vezmes, vezme; and vem, vemte, v$m, 
 vVmte, in place of vezmi, vezmete. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Ptate se, jsem-li radl — Ovsem 2e 
 
 jsem rad. 
 Ptaljsem se, jsou-linasizde.— Ar- 
 
 ci ze jsou, — pravil pan Hronek. 
 
 You ask if I am glad ? — Of course 
 
 I am glad. 
 I asked if our folks were here. — Of 
 
 course they are, — said Mr. Hro 
 
 nek. 
 
Lesson 36. 
 
 163 
 
 Rad bych vedel, jestli sestra pri- 
 
 jela. 
 Rada bych vedela(f), zdali bratr 
 
 pfijel. 
 Rad bych slysel, je-li miij syn ziv 
 
 nebo mrtev. 
 Co myslite, bude prset? — Kdoz vi, 
 
 bude-li prset cili nebude. 
 
 Myslite-li ze bude prset, nepujdu 
 11 i ka in. 
 
 Chci vedet ma-li penize; — nema- 
 li, at' odejde. 
 
 Dam-li mu penize, utrati je. — Da- 
 me -li mu dollar, bude spokojen. 
 
 — Date-li mi neco, budu rad. 
 
 Podivam se, zdali je otec doma. — 
 
 Povez mi pak, je-li doma uebo 
 
 neui. 
 Povezte mi, mnsim-li jiti domu 
 
 nebo lie, — At' povi ti, musis-li 
 
 jiti do skoly. 
 Povezte mi, smim-li vziti si ruzi. 
 
 — Smis; ale nikdo jiny nesmi. 
 Yezmi si tn kytku- — Ja nesmim. 
 
 Proc nesmis^ — Nesmis-li ty, ne- 
 smim j a. 
 Nesmi-li nikdo, nesmime ani my. 
 
 Neviin smime-li, nebo nesmime. 
 
 To nesinis delat! — Jestli nesmim, 
 
 teda nebudu. 
 Otec slibil mi dollar, budu-li liod- 
 
 I should like to knew, if sister has 
 arrived. 
 
 I should like to know if brother has 
 arrived. 
 
 I should like to hear whether my 
 son is alive or dead. 
 
 What do you think, will it rain ? — 
 Who knows if it will rain or not. 
 
 If you think that it will rain, I shall 
 not go anywhere. 
 
 I want to know if he has money; — 
 if he has not, let him go away. 
 
 If I give him money, he spends it. — 
 If we give him a dollar, he will be 
 satisfied. — If you give me some- 
 thing, I shall be glad. 
 
 I shall see if father is at home. — Tell 
 me then if he is at home or not. 
 
 Tell me whether I must go home or 
 
 not. — Let him tell thee, whether 
 
 thou must go to school. 
 Tell me if I may take a rose. — Thou 
 
 mayest; but nobody else may. 
 Take that flower. — I dare not (I 
 
 must not). 
 Why must thou not? — If thou must 
 
 not, I must not. 
 If nobody is allowed, then we too 
 
 are not allowed. 
 I don't know whether we may or 
 
 not. 
 Thou must not do that! — If I must 
 
 not, than I shall not. 
 Father promised me a dollar if I am 
 
 (i. e. shall be) good. 
 
164 
 
 Part II 
 
 Jestli ti ho slibil, da ti ho. 
 
 Povezte mi, vite-li zac je tuna se- 
 lla. — Yite-li pak, zac jsou pra- 
 sata* 
 
 Znate-li pak me] — Vite-li*) pak, 
 ze jsetn zde davno] 
 
 If he has promised it (to thee), he 
 
 will give it to thee. 
 Tell me if you know what is a ton of 
 
 hay worth. — Do you know what 
 
 hogs are worth? 
 Do you know me? — Do you know 
 
 that I have heen here a longtime? 
 
 Note 4. The present participle being varies in Bohemian accord- 
 ing to gender and number: 
 jsa, sd, m. — jsouc, soUts, f. and n. — jsouce, xouUe< pi. of all three genders. 
 
 The past, hewing been, is rendered thus: 
 
 byv, bif, m. — byvsi, bifslii, f. and n. — byvse, bifsM, pi. of all three 
 
 genders. 
 
 The following models will amply suffice for the verbs of all conjuga- 
 tions : 
 
 nesa nessd, m. 
 nesouc nessouts, f. & n. 
 nesouce nessoutse, pi. 
 
 pije piye, m. 
 
 pijic piyeets, f. & n. 
 pijice piyeetse, pi. 
 
 miliije milluye, m. 
 milnjic milluyeets, f. & n. 
 milnjice millUyeetse, pi. 
 
 sedev, seflef, having sat; volav, volaf, having called; etc. 
 
 carry in g 
 
 sede 
 
 setfe, m. 
 
 sitting 
 
 " 
 
 sedic, 
 
 selects, f . & n. 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 sedice 
 
 setfeetse, pi. 
 
 " 
 
 drinking 
 
 volaje 
 
 volaye, m. 
 
 calling 
 
 " 
 
 volajic 
 
 volayeets, f. & n. 
 
 " 
 
 i ( 
 
 volajice 
 
 volayeetse, pi. 
 
 " 
 
 loving 
 
 Piv 
 
 pif, m. having drank 
 
 " 
 
 pivsi 
 
 pifshi, f. & n. 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 pivse 
 
 pif she, pi. 
 
 " 
 
 *) We may ask, for instance : vite zac je monkal "do you know 
 what flour is worth?" But if we ask : vite-li pak zac je monkaJ or zdali 
 pak vite, zac je moiika? there is a peculiar emphasis in the question, as if 
 we say in English : "I wonder if you know what flour is worth?" — Zna- 
 te me? "do you know me?" Znate-li pak me? or zdali pak me znate? 
 "I wonder if you know me!" 
 
Lesson 37. 165 
 
 Videti, "to see", is irregular, forming its partic. like nesti : villa m., vi- 
 
 (louc ■ f. & n., vidouce, pi. (vida, redouts, vidoiltse), seeing. 
 
 These participles occur in the written language and sometimes in 
 solemn discourse, but are never used in ordinary conversation. Expressions 
 may be greatly shortened and made incisive by their use; for instance : 
 
 "As lie was going away from here, lie fell down", — may be trans- 
 lated into Bohemian: Jda odsud, upadl. In common discourse, however, 
 people would say : Kdyz sel odsud, upadl (or upadnuL*) 
 
 A verbal adjective is formed in Bohemian by adding an i to the pres- 
 ent participle (f. and n.): jsouci, sotttsee, being; nesouci, nessoiltsee, car- 
 rying; pijici, piyeetsee, drinking; volajici, wldyeetsee, calling; inilujici, 
 milliiyeetsee, loving. — They are rarely employed in common conversa- 
 tion, but frequently in writing: 
 
 Muz nesouci kufr minul me; a man carrying a trunk passed me. — 
 Rodice milujici sve deti jsou starostlivi o ne; parents loving their 
 children are anxious about them. 
 
 LESSON XXXYXI. 
 
 The passive verb. In English the "past participle" is also the 
 passive participle, employed to form the "passive voice" or passive verb- 
 phrases : I am carried; I a- as carried; I shall be carried. 
 
 In Bohemian there is a special ''passive participle", ending in n (na 
 in the feminine, no is the neutre gender, — ni, ny, na in the plural), by 
 svhich the passive voice of transitive verbs is formed : 
 Jsem nesen, sem nessen (neseiia, nessenaf., neseno, nesseno n.), lam 
 
 carried; jsme neseni, y ? a ? sme nesseni, we are carried; 
 byl jsem nesen, bill sera nessen, I was carried; 
 
 biidn nesen, bndu nessen, I shall be carried. 
 
 *) Padnouti, padnoiffii, to fall; upadnouti, Upadnouti, to fall down, 
 
 As repeatedly stated in preceding lessons, the colloquial usage drops the 
 final i of the infinitive, and the letter t has its ordinary hard sound: p&d- 
 
 iiout, upddnout. 
 
166 Part II. 
 
 Jsem viden, sem viiXen, I am seen; 
 jsem ucen, sem Uchen, I am taught ; 
 
 jsem volan, semvoldn, I am called; 
 jsem milovan, sem millovdn, I am 
 
 loved. 
 
 The passive participle of verbs of the first conjugation ending in iti, 
 and of verbs of the second conjugation (ending in outi) terminates in it 
 and ut; for instance, — biti, minoiiti (to beat, to pass): 
 Jsem bit, sem bit, I am beat (whipped or punished); byl jsem bit, I was 
 
 beat; budu bit, i shall be beat ; 
 
 jsem minut, sem minut, I am passed; byl jsem miniit, 1 was passed; 
 
 budu minut, I shall be passed. 
 
 The imperative of the passive voice is expressed in Bohemian by at', 
 which is already familiar to the student as an equivalent of the English "let": 
 At' jsem nesen, a, o, aH sem ness&n, let me be carried; 
 
 at' jsem bit, a, o, <W sem bit, let me be whipped; 
 
 at' jsem volan, a, o, at sem volan, let me be called; 
 
 af jsem milovan, a, o, dV sem milovan, let me be loved. 
 
 In English the past or passive participle is often used as an adjective; 
 for example : "An invited guest." 
 
 In Bohemian every passive participle may be changed into an ad- 
 jective by adding y (and changing a into a in the feminine, o into e in 
 the neutre gender). For instance : 
 
 nesen, a, o : neseny, a, e, carried 
 bit, a, o : bity, a, e, beaten 
 
 minut, a, o : minuty, a, e, passed 
 
 viden, a, o : videny, a, e, seen 
 volan, a, o : volany, a, e, called 
 milovan, a, o: milovany, a,e, loved, 
 
 beloved. 
 
 In the termination an, ana, ano the long vowel a is shortened 
 when the participle changes into an adjective : 
 
 VOlan m., volana f VOlano, n. I called (a8 past participle and adjective). 
 volany m. volana f. volane, n. ' 
 
 Potential forms. 
 
 The potential mood employing the auxiliary may is formed in Bo- 
 hemian by means of the verb moci, motsi (commonly mocti, vulgarly 
 moct, mdtst), which has an irregular inflection ; 
 
Lesson 37. 
 
 167 
 
 Mohu, mohu, I may 
 
 muzes, moozesh, tbou mayest 
 
 liiuze, mooze, lie (she, it) may 
 
 mohl, (a, o) by eh, mo hi, (a, o) bikh, 
 
 I might 
 mohl bys, mold bis, thou mightest 
 inolil by, mold bi, he might 
 
 miizeiiie, 
 
 muzete, 
 
 mohou, 
 
 moozeme, 
 mooze t^, 
 mohou, 
 
 we may 
 
 you may 
 
 they may; 
 
 molili, (y, a) bychom (or bysme), 
 
 moldi bisme, we might 
 molili byste, m. biste, you might 
 molili by, m. hi, they might. 
 
 Mohu byti nesen, I may be carried mohl bycli byti nesen, I might he 
 
 carried 
 
 mohu byti bit, I may ba whipped 
 in oh u byti videii, I may he seen 
 
 mohl bych byti bit, I might he 
 
 whipped 
 mohl bych byti viden, I might he 
 
 seen 
 
 mohu byti inilovaii, I maybe loved mohl bych byti milovan, I might be 
 
 . loved. 
 Mohl jsem byti nesen, mold sem beeVi nessen, I might have been carried; 
 mohl jsem byti bit, mdld sem beeHi bit, I might have been whipped. 
 
 Otherwise moci has the meaning of "can" or "to be able": 
 
 I can do it 
 
 i cannot do it; 
 
 Mohu to udelati; — neinohu to u- 
 
 delati; 
 mohl jsem to udelati;— nemohl I could do it (or: I could have clone it); 
 
 jsem to udelati; — I could not do it; 
 
 budu moci to udelati; — nebudu I shall be able to do it; — I shall not 
 
 moci to udelati. he able to do it; 
 
 Muzete prijitH— Xemuzeme prijiti. Can you come] — We cannot come. 
 Mohou choditH — Nemohou choditL 1 Can they walk ? —They cannot walk. 
 In common discourse mohu (I can), and mohou (they can) are dis- 
 placed by muzu and muzou, moozu, moozou, making the present tense 
 consistent, if not regular. 
 
 Reiterative foem. 
 The English reiterative form of "used to" is rendered in Bohemian: 
 1. — By reiterative verbs derived from simple verbs as explained in Note 
 
168 
 
 Part II. 
 
 5, Lesson XIII ; for instance: liniti means "to play"; hravati means 
 "to play often", to use to play ; 
 
 hral jsem tarn; hraval jsem tarn; 
 — hrali tain; hravali tain. 
 
 I played there; I used to play there; 
 — they played there; they used to 
 play there. 
 
 2. — By verbs having in themselves a reiterative meaning; for instance : 
 prichazeti, prshikhdzeti, means "to come often" (also 'to be coming"); 
 dochazeti, dokhdzeVi, means "to go often somewhere", to make frequent 
 calls, (also "to be on the decline"); 
 
 on prichazi k nam; on prichazel k 
 nam; — my dochazeli k nemu; 
 budeme dochazeti k nemu. 
 
 he often comes to us; he used to 
 come to us; — we used to go to 
 him; we shall often go to him. 
 
 LESSON XXXYIII. 
 
 English participles may be used substantively, or changed into 
 nouns; for instance : 
 
 speaking, — the speaking; sitting, — the sitting; calling, — the calling. 
 
 In Bohemian, nouns are derived from verbs in two different ways, 
 illustrated by the following examples : 
 
 biti, beeti, 
 
 
 to beat; — 
 
 biti, 
 
 
 bffiee, 
 
 the beating 
 
 piti, peetii, 
 
 
 to drink; — 
 
 Piti, 
 
 
 piVee, 
 
 the drinking 
 
 siti, sheetii, 
 
 
 to sew; — 
 
 siti, 
 
 
 shifee, 
 
 the sewing 
 
 ziti, zeeti, 
 
 
 to live; — 
 
 ziti, 
 
 
 zitee, 
 
 the living; 
 
 bod-nouti, bodnott 
 
 t% 
 
 to stab; — 
 
 bod-nuti, 
 
 bod nut ee, 
 
 the stabbing, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a stab 
 
 hyn-outi, hinoittH 
 
 tob 
 
 e perishing ;- 
 
 - hyn 
 
 ■uti 9 
 
 hiniffiee, 
 
 the perishing 
 
 kop-nouti, kopnoiiVi, to kick; — kop-nuti, kopnitfee, the kicking, a kick; 
 
Lesson 38. 169 
 
 nes-ti, mssti, to carry; — nes-eni, nessenee, the carrying; 
 
 pas-ti, pdsti, to herd; — pas -eni, pdssenee, the herding^ 
 
 vid-eti, vitfefli, to see; — vid-eni, vitfefiee, the seeing; the vision; 
 
 slys-eti, slisheti, to hear; — slys-eni, slishenee, the hearing; 
 
 mluv-iti, mlUmffi, to speak; — mlnv-eiii, mMv8nee, the speaking; 
 
 vol-ati, voltiffl, to call; — vol-ani, voMnee, the calling or call, 
 
 milov-ati, milovati, to love; — milov-ani, milovdnee, the loving. 
 
 The simple rules of derivation are apparent from the above list. 
 
 1. Verbs terminating in iti (forming a subdivision of the first con- 
 jugation; Xote 3, p. 138;) are changed into nouns by a simple transfer of 
 the long i : piti, to drink, — pitl, the drinking. 
 
 2. Verbs ending in out! (which belong to the second conjugation) 
 become nouns by a change of this termination into uti : bodnonti, to 
 stab, (bodun, I shall stab), — bodnuti, the stabbing, or "a stab". 
 
 3. Verbs ending in eti, eti 9 iti (which form the third and fourth 
 conjugations) become nouns by changing their termination into eni or 
 eni : videti, to see, — videni, the seeing, or "the vision"; mluviti, to 
 speak, — mluveni, the speaking. 
 
 4. Verbs ending in ati (which form the fifth and sixth conjuga- 
 tions) become nouns by changing that termination into aui : volati, to 
 call, — volani, the calling, or "the call". 
 
 When the long vowel a occurs in the root of a simple verb, it is 
 shortened in the process of deriving a noun : 
 
 pas-ti, pdssM, to herd (or "to pasture"); pas-eni, pdssenee, the herding; 
 psa-ti, psdtii, to write; psa-ni, psdnee, the writing. 
 
 In some cases the derivation of nouns from verbs of the first con- 
 jugation is somewhat irregular, the same as the formation of the tenses; 
 for instance : 
 
170 Part II 
 
 cisti 9 dieesVi, to read; (ctu, ctes, cte. chtu, chtesh, cht$, I read, thou 
 readest, lie reads); — cte-ni, chtenee, the reading; 
 
 plesti, plestii, to twist; (pletu, pletes, plete, I twist, thou twistest, he 
 twists); — plete-ni ? jrteteiiee, the twisting; 
 
 klasti, kldsti, to lay; (kladu, klades, klade, I lay, thoulayest, he lays); 
 — klade-ni 9 klacUnee, the laying; 
 
 masti ? mdsW, to confuse (to mix up); mate, he confuses; — mateni, 
 mdtenee, the confusion or mixing up; 
 
 mesti, mesty, to sweep; mete, he sweeps; — meteni, metenee, the sweeping; 
 
 vesti, vesstii, to lead; rede, he leads; — vedeni, ved&iie3, the leading. 
 
 LESSON XXXIX. 
 
 Verbs classified. 
 
 1. — As before observed (in Lesson XXXI) nesti, "to carry" or "to 
 be carrying", is a verb denoting a continuous action. 
 
 2. — By means cf prefixes other verbs are derived therefrom, which 
 denote a limited or finished action and are called finite verbs; for 
 example : 
 
 donesti, donessHi, to carry somewhere or to somebody ; 
 prinesti, prshinessXii, to bring, to fetch. 
 
 3. — Many continuous verbs have a corresponding form denoting 
 a repeated or reiterated action; for instance : 
 
 nesti, nessti, to carry 
 
 vezti, vezM, to carry (in a vehicle) 
 
 nositi, nosmli, to carry repeatedly; 
 voziti, vozitii, 
 
 voditi, voffifi, to lead repeatedly; 
 citati, cheetdfi, to read repeatedly; 
 pasati, passafi, to herd repeatedly; 
 litati, leetatH, to fly repeatedly; 
 jezditi, yezftWi, to ride repeatedly. 
 There are, besides, reiterative verbs derived in the manner explained 
 in Note 5, page 61, and denoting so to say a customary action; for instance; 
 
 vesti, 
 
 vesstii, 
 
 to lead 
 
 cisti, 
 
 cheessti, 
 
 to read 
 
 pasti, 
 
 2ids&X!i, 
 
 to herd 
 
 leteti, 
 
 lefm, 
 
 to fly 
 
 jeti, 
 
 yefi, 
 
 to ride 
 
Lesson 39. 
 
 171 
 
 no%i'\9L'i\^nosseevati,to use to carry ; 
 vozi-va-ti, vozeevdHi, to use to carry, 
 
 yodi-va-ti, votfeevati, to use to lead, 
 cita-ya-ti, c7ieetdvaf!i, to use to read, 
 pasa-va-ti ? pas$az>atV,to use to herd, 
 lita-va-ti ? leetdvafU, to use to fly, 
 jezdi-va-ti 9 2/6Z(T^#tV',to use to ride. 
 
 4. — Certain verbs denote an action which is simply momentary. 
 As a rule they terminate in iti, belonging to the fourth conjugation. For 
 instance : skociti ? skochiMi, to jump, to leap, — that is, to make a jump 
 or leap. 
 
 From these are derived finite verbs in the same manner as from con- 
 tinuous verbs (1.), namely by prefixes. For instance : 
 
 nositi, 
 
 to carry repeatedly, 
 
 voziti, 
 
 to carry repeatedly (in a 
 
 
 vehicle), 
 
 voditi, 
 
 to lead repeatedly, 
 
 citati, 
 
 to read repeatedly, 
 
 pasati, 
 
 to herd repeatedly, 
 
 litati, 
 
 to fly repeatedly, 
 
 jezditi, 
 
 to ride repeatedly; 
 
 zakrociti, wkrdchffii, to step between, to in- 
 terfere ; 
 
 vy skociti 9 v iskdchiW, 
 
 z astr eliti, zastrs h el lit i, 
 
 vystrciti, vist e rchiti f 
 
 vypustiti, viptisfiti, 
 
 zachytiti, ztikhitiitii, to catch up, to snatch; 
 
 pochybiti, pdkhibiffl, to commit an error. 
 
 to jump out or up; 
 
 to shoot dead; 
 
 to push out; 
 
 to let out; 
 
 krociti, to make a step, 
 
 skociti, to jump, 
 
 streliti, to shoot (once), 
 
 strciti, to push, 
 
 pustiti, to let go, 
 
 chytiti, to catch, 
 
 chybiti, to err, 
 
 Note 1. Such is the general classification of Bohemian verbs in re- 
 gard to the duration of the action or process they denote. But for practi- 
 cal purposes it is sufficient to distinguish two great classes of verbs, namely : 
 
 1. Continuous verbs, denoting a continued or repeated action. 
 This class comprises the simple verbs of all conjugations except some end- 
 ing in outi and iti. For instance: nesti, to carry; plouti, to float; videti, 
 to see; ciniti, to do; volati, to call; milovati, to love. 
 
 2. Finite verbs, denoting a finished or momentary action or pro- 
 cess. This class comprises many verbs of the second and fourth conjuga. 
 
172 
 
 Part II 
 
 tions, ending in oiri and iti; for instance: minouti, to pass; bodnouti, to 
 stab; skociti, to leap; streliti, to shoot (to discharge a shot). 
 
 Most of the verbs derived from others by prefixes also belong to this 
 class; for example: vyskociti, to jump up; doiiesti, to carry somewhere;; 
 pominouti, to pass over; uvideti, to catch a sight; uciniti, to do a certain 
 act; zavolati, to call out or up; pomilovati, to fondle a little. 
 
 The finite verbs have in fact only a past and a future tense, and no 
 present, because their present form denotes & future action: 
 
 donesn 9 I shall carry somewhere; 
 minu, I shall pass ; 
 udehim, I shall make; 
 zavolam, I shall call; 
 pomiluju (or pomilnji) 1 shall fondle ; 
 
 uvidim, I shall see; 
 ucinim, I shall do; 
 skocim, I shall jump; 
 vyskoeim, I shall jump np; 
 strelim, 1 shall shoot. 
 
 LESSON XL. 
 
 Every language has peculiar ways or modes of expression, which 
 cannot be taken literally, or translated closely into another language. They 
 are called idiomatic expressions or idioms. Many of them are of frequent 
 occurrence in ordinary intercourse. 
 
 The student will naturally desire to know the Bohemian equivalents 
 of such English expressions as are in constant use in common conversa- 
 tion. He will find most of them in the following list, the English ex- 
 pression always preceding the Bohemian, in order to facilitate their study. 
 The beginner should often peruse these phrases until he has a perfect com- 
 mand of them, or — to use an English idiom — until "he has them at his 
 fingers' ends/' 
 
 All along, 
 all over, 
 all is over, 
 all in all, 
 all one, 
 all the same, 
 
 venkoncem, 
 
 vsude, 
 
 je po vsem, 
 
 vubec, 
 
 vse jedno, 
 
 veskrze, 
 
 venkontsem, vesJcerze; 
 
 vshucle; 
 
 ye pofshem; 
 
 voobets; 
 
 fsM yedno; 
 
Lesson 4-0. 
 
 178 
 
 all the time, 
 all the better, 
 all hollow, 
 all of a sudden, 
 along-side, 
 as far as I can, 
 as far as possible, 
 as far as I am concerned 
 as far as that is con- 
 cerned, 
 at an}^ rate, 
 at all events, 
 at last, 
 at length, 
 at once, 
 all at once, 
 at large, 
 
 Be it as it may, 
 
 be perfectly easy, 
 by and by, 
 b}^ the bye, 
 by the way, 
 by day, 
 by night, 
 by the day, 
 by the week, 
 by the piece, 
 hj all means, 
 
 Call for me, 
 
 can it be possible ? 
 
 can't do it ! 
 
 stale, porad, 
 
 tim lip, 
 
 na dobro, 
 
 najednou, z nenadani, 
 
 vedle, 
 
 pokiid moliu, 
 
 poknd inozua, 
 
 co se me tyce, 
 
 co se toho tyee, 
 
 | bud' jak bud', 
 
 y konecne, 
 
 (■ lined, najednou, 
 vubec, celkem. 
 
 bud' jak bud'; at' je 
 
 jakkoli; 
 bud'te bez starosti, 
 hnedle, znenahla, 
 
 j minio to, 
 
 \ apropos, 
 za due, 
 v noci, 
 na den, 
 na tyden, 
 od kusu, 
 na vsechen spusob, 
 
 stavte se pro me, 
 je-li mozna? 
 nejde to ! 
 
 stale, porshdd; 
 
 teem leep; 
 
 na dobro; 
 
 ndyedno u, znendddTii ; 
 
 vtdle; 
 
 pokiid moliti; 
 
 pokiid moznd; 
 
 tso se my 8 teeche; 
 
 tso se toho teeche; 
 
 buff yak bu(Y; 
 
 konechne; 
 
 lined, ndyednou; 
 voobets, tselkem. 
 
 buff yak bud 1 ; at ye 
 
 ydkkoli; 
 buttle bestdrosti; 
 hnedle, znenahla; 
 mimo to, 
 dpropo; 
 zd dne; 
 vnotsi; 
 na den; 
 nd teeden; 
 od kiisU; 
 nd fsMkhen spoosob. 
 
 stdfte se pro mye; 
 yelli mofaid f 
 neyde to ! 
 
174 
 
 Part II 
 
 come on, 
 come along, 
 come and see us, 
 
 Don't you hear? 
 don't you see ? 
 don't you know it? 
 don't mention it ! 
 dear me ! 
 day and night, 
 day by day, 
 do as you please, 
 drop me a Hue, 
 
 Excuse me ! 
 
 every now and then, 
 
 Farewell ! 
 
 Good-bye ! 
 
 get up ! 
 
 get out ! 
 
 get ready ! 
 
 give me a rest ! 
 
 go ahead ! 
 
 go on ! 
 
 Help yourself ! 
 
 here and there, 
 
 hurry up ! 
 
 he is good at it ! 
 
 [pojdM pojd'te! 
 pfijd'te nas navstivit. 
 
 coz neslysite? 
 coz nevidite? 
 coz to nevite? 
 to nestoji za rec, 
 o jemine ! 
 ve dne v noci, 
 den co den, 
 delejte jak myslite, 
 piste mi par radek, 
 
 odpnst'te ! 
 kazdon chvili, 
 
 j- s bohem!— na zdar ! 
 
 zhiirn !— vstante ! 
 ven !— pojd'te ven ! 
 pripravte se ! 
 dejte mi pokoj ! 
 
 (■ jen dal ! 
 
 posluzte si ! vemte si ! 
 
 racte ! 
 sem tarn, 
 honem ! 
 on to umi ! on to zna ! 
 
 poytf, poyfttg*); 
 
 prshifttS nds ndfshVee- 
 vit. 
 
 tsdsh neslisheetti? 
 
 tstish ntivifteetS? 
 
 tsosh to ngveetg f 
 
 td nestoyee za rsh&ch; 
 
 o y timing ! 
 
 v& dn$ vnotsi; 
 
 den tsd den; 
 
 (I'&leyte yak misleetti; 
 
 pislitt me par rshddek. 
 
 odpustti! 
 kdzdou khweeli; 
 
 sbohem ! — na zdar ! 
 
 zhoorii ! — fstaHtg! 
 ven ! — pofttti ven ! 
 prsliipraftti sg ! 
 deytti me pokoy ! 
 
 yen dal! 
 
 posluslitti si ! vemtti si ! 
 
 rdclitti! 
 sem tarn, 
 hdnem ! 
 on to umee ! on to zna! 
 
 *) Colloquially pd&', poftte, (thou, you) come on. — I pojd'te i 
 i poftte ush! come on, now! do come along! 
 
Lesson Jf.0. 
 
 175 
 
 he is good for nothing; 
 
 he is on the lookout ; 
 
 he is well off; 
 
 he means no harm; 
 
 he took a hint ; 
 
 he keeps out of sight; 
 
 he has a head of his 
 
 owe ; 
 how do you do ? 
 how are you ? 
 
 I am glad of it ! 
 
 I bet, — I guess, 
 
 I don't care; 
 
 I have a mind, 
 
 I made up my mind, 
 
 I can't afford it; 
 
 I can't stand it {mean- 
 ing: I hate it); 
 
 I can do without it; 
 
 I have taken a fancy 
 to it; 
 
 I have no hand in it; 
 
 I had some words with 
 him; 
 
 I had rather 
 
 I would sooner 
 
 I am no match for him ; 
 
 I am very anxious ; 
 
 I am sorry for it ; 
 
 I will make him do it ; 
 
 neni k nicemu; 
 
 on cilia; 
 
 on se ma dobre; 
 
 on to zle nemysli; 
 
 dovtipil se; 
 
 on se strani; 
 
 on ma ylastni lilavn; 
 
 J-jak se mate? 
 
 to me tesi ! 
 
 vsadim se, — myslini, 
 
 nedbani ; to je mi jedno ; 
 
 hodlam, 
 
 odhodlal jsem se, 
 
 nejsem s to; 
 
 neinohn to vystat (vy- 
 
 stati); 
 mohn byt bez tolio; 
 zalibilo se mi to; 
 
 nemam s tim co delat; 
 mei jsem s nini hadku; 
 
 fradeji bych 
 
 ja s neho nejsem; 
 mam starost;*) — tnze 
 
 rad bych**) 
 lituju toho; 
 ja ho donntim; 
 
 neyni knichemU; 
 
 on cheehd; 
 
 on s8 md dtibrshe; 
 
 on td zl8 nSmislee; 
 
 doft'eepil se~; 
 
 dn se strafiee; 
 
 on md vldstnee 7ilavti; 
 
 yak s8 mat 8? 
 
 td mye t$shee ! 
 fsaiXeem s&, — misleem, 
 nedbdm; to ytimi yedno 
 hodlam, 
 
 odhodlal sent se, 
 neysem std; 
 nemohtc td vistdt; 
 
 mo hit beet bes tdho; 
 zdleebilo se mi to; 
 
 nemam sfeem tso (Veldt; 
 my 811 sem snim hddku; 
 
 raftgy bikh 
 
 yd sfieho neysem; 
 mam stdrost; — . tooze 
 
 rdd bikh; 
 lituyu tdhd; 
 yd 7id ddnU^eem; 
 
 *) When it means an anxiety, care or suspense about something. 
 **) When it means an impatience to do or to know something. 
 
176 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 I will see you paid; 
 
 I am in no hurry; 
 
 I must be ofY; 
 
 I think much of him ; 
 
 if you please; 
 
 indeed; 
 
 it is all o^er; 
 
 it is of no use; 
 
 it is none of your busi- 
 
 nes; 
 it is your turn; 
 it is a bargain; 
 it is a pity; 
 it grew into a habit; 
 it wears well (of a dress 
 
 or stuff) ; 
 
 Keep still ! 
 keep in line ! 
 
 Let it go; — let go ! 
 let me alone; 
 let me in; 
 let me know; 
 look here;- 
 look out ! 
 
 Mind you; 
 
 No doubt; — no matter; 
 no matter how it is; 
 no matter who it is; 
 never mind; 
 
 postaram se o vas plat; 
 
 nemam na spech; 
 
 mnsim pryc; 
 
 ja si ho moc vazim; 
 
 prosim; — racte; 
 
 opravdn; — skiitecne; 
 
 je po vsem; 
 
 neni to nic platne 
 {meaning: it will do 
 no good); — neni to 
 k nicemu {meaning: 
 it is of no service); 
 
 vam po torn nic neni; 
 
 ted' je na vas; 
 zustane pri torn; 
 to je skoda; 
 stalo se zvykem; 
 dobre se nese; 
 
 Tieho!— Bud'tezticha! 
 do rady! 
 
 neclite to byt; — pust'te! 
 nechte me; 
 pust'te me tarn; 
 dejte mi vedet; 
 hled'te; 
 pozor ! 
 
 pamatujte; 
 
 zajiste; — nic nedela; 
 at 7 je to jakkoli; 
 af je to kdokoli; 
 nic nedela; — co na 
 torn; 
 
 postaram s8 o rash plat; 
 nemdm nd spyekh; 
 mtiseem prieh; 
 yd si ho mots vdzeem; 
 proseem; — rdchte: 
 oprdrdU; — skiitechn&; 
 y& pofshem; 
 neyni to nits platne; — 
 neyni to knichemu; 
 
 ram po torn nits neyni; 
 
 ted' ye na vdss; 
 zoostdne prshitom; 
 to ye sJiJcodd; 
 
 stalo se zicikem; 
 dobrshe se nessg; 
 
 tiklw!— bMHV sfikM! 
 do rsliddy! 
 
 nekhte to beet ; — paste! 
 
 nekhte mye; 
 
 pustti mye tarn; 
 
 deyte me vyetfgt; 
 
 Med?t8; 
 
 pozor! 
 
 pdmdtuyte; 
 
 zdyiste; — nits ne&'eld; 
 at y# to ydckoli; 
 af ye to gdokoli; 
 nits n&N&ld; — tsti nd 
 torn; 
 
Lesson 40. 
 
 177 
 
 not yet; — not at all; 
 
 now and then; 
 now we are even ; 
 
 Of course; 
 on a sudden; 
 on purpose; 
 on the contrary; 
 on the wing; 
 once for all; 
 one by one; 
 
 Piece by piece; 
 plenty time ! 
 Send me word; 
 served him right ! 
 
 Take care ! 
 
 the more the better; 
 
 the other day; 
 
 the time is up; 
 
 that's it ! — that will 
 do; 
 
 that's right ! 
 
 that is out of my way; 
 
 they like to show off; 
 
 to be short about it; 
 
 to be sure ! 
 
 to call and see, (to pay 
 a visit); 
 
 to find fault; 
 
 to get rid (of some- 
 thing); 
 
 to give a blowing; 
 
 to come about; 
 
 to no purpose; 
 
 jeste ne,— dokonce ne; 
 
 casein, — chvileini; 
 ted' jsme kvit; 
 
 ovsem;— to serozumi; 
 
 iiahle;— z neiiadani; 
 
 schvalne; — liaschval. 
 
 naopak; 
 
 v letu; 
 
 jeduou na vzdy; 
 
 po jednom; — jeden za 
 
 druhym; 
 po*kusii; 
 dost casu! 
 zkazte mi; 
 dobre tak ! 
 
 pozor! — dejte pozor! 
 
 elm vie tim lip; 
 
 onehdy; 
 
 cas prosel; 
 
 to je to! — to je dost; 
 
 to dostaci; 
 to je dobre! 
 to je mi z ruky; 
 radi se ukazuji; 
 kratce receno; 
 zajiste! 
 navstivit; 
 
 vytykat; 
 zbavit se (ceko); 
 
 vymluvit, 
 stati se, 
 zbytecne, 
 
 yeslitV n$; — ddkontsg 
 
 n%; 
 cJidssem; — khweelemi , 
 ted? sm8 kwit; 
 
 ofshem; — to sgroztimee; 
 
 ndhW; — zn&naddm; * 
 
 skhiodlitf; — ndskhwdl; 
 
 naopak; 
 
 vletu; 
 
 yednoit na vzdy; 
 
 po y&dnom; — ytiden zd 
 
 drulieem; 
 po ktisti; 
 dost cliassU! 
 skashte me; 
 dobrsM tak! 
 
 pozor! — deytti pozor! 
 
 clieem veets teem leep; 
 
 onShdy; 
 
 clidss proshell; 
 
 to yS to; — to yS dost; 
 
 td dostdchee; 
 to ye~ dobrsM! 
 to y# me z rtiky; 
 rdfti s$ ukazityee; 
 krdtsg rs-McMnd; 
 zayiste! 
 ndfsMeevit; 
 
 vyteekat; 
 
 zbavit s&; 
 
 vymlUvit; 
 stdHi se; 
 zbyt8chiig; 
 
178 
 
 Part II 
 
 Well?— Very well, 
 well to do, well off; 
 what of that? — what 
 
 does it matter? 
 what is the matter? 
 
 what is the question? 
 
 what is the matter with 
 
 you? 
 what next? 
 what will become of 
 
 us? 
 we had better go; 
 we had better go and 
 
 see; 
 
 You are right; 
 
 you are wrong, 
 
 you are mistaken; 
 
 you are late; 
 
 you are safe; 
 
 you are gone up ! 
 
 you are welcome to it; 
 
 year by year; 
 
 you must not find fault ; 
 
 you ought to be glad; 
 
 — you ought to be 
 
 gone; 
 
 nuze2 — dobre; 
 
 zamozny, 
 
 co na torn? co z tohoS 
 
 co se deje? (i. e. what 
 
 is happening?) 
 oc se jedna? oc bezi! 
 
 co je vam2 
 
 co dale? 
 
 co z nas bude % co se s 
 
 nami stane % 
 abysme radeji sli; 
 abysme se radeji podi- 
 vali (i. e. sli podivati); 
 
 mate pravdu; 
 tmejlite se; 
 
 jdete pozde; 
 jste v torn dobre; 
 s vami je konec ! 
 vemte si to; — pfeju 
 
 vam to; 
 rok co rok; 
 nesmite delat vycitky; 
 mel byste byt (or byti) 
 
 rad;— mel byste byt 
 
 pryc; 
 
 ntizd? — ddbrslid; 
 
 zdmoznee; 
 
 tso na torn? tso stdhb? 
 
 tsd sd &dyd? 
 
 dch sd yednd? — dch byd- 
 
 zee? 
 tsd yd vam? 
 
 tso date? 
 
 tso zndss bitdd ? tsd sd 
 
 sndmi stand? 
 abysme raftdy slili; 
 dbysmd sd rdtfey po- 
 
 tfeevali; 
 
 mdtd prdvdit; 
 meyleetd sd; 
 
 ddte poz&'e; 
 stdftom dobrshd; 
 svdmi ye kdnets ! 
 vemtd si td; — prshdyil 
 
 vam to; 
 rok tso rok; 
 nesmeetd ftdlat veechitky 
 m'yett bystd beet rad; — 
 
 m'yell bystd beet 
 
 prich. 
 
 
i>^irr iri. 
 
 Bohemian Conversation. 
 
 Note 1. In the following conversations we shall invariably ob- 
 serve the common rule of politeness, which requires the use of the person- 
 al pronoun vy (you) in addressing another person. Hence all verbs em- 
 ployed in the same will appear in the second person plural (for instance: 
 jste, mate, (you are, you have), and not in the second person singular j si*), 
 mas, (thou art, thou hast), which is properly confined to familiar or very 
 intimate intercourse, as fully set forth in Section 9, Part I; otherwise the 
 use of the second person singular (ty, thou) is out of place and in fact 
 vulgar, although freely indulged in by some ill-informed or ill-bred persons 
 among the Bohemians in America. 
 
 Throughout these conversations we give the Bohemian pronuncia- 
 tion in full**). It is true that the student, having advanced so far, may be 
 supposed to be able to pronounce every word and to read Bohemian with- 
 out difficulty; but the pronouncing column will nevertheless continue 
 to be an aid, especially welcome in such cases as may appear to be some- 
 what obscure or doubtful. 
 
 *) In common discourse we frequently hear ty jses, ty s8sh, in place 
 oftyjsi. — Tyjsesvelky, ty s8sh velkee, thou art tall. — Jses rad (in- 
 stead of jsi rad)? sesh rddf art thou glad? — Jses zdrav? sesh zdrdff (f . 
 jses zdravaS steh zdrdvdf) art thou well? — Jses notovS %%%h htitof? (f. 
 jses hotova? s#sh hdtova?) art thou ready? 
 
 **) The rules given in Sections 2 and 4, Part I, are supposed to have 
 been thoroughly digested and practiced by the student, as well as the forty 
 introductory lessons contained in Part II. Unless that is done, it will 
 be useless and disappointing to proceed with this eminently practical part 
 of our Bohemian Course. 
 
180 
 
 Part III. 
 
 In regard to the pronunciation of Bohemian infinitives (for instance: 
 miti ? to have; ciniti, to do; delati, to make) we again remind the student 
 of the explanation given in Note 1, Lesson XI. In the pronouncing col- 
 umn of these conversations we shall as a rule follow the colloquial custom 
 of dropping the final i, to simplify matters and to present the sentences 
 as they are generally heard in actual intercourse. 
 
 The student will always hear in mind that Bohemian orthography 
 and pronunciation are on the whole governed by the rule which appears to 
 be the ideal of many would-be reformers of English orthography, namely: 
 
 A sound for every letter and a letter for every sound, and no silent 
 tetters. — 
 
 In regard to capital letters the rules in Bohemian are the same as in 
 English, excepting that adjectives derived from names of nations or coun- 
 tries are not written with a capital letter; for example: English, Bohemian, 
 European, anglicky, ce?ky, evropsky (dnglitskee, chesskee, evropskee). 
 
 Bolierriiaxi and. Englisli. 
 
 CE8TIJSA a ANGLlC 1 INA. 
 
 The Bohemian lan- 
 guage ; — the Bohemi- 
 an tongue. 
 
 Do you know Bohemi- 
 an? — do you speak 
 Bohemian? 
 
 Yes, I speak Bohemian 
 well. 
 
 Do you speak English? 
 
 Perfectly ; — a little; — 
 not much. 
 
 Do you understand 
 English?— I do. 
 
 Ceska rec; 
 jazyk. 
 
 cesky 
 
 Umite cesky? — mlu- 
 vite cesky? 
 
 Ano 9 mluvim cesky 
 
 dobre. 
 Mluvite anglicky? 
 Dokonale; — trochw; 
 
 — ne mnoho. 
 Rozumite anglicky? — 
 
 Rozumim. 
 
 chesskd rsMcli;- 
 kee ydzyk. 
 
 timeetg ehesskef — mlu- 
 veetg ehesskef 
 
 and, mlUveem ehesske 
 
 ddbrsh&. 
 mluveetti anglitskef 
 dokondlti; — trokhu 1 ; — 
 
 118 mndhd. 
 roztimeetg anglitskef — 
 
 rozitmeem. 
 
Bohemian and English. 
 
 181 
 
 In America everybody 
 has to know English. 
 
 I am learning English. 
 
 Do you learn Bohemi- 
 an? 
 
 I want to learn Bohe- 
 mian. 
 
 I want to know (i.e. to 
 acquire) Bohemian. 
 
 I wonlcl like to learn 
 Bohemian. 
 
 I would like to know 
 Bohemian. 
 
 I must learn (i. e. ac- 
 quire) Bohemian. 
 
 Yes, do learn Bohemian 
 
 I am learning Bohemi- 
 an. 
 
 How long have you 
 been learning**) Bo- 
 hemian? 
 
 I have been learning 
 Bohemian since last 
 year. 
 
 How long did you learn 
 English? 
 
 I learned (or: I was 
 learning) English one 
 year. 
 
 Y Americe kazdy ma u 
 
 meti*) anglicky. 
 Uciin se anglicky. 
 Ucite se ceskyS 
 
 Chci se uciti cesky. 
 
 Chci umeti cesky. 
 
 Had bych ucil se ces- 
 ky. 
 Kad bych umel cesky. 
 
 Musim se nauciti ces- 
 ky. 
 
 Alio, naucte se cesky. 
 Ucim se cesky. 
 
 Jak dlouho ucite se 
 cesky 1 
 
 Ucim se cesky od lon- 
 ska. 
 
 Jak dlouho ucil jste se 
 
 anglickyS 
 Ucil jsem se anglicky 
 
 rok. 
 
 vdmeritse kazdee ma ti- 
 
 myet dnglitske. 
 ■Ucheem s& dnglitske. 
 uclieelti s8 chesslcef 
 
 khtsi se tidbit chesske. 
 
 khtsi timyet chesske. 
 
 rdd bikh uchil s8 chess- 
 ke. 
 
 rdd bikh umyell chess- 
 ke. 
 
 mtiseem s% ndtichit 
 chesske. 
 
 dno, nduchte s8 chesske 
 
 ucheem se chesske. 
 
 yak d.loiihd ticheete se 
 chesske? 
 
 ucheem se chesske od 
 lonska. 
 
 yak dlotiho uchil st% se 
 
 dnglitske f 
 tichil sem se dnglitske 
 
 rdk. 
 
 *) Miti (to have) often in connection with another verb signifies 
 obligation or necessity, the same as in English: Mam umeti, I have to 
 know, I am obliged or expected to know; mam jiti, I have to go; — ma 
 umeti, he has to know; kazdy ma umeti, everybody has to know. 
 
 **) The present tense in Bohemian is also used for the English per- 
 fect tense: (jak dlouho) ucite se, — (how long) have you been learning. 
 $ee second foot-note on page 98, 
 
182 
 
 Part III. 
 
 I learned (i. e. acquir- 
 ed) English in one 
 year. 
 
 To learn English is not 
 difficult. 
 
 Neither is Bohemian. 
 
 How soon shall I learn 
 Bohemian? 
 
 If you will be {or if you 
 are) diligent, you will 
 learn it soon. 
 
 About how soon? 
 
 In a few months. 
 
 I have been learning 
 Bohemian only two 
 months, and already 
 I know a good deal. 
 
 I am getting along well. 
 
 Already I understand 
 nearly all. 
 
 It is not difficult; — it 
 is easy. 
 
 Only plenty of exercise ! 
 then you make good 
 progress. 
 
 Do you understand Bo- 
 hemian ? 
 
 I understand a little. 
 
 I understand already a 
 good deal. 
 
 I understand already 
 nearly all. 
 
 Do you understand 
 German ? 
 
 Naucil jsem se angli- 
 cky za rok. 
 
 Nauciti se anglicky ne- 
 
 ni tezke\ 
 Cesky take ne. 
 Jak brzo naucim se 
 
 cesky? 
 Budete-li pilny, na- 
 
 ucite se brzo. 
 
 Jak brzo asiS 
 Za par mesicu. 
 Ucim se cesky teprv 
 
 dva mesiee, a uz u- 
 
 mim hezky. 
 
 Jde to dobre.*) 
 
 Uz rozumim skoro vse- 
 
 cko. 
 Neni to tezke; — je to 
 
 lehke. 
 Jen hodne cviku! pak 
 
 to jde*)! 
 
 Rozumite cesky] 
 
 Rozumim trochu. 
 Rozumim uz hodne. 
 
 Rozumim uz hnedle 
 
 vsecko. 
 Rozumite nemecky? 
 
 naUchil sem s8 dnglitske 
 za rok. 
 
 ndUchit s8 dnglitske 
 
 neyni V8shke. 
 chesske take n$. 
 yak b*rzo nducheem s$ 
 
 chesske? 
 budtite-li pilnee, ndti- 
 
 cheeW stiberzo. 
 
 yak b e rzd dsif 
 za par mygseetsoo. 
 ticheem s% chesske tep e rf 
 
 dwd myeseetsg, a Ush 
 
 umeem hesske. 
 
 d# td dobrshg. 
 
 ush rozumeem skord 
 
 fshetsko. 
 neym to Vfehke; — ye 
 
 td lehke. 
 yen hodnd tswiku! pak 
 
 td dd! 
 
 rozumeete chesske? 
 
 rozumeem trokhu. 
 rozitmeem Ush hodnd. 
 
 rozumeem ush hnedld 
 
 fshdtsko. 
 rozUmeetd nemetske? 
 
 *) Jde to dobre; literally: it goes well. Pak to jde: then it goes. 
 
Bohemian and English. 
 
 183 
 
 I do not. — I understand 
 a little bit. 
 
 Do }^ou know (how) to 
 write Bohemian? 
 
 Not yet; but I shall 
 learn (it). 
 
 I shall know (it) soon. 
 
 I must know both to 
 read and to write Bo- 
 hemian. 
 
 You will learn that 
 easily. 
 
 I expect to learn it in 
 half a year. 
 
 Why does not John 
 learn English? 
 
 He is going to learn; — 
 he must learn it well. 
 
 When will he com- 
 mence to learn? 
 
 Shortly. 
 
 My neighbor's boy 
 speaks English per- 
 fectly and under- 
 stands also Latin. 
 
 Annie is learning to 
 read and write Bohe- 
 mian. 
 
 Have you a Bohemian 
 newspaper? — lend 
 me it. 
 
 Lend me a Bohemian 
 book. 
 
 What book? — Any 
 book. 
 
 Nerozumiin. — Rozu- 
 
 niiin neco malo. 
 Umite psati po cesku? 
 
 Jeste ne; ale budu se 
 
 uciti. 
 Budu umeti brzo. 
 Musim umeti cisti i 
 
 psati po cesku. 
 
 To se naucite snadno. 
 
 Hodlam se to nauciti 
 
 za pul leta. 
 Proc se Jan neuci an- 
 
 glicky* 
 On se bude uciti ;— mu 
 
 si se nauciti dobre. 
 Kdy se zacne uciti I 
 
 Co nevidet. 
 
 Souseduv hoch mluvi 
 anglicky dokonale a 
 rozumi take latin- 
 sky. 
 
 Anna uci se cesky cisti 
 a psati. 
 
 Mate ceske noviny? — 
 piijctemi je. 
 
 Pujcte mi ceskou kni 
 
 hu. 
 JakouS — Jakoukoli. 
 
 neroziimeem. — rozti- 
 
 meem n^tso malo. 
 timeete psdt po chesskiif 
 
 yeshW n%; dU budU sS 
 
 tichit. 
 bUdit Umyet b e rzo. 
 museem umyet cheest i 
 
 psdt po chesskU. 
 
 to s8 naticheetg snadno. 
 
 hodlam s8 to ndUchit za 
 pool leta. 
 
 proch s& ydn n&tichee 
 dnglitskef 
 
 on se bud& tichit; — mil- 
 see senduchii dobrsM. 
 
 gdy s8 zdchn8 Uchitf 
 
 tso nevitf&t. 
 sousedoof hokh mluvee 
 
 dnglitske dokonale d 
 
 rozUmee take Idtin- 
 
 ske. 
 and uchee s8 chesske 
 
 cheest a psdt. 
 
 mdt& chesske noviny? — 
 puchte me ye. 
 
 pUchteme chesskou kni- 
 
 hu. 
 ydlcoti? — ydkoUkoli. 
 
184 
 
 Part III. 
 
 This is Bohemian, is it 
 
 not? 
 What is it in English? 
 
 — Tell me it in En- 
 glish. 
 
 How is it in English? 
 
 I don't know how to 
 pronounce it. 
 
 How is it in Bohemian? 
 
 How do you call it in 
 Bohemian? — how in 
 English? 
 
 Speak Bohemian; — 
 speak Bohemian with 
 me; — speak only Bo- 
 hemian. 
 
 Speak as you wish. 
 
 Do you like to speak 
 Bohemian? — Why 
 do you not speak 
 English? 
 
 Because I cannot; — be- 
 cause I know it only 
 a little. — Do speak; 
 you will get along. 
 
 Speak English or Bo- 
 hemian, as you please ; 
 
 — I understand both; 
 You speak Bohemian 
 
 very well. 
 Speak slowly, that I 
 may understand you.*) 
 
 Tohle je cesky, neni? 
 
 Co je to po anglicku? 
 — Povezte mi to po 
 anglicku. 
 
 Jak je to po anglicku? 
 
 Nevim jak to vyslovi- 
 ti. 
 
 Jak jo topo cesku? 
 
 Jak se to jmenuje ces- 
 ky? — jak anglicky? 
 
 Mluvte cesky;— mluv- 
 te se mnou cesky; — 
 mluvte jenom cesky. 
 
 Mluvte jak chcete. 
 Mluvite rad cesky? — 
 
 Proc nemluvite an- 
 
 glicky? 
 
 Protoze neumim; — 
 protoze umim jen 
 malo. — Jen mluvte, 
 pujde to. 
 
 Mluvte anglicky nebo 
 cesky, jak chcete; — 
 rozumim oboji. 
 
 Vy mluvite cesky tuze 
 dobre. 
 
 Mluvte pomalu, abych 
 vam rozumel. 
 
 tohle yd chesske, neym? 
 
 tso yd td pd anglitskuf 
 
 — Povydztd me td po 
 dnglitskii, 
 
 yak yd td po anglitskit? 
 ndveem yak td visldvit. 
 
 yak yd td po chesskUf 
 yak sd to menityd chess- 
 kef — y&k anglitskef 
 
 mluftd chesske; — mluf- 
 td se mnott chesske; — 
 mluftd ydnom chess- 
 ke. 
 
 mluftd yak khtsdtd. 
 
 mlttveetd rad chesske? 
 
 — proch ndmlUveetd 
 anglitskef 
 
 protozd neumeem; — 
 protoze umeem yen 
 malo. — yen mluftd, 
 pudd td. 
 
 mlitfte dnglitske nebo 
 chesske, yak khtsetd; 
 
 — rozUmeem oboyee. 
 ve mluveete chesske tooze 
 
 dobrshd. 
 mlufte pomalu, abikh 
 vam rozitmyell. 
 
 *) Abych, abys, aby, that I should, that thou shouldst, that he 
 should (see Lesson XXXVI), also signifies : "that I may, that thou may est, 
 that he (she, it) may". Hence we translate : abych rozumel, that I may 
 understand; — abych rozumel vam, or abych vam rozumel, "that I may 
 understand you". 
 
 Concerning the freedom of transposition of words in Bohemian sen- 
 tences see Note_2, Lesson VL 
 
Bohemian and English, 
 
 185 
 
 Did you understand 
 me ? — I did not; re- 
 peat it slowly. 
 
 Do not speak so fast; 
 I should not under- 
 stand you. 
 
 Do you know what I 
 said?— could you un- 
 derstand? 
 
 I could understand a 
 little;— now I under 
 stood well. 
 
 When you don't under- 
 stand, tell me; — I 
 want to teach you. 
 
 I am glad of that; — if 
 you will teach me, I 
 shall soon know. 
 
 In a quarter of a year 
 I shall understand all. 
 
 Do I pronounce it 
 right? — did I pro- 
 nounce it right? 
 
 You have a good pro- 
 nunciation; — you 
 pronounce every- 
 thing right. 
 
 That was not right; see 
 here; — I will pro- 
 nounce it slowly. 
 
 Is that right? 
 
 Once again ! 
 
 That's it ; — now it was 
 right; first-rate. 
 
 Very well ! — you make 
 quick progress. 
 
 Rozumel jste mi!— Ne- 
 
 rozumel; opakujte 
 
 to pomalu. 
 Nemluvte tak rychle; 
 
 ja bych vain nerozu- 
 
 mel. 
 Vite co jsem povidal 'I 
 
 — porozumel jste I 
 
 Porozumel jsem tros- 
 ku;— ted' jsem rozu- 
 mel dobre. 
 
 Kdyz nerozumite, re- 
 knete mi; — ja ehei 
 vas ueiti. 
 
 To jsem rad; -budete- 
 li me ueiti, budu br- 
 zo umeti. 
 
 Za ctvrt leta budu vse- 
 mu rozumeti. 
 
 V) slovuju to dobre] — 
 vyslovil jsem to do- 
 bre? 
 
 Mate dobrou vyslov- 
 nost; — vyslovujete 
 vsecko dobre. 
 
 To nebylo dobre; dej- 
 te pozor; — ja to vy- 
 slovim pomalu. 
 
 Je to dobre % 
 
 Jeste jednou ! 
 
 Tak; — ted' to bylo do- 
 bre; tuze dobre. 
 
 Yyborne! — delate ry- 
 chly pokrok. 
 
 rozumyell ste me? — nti- 
 rozumydl; — opdkuyte 
 to pomalu. 
 
 nemlufte tak rikhle; yd 
 bikh vdm nerozUmyell. 
 
 veete tso sem poveeddl? 
 — porozumyell ste? 
 
 porozUmyell sem trosh- 
 ku; — teft sem rozu- 
 myell dobrshe. 
 
 gdiz nerozumeete, rshek- 
 Tiete me; — yd khtsi 
 vas tlchit. 
 
 to sem rad; — biideie li 
 my 8 tlchit, budub e rzo 
 umyet. 
 
 zd shtw e rt leta budu 
 fshemu rozUmyet. 
 
 msloouyu to dobrshe? — 
 vislovil sem to do- 
 brshe ? 
 
 mate dobrou veeslov- 
 nost ; — vislovuyete 
 fshetsko dobrshe. 
 
 to nebillo dobrshe; dey- 
 te pozor ; — yd to vi- 
 sloveem pomalu. 
 
 ye to dobrshe ? 
 
 yeshte yednou ! 
 
 tak; — #<F to billo do- 
 brshe; tooze dobrshe. 
 
 veebornef — delate rikh- 
 lee pokrok. 
 
186 
 
 Part III 
 
 I wish I had more op- 
 portunity to speak 
 Bohemian. 
 
 Rad bych mel vice pri- 
 lezitosti mluviti ce- 
 sky. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 rdd bikh m'yell veets8 
 prsheelezitosty mluvit 
 chesske. 
 
 SloYO, n. slovo, the word 
 
 slovnik, m. slovneek, the dictionary 
 
 slovnicek, m.*) slovneechek, the vo- 
 cabulary 
 
 vysloviti, vislovit, to pronounce 
 
 vyslovim, visloveem, I shall pro- 
 nounce 
 
 vyslovovati, vislovovat, to be pro- 
 nouncing; 
 
 vyslovuju (or vyslovuji), vislovuyu, 
 I am pronouncing; 
 
 vyslovnost, f. veeslovnost, the pro- 
 nunciation; 
 
 cesthia, f. chssMina, the Bohemian 
 language ; 
 
 anglicina, f . anglichina, the English 
 language; 
 
 pokrok, m. pokrok, progress; 
 
 prilezitost, f. prsheelezitost, oppor- 
 tunity; 
 
 rad byeh mel, rdd bikh m'yell, I 
 wish I had (or : I would like 
 to have); 
 
 hezky, hesske, ) 
 
 hodne, hodS*. \ a Z° od deal; 
 
 neco malo, netso malo, a little bit; 
 
 uciti se 9 tichit se, to learn, to be 
 
 learning; 
 neuciti se ? neuchit s8, not to learn; 
 nauciti se, nduchit s#, to learn or 
 
 acquire (something); 
 rozumeti, rozUmyet, to understand; 
 rozumim, rozumeem, I understand 
 porozumeti, porozumyet, to under- 
 stand; or "to catch the meaning"; 
 zacnouti, zdchnoUt, ) to begin, to 
 zaciti ? zacheet, f commence; 
 zacne, zdcline, will commence; 
 pujciti, puycMHi, (colloquially: pit- 
 
 chit), to lend; 
 pujcte mi, ptichU me, lend me; 
 povezte mi, po-vyezte me, tell me. 
 jak se jmenuje, yak s8menuy8, how 
 
 is — he, she, it — called. 
 tezky, a, e, feshkee, difficult, hard; 
 rychly, a, e, rikhlee ) 
 ryclile, adv. rikhtt \ ±ast; 
 pomalu, pomdlu, slowly; 
 hnedle, Jmedle, nearly, (also "soon", 
 
 "quick"); 
 co nevidet, tso nSviiXet, in no time, 
 
 shortly; 
 
 *) Slovnicek is simply a diminutive of slovnik, meaning 
 or short dictionary". See Note 1, Lesson XVIII. 
 
 'a little 
 
Greetings and compliments. 
 
 187 
 
 trosku, (same as trocku), troshkU, 
 
 a little; 
 snadny, it, e, snddnee, easy. 
 snadno, snadno, easily; 
 
 dokonaly, a, e, dokondlee, perfect. 
 dokonale,*) dokonale, perfectly; 
 vyborny, a, e veebornee { 
 vyborne, sl&v . veebornfr ) nrst_rate - 
 
 Greetings and coixxpliixxents. 
 
 POZDBAVY A POKLONY. 
 
 Good morning, Sir ! 
 (gentlemen, — Mad- 
 am, — Miss, — ladies). 
 
 Good afternoon, Mr. 
 
 Brown ! 
 Good evening, Mrs. 
 
 Brown ! 
 My compliments! 
 Good night, doctor! 
 
 Good bye ! — Farewell ! 
 Farewell ! 
 
 Dobre jitro**), pane! 
 (panove, — panicko, 
 — slecno, —damy). 
 
 Dobre odpoledne, pane 
 
 Branne!***) 
 Dobry vecer, pani 
 
 Braunova ! 
 Ma licta ! 
 Dobrou noc, pane dok- 
 
 tore^)! 
 S bokem !— Na zdar ! 
 Mejte se dobre ! 
 
 dobre ye-tro, pane! {pa- 
 nose, — pamcliko, — 
 slechno, — damy, — 
 slechny). 
 
 dobre odpoledne, pane 
 Browne! 
 
 dobree vedier, pani 
 Brownovd! 
 
 ma ootstd! 
 
 dobrou nots, pane dok- 
 tore! 
 
 sbohem! — nd zdar! 
 
 myey-te se dobrshe! 
 
 *) See Note 2, Lesson XXX, about the derivation of adverbs from 
 adjectives. In this case, as well as in some others, the final y changes into 
 a simple e: dokonaly, — dokonale. 
 
 Mostly it changes into an e: vyborny, — vyborne ; and sometimes 
 into an o: snadny, — snadno. This, however, is rather optional, as we 
 may equally say: snadne, snadne, (easily). 
 
 **) In common conversation very often abbreviated: dobrytro ! 
 dobritro ! 
 
 ***) It is proper to use the vocative case in addressing a person; but 
 in ordinary discourse the proper name is generally left in the nominative: 
 dobre jitro, pane Brann ! 
 
 4) We cannot say in English "Mr. doctor", two titles in this case 
 being incompatible; but it is customary in Bohemian to say: pane dokto- 
 re, pane professore, or (in common parlance) pane doktor, pane pro- 
 fessor, — leaving the title in the nominative case. "Mr. editor" , — pane 
 redaktore, pane redaktore, — is an analogous expression in English. 
 
188 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Good luck to you! 
 I wish you gooo) luck ! 
 I wish you Godspeed! 
 A happy journey! 
 A happy return! 
 To drink one's health. 
 Your health ! 
 
 How do you do? How 
 
 are you? 
 How are you getting 
 
 along? 
 Very well, thank you. 
 How is everything 
 
 with you? 
 Tolerably well. 
 How is your health? 
 Are you well ? Are you 
 
 in good health? 
 I am pretty well, thank 
 
 you. 
 I am all right. 
 I feel very well. 
 I am perfectly well. 
 And how are you? 
 I am also well, thank 
 
 you. 
 You are looking well. 
 I am very well; I can- 
 not complain. 
 How is your wife (your 
 
 lady)? 
 She is well, thank you. 
 How is your family? 
 They are all well. 
 
 Na zdar vain ! 
 y Preju vain stesti ! 
 
 St'astnou cestu ! 
 St'astuy navrat ! 
 Piti na zdravi. 
 Na vase zdravi ! 
 
 Jak se mate? 
 
 Jak se vain vede? 
 
 Tuze dohre, dekuju. 
 Jak se vede? 
 
 Projde to.— Ujde to, 
 Jak vam zdravi slouzi? 
 Jste zdravi 
 
 Je mi dost dobre, de- 
 kujii. 
 Mam se hezky. 
 Je mi tuze dofore. 
 Jsem docela zdrav. 
 A jak vy se mate? 
 Taky dobre, dekuju. 
 
 Yypadate dobre. 
 Mam se vyborne; ne- 
 
 mohu stezovat. 
 Jak se ma vase zena 
 
 (vase pan!)? 
 Dobre, dekuju. 
 Jak se ma vase rodina? 
 Jsou vsichni zdravi. 
 
 na zdar vam! 
 prsheyu vam shttisffl/ 
 
 sMdstnou ts&sttif 
 sMdstnee navrat ! 
 peefli na zdrdvee. 
 net vdshe zdrdvee! 
 
 yak s8 mdt8? 
 
 yak se vam ved# t 
 
 tooze dtibrsM, tfekiiyu, 
 
 yak sevtide? 
 
 proyde to. — tiyd8 td. 
 yak vam zdrdvee slouzeef 
 ste zdrdff 
 
 ye me dost dobrshe, (Ve- 
 
 kuyu. 
 mam se liesske. 
 ye me tooze dobrshe. 
 sem dotsUd zdrdf. 
 a yak ve se mate? 
 take dobrshe, Rektiyu. 
 
 vipdddte dobrsM. 
 mam seveeborfie; nemti- 
 
 hii stezovat. 
 yak se ma vdshe! zena 
 
 {pom)? 
 dobrshe, ftektiyti. 
 yak s8ma vdsh$ro$indt 
 soil fshikhm zdravi. 
 
Greetings and compliments. 
 
 189 
 
 I am glad of it. 
 
 I am glad to hear it. 
 
 That is right. 
 
 I am very glad to see 
 you (or : to meet you). 
 
 I have not seen you for 
 a long time. 
 
 I would like to see you 
 often. 
 
 To me tesi. 
 
 To rad slysim. 
 
 To je dobre. 
 
 Jsem tuze rad ze vas 
 
 vidim. 
 Nevidel jsem vas nz 
 
 davno. 
 Rad bych videl vas ea- 
 
 sto. 
 
 to mytitesliee. 
 
 to rad slislieem. 
 
 to ye dobrshe. 
 
 sem tooz& rad ze vdss 
 vWeem. 
 
 neviftel sem vdss Ush 
 davno. 
 
 rad bikh vitfel vdss 
 chdssto. 
 
 My regards! 
 
 Greet him (her, them)! 
 — Give him my re- 
 gards. 
 
 Give(him, etc.) my best 
 regards ! 
 
 My best regards! 
 
 Give my regards to all ! 
 
 Remember me to your 
 wife. — My best re- 
 spects to your wife. 
 
 My best regards to your 
 wife! 
 
 My compliments to 
 your sister! 
 
 Good bye! 
 
 My best respects! 
 
 Ze pozdraviiju! 
 Pozdravujte ho (ji, 
 je)! 
 
 Yyf id'te me pozdrave- 
 
 ni. 
 Pekne pozdraveni! 
 Pozdravujte ode nine 
 
 vsecky! 
 Mou lictn vasi choti! 
 
 Pekne pozdraveni 
 
 inanzelce! 
 Mou poklonu vasi se- 
 
 stfe! 
 Poroucini se! 
 Pekne poruceni! 
 
 z# pozdrdvuyu! 
 pozdrdvUyte ho {ye, 
 
 yW 
 
 virsliiftte me pozdrdve- 
 
 ni*) 
 pyekne pozdraveni! 
 pozdrdvuyte ode mye 
 
 fshetske! 
 mo-it ootstu vdsliee klio- 
 
 tif 
 
 pyekne pozdraveni 
 
 mdnzeltse! 
 mou poklonu vdsliee se- 
 
 strshe! 
 poroUcheem se/ 
 pyekne porUclieni! 
 
 *) Nouns ending in ni are neutre (see znameni, Note 2, Lesson XIV). 
 The final i has the long sound of ee. But in common discourse the length 
 of the sound is immaterial and it is usually shortened; hence we represent 
 it in these conversations by a simple m, instead of nee. 
 
190 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Panbiih (i. e. Pan Bull) pdnbooh, 
 
 the Lord God; 
 jitro, n. (same as rano), yitrd, the 
 
 morning; 
 pozdrav, m. pozdrdf ) greet- 
 
 pozdraveni, n. pozdraveni, ) ing; 
 \}OZ(\r&Yiti,pozdravit,to greet (once); 
 pozdravovati, pozd? i avovat, to greet; 
 
 to send greetings; 
 
 poklona, f. pbklond, compliment, 
 bow; 
 
 licta, f. ootsta, respect; 
 
 navrat, m. ndvrat, return; 
 
 zdravij n. zdrdvee, health; 
 
 chotf, m. &f. Mot', the spouse, hus- 
 band or wife; 
 
 stezovati. stezovdt, to complain; 
 
 vypadatij mpdddt, to look. 
 
 Give me a call. — Call 
 
 and see me. 
 Call at my house. 
 Call at my store. 
 
 Call at my office. 
 
 Did you call at my 
 
 place? 
 I called at your house, 
 
 but nobody was at 
 
 home. 
 Call again. 
 
 And when ? — Any time. 
 When will you be at 
 
 home. 
 To-morrow surely. 
 When will you call and 
 
 see me? 
 
 A call. 
 
 NAVSTEVA. 
 Navstivte me.— Prijd'- 
 
 te ke me. 
 Priid'te ke me domu. 
 Prijd'te ke me do kra- 
 
 mu. 
 Pf ijd'te do me pisarny. 
 
 Byl jste u me! 
 
 Byl jsem u vas, ale 
 zadny nebyl doma. 
 
 Prijd'te zas. 
 
 1 kdy2-Kdykoli. 
 
 Kdy budete doma! 
 
 Zejtra**) jiste. 
 Kdy me navstivite! 
 
 ndfsJiHiftS rny8. — 
 Pr shift -te*) kg my 8. 
 
 prshiftte M mye domu . 
 
 prshiftte ke my 8 do krd 
 mil. 
 
 prshiftte do me peesdr- 
 ny. 
 
 bill ste u my 8? 
 
 bill sent U vdss, ale zdd- 
 nee nebill domd. 
 
 prshifttg zdss. 
 a gdy f — gdykoli. 
 gdy btid8te domd f 
 
 zeytrd yistie. 
 
 gdy mye nafshMveet8? 
 
 morning. 
 
 *) Colloquially this is still more condensed and sounds like prshi-te. 
 **) Zejtra or zitra (to-mo$row), derived from zjitra, zajitra, next 
 
A" call. 
 
 191 
 
 I shall give you a call 
 to-morrow or day af- 
 ter to-morrow. 
 
 Yes, do call; I shall be 
 expecting you. 
 
 Somebody is knocking. 
 
 — Some one rings. 
 Go and see who that 
 
 is. 
 Go and open the door. 
 It is some gentleman, 
 
 — some stranger. 
 It is Mr. Arbes. 
 Let him come in. 
 Come in! — Walk in! 
 Come in, if you please. 
 Sit down. 
 
 Take a seat, if you 
 please. 
 
 Please take a seat. 
 
 Here is a seat. 
 
 Stay with us to dinner. 
 
 Excuse me, I cannot; 
 I have no time. 
 
 Are you in a hurry? 
 
 Yes, I am in a hurry. 
 
 Where do you hurry? 
 
 I have an appointment 
 with Mr. Coleman. 
 
 Don't be in such a hur- 
 ry; wait a little. 
 
 Indeed I cannot; I shall 
 soon call again. 
 
 Do so, if you please! 
 
 Please, come again. 
 
 Navstivim vas zejtra 
 nebo pozejtri. 
 
 Ado, navstivte; budu 
 
 vas ocekavat. 
 Nekdo klepa. — Nekdo 
 
 zvoni. 
 Jdete se podivat kdo to 
 
 je. 
 Jdete otevriti. 
 Je to nejaky pan,— ne- 
 
 jaky cizinec. 
 Je to pan Arbes. 
 At? vejde! 
 Dale ! 
 
 Yejdete, prosim! 
 Sednete si. 
 Posad'te se, prosiin. 
 
 Racte se posaditi. 
 Tady je zidle. 
 Zustante u nas na obed. 
 Odpust'te, nemohu ; 
 
 nemam cas. 
 M&te na specM 
 Ano, mam na specli. 
 Kam speeliate? 
 Mam schuzi s panem 
 
 Kolmanem. 
 Nespechejte tak; poc- 
 
 kejte trosku. 
 Opravdu nemohu; pri- 
 
 jdu brzo zas. 
 Prosim, prijd'te! 
 Racte prijiti zas. 
 
 nafs7itiiveem vdss zey- 
 trd nebo pozeytrshee. 
 
 and, ndfshVifte; budU 
 vdss ocliekdvdt. 
 
 TLegdo klepd. — negdo 
 zwonee. 
 
 ftete se poReevdt gdo to 
 ye. 
 
 d'ete otevr sheet. 
 
 y% to neydkee pan, — ne- 
 ydkee tsizinets. 
 
 y8 to pan Arbes. 
 
 at veydS ! 
 
 dale ! 
 
 vey$et%, pro seem ! 
 
 sednete si. 
 
 posaftte s#, proseem. 
 
 racht8 se posdftit. 
 
 tady ye zidle. 
 
 zoostanteu nds naoby8d 
 
 odpuste, nemohti; ne- 
 mam chdss. 
 
 mate na spyVkh? 
 
 and, mam na spy8kh. 
 
 kdm spy8khdle? 
 
 mam skhoozi spdnem 
 Kolmanem. 
 
 nespyekheyte tdk; poch- 
 keyte trosliku. 
 
 oprdvdU nemohu ; 
 
 prshiydu b e rzo zdss. 
 
 proseem, prshiftte! 
 
 rdchte prshiyeet zdss. 
 
192 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Drop in, when you 
 
 have time. 
 I will come here as 
 
 soon as 1 have time. 
 Good day! 
 
 zdskdcht8 sem, gdyfr ma- 
 te chdss. 
 
 prshiydU sem, ydkmilti 
 btidii meet chdss. 
 
 poroucheem s%! 
 
 Navsteva, i. ndfshtevd, a call, a visit ; 
 navstiviti, ndfshteevit, to visit; 
 ocekavati, ochekdvdt, to await; 
 zaskociti 9 zdskochit, to drop in; 
 porouceti, poroUchet, to command; 
 porouceti se, poroUchet se, to take 
 
 leave; 
 poroucim se, poroucheem s&, good 
 
 day! 
 sednouti si, sednoilt si j to sit down, 
 pOSaditise, posd&Ht s8 f totakeaplace; 
 
 Zaskocte sem, kdyz 
 
 mate cas. 
 Prijdu sem, jakmile 
 
 budu mit cas. 
 Poroucim se! 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 cizinec, m. tsizinets, a stranger; 
 
 spech, m. spygkh, the hurry; 
 
 scMze, f. skhoozg, meeting, ap- 
 pointment; 
 
 zidle, 1 zidle, the chair; 
 
 klepati, klepdt, to knock; 
 
 zvoniti, zwomt, to ring; 
 
 otevriti, otevr sheet, to open; 
 
 odpnstiti, odpusfit, to excuse, to 
 forgive. 
 
 Day and night. 
 I worked all day. 
 I did not sleep all night. 
 I work day and night. 
 We sat up late at night. 
 
 He came late at night 
 and wanted a night's 
 lodging. 
 
 The day was clear; the 
 night was dark . 
 
 To-day, — yesterday. 
 
 This morning, — this 
 noon, — this evening, 
 — this midnight. 
 
 Time. 
 
 GAS. 
 Den a noc. 
 
 Pracoval jsem cely den. 
 Nespal jsem celou noc. 
 Delam ve dne v noci. 
 Sedeli jsme dlouho do 
 
 noci. 
 Prisel pozde na noc a 
 
 chtel nocleh. 
 
 Denbyljasny; noc by- 
 la tmava. 
 
 Dnes, — vcera. 
 
 Dues rano, — dnes v 
 poledne, — dnes ve- 
 cer,— dnes o piilnoci. 
 
 den a nots. 
 
 prdtsovdlsem tseleeden. 
 nespdl sem tseloit nots. 
 tfeldm ve dn8 vnotsi. 
 sefteli sm8 dlouho do 
 
 notsi. 
 prshishell pozNe nd 
 
 nots a kht el notsWi. 
 
 den bill ydsnee; nots Mi- 
 ld tmava. 
 
 dness, — fcherd. 
 
 dness rdno, — dness fpo- 
 ledn8, — dness vecher, 
 — dness o poolnotsi. 
 
Time. 
 
 193 
 
 This foreuoon it rained 
 — this afternoon it 
 was fine. 
 
 Until evening; — until 
 morning. 
 
 In broad daylight. 
 
 To-night he will come 
 home. — To-night he 
 came home. 
 
 He came last night, — 
 last evening, — early 
 in the morning, — late 
 in the evening, — 
 about midnight. 
 
 Evening before last; — 
 night before last. 
 
 When was it? — Last 
 night. 
 
 When did it happen? — 
 Night before last. 
 
 When shall I take that 
 medicine? 
 
 In the morning, at noon 
 and at bed-time. 
 
 Yesterday was a holi- 
 day. — Day before 
 yesterday there was 
 a fire. 
 
 To-morrow I shall 
 leave ;— day after to- 
 morrow I shall be in 
 St. Louis. 
 
 Nocleh, notsleh, a night's lodging; 
 
 svatek, sicdtek, a holiday; 
 
 stati se, stdt s&, to happen, to occur; 
 
 Dnes dopoledne prselo ; 
 — dues odpoledne by- 
 lo hezky. 
 
 Az do veeera; — az do 
 rami. 
 
 Za bileho due. 
 
 Dnes v noci prijde do- 
 mu. — Dues v noci 
 prisel domn. 
 
 Prisel minulon noc, — 
 vcera vecer, — cas- 
 ne rano, — pozde ve- 
 cer, — kolein pul- 
 noci. 
 
 Predminuly vecer; — 
 predminulou noc. 
 
 Kdy to bylo* — Dnes 
 v noci. 
 
 Kdy se to stalo]— Vce- 
 ra v noci. 
 
 Kdy main nzivatil 
 
 dness dopoledne p e rshel- 
 ld; — dness odpoled- 
 ne billo lies sky. 
 
 ash do vechera; — ash 
 do rand . 
 
 za beeleho due. 
 
 dness vnotsi prshide do- 
 mit. — dness vnotsi 
 pr shi- shell domtl. 
 
 prshi-sh ell min illo U nots 
 — fcherd vecher, — 
 chassne rano, — pozfte 
 vecher, — kolem pool- 
 notsi. 
 
 prshM-minillee vecher ;- 
 prsh8d-minulou nots. 
 
 gdy to billo f — dness 
 vnotsi. 
 
 gdy 8# to staid? — fche- 
 rd vnotsi. 
 
 gdy mam uzeevdtf 
 
 Rano, v poledne ana 
 
 rano, f poledne d nd 
 
 noc. 
 
 nots. 
 
 Vcera byl svatek. — 
 
 fcherd bill swdtek. — 
 
 Predevcirem hofe- 
 
 prsMde-f cheer em ho- 
 
 lo. 
 
 rshelo. 
 
 Zejtra odjedu; — po- 
 
 zeytrd odyedu; — po- 
 
 zejtri budu v St. 
 
 zeytrshee budu v Si. 
 
 Louis. 
 
 Louis. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 stalo se, stdlo se, it happened; 
 stane se, stdne se, it will happen; 
 stane-li se, stdne-li se, if it happens; 
 
 13 
 
194 
 
 Part lit 
 
 jasny, a e, ydssnee, bright, clear; 
 tmavy, a, e, tmdvee, dark; 
 minuly, a, e, minulee, past, last; 
 predminuly, pr shed- minulee, before 
 
 last; 
 This week I am in good 
 
 health; — last week 
 
 I was sick. 
 The last two weeks I 
 
 was on the road (i. e. 
 
 traveling). 
 Next week I shall again 
 
 leave. 
 Next week I expect my 
 
 brother. 
 In two weeks I shall get 
 
 money; — in five 
 
 weeks I shall be in 
 
 Europe. 
 In how many weeks 
 
 will you return ? — I 
 
 shall return in about 
 
 a month. 
 In how many months 
 
 shall I see you? — In 
 
 two months; — in five 
 
 months. 
 When shall we meet a- 
 
 odjeti, odyet, to leave (by some con- 
 veyance); 
 
 uzivati, tizeevat, to take medicine; 
 (also "to enjoy"). 
 
 gain? — In a quarter 
 
 Tento tyden jsem 
 zdrav ;- minuly tyden 
 byl jsem nemocen. 
 
 Posledni dve nedele 
 byl jsem na cestach. 
 
 S nedele zase odjedu. 
 
 Budouci tyden cekam 
 bratra. 
 
 Za dve nedele dostanu 
 penize; — za pet ne- 
 del budu v Evrope. 
 
 Za kolik nedel se vra- 
 titeS — Yratim se 
 asi za mesic. 
 
 Za kolik mesicu vas 
 uvidim? — za dva 
 inesice;— za pet me- 
 sicu. 
 
 Kdy se sejdeme zas2 
 — Za ctvrt leta, *) za 
 
 tento teedgn sem zdrdf; 
 
 — minHlee teed8n bill 
 
 sem ngmotsen. 
 posledfi.ee dwyg ng&'elg 
 
 bill sem na tsestdkh. 
 
 sne&'ele zassti ody8dti. 
 
 budotitsee teed$n clielcdm 
 bratra. 
 
 za dwye neflfelti dostdnil 
 peneeze; — za pygt 
 neftel bitdil v&vropy&. 
 
 za kolik nedel s& vrd- 
 
 Meete? — vrdt'eem se 
 asi za mytiseets. 
 
 za kolik myeseetsoo vdss 
 uvi&'eem? — za dwa 
 myeseets8; — za pyU 
 myeseetsoo. 
 
 gdy s8 seydemg zdssf — 
 za shtw e rt leta, — za 
 
 *) Ordinarily leto, n. means "summer"; but the noun rok, m. (the 
 year) has in the plural leta, let: dve leta, two years or "two summers"; pet 
 let, five years or "five summers"; etc. See Lesson XIX, and foot-note on 
 page 83. 
 
 The same is true of fractions: ctvrt leta, shtw e rt leta, a quarter qf a 
 year; pul leta, pool leta, half a year; tri ctvrti leta, trshi shtto e rti leta, 
 "three quarters of a year. 
 
 However, we may also say: dva roky, two years; pet roku, five yea 
 etc. Likewise: ctvrt roku, pul roku, tri ctvrti roku. 
 
 - 
 
Time. 
 
 195 
 
 of a year, — in half a 
 
 year, — in a year. 
 I shall be here within a 
 
 year. 
 My son has been gone 
 
 five years ; — he writes 
 
 to me once a year 
 
 (once in a year, — 
 
 once yearly). 
 In how many years do 
 
 you expect him? 
 In three years, — in six 
 
 years. 
 I think he will arrive 
 
 shortly, — speedily, 
 
 — before long. 
 In a short time we shall 
 
 see him. — In a short 
 
 while we shall be to- 
 gether. 
 It is a week since I was 
 
 in New York. 
 It is scarcely two weeks 
 
 since father was here. 
 It will soon be a year 
 
 since I was in the old 
 
 country. 
 It is very near two years 
 
 since I sold the farm. 
 
 This day a year (or: a 
 year ago to-day) Otto 
 was here ; — four years 
 ago to-day we were 
 together at San Fran- 
 cisco. 
 
 piil leta, — za rok. 
 
 Budu zde do dne do 
 roka. 
 
 Syu je pryc pet let; — 
 pise mi jednou do ro- 
 ka (or Jednou za rok, 
 —jednou rocne). 
 
 Za kolik let ho ceka- 
 
 te* 
 Za tri leta, — za sest 
 
 let, 
 Myslim ze pfijede za 
 
 kratko, — v kratko- 
 
 sti, — za nedlouho. 
 Za kratky cas ho uvi- 
 
 dime. — Za kratkou 
 
 dobu budemepohro- 
 
 made. 
 Je tomu tyden co jsem 
 
 byl v New Yorkiu 
 Je tomu sotva dve ne- 
 
 nele, co zde byl otec. 
 Bude tomu brzo rok, 
 
 co jsem byl ve stare 
 
 vlasti. 
 Budou tomu lmedle dve 
 
 leta, co jsem prodal 
 
 farmu. 
 Dnes rok byl zde Otto; 
 
 — dnes ctyry leta 
 
 byli jsme spolu v San 
 
 Franciscu. 
 
 pool let a, 
 
 za rok. 
 
 bUdti zde do dne do 
 roka. 
 
 syn ye ' prich pytit let;— 
 peeshe me yednoU do 
 roka (or: yednoU za 
 rok, — yednou roch- 
 nV). 
 
 za kolik let ho chekdtg? 
 
 za trshi let a, — za sliest 
 let. 
 
 misleem %e prshiyMe za 
 kratko, — fkrdtkosfi, 
 
 — za nedlouho. 
 
 za krdtkee chdss ho vvi- 
 
 (i'eemg. — za krdtkoU 
 
 dobti budeme pbhro- 
 
 ma&'e. 
 ye to mil tee den tso sem 
 
 bill v New Yorktt. 
 yg tomU sotioa dwyene- 
 
 d'ele tso zde bill otets. 
 bude to mil b e rzo rok, 
 
 tso sem bill ve stare 
 
 vlasti. 
 budou tomUhnedledioye 
 
 leta, tso sem prodtil 
 
 farmu. 
 dness rok bill zde Otto; 
 
 — dness shtiry leta 
 billi sme spolU fsan- 
 franciscU. 
 
196 
 
 Part III. 
 
 To-morrow it will be a 
 year since Mary left; 
 — two years ago yes- 
 terday mother died. 
 
 The other week our 
 folks were here. 
 
 It is scarcely a week 
 since they left; — it is 
 just a month since 
 they arrived. 
 
 It will shortly be a 
 month since it hap- 
 pened. 
 
 It is not long since; — 
 it was a short time 
 since; — it was the 
 other day. 
 
 How long is it since 
 you have been here? 
 
 Day before yesterday 
 it was a year. — It 
 was half a year (last) 
 Sunday. — It will be 
 four months on Mon- 
 day. — It will be eight 
 months on Tuesday. 
 
 When was ^-Wednes- 
 day a week ; — two 
 weeks ago on Thurs- 
 day; — a week ago 
 last Friday; — three 
 weeks ago last Satur- 
 day. 
 
 Zejtra bude rok co Ma- 
 ry odjela; — vcera 
 dve leta matka ze- 
 mrela. 
 
 Oiien tyden byli tu 
 nasi. 
 
 Je tomu sotva tyden co 
 odjeli;— je tomu zro- 
 vna mesic, co prije- 
 li. 
 
 Hnedle bude mesic co 
 se to stalo. 
 
 Je to nedavno; 
 to nedavno; - 
 to onehdy. 
 
 bylo 
 bylo 
 
 co 
 
 Jak davno tomu 
 jste tu % 
 
 Prede vcirem minul 
 rok. — Minulo pul 
 leta v nedeli. — Bu- 
 dou ctyry mesiee t 
 pondeli.— Bude osm 
 mesicu v utery. 
 
 Kdy to bylo?— Ye stre- 
 du tyden; — ve ctvr- 
 tek dve nedele; — v 
 patek minul tyden; 
 — v sobotu minuly 
 tri nedele. 
 
 zeytrd bu<L8 rok tso Ma- 
 ry od-yelld; — fchti- 
 rd dwy8 leta matka 
 zemrshelld. 
 
 onen teed$n billi til nd- 
 
 y8 tdmii sotwd teed&n 
 tso od-yelli; — y& tomU 
 zrovnd myeseets tsd 
 prshi-yelli. 
 
 hnedl& btide myeseets 
 tso se td stalo. 
 
 ye to nedavno; — billo to 
 nedavno; — billo td 
 dnehdy. 
 
 yak davno tomu tso 
 
 ste tit f 
 
 pr she de f cheer em minill 
 rok. — minulo pool U- 
 td vnefteli. — bildoii 
 shtiry myeseetsefpon- 
 Nelee. — bilde osiXm 
 myeseetsoo vooteree. 
 
 gdy td billo?— v8 strslie- 
 dti leed8n; — ve shtw e r- 
 tek divyd netfele; — 
 fpdtek minul teeddn; 
 fsobdtit minitly trshi 
 nedele. 
 
Time. 
 
 197 
 
 Before a year passes 
 we shall be one an- 
 other's (i. e. man and 
 wife). 
 
 Before two years pass 
 away, all will be over. 
 
 Will it be long? — It 
 won't be long. 
 
 Will it last long? -- It 
 won't last long. 
 
 It takes long. — It took 
 long. — It didn't take 
 long. — O yes, it did ! 
 
 How soon will it be? — 
 It will be right away. 
 — It is done already. 
 
 Nedele, nefteW, Sunday 
 pondeli, ponftelee, Monday 
 utery, ooteree, Tuesday 
 streda, strshedd, Wednesday 
 ctvrtek, shw e rtek, Thursday 
 patek, pdtek, Friday 
 sobota, sobotd, Saturday 
 nedavno 9 neddvno, not long since 
 jak davno, yak ddvno, how long 
 
 since 
 co 9 tso, since 
 
 sotva, sotvd, scarcely, hardly 
 tmdouci, b&doUtsee ) futme> ngxt 
 pristi, prsheesh-tee > 
 dostati ? dostdt, to get, to receive; 
 
 Nez miue rok budeme 
 svoji. 
 
 Nez minou dve leta, 
 
 bude po vsem. 
 Bude to dloulio? — Ne- 
 
 bude to dloulio. 
 Bude to dloulio trvatH 
 
 — Nebude to dloulio 
 
 trvati. 
 To trva dloulio. — Tr- 
 
 valo to dloulio.— Ne- 
 
 trvalo to dloulio. — 
 
 Ba trvalo I 
 Jak brzo to bude*- 
 
 Bude to hued. — Uz 
 
 je to. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 za kratko, 
 
 nesh minti rok, 
 
 sicoyi. 
 
 budeme 
 
 nesh minou clwye leta, 
 
 bude po fshem. 
 bude to dloulio f — nebu- 
 
 d& to dlotlho. 
 bude to dloUhd Uvvdt? 
 
 — nebude to dlouho 
 
 t e rvdt. 
 to t e ?*vd dlouho. — t e rva- 
 
 lo to dloUlw. — neter- 
 
 vdlo to dlouho. — bet 
 
 Uvvalo! 
 yak b e rzd to bude? — bU- 
 
 de to lined. — ush ye 
 
 to. 
 
 shortly, 
 
 Hn a short 
 I 
 
 time; 
 
 zd krdtko 1 
 v kratkosti, f kratkosti 
 za nedlouho, zd nedlou- 
 hd 
 za kratky cas, zd krdt-. 
 kee cliass 
 za kratkou dobu, zd I 
 kratkou dobu J 
 denue, dene, daily 
 tydue, teedne, weekly 
 niesicne, myeseechne, monthly 
 rocue, roclme, yearly. 
 na cestach, na tsestdkh, (literally : 
 "on the roads"), traveling; 
 stara vlast, stdrd vldst, the old 
 country, 
 
198 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Tlxe lioxxr*. 
 
 HODINA. 
 
 Have you a watch? — 
 
 — I have. 
 Does it go right?— It is 
 
 too slow (i. e. it goes 
 
 late);— it loses;— it is 
 
 (it goes) too fast. 
 It is a few minutes too 
 
 late. — It is five min • 
 
 utes too fast. 
 It stopped (literally: it 
 
 stands). 
 It is not wound up. — 
 
 It was not wound up. 
 Wind up the watch,— 
 
 the clock. 
 Is that clock right (lit. 
 
 "does it go right")? — 
 
 I think it is. 
 What o'clock is it (or: 
 
 what time is it)? — 
 
 How late is it? 
 Don't you know what 
 
 o'clock it is?— I don't 
 
 know. 
 See what o'clock it is .— 
 
 I will see (or look). 
 It is one o'clock. — 
 
 It is a quarter past 
 
 one. 
 
 hodinky? 
 
 Mate 
 Mam. 
 
 Jdou*) dobre? — 
 pozde;— pozdi 
 jdou napred. 
 
 Jdou 
 
 se; — 
 
 Jsou o par minut po- 
 
 zadu. — Jsou o pet 
 
 minut napred. 
 Stoji. — Zustaly sta- 
 
 ti. 
 Nejsou natazeny. — 
 
 Nebyly natazeny. 
 Natahnete hodinky, — 
 
 hodiny. 
 Jdou ty hodiny dobfeS 
 
 My slim zejdou. 
 
 Kolikje hodin? 
 je pozde] 
 
 Jak 
 
 Nevite kolik je hodin? 
 Nevim. 
 
 matt hoftinky? — mam. 
 
 dou dobrsh&f — doit 
 poztfe; — poztfee u8; 
 
 — doit ndprshed. 
 
 Soti o par mintit poza- 
 dti. — Sou o py&t 
 minUt ndprshed. 
 
 stoyee. — zoostdly stdt. 
 
 neysoil natazeny. — n#- 
 
 billy natazeny. 
 ndtdhnetg hoffiiiJcy, — 
 
 Jioftiny. 
 doit ty hotfiny dobrsMf 
 
 — mysleem ze doti. 
 
 kolik y& hoftin? — yak 
 y% pozfte? 
 
 neveetg kolik y8 hofiin? 
 
 — neveem. 
 
 Podivejte se kolik je 
 
 hodin.— Podivam se. 
 Je jedna hodina. — Je 
 
 ctvrt na dve (or na 
 
 druhou). 
 
 *) Hodinky (the watch) and hodiny (the clock) are plural nouns; 
 consequently the succeeding verb must appear in the plural form: jdou, 
 jsou (they go, they are). Tnis has already been pointed out in a foot-note 
 on page 137. — Hodina, hodinka, in the singular, means: "the hour'*, 
 "the small hour". 
 
 potfeeveytg s& kolik y8 
 hotfin.—potfeevdm s8 
 
 ye yedna hoNind. — y8 
 shiw e rt na dwyg (na 
 druhou). 
 
The hour. 
 
 199 
 
 It is half past one. — It 
 is a quarter to two. 
 
 It is two o'clock. — Is 
 it so late already? — 
 Yes, it is two (o'clock) 
 already. 
 
 It is past two o'clock — 
 It is rive minutes to 
 three. — It is very 
 near three o'clock. 
 
 It is past three. — It 
 wants ten minutes to 
 four. 
 
 At what o'clock shall 
 we go?— We shall go 
 at a quarter pastf our. 
 
 That is too soon; we 
 shall wait till half past 
 four. Very well, then. 
 
 We shall go at five 
 o'clock. — All right. 
 
 We started at five 
 o'clock in the after- 
 noon. 
 
 Did you come in time] 
 — Didn't you come 
 late? 
 
 It was time enough; 
 there was no hurry. 
 
 We came there a few 
 minutes after six. 
 
 We arrived there be 
 fore seven, — after 
 seven, — early in the 
 
 Je pul drulie. — Jsou 
 tri ctvrte na dve (or 
 na druliou). 
 
 Jsou dye hodiny. — 
 Uz je tak pozde? — 
 Ano, uz jsou dve. 
 
 Jsou dve hodiny pryc- 
 
 — Je pet m hint do 
 tfeeli — Jsou lnie- 
 dle tri hodiny. 
 
 Jsou tri pryc.— Chybi 
 
 deset mi nut do cty- 
 
 rech. 
 V kolik liodin pfijde- 
 
 mel — Piijdeme ve 
 
 ctvrt na pet. 
 To je tuze brzo; poc- 
 
 kame do pul pate.— 
 
 Tak teda. 
 Pujdenie v pet hodiu. 
 
 — Treba. 
 
 Tysli jsme o pate lio- 
 diue odpoledne. 
 
 Prisli jste v easl — Ne- 
 pi-isli jste pozde] 
 
 Bylo dost casu; nebyl 
 
 zadny spech. 
 Prisli jsme tarn par 
 
 minut po seste. 
 Dosli jsme tarn pred 
 
 sedmou,— po sedme, 
 
 — s yecera, — pozde 
 
 ye pool druhe.- sou trshi 
 
 shtw e rHe na dwye(?id 
 
 drtihoii). 
 soil dicyehoftiny. — fish 
 
 ye ink pozftef — and, 
 
 itsJi sou dwyg. 
 
 soil dicyehoftiny prich- 
 
 — y& py$t mintit do 
 trshekh. — soil hne- 
 dle trshi ho ft in y. 
 
 sou trshi prich. — khibee 
 
 deset minut do shty- 
 
 rekh. 
 f kolik ho ft in pfiydemef 
 
 — ptiydeme veshtw e rt 
 
 na pyet. 
 to ye tooze b^rzo; poch- 
 
 kdme do pool pate. — 
 
 tak teda. 
 puydeme fpyet ho ft in. 
 
 — trsh&bti. 
 
 vishli sm$ o pate ho ft i 
 fie odpoledne. 
 
 prshishli ste fchdss? — 
 
 neprshishli ste poz- 
 
 fte? 
 billd dost chdssU; nebill 
 
 zddnee spyekh. 
 prshishli sme tarn par 
 
 minut po sMste. 
 doshli sme tarn prshed 
 
 sedmou, — po sedme, 
 
 — svecherd, — pozfte 
 
200 
 
 Part III 
 
 evening, — late in the 
 evening, — at mid- 
 night. 
 
 We got there in an 
 hour, — in an hour 
 and a half, — in two 
 hours-, — in five hours. 
 
 We were here just at 
 twelve o'clock. 
 
 We were here exactly 
 at noon. 
 
 I must be there between 
 one and two; — be- 
 tween two and three; 
 
 — between four and 
 five. 
 
 We must be there be- 
 fore evening, — early 
 in the evening, — to- 
 wards evening. 
 
 The clock strikes. 
 Hear how many (what 
 
 o'clock) it strikes. 
 It strikes twelve. 
 Did you hear the clock 
 
 strike? 
 How many (i. e. what 
 
 o'clock) did it striked 
 It struck one;-it struck 
 
 two ; — it struck three ; 
 
 — it struck five;— it 
 struck six. 
 
 vecer, — o pulnoci. 
 
 Dosli jsme tarn za ho- 
 diiui, — za puldruhe 
 hodiny, — zadveho- 
 diny,— za pet liodin. 
 
 Byli jsme tu zrovna ve 
 dvanact hodin. 
 
 Byli jsme tu navlas v 
 poledne. 
 
 Musim tarn byti mezi 
 jednou a druhou; — 
 mezi druhou a treti; 
 —mezi ctvrtou apa- 
 tou. 
 
 Musime tarn byti pf ed 
 vecerem, — brzo s 
 vecera, — na vecer. 
 
 Hodiny bijou*) 
 Slyste kolik bijou! 
 
 Bijou dvanact. 
 Slysel jste hodiny bitil 
 
 Kolik bilo* 
 
 Bila jedna;— bily dve; 
 — bily tri; — bilo 
 pet; — bilo sest. 
 
 v&cher, — o poolnotsi. 
 
 doshli sme lam za hoiVi- 
 nu, — za pooldrithe ho- 
 ftiny, — za dwytihofti- 
 n V> — zapytt ho&Hn. 
 
 billi sm& tit zrovna v# 
 dwdndtst hoftin. 
 
 billi smetu ndvldss fpo- 
 ledng. 
 
 museem tarn beet mezi 
 yednoti a drithoit; — 
 mezi drithoit a trsM- 
 tee, — m#zi shtw e r- 
 toti a pdtou. 
 
 museem8tam beet pr shed 
 vecherem., — b e rzo 
 8w8chera, — na vech- 
 er. 
 
 hoftiny biyou. 
 slisht8 kolik biyou! 
 
 biyou dtodndtst. 
 slishell st&ho&'iny beet? 
 
 kolik Mild? 
 
 billet yednd; — billy 
 dwyg; — billy trshi; 
 — billo pytit; — Mild 
 shest. 
 
 *) Bijou or biji (they strike), 
 page 137. 
 
 See Note 2, and also foot-note on 
 
Age and date. 
 
 201 
 
 It has just struck half 
 past six. 
 
 It has already struck 
 seven. 
 
 It is soon going to strike 
 eight. 
 
 I shall wait till half 
 past eight. 
 
 I shall wait till nine. 
 
 Let us wait till ten. 
 
 Wait till midnight, or 
 until morning. 
 
 I shall wait gladly. 
 
 I do not like to wait. 
 
 Waiting is not agreable. 
 
 I do not like long wait- 
 ing. 
 
 Prave bilo pul sedme. 
 Uz odbilo sedm. 
 Hnedle bude biti osm. 
 
 Budu eekati do pul 
 derate. 
 
 Pockaui do deviti. 
 
 Pockejme do desiti. 
 
 Pockejte do pfilnoci, 
 nebo do rana. 
 
 Rad poekam. 
 
 Nerad cekam. 
 
 Cekani neni mile. 
 
 Nemam rad dlouhe ce- 
 kani. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 prdvye billo pool sedme. 
 Ush odbillo sedum. 
 hnedle bude beet ostlm. 
 
 budu chekdt do pool de- 
 bate. 
 
 pochkdm do deveeti. 
 
 pochkeyme do desseefl. 
 
 pochkeyte do poolnotsi, 
 nebo do rand. 
 
 rad pochkam, 
 
 nerdd chekdm. 
 
 chekdm neym mile. 
 
 nemam rad dlouhe che- 
 kdm . 
 
 Hodina, f. hotfina, the hour; 
 liodinka, f. hoftinka, the small hour; 
 hodiny, pi. hoftiny, the clock; 
 hodinky, pi. hotfinky, the watch; 
 lek 9 m. lek, the medicine; 
 spech, m. spyekh, the hurry; 
 cekani, n. chekdm, the waiting; 
 napred, ndprshed, ahead, before; 
 
 natahnouti, ndtaJuiout, to wind up; 
 natazeny, ndtdzeny, woundup; 
 cekati, chekdt, to wait, to be wait- 
 ing; 
 cekani, chekdm, I am waiting; 
 pockati, pochkdt, to wait; 
 pockam, pochkam, I shall wait; 
 pozadu, pozadii, behind. 
 
 How old are you? 
 
 I am twenty years. 
 I am over twenty. 
 
 Age and date. 
 VEK a DATUM. 
 
 Jak jste star] Kolik 
 
 je yam let I 
 Je mi dvacet let. — Je 
 
 mi pfes dvacet. 
 
 yak ste star? kolik ye 
 
 vdm let ? 
 ye me chcdtset let. — ye 
 
 me prshes dicdtset. 
 
202 
 
 Part III. 
 
 I shall soon be twenty 
 
 live years. 
 I am nearly thirty 
 
 years. 
 I am already thirty five 
 
 years. 
 I was forty years in 
 
 January. 
 You are still young. 
 I shall be fifty years in 
 
 February. — I am 
 
 getting old. 
 That is not a great age. 
 You look young. 
 You don't look so old. 
 You look well for your 
 
 age. 
 When were you born? 
 
 What year? — In what 
 year? 
 
 I was born in the year 
 1840. — I was born in 
 May in the year 1850. 
 
 I was born in the 
 month of June 1862. 
 
 The first of August is 
 my birth-day. 
 
 Bude mi brzo dvacet 
 
 pet let. 
 Jc mi malein tficet 
 
 let. 
 Uz je mi tricet pet let. 
 
 Bylo mi ctyrycet let v 
 
 lednu. 
 Jste jeste mlady. 
 Bude mi padesat let v 
 
 linoru. — Starnu. 
 
 To neni velke stari. 
 Yypadate mlady. 
 Nevypadate tak stary. 
 Yypadate dobfe na 
 
 svuj vek. 
 Kdy jste*) narozen?— 
 
 Kdy jste se narodil? 
 Ktery rok 2 — Y kte- 
 
 rem roce ? 
 Jsem narozen roku 
 
 1840. — Jsemrozen 
 
 v maji leta 1850. 
 
 Narodil jsem se v me- 
 sici eervnu 1862. 
 
 Prvniho srpna je mflj 
 den narozeni. 
 
 ^ btidg me berzd dwdtset 
 
 pyU let. 
 y8 mi mdlem tr shit set 
 
 let. 
 tish y8 me trshitset pyU 
 
 let. 
 billo me shtiritset let 
 
 vlednti. 
 stg yeshte mlddee. 
 budg me pddgsdt let voo- 
 
 norti. — starnu. 
 
 to neyfki velke stdrshee. 
 
 vypaddte mlddee. 
 
 ne~vypaddtt tak stdree. 
 
 vypaddte dobrshe na 
 svuy vy8k. 
 
 gdy st% narozSn? gdy 
 ste se ndro&Hl? 
 
 ktfrree rtik? — fkUrem 
 rotst? 
 
 sent narozen rokti M- 
 seets ostim set shtiri- 
 tset. — sem roztin v md- 
 yi leta Hiseets ostim 
 set padfedt. 
 
 ndroffil sem se vmy8- 
 seetsi chervnu Hiseets 
 ostim set sMdesdt 
 dwd. 
 
 p e rvnee7w s e rpnd yg 
 mtiy den narozeni. 
 
 *) In Bohemian the passive participle rozen or narozen is used in 
 connection with the present tense : kdy jste rozen ? kdy jste narozen ? 
 
 "when are you born"? 
 
Age and date. 
 
 203 
 
 How old is that child? 
 
 It is ten days. — It is 
 two weeks (old). 
 
 It is a month (old). — It 
 is two months. — It is 
 live months. 
 
 It is one year (old). — 
 It is two years (old). 
 — It is five years (old). 
 
 It will be a year in Sep- 
 tember. — It will soon 
 be three years. 
 
 It is going on two 
 years (it is in its sec 
 ond year). — It is 
 going on five years. 
 
 How old is that girl? 
 
 She will be four years 
 at Christmas. — She 
 will be five years at 
 Easter. — She will 
 soon be six years. 
 
 What day of the month 
 is it? — what date is it? 
 
 To-day is the first, — the 
 second, — the fifth. 
 
 What day of the month 
 is (i. e. will be) to- 
 morrow ? 
 
 To-morrow is ("will 
 be") the third, — the 
 tenth, — the twen- 
 tieth. 
 
 What date was yes- 
 terday? 
 
 Jak stare je to dite? 
 Je niu deset dni. — 
 
 Jsou mu dve uedele. 
 Je mu mesic. — Jsou 
 
 mu dva mesice. — 
 
 Je mu pet mesicii. 
 Je mu rok. — Jsou mu 
 
 dve leta. — Je mu pet 
 
 let, 
 Bude mu rok v zari.— 
 
 Budou mu brzo tfi 
 
 leta. 
 Jde mu na druhy rok. 
 
 Jde mu na paty rok. 
 
 Jak stara je ta liolka.* 
 Budou ji ctyry leta o 
 vaiiocieli. — Bude ji 
 pet let o velkouo- 
 cicli.— Bude ji hue- 
 die sest let. 
 
 jake 
 
 Kolikateho je2 
 
 je datum 2 
 Dues je prvuiho, dru- 
 
 heho, — pateho. 
 Kolikateho bude zej- 
 
 tra* 
 
 Zejtrabude tretiho,— 
 desateho,— d vacate - 
 ho. 
 
 Kolikateho bylo vce- 
 ra2 
 
 yak stare ye to tfeetie ? 
 y% mu deset dnee . — sou 
 
 mil divyg nffiele. 
 y8 mil myeseets. — sou 
 
 mil dwd myeseetse. — 
 
 ye m it pyet myeseetsoo. 
 y$ mil rok. — soil mil 
 
 dwye leta. — ye rati 
 
 pyU let. 
 bude mil rok vzdrshee. 
 
 — budou mii b^rzo 
 
 trshi leta. 
 de mii na driihee rok. — 
 
 de mil na pdtee rok. 
 
 yak stara ye ta Jiolkdf 
 budou yee shtiry leta o 
 vdnotseekh. — btide yee 
 pyet let o velkonot- 
 seekh. — biide yee line 
 die shest let. 
 
 kolikateho ye? — yake 
 
 ye datum? 
 dness ye p e rvnee7io, — 
 
 druheho ,— pateho '. 
 kolikateho bude zeytrd? 
 
 zeytrd bude trsheteehd, 
 — dessdteho, — dwd- 
 tsdteho. 
 
 kolikateho billo fchera? 
 
204 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Yesterday was the 
 twenty-first. 
 
 What day of the month 
 will be next Sunday? 
 - The twenty-second. 
 
 On what day of the 
 month was Frank 
 here ? — He was here 
 on the fifteenth and 
 he will come again 
 on the twenty-fifth. 
 
 This month?— Yes; he 
 will stay here until 
 the last. 
 
 On the first I shall re- 
 ceive new goods. 
 
 When will Mr. Danesh 
 pay (his) bill? — Be- 
 fore the last. — On the 
 first of next month. 
 
 When will the agent 
 arrive? — About the 
 ninth. 
 
 When will the time run 
 out? When will it 
 be due? — About the 
 fifteenth. 
 
 That is, about the mid- 
 dle of the month. — 
 I shall pay towards 
 the end of the month. 
 
 Next month I expect 
 to be gone. — Before 
 two months pass a- 
 way, I shall be back. 
 
 Ycera bylo dvacateho 
 
 prvniho. 
 Kolikateho bude v ne- 
 
 deli? — Dvacateho 
 
 druheho. 
 Kolikateho byl zde 
 
 Frank?- Byl zde pat- 
 
 nacteho a prijde zas 
 
 na dvacateho pate- 
 
 ho. 
 
 Tento mesic? — Ano; 
 
 zfistane tu do posled- 
 
 niho. 
 Na prvniho dostanu 
 
 nove zbozi. 
 Kdy pan Danes zapla- 
 
 ti licet?— Do posled- 
 
 niho. — Na prvniho 
 
 budouci mesic. 
 
 Kdy prijede agent? — 
 A si devateho. 
 
 Kdy vyjde cas? Kdy vy- 
 padne Ihuta? — Ko- 
 lem patnacteho. 
 
 Teda v polou mesice.— 
 Zaplatim ke konci 
 mesice. 
 
 Na drnhy mesic hod- 
 lam byti pryc. - Nez 
 uplynou dva mesice, 
 budn nazpet. 
 
 fcherd billd dwatsdtehd 
 p e rvneeho. 
 
 kolikateho btidti \mefte- 
 lif — dwatsdtehd dru- 
 heho. 
 
 kolikateho bill zd8 
 Frank?— bill zde pdt- 
 ndtsteho a prshide 
 zdss na dtcdtsdtehd 
 pdteho. 
 
 tento mygseets? — dno; 
 
 zoostdng til doposled- 
 
 neeJw. 
 na p e rvneehd dostanU 
 
 nove zbozee. 
 gdy pan Danesh zdpld- 
 
 tee oochetf — do po- 
 
 sledneehd. — ndperv- 
 
 neehd bicdoutsee my% 
 
 seets. 
 gdy prshiytidti dkentf — 
 
 dsi d$vdtehd. 
 
 gdy veede chdssf gdy 
 vypadng Ihootaf — ko- 
 lem pdtndtstehd. 
 
 tMd f polou myeseetse. - 
 zaplatieem k8 kontsi 
 myeseetse. 
 
 na druhee myeseets hod- 
 lam beet prich. — nesh 
 Uplinou died my&- 
 seetsti, bUdit ndspy&t, 
 
Age and date. 
 
 205 
 
 We shall expect you 
 some time in Octo- 
 ber; — or in the be- 
 ginning of Novem- 
 ber;— at latest before 
 the first of December. 
 
 The fourth of July is a 
 national holiday, — 
 the day of independ- 
 ence. 
 
 Thanksgiving day is u- 
 sually in November. 
 
 On new-year's day; — 
 before New-year's; — 
 after New-year's. 
 
 the age 
 
 Vek, m. vygk 
 
 stari, n. stdrshee 
 
 starnouti, stdrnout, to grow old; 
 
 naroditi se, n&roftit s8, to be born; 
 
 narozeni, n. ncirozem, the birth; 
 
 pocatek,m. pochdtek, the beginning; 
 
 lhfita, f . Uioota, the given time, the 
 
 term; 
 vanoce 9 pi. vdnotsg, Christmas; 
 velkonoce, pi. velkpnotse, Easter; 
 svatodusni svatky, pi., swdtoduslin.ee 
 
 stcdtky, Whitsuntide; 
 
 Budeme vas eekati ne- 
 kdy y rijnu; — nebo 
 poeatkem listopadu; 
 — nejdyl do prvnilio 
 prosince. 
 
 Ctvrty cervenec jest 
 naroJni syatek, — 
 den neodyislosti. 
 
 Den dikuyzdani byya 
 
 v listopadu. 
 Na novy rok; — do no- 
 velio roku; — po 110- 
 vem roce. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 yypadati, 
 
 I biidemS vdss cheMt He- 
 gel y frslieeynu; — ne- 
 bo pochdtkem listopa- 
 du; — neydeel do p e rc- 
 \\eelio prosintse. 
 
 slttic e rtee chervfrnets 
 yest ndrodme swdtek, 
 — den neodvislosti. 
 
 den (i'eekuuzddTLee beevd 
 
 ■vlistopddu. 
 nu aovee rok;— do nove- 
 
 Jio roku; — po nocem 
 
 rotse. 
 
 ypddat ) to look, to ap- 
 vyhlizeti, vyMeezet > pear; 
 vyjiti, viyeet, to go out, to run out; 
 uplynoiiti, uplynoitt, to pass away; 
 zaplatiti, zapltifflt, to pay up; 
 nekdy, negdy, sometimes; 
 y polou 9 fpolou, in the middle; 
 
 back 
 
 nazpet, ndspyU ) 
 zpatky, spdtky S 
 neodyislost, f . nSodrislost, the inde- 
 pendence. 
 
 Leden, Ud8n, January 
 linor, oonor, February 
 brezen, brshfaSn, March 
 duben, dUben ) April 
 april, april S 
 
 kveten, kwyeten Kj ay 
 maj, may > 
 
 ceryen, cherven, June 
 ceryenec^ chervenets, July 
 srpen, s e rpen, August 
 
206 
 
 Part III. 
 
 zari, zdrshee, September 
 rijen, rsheeyen, October 
 
 listopad, listopdd, November 
 prosinec, prosinets, December. 
 
 How is the weather? 
 
 It is line; — it is beau- 
 tiful weather. 
 
 It is clearing up; — it is 
 a fine morning; — it 
 will be a nice day. 
 
 The heaven is clear. — 
 The sun shines, — 
 warms (i. e. makes it 
 warm), — burns. 
 
 In the sun it is hot. 
 
 It is warm; — it will be 
 hot; — there will be a 
 great heat to-day. 
 
 Yesterday there was a 
 great heat. 
 
 How does the thermom- 
 eter stand? — Eighty 
 five in the shade. 
 
 The thermometer is 
 rising, — is falling. 
 
 "What a heat ! — I am per- 
 spiring; let us go into 
 the shade ; — I feel hot. 
 
 What wind is it ?— East 
 wind, — West wind, 
 South wind, — North 
 wind. 
 
 I think there will be a 
 
 Tlie weather. 
 P0CA8I 
 
 Jake je pocasi? 
 
 Je pekne; — je krasne 
 pocasi. 
 
 Yybira se; — je kras- 
 ne rano;— bude pek- 
 ny den. 
 
 Nebe je iasne.— Slun- 
 ce sviti — hreje — 
 pali. 
 
 Na slunci je horko. 
 
 Je teplo; — bude hor- 
 ko; — bude dnes vel- 
 ke parno. 
 
 Ycera bylo silne ve- 
 dro. 
 
 Jak stoji teplomer? — 
 Osmdesat pet ve sti- 
 nu. 
 
 Teplomer stoupa, — 
 klesa. 
 
 To je horko!— J a se po 
 tim;pojd'me do chlad- 
 ku. — Je mi horko. 
 
 Jaky je vitr? — Yy- 
 chodni, — zapadni, 
 jizni, — severni. 
 
 Myslim ze bude zmena 
 
 ydke y% pdchdseef 
 
 y&pyekne; — yg kr (iss- 
 ue pochdsee. 
 
 vybeerd se; — ye krdss- 
 ne rd nd;~b ud& py8k- 
 nee den. 
 
 nebe y8 yasne. — sluntse 
 sweet' ee, — hrsh$y& y — 
 pdlee. 
 
 net sluntsi yg horkd. 
 yg tepid; — btidg horko; 
 
 — btidg dness velke 
 parno. 
 
 fchera billo silne v&drd. 
 
 yak stoyee teplomygr? 
 
 — osumdessdt py8t v& 
 sVeenu. 
 
 teplomy&r stotipd,— kl&- 
 
 sd. 
 td yg horko/ — yd s8po- 
 
 Heem;poiRmedd khldd- 
 
 ku; — ye me horkd. 
 ydkee yS veet e rf — vee- 
 
 khodnee, — zdpddnee, 
 
 — yizfiee, — s^vernee. 
 
 misleem ze bUd$ zmyg- 
 
The Weather. 
 
 207 
 
 change in the weath- 
 er; — the wind chang- 
 es. — Now it blows 
 from the East. 
 
 Very likely there will 
 be a change. 
 
 It is dry; we need rain; 
 —I wish it would rain ! 
 —There is a great deal 
 of dust. 
 
 Is it going to rain? — It 
 looks like it; it is get- 
 ting cloudy. 
 
 It is cloudy; — the sky 
 is clouded; — the sky 
 is overcast; — it is 
 damp. 
 
 Do 3'ou see those dense, 
 black clouds?— They 
 bring rain, — a heavy 
 rain. 
 
 I think a rainstorm is 
 coming, — a heavy 
 rainstorm. 
 
 The weather is bad; — 
 the weather is nasty; 
 
 — it is wet and mud- 
 dy. 
 
 It is very nasty out of 
 doors; — it is rainy; 
 
 — too much rain! 
 
 It sprinkles;— it rains a 
 little; — it rains; — it 
 pours;— how muddy 
 it will be ! 
 
 pocasi;— vitr se me- 
 ni. — Ted' vane od 
 vychodu. 
 
 Dost niozna, ze bnde 
 
 zmena* 
 Je sucho; potrebujeme 
 
 destf. — Kez by jen 
 
 prselo! — Je inoc 
 
 prachu. 
 Bude prset ? — Vypa- 
 
 d& to tak; mraci se. 
 
 Je zamraceno;— je pod 
 mrakeni;— obloha je 
 zatazena; — je vlh- 
 ko. $ 
 
 Yidite ty liuste, cerne 
 mraky ? — Z toho 
 bude destf, — hodny 
 dest'. 
 
 Myslim ze bude lijak, 
 — silny lijak. 
 
 Je spatne pocasi; — je 
 skareda povetrnost; 
 
 — je mokro a blati- 
 vo. 
 
 Je tain osklive;— je de- 
 stivo; — inn olio de- 
 ste! 
 
 Krape; — poprchava; 
 
 — prsi; lije se; — 
 to bude blata! 
 
 na pochasee; — veet e r 
 s8 myenee.— t&tf vdn& 
 od veekhodil. 
 
 dost moznd ze btidg 
 
 zmy&nd. 
 ye s tikh o; potrsheb Uy$- 
 
 me des7it\— kez be yen 
 
 p e rshello! — yg mots 
 
 prdkhu. 
 bitde p e rsMtt— vypddd 
 
 to tak; mrdchee s&. 
 
 yS zdmrdchenti;-y8pod 
 mrdkem; — obWid yg 
 zatazena;— y8v e lhko. 
 
 ve&'eete ty husste, cher- 
 ne mraky f _ stolid 
 bitde desM, — hodnee 
 desht\ 
 
 misleem ze bud& liydk, 
 — silnee liydk. 
 
 ye shpdtne pochasee; — 
 ye shkdredd povyet e r- 
 nost;—y$ mokro. 
 
 y8 tarn oshklivyg; — ye 
 
 des7itiivo; — mnoho 
 
 deshUe! 
 krdpe; — pop e rkhdtd;— 
 
 p e rshee;— liyg se;—to 
 
 bude blata! 
 
208 
 
 Part III 
 
 It rains in torrents.— It 
 has ceased to rain al- 
 ready. 
 
 That was a heavy rain- 
 storm,— a cloudburst; 
 —it rained in torrents. 
 
 — It caused a flood. 
 It is calm,— no wind,— 
 
 not a leaf is stirring. 
 
 — It is sultry; the air 
 is heavy. 
 
 The wind rises; — it is 
 windy; — it blows 
 hard; — there is a 
 strong wind. 
 A storm is brewing; — 
 there will be a hurri- 
 cane; — a cyclone is 
 coming. 
 A thunderstorm is com- 
 ing. — It lightens. — 
 Now there was a flash 
 of lightning. — What 
 flashes of lightning! 
 Do you hear the thun- 
 der? — Yes, it thun- 
 ders ;the thunder rolls 
 from afar;— a thun- 
 derstorm is coming. 
 The thunder roars; — 
 the lightning has 
 struck ;— it has struck 
 somewhere! — the 
 lightning set fire. 
 This is a terrible storm, 
 
 Prsi jen se lije. — Uz 
 prestalo prseti. 
 
 To byl prival, — pru- 
 trz mracen; - prselo 
 jen se lilo. — Byla z 
 toho povoden. 
 
 Je ticho, — bez vetru, 
 
 — ani se list nehybe. 
 
 — Je dusno ; vzdueh 
 je tezky. 
 
 Dela se vitr; — je vetr 
 no; — fouka hodne; 
 
 — je silny vitr. 
 
 Bude z toho boure; — 
 bude vichrice; — ey- 
 klon se blizi. 
 
 Tahne bourka. — Bly- 
 ska se. — Ted' se za 
 blesklo. — To je bly 
 skani! 
 
 Slysite hrimatH— Ino, 
 hrima — hrom huci 
 z daleka; — bourka 
 se blizi. 
 
 Hrom buraci; — hrom 
 uhodil; — nekde u- 
 hodilo! — blesk za- 
 palil. 
 
 To je hrozna boure, — 
 
 p e rshee yen s& liyti. _ 
 itsh prshestdlo p e r- 
 shet. 
 
 to bill prsheeval, — proo- 
 t e rsh mrach&n;— p e r- 
 shello yen s8 lillo. — 
 bud8 stolid povoden. 
 
 yetiikho,— b$z vyglrii,— 
 am s8 list neheebg. — 
 ye dtissno; vzdtikh yg 
 Vethkee. 
 
 field se veet e r;~ y% vye- 
 Urno ;—foitkd Jiodne; 
 ~y% silnee veet e r. 
 
 btid& stoho botirshti; — 
 btcde mkh-rshitsg; — 
 tsiklon s8 bleeiee. 
 
 tahnti boitrsh-ka blee- 
 
 skd s8.—teft s8 zdbles- 
 klo.—td yg bleeskdm! 
 
 slisheete lirsheemdtf — 
 dno, hrsheemd;-hrom 
 hilcJiee zddlekd;—boU- 
 rshkd s& bleezee. 
 
 hrom burdtsee; — hrom 
 tiho&Hl; — iiegdg tiho- 
 fiild!— blesk zdpdlil. 
 
 to y8 hrtiznd botirsM,— 
 
The Weather. 
 
 209 
 
 — an awful thunder- 
 storm.— The crashing 
 of thunder is inces- 
 sant. — Flash after 
 flash, one thunder- 
 clap after the other. 
 
 That was a thunder-clap 
 — a thunderbolt from 
 a clear sky. 
 
 It hails. — This is a big 
 hailstorm. 
 
 It will destroy the crops 
 —the hail will destroy 
 everything. — The 
 hail-storm destroyed 
 the crops ;-hailstones 
 of an enormous size 
 were falling. 
 
 It is foggy;— this morn- 
 ing there was a thick 
 fog. 
 
 Dew is falling; — there 
 is a heavy dew. 
 
 There is a hoary frost, 
 — a gray frost. 
 
 It is cold; —it is chilly; 
 
 — it is frosty. 
 
 I feel cold;— lam freez- 
 ing; — a cold wind is 
 blowing. 
 
 I want to warm my- 
 self. — Are you cold? 
 Warm yourself. — It 
 is warm here, — al- 
 most too warm. 
 
 strasne hromobiti.— 
 Hrom bije neustale. 
 — Blesk za bleskem, 
 rana za ranou. 
 
 To by la hrom ova ra- 
 na; — uliodilo z cista 
 jasna. 
 
 Padaji kroupy. — To 
 je silne krupobiti. 
 
 Potluce; — kroupy 
 vsecko znici. — Po- 
 tlouklo; — padaly 
 kroupy ohromne ve- 
 likosti. 
 
 Jest lnlhavo;— ranoby 
 la husta mlha. 
 
 Pada rosa; — je silna 
 
 rosa. 
 Je jinovatka, — sedy 
 
 inraz, 
 Je zima;-je sichravo; 
 
 — je mrazivo. 
 Je mi zima; — mrazi 
 
 me;- fouka stude- 
 
 ny vitr. 
 Chci se ohrati. — Je 
 
 vain zima2— Ohrejte 
 
 se. — Zde je teplo, — 
 
 az moc teplo. 
 
 strdshne hromobitee. 
 —hrom biyg nSustdle. 
 — blesk za bleskem, 
 rdna za rdnoU. 
 
 to bill/1 hromovd rand; 
 —tihoftilo schistd yd- 
 snd. 
 
 pdddyee kroitpy.— to y& 
 silne krilpobiVee. 
 
 potluche ;-kroUpy fshet- 
 sko znichee. — potloU- 
 klo; — padaly kro Upy 
 ohromne velikostii. 
 
 yest m e lhdvo;—rdno Mi- 
 ld hUsstd melhd. 
 
 pddd rossd; — ye silna 
 
 rossd. 
 ye yinovdtkd, — shedee 
 
 mrdz. 
 yg zimd;—ye sikhrdvo; 
 
 ye mrazivo. 
 ye mi zima; — mrdzee 
 
 my^;— fouka stiid&nee 
 
 veet e r. 
 hlit hi s8 ohrshdt. — y% 
 
 vdm zimdf ohrsheyte 
 
 ng.—zdg ye~ tepid,— dnh 
 
 motn tepid. 
 
 U 
 
210 
 
 Part III. 
 
 It is going to snow; — 
 it snows;— it is snow- 
 ing. 
 
 What a snow-storm! — 
 a great snow-storm. 
 
 A great deal of snow 
 fell;— there are snow- 
 drifts. 
 
 How many degrees is 
 it?— It is twenty be- 
 low zero;— a severe 
 cold. 
 
 The ice is thick; we 
 can skate. 
 
 It will grow warmer;— 
 it is growing warmer ; 
 —the wind is shifting ; 
 — it blows from the 
 South. 
 
 The ice breaks; — the 
 snow thaws and the 
 ice melts;— there is a 
 big thaw. 
 
 In the spring the weath- 
 er is mild; — in the 
 summer it is usually 
 hot; — in the fall it is 
 cool; —in the winter 
 it is cold and it freez- 
 es. 
 
 Wisconsin has a hard 
 winter; — Louisiana 
 has a mild winter. — 
 In Texas the winter 
 is short and the sum- 
 mer long. 
 
 Bude padati snih; — 
 pada snih;— snezi. 
 
 To je vanice! — velka 
 
 metelice. 
 Napadlo mnoho snehu; 
 
 — jsou zaveje. 
 
 Kolik je stupnii] — Je 
 dvacet pod nulou; — 
 kruta zima. 
 
 Ledjesilny; muzeme 
 se klouzati. 
 
 Ono se otepli;— oteplu- 
 je se; — vitr se obra- 
 ci; — vane od jihu. 
 
 Led puka; — snih taje 
 a led se rozpousti;— 
 je hodna obleva. 
 
 Z jara je mirne poca- 
 si; — v lete byva 
 horko; — na podzim 
 je chladno; — v zime 
 je zima a mrzne. 
 
 Wisconsin ma tuhon 
 zimu; — Louisiana 
 ma mirnou zimu. — 
 V Texasu je kratka 
 zima a dlouhe leto. 
 
 btide' pdddt sneeh;— pa- 
 da sneeh;— snezee. 
 
 to y& vdnitsg/ — velka 
 
 metellitsti. 
 napadlo mnoho sn.e7iil; 
 
 — soil zdvygyg. 
 
 kolik y$ stUpnoof — y& 
 dwdtset pod nillloil;— 
 krtitd zima. 
 
 led y8 silnee; moozem8 
 
 se klouzdt. 
 ono s8 oteplee;— oteplu- 
 
 ye s%; — veet*r s8 o- 
 
 bratsee; — vdn8 od 
 
 yeehti. 
 
 led puka; — sneeh tdyS 
 a led s8 rospoushtee; 
 yg hodna obltod. 
 
 zydrd y% meeme pochd- 
 see; — vleVe beevd 
 horko; — na podzim 
 y& khlddnd;— vzimyg 
 y8 zima a m e rzn&. 
 
 Wisconsin ma tuhoii zi 
 mil; — louisiana ma 
 meernoil zimti. — f te- 
 xasu y$ krdtkd zima 
 a dlouhe leto. 
 
The Weather. 
 
 211 
 
 The summer season is 
 
 warm, — the winter 
 
 season is cold. 
 In the winter days are 
 
 short and nights are 
 
 long. 
 The day shortens;— the 
 
 day lengthens. 
 The night shortens. 
 
 Letni pocasi je teple, 
 — zimni pocasi je 
 stndene. 
 
 Y zime json kratke 
 dni a dlouhe noci. 
 
 Den se krati; — dne 
 
 pribyva. 
 Noc se krati; (noci u- 
 
 byva). 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 letnee poch&see y8 teple, 
 — zimnee pochdsee y& 
 stiidgne. 
 
 vzimy& soil kratke dm 
 a dlouhe notsi. 
 
 den s8 krdfee; — dn& 
 
 nots s8 krdfee; {notsi u- 
 beevd). 
 
 the 
 y weath- 
 
 Pocasi, n. pochdsee 
 
 povetrnost, f. povy8t e rnost f 
 
 pocasi, n. ) thegeason; 
 
 doba, f. ddbti) 
 
 nebe 9 n. n#b#, the heaven 
 
 obloha, f. obWia, the sky 
 
 stin,m. steen, the shade, the shadow 
 
 chladek,m. khlddek, the shady place 
 
 prach, m. prakh, the dust 
 
 blato, n blato, the mud 
 
 list, m. list, the leaf 
 
 velikost, f. velikost, the greatness 
 
 k^z by, I would that. . . ; would to 
 
 heaven that . . . ; I wish it 
 
 would. . . ; 
 
 Yitr, m. veet e r, the wind 
 vichrice, f. vikh-rshitsg, the gale, 
 
 the hurricane ; 
 foukati, foukdt ) 
 vanouti, vanotit 1 
 
 to blow 
 
 vychod, m. veekhtid, the east 
 zapad, m. zdpdd, the west 
 
 jih, m. yeeh [the south 
 
 poledne, n. poledng j 
 sever, steer l thenorth 
 
 pulnoc, poolnots » 
 jiho-vychod, m. the south-east 
 severovychod, m. the north-east 
 jihozapad, m. the south-west 
 severozapad, m. the north-west 
 vyehodni, veekhodiiee, eastern 
 zapadni, zdpddnee, western 
 jtini,je4nee > southern 
 poled ni, poledfLee ) 
 several, severnee, U orthern 
 
 pulnocni, poohiochnee > 
 
 boure, f. botirsh8, the storm 
 kourka, f. boiirshkd, the thunder- 
 storm ; 
 hrimati, hrsheemdt, to thunder 
 hrimani, n. hrsheemdnee, the thun- 
 dering 
 
212 
 
 Part III. 
 
 hrom, m. lirom, the thunder 
 bromovd rana, a peal or crash of 
 
 thunder; 
 hromobiti, n. hrdmobitiee, peals of 
 
 thunder; 
 buraceti, burdtset, to roar, to crash 
 blyskati se, bleeskdt se, to lighten 
 
 Best', m. desht, the rain 
 
 lijak, m. Uydh ) the rainstorm, 
 
 prival, m.prsheeval > the heavy 
 
 shower; 
 prutrz mracen, prooVrslirnrdMn, 
 
 the cloud-burst; 
 povodeii, f. povodefi, the flood 
 mrak, m. rnrdk \ the c i ou a 
 
 mracno, n. mrdchno ) 
 mraciti se, mrdcMt se, to grow 
 
 cloudy; 
 krapati, krdpat Uosprin- 
 
 poprch&vati,^ *rkhdvtit S kle ; 
 prseti, p e rs7iet, to rain 
 liti se, leet *#(colloq. Uytsti), to pour 
 prestati, prsMstdt, to stop. 
 
 Kroupy, pi. kroupy, the hail 
 krupobiti, n. krtipobffiee, the hail- 
 storm ; 
 
 Yybirati se, vybeerat s&, to clear up 
 meniti se, myS-mt *#, to change 
 paliti, p&lit, to burn 
 pribyvati, prshibeevdt, to increase, 
 to lengthen; 
 
 blyskani, n. bleeskdfiee, the lightning 
 blesk, the flash or stroke of light- 
 ning; the thunderbolt; 
 zablesklo se, zdblesklo se, there was 
 
 a flash of lightning; 
 uboditi, uhoftit, to strike 
 zapaliti, zdpdlit, to set fire. 
 
 potlouci, potloutsi, to knock down, 
 
 to destroy; 
 zniciti, michit, to annihilate 
 mlha, f. m e lM, the fog 
 mlbavo, mHhdvo, foggy 
 rosa, f • rossd, the dew 
 jinovatka, f . ye-novdtkd, hoary frost 
 snih, m. sneeli, the snow 
 snehu, sneJm, of the snow; 
 sneziti, snezit, to snow 
 metelice, f . metelitse ) tbe snow-storm, 
 vanice, f. vdfiitsV > the blizzard; 
 zaveje, pi. f. &toy8y8, snow-drifts 
 led, m. led, the ice 
 naledi, n. ndletfee, glazed frost 
 mr&z, m. wiras, the frost 
 mrznouti, rn erznotit, to freeze 
 t&ti, tdti, to thaw 
 tani, n. tdnee ) a thaw 
 a ) 
 
 obleva, o&WM 
 
 decrease, t< 
 
 ubyvati, Ubeemt, to 
 
 shorten; 
 potiti se, pot'^ *#, to sweat. 
 Cerny, a, e chernee, black 
 busty, a, £ Msstee, thick, dense; 
 
Health and sickness. 
 
 213 
 
 skaredy, a, e shkdvMee, nasty, ugly; 
 niirny, a 9 e meernee, mild 
 ohromuy, a ? e dhromnee, enormous, 
 
 terrible ; 
 strach, m. strakh, fear 
 strasny, a, e strdshnee, fearful 
 hruza 5 f. hrooza, horror, terror; 
 lirozny, a ? e hroznee, horrible; 
 
 shocking. 
 
 Blativo (adv.)*), bldfivo, muddy 
 
 destivo, deshffivo, rainy 
 
 mokro, mokro, wet 
 
 vlliko, v e lhko, damp 
 
 sucho, sitkho, dry 
 
 teplo, tepid, warm 
 
 liorko, horko, hot 
 
 parno, porno, very hot 
 (lusno, ditssno, close, stifling; 
 zima,em« > ld 
 
 studeno, sliidSno > 
 chladno, khlddno, cool 
 sichravo, sikhrdvo, chilly- 
 mrazivOj mrdzivo, frosty, freezing 
 cold. 
 
 Teplomer, m. teplomyer, the ther- 
 mometer 
 stupeu, m. stupen, a degree 
 uula, f. nuld, zero 
 nad nulou, ndd ntilou, above zero 
 pod nulou, below zero; 
 stoupati, stoilpat, to rise; 
 klesatij klessdt, to go down. 
 
 Healtli aixd. sickness. 
 
 Z DM AVI a NEMOC. 
 
 I hope you are well. 
 Only middling;— I am 
 
 so so. 
 You do not look so well 
 
 as (you did) lately. 
 Do you think so? — 
 
 Well, you are right; 
 
 — I do not look well. 
 
 Doufam ze jste zdrav. 
 Jen tak prostredne; — 
 
 jen tak tak. 
 Nevypadate tak dobre 
 
 jako nedavno. 
 Myslite? — Ba mate 
 
 pravdu ;— neyypadam 
 
 dobre. 
 
 doufam ze ste zdrdf. 
 yen tak prostrsMdne; — 
 
 yen tak tak. 
 nevypaddte tak dobrshe 
 
 ydko nedavno. 
 misleete ? — ba mate 
 
 pravdu;— nevypdddm 
 
 dobrshe. 
 
 *) The adjectives are : blativy (a, e), destivy, mokry, etc. 
 
 Je tarn blativo, it is muddy out of doors; — blativy chodnik (m.), a 
 muddy sidewalk; blativa cesta (f.), a muddy road; blative pole (n.), a 
 muddy field. 
 
 Je destivo, it is rainy ; — destivy den, a rainy day. 
 
214 
 
 Part III. 
 
 I think I look bad (bad- 
 ly): — I look worse. 
 
 no! you do not look 
 badly. 
 
 Don't I ?— I guess I do ! 
 
 Listen to me (i.e. let me 
 tell you): you look 
 better than you did 
 the other day. 
 
 O, be still! — you flat- 
 ter me. 
 
 You look bad (badly);— 
 I do not like your 
 looks. 
 
 What is the matter with 
 you?— is anything the 
 matter with you ? 
 
 Do you not feel well? — 
 what is the matter? — 
 what ails you? 
 
 Nothing ails me ;— noth- 
 ing is the matter with 
 me. 
 
 Why do you look so bad 
 (badly)? — That's 
 nothing! 
 
 You deny it (i. e. con- 
 ceal it). — Don't deny 
 it! 
 
 1 deny nothing; - why 
 should I deny? 
 
 If anything is the mat- 
 ter with you, tell me! 
 
 Myslim ze vypadam 
 spatne; — vypadam 
 huh 
 
 ne! nevypadate zle. 
 
 Ze ne?— Myslim ze ano! 
 
 Dejte si fici: vypada- 
 
 te lepe nez onehdy. 
 
 I dejte pokoj! — vy mi 
 
 pochlebiijete! 
 
 Yyhlizite spatne;— ne- 
 libite se mi. 
 
 Co je vam? 
 vam neco? 
 
 chybi 
 
 Neni vam dobre? — co 
 vam chybi? — co vas 
 boli? 
 
 Mc mi neni; — nic mi 
 nechybi- 
 
 Procvypadatetak spa 
 tne? — To nic neni! 
 
 Yy zapirate. — Neza- 
 pirejte! 
 
 Nic nezapiram;— proc 
 
 bych zapiral? 
 Je-li vam neco, fek- 
 
 nete! 
 
 misleem ze vypadam 
 shpatne; — vypadam 
 hoorsh. 
 
 ndf ndvypdddtti zlg. 
 
 ze n%?— misleem ze and/ 
 deytg si rsheetsi : vypd- 
 
 ddtd Up8 nesh dntih- 
 
 dy. 
 
 E deytg pokoy! — vy me 
 pdkhUbuyetd. 
 
 vyhleezeetg shpatne; — 
 ndleebeetg s8 me. 
 
 tsd yd vam? 
 
 vam netsd ? 
 
 khibee 
 
 neyni vam ddbrsM ? — 
 tsd vam khibee? — tsd 
 vdss bolee ? 
 
 nits me neyni; — nits 
 me ndkhibee. 
 
 pro eh vypdddtd tdk 
 shpatne? — td nits 
 neyni ! 
 
 vy zdpeerdtd. — ndzapee- 
 reytd. 
 
 nits ndzapeerdm;-proch 
 bikh zdpeeral ? 
 
 vam netsd, rshdk- 
 
 netdf 
 
Health and sickness. 
 
 215 
 
 Tell me what is the mat- 
 ter with you? — does 
 anything ail } 7 ou ? — 
 tell me if anything 
 ails you. 
 
 If anything were the 
 matter with me, I 
 should say so. 
 
 There is something the 
 matter with you! 
 
 You don't feel well; — 
 I see it by your looks ! 
 
 You are right; I am 
 not well. 
 
 What is the matter with 
 you?— I do not know 
 what ails me ; — I do 
 not feel quite well. 
 
 I am not so well as usu- 
 al.— A little time ago 
 I felt better. 
 
 To-day I feel bad (bad- 
 ly) ;— I was taken sick . 
 
 I feel badly. 
 
 Are you sick ? 
 
 Yes, I am sick; I do not 
 
 feel well;— I feel bad 
 
 (badly). 
 I hear that Edward is 
 
 sick. 
 He has been taken sick; 
 
 — he has fallen sick; 
 
 —he is very sick;— he 
 
 Povezte co je vam? — 
 boli vas neco % — po- 
 vezte chybi-li vam 
 neco. 
 
 Kdyby mi neco bylo, 
 f ekl bych to. 
 
 Yam neco je! — Yam 
 
 neco ehybi! 
 Yam neni dobfe; — vi- 
 
 dim to na vas! 
 Matepravdu; neni mi 
 
 dobre. 
 Co je vam? — Nevim 
 
 co mi je; — necitim 
 
 se docela dobfe. 
 
 Nejsem tak zdrav jak 
 obycejne. — Jeste ne 
 davno bylo mi lip. 
 
 Dnes je mi spatne; — 
 pf islo mi nanic. 
 
 Je mi nanic. — Je mi 
 zle. 
 
 Jste nemocen? 
 
 Ano, jsem nemocen;— 
 neni mi dobfe; — je 
 mi zle. 
 
 Slysim, ze Edward je 
 nemocen. 
 
 Roznemohl se;— upadl 
 do nemoci; — je sil- 
 ne nemocenj — je 
 
 povytizW tso y$ vam? — 
 bolee vdss netso?—pd- 
 vyfate khibeeli vdm 
 
 netso? 
 
 gdyby me netso billo, 
 rsMkH bikh to. 
 
 vdm netso ye! — vam 
 
 netsd kliibee! 
 vdm neyni dobrshe; — 
 
 vifteem to na vdss ! 
 mdt$ prdvdu; neym me 
 
 dobrsM. 
 tso ye vdm? — neveem tsd 
 
 me ye; — n8tseeteem 
 
 se dotselld dobvsM. 
 
 neysem tak zdrdf yak 
 obicheyne. — YesMe 
 ntiddvnd billo me leep. 
 
 dness y8 me shpatne; — 
 prshishlo me nanits. 
 
 ye me nanits. — y& me 
 zlM. 
 
 st8 nemots8n ? 
 
 and, sem ntimotstin; — 
 neyni me dobrsM; — 
 y8 me zl%. 
 
 slisheem %e Edward y8 
 nemots8n. 
 
 rozn8moh e l s%; — Upa- 
 d?l do ntimotsi; — ye 
 silne n&nots&n; — y# 
 
216 
 
 Part III. 
 
 has been sick a long 
 time. 
 
 What is the matter with 
 him ?— what happen- 
 ed to him ? 
 
 He caught a cold ; — he 
 has a bad cold. 
 
 Anthony is also sickly: 
 — but to-day he al- 
 ready feels better. 
 
 I was long in poor 
 health;— I was ailing 
 seriously. 
 
 What was the matter 
 with you?— Indeed I 
 do not know what 
 ailed me. 
 
 I had no appetite, — I 
 had no sleep,— I had 
 a feeling of weariness. 
 
 — But it all passed 
 away. 
 
 Take care of yourself; 
 
 — be careful of your 
 health! 
 
 Health is above every- 
 thing; it is the great- 
 est treasure. 
 
 An unhealthy man is 
 unhappy. 
 
 What is the matter with 
 you? are you sick? — 
 you are not sick, are 
 you? 
 
 Only a little; it is not 
 
 dlouho nemocen. 
 
 Co mu je2 
 staM 
 
 co se mu 
 
 Nastudil se; — ma sil- 
 ne nastuzeni. 
 
 Anton je take chura- 
 vyj — ale dnes uz je 
 mu lepe. 
 
 J a dlouho churavel;— 
 povazlive jsem chu- 
 ravel, 
 
 Co vam bylo? — Ani 
 nevim co mi bylo. 
 
 Nemel jsem chut' k ji- 
 dlu 5 — nemel jsem 
 spani, — citil jsem 
 unayenost. — Ale 
 minulo to. 
 
 Dejte na sebe pozor; 
 
 - bud'te opatrny na 
 zdravi! 
 
 Zdravi je nade vsecko; 
 
 je to nejvetsi po- 
 
 klad. 
 Clovek nezdravy je ne- 
 
 st'astny. 
 
 Co je vam? stunete? 
 
 — snad nestunete? 
 
 Jen tak trochu; neni 
 
 dlouho nemotsdn. 
 
 tso mti ye ? — tsd sd mu 
 stalo? 
 
 nastudil sd; — ma silne 
 ndstUzem. 
 
 ant on yd take khuravee; 
 — aid dness itsh yd 
 mu lepe. nog ? 
 
 yd dloUho khitrdvyell; 
 povdzlivye sem khit- 
 rdvyell. 
 
 tso vam Mllo? — ani nd- 
 veem tso me billo. 
 
 nemyell sem khitV k-yee- 
 dlu, — nemyell sem 
 spam, — tseeVil sem 
 undvenost. — did mi- 
 ntilo to. 
 
 deyte na sebe pozor; 
 — btifftd opdt e rnee na 
 zdrdvee. 
 
 zdrdvee ye nade fslie- 
 tsko; yd to neyvydt- 
 shee pdkldd. 
 
 chlovydk ndzdrdvee yd 
 neshtidssnee. 
 
 tso yd vam? stoonete? — 
 snad nestoorietd? 
 
 yen tak trokhii; neyni 
 
Health and sickness. 
 
 217 
 
 bad. — I have a pain 
 in the bowels. 
 That will pass away; — 
 it will stop of itself. 
 
 — I hope so. 
 
 Do you have it often ?— 
 Quite often; — it 
 comes upon me from 
 time to time. 
 
 What do you do against 
 it? — Nothing; I lie 
 down and remain 
 quiet. 
 
 That is the best medi- 
 cine. — I think so. — 
 That helps. 
 
 It always helps me; — 
 nothing else helps 
 me. 
 
 At least it gives relief. 
 
 — Yes, I feel instant 
 relief. 
 
 It relieves instantly; — 
 it is good for relief. 
 
 to zle. — Main bole - 
 
 ni. 
 To zase prejde; — to 
 
 prestane samo. - 
 
 Doufam. 
 Mivate to casto? — Dost 
 
 casto; — prickazi to 
 
 na me ob cas. 
 
 Co delate proti tomu I 
 — Nic; lelmii si a 
 jsem tise. 
 
 To je nejlepsi lek. — 
 
 Ja my slim. — To po- 
 
 malia. 
 To mi vzdycky pomiize ; 
 
 uic jinelio mi nepo- 
 
 maha. 
 A spoil to ulehci. — A- 
 
 110, lined se mi n- 
 
 lelici. 
 Hued se ulevi; — je to 
 
 dobre pro ulevu, (pro 
 
 nlehceni). 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 to zle. — mam bolehi. 
 
 to zdss prsheydg; — to 
 
 prshestdne samo. — 
 
 doufam. 
 meevdte to ehdssto? — 
 
 dost ehdssto; — prshi- 
 
 klidzee to na mye ob 
 
 chdss. 
 tso N elate proti to mil? 
 
 — nits; lehnu si a 
 
 sem tishe. 
 
 td ye neylepshee lek. — 
 yd misleem. — to po- 
 mdlid. 
 
 to mi vzditsky (ditske) 
 pomooze; — nits yine- 
 lio me nepomdhd. 
 
 dsspon to uleh-chee. — 
 and, lined se me uleh- 
 chee. 
 
 lined se illevee; — ye to 
 dobre pro oolevu (pro 
 Tileh- client). 
 
 Nastnditi se, ndstMHt 
 a cold; 
 
 nastuzeni, n. nastuzeni, a cold; 
 
 chnraveti, khurdvyU, to sicken, to 
 be sickly; 
 
 ehuravy a, e khilrdvee, sickly, in- 
 disposed; 
 
 churavost, f. khurdvost, sickliness, 
 indisposition; 
 
 to catch poniahati, porndhdt, to help; 
 
 it helps 
 
 pomaha, pomdhd \ 
 pomiize, pomooze S 
 iiepomaha ) it does not help; 
 nepomuze > 
 
 pochlebovati, pokhlebovdt, to flatter 
 zapirati, zdpeerdt, to deny 
 eititi, tseeVit, to feel 
 citim, tseeteem, I feel 
 
218 
 
 Part III. 
 
 mivati (reit. form of miti, to have; 
 
 see page 108;) meevdti, to 
 
 use to have; 
 prichazeti, prshikhdzet, to use to 
 
 come ; 
 prestati, prs7iestdt, to stop; 
 ulehciti, Uleh-cMt K orelieve 
 uleviti, ulemt ) 
 
 ulehceni, n. uleh-cliem ) re ij e f 
 uleva, f. ooleva ) 
 
 Chut', f. khitf, the taste, the appe- 
 tite;*) 
 
 chut' k jidlu, khuf k-yeedlu, appe- 
 tite for food; 
 
 spani, n. spdnee, the sleep; 
 
 lek, m. lek, ) the medicine 
 
 medicina, f. meditsind S 
 
 poklad, m. poklad, the treasure; 
 
 pokoj, m. pokoy, peace, rest; 
 
 dejte pokoj ! deyte pokoy ! give me 
 a rest! keep still! 
 
 ob cas, ob chdss, from time to time; 
 
 necitim, netseeteem, I do not feel; 
 boleti, bolet, to ache, to ail; 
 boleni, n. bottm, pain (especially in 
 
 the bowels, belly-ache); 
 je mi nauic, ye me ndmts, I feel sick 
 neco mi chybi, netso me khibee, 
 
 something ails me; there 
 
 is something the matter 
 
 with me. 
 
 I zdravy, a, e zdrdvee, healthy, well, 
 sound; 
 nezdravy, a, e nezdravee, unhealthy, 
 
 unwell, unsound; 
 opatrny, a, e opat e rnee, careful 
 obycejny, a, e obicheynee, usual, 
 
 common; 
 obycejne, obieheyne, usually, com- 
 monly; 
 povazlive, povdzlivye, seriously 
 prostredue, prostrshed ne, middling 
 ticho, n. Vik7id, silence, quiet, calm; 
 tise, fishe, quietly, calmly. 
 
 Tlio lixxixxaix Tbein^. 
 
 LID SKY TVOR. 
 
 Telo, n. field, the body; 
 telesuy, a, e tielessnee, bodily; 
 lid, m. oo d, the member, the limb; 
 kost, f. the bone; 
 
 kostra, f . kostrd, the skeleton ; 
 kostnaty, a, e kostndtee, bony; 
 morek, m. (the marrow; 
 
 spik, m. shpik, > 
 
 *) Chut' means also 
 I have a mind to go there; 
 
 'a desire or inclination": mam chut' jiti tarn, 
 - mam chut' vyhnati ho, I have a mind to 
 chase him (or: to turn him out); — mam chut' rici mil to, I have a mind 
 to tell him so; — mam chut' do prace, I have a desire to work, or a taste 
 for work; I feel like working; — pracuju s chuti, I work with a will; etc. 
 
The human being 
 
 219 
 
 • the skin 
 
 kuze, f . kooz&, ) 1 
 pletf, f. pW, ) 
 pokozka, f. pokozka, the cuticle 
 blana, f. bland, the membrane 
 maso, n. mas so, the flesh 
 masity, a, e massitee, fleshy 
 tlusty. a, e tlUstee, fat 
 hubeny, a, e hubSnee, lean, thin; 
 sval, m. svdl, the muscle 
 svalnaty, a ? e sodlndtee, muscular 
 slachy, pi. shlakhy, the sinews 
 zlaza, f. zldzd, the gland 
 
 tuk, m. tm, ) thefat 
 
 sadlo, m. sddlo, > 
 
 nerv, m. »er/, L henerve 
 
 civa ? f. chivd, j 
 
 nervovy, a, e nervovee, ) uervous 
 
 civni, chivnee, > 
 
 ceva, f . &#»#, the vessel 
 
 zila, zeeld, the vein 
 
 Hlava, f. hldvd, the head 
 
 lebka, f. lebkd, the skull 
 
 tenieno 9 n. tem^no, the crown or 
 
 top of the head; 
 tylo, n. teeld, the back of the head; 
 kuze na hlave, kooze nd 7ildvy&) the 
 skalp, m. skdlp J scalp 
 
 mozek, m. mdzek, the brain 
 spanek, m. spdnek, the xemple 
 ^nkj, V l. spdnky ) the eg 
 
 skrane, pi. skrdne > 
 
 Oko ? n. oko, the eye 
 
 oci ? pi. ochi, the eyes 
 
 ocmdulek, ochnee doolek, the socket 
 
 hlavni zila, Iddvrieez. \ the 
 srdecni zila, s e rdeehiiee z. > artery 
 tepna, f. tepnd, the pulse 
 z ilka, f . zilka, a small vein ; 
 zilnaty, a, e zilndtee, sinewy 
 krevj f • fcr#f, the blood 
 kreTnaty ? a 9 e krevndtee,full blooded 
 chudokrevny, a, e kJiMokr#v?iee, 
 
 bloodless, anaemic 
 krvavy, a, e k e rvdvee, bloody 
 vlas, vldss K hehairon the head 
 vlasy, pi. > 
 
 chllip, khlup ) the ha . r on the bQdy 
 
 chlnpy, pi. ' 
 
 vlasaty, a, e vldsdtee | | iairy 
 chlupaty, a, e M lupdtee j 
 vnitfnosti, vnitrsh-nosfi, viscera; 
 
 ' r inside, inwardly; 
 
 ?ne ? vne > 
 
 ze\Mitr, zevTiitrsh \ outside? outwardly . 
 
 zevne, se^ne J 
 
 celo, n. chello, the forehead 
 
 tvar, f. ^^[ the C heek 
 
 lice 9 n. ^6^e j 
 
 tvaf, f. tair«A t theface 
 
 ohlicefom. oblichey > 
 licni kost 9 leetsnee kost, the cheek- 
 bone 
 celistj f . chellist, the jaw-bone 
 brada 9 f. brddd, the chin 
 laloch, m. lalokh, double chin 
 dulek, m. doolek. the dimple 
 vrasky 9 pl. m. vrdssky, the wrinkles. 
 
 ocnijablko, ochnee ydb e lko, the eye- 
 ball 
 kontek, m. koutek, the corner 
 
220 
 
 Part III. 
 
 rohovka 9 f. rohofkd, the cornea 
 duhovka 9 f . duJwfJm, the iris 
 zfitelnice 9 f. zrsJieetelnitse, the pupil 
 klapka, f. kldpkd, the eyelid 
 
 Ucho 9 n. ukho, the ear 
 usi 9 pi. usJii, the ears 
 
 Nos 9 n. noss, the nose 
 spickanosu, sJipichkdnossu, the tip 
 of the nose. 
 
 r 
 
 Usta 9 pi. oosla, the mouth 
 pysk, m. pish ) Ae Up 
 ret, m. ret > 
 
 Zub 9 
 
 the 
 
 the 
 
 zuby 9 pi. ziib, zuby, 
 tooth, the teeth 
 
 predni zuby 9 prshed-nee zuby, 
 fore-teeth 
 
 zadni zuby 9 zddnee zuby, the back- 
 teeth 
 
 spicak 9 m. sJipicJidky, the canines 
 
 Vousy 9 pi. fousy, the beard 
 
 licousy 9 pi. UtsoUsy, the whiskers 
 
 Hrdlo 9 n. her did, the throat 
 
 krk 9 m. k e rk, the neck 
 
 hrtan, m. h e rtdn ) ,, , 
 
 > [• the larynx 
 
 chrtan 9 m. hrshtdn > 
 
 hrdelnice 9 f. h e rdell-nitse, the jugu- 
 lar vein; 
 
 Trup 9 m. £r up, the trunk 
 hrud' 9 f. JiruiX, the chest 
 prsa 9 pi. p e rsd, the breast 
 £ebro, n. zebrd, the rib 
 
 I i*asy 9 pi. rslidssy, the eyelashes 
 brvy, pi. bervy l theeyebrows 
 oboei 9 n. obochee J 
 
 konec ucha 9 konets tiklid, the tip of 
 
 the ear; 
 lalocek 9 m. Idlochek, the lobe 
 
 cliripe, pi. kJirsJiee-pye~\ tbe 
 nosove dirky 9 pl. nosso- \ nostrils 
 
 ve (PeerJcy J 
 
 pysky, pi 
 rty 9 pi. 
 
 the lips 
 
 stolicka 9 f. stolichkd, the molar 
 koren zubu 9 korshen ztibu, the root 
 
 of the tooth; 
 dasen 9 f. ddssen, the gum 
 dasne 9 pi. ddssfie, the gums 
 patro 9 n. pdtro, the roof of the mouth 
 jazyk, m. ydzyk, the tongue. 
 
 kniry 9 pi. kfieery, the moustaches 
 plnovous 9 m. p e lnb foils, the full beard 
 prudusnice, f. proodushnitse, the 
 
 windpipe 
 mandle, pi. mdndlg, the tonsils, the 
 
 almonds; 
 ohryzek 9 m. oJiryzek, Adam's apple. 
 
 klicni kost 9 f. MeecJvn.ee kosf, the 
 
 collar-bone 
 prsni kost 9 f. p e rsnee kost, the 
 
 breast-bone 
 
The human being. 
 
 221 
 
 zada, pi. mda, the back 
 
 zadek, m. zadek, the back part, the 
 
 backside; 
 predek, m.prshedek, the fore-part, 
 
 the front; 
 hfbet, m. hrshbet ) the backbone, 
 pater, i. pater sh > the spine; 
 
 Zivot, m. zicot^ the abdomen 
 briclio, n. brshikho, the belly 
 pupek, m. pitpek, the navel 
 bok, m. bok, the hip 
 slabina, f. sUbbina, the side 
 kfiz, krslteez, the small of the back; 
 zadnice, f. zddmUe, the seat, the 
 
 bottom; 
 pulky, pi. f. poolky, ^ the 
 zadni tvaf e, pi. f . zddnee i buttocks 
 
 tvdrshe 
 
 Ruka, f. riikci, the hand 
 
 nice, pi. riitsg, the hands; v rukou, 
 
 vrtikoit, in the hands; na 
 
 rukou, ndr., on the hands 
 raine, n. rdmye » thearm 
 paze, n. pa%e > 
 dolni cast paze, dolnee chdst paze, 
 
 the fore -arm 
 horni cast paze, 7iornee chdst p., the 
 
 upper arm 
 rameno, n. rameno ) the shoulder or 
 pazdi, n. pdz(S.ee • top of the arm; 
 podpazdi, n. podpdMH, the armpit 
 loket, m. loket, the elbow 
 prehyb, m. prs7i8hib, the wrist 
 pest, f . pyest, the fist 
 
 zlata zila, f . zlata zeeld, the spinal 
 
 cord ; 
 piece, sing. & pi. pletse, the shoulder 
 lopatka, f . lopdtkd, the shoulder-blade 
 obratel, m . obrdtel, vertebra 
 obratle, pi. obrdtle, vertebrae. 
 
 rif, f . rshit, the anus 
 polilavi, n.po/rfdvee, the sex 
 pohlavni ud, m. pohldvnee ood, the 
 
 sexual parts 
 muzsky lid, m. muskee ood, the penis 
 zalupa, f. zdlttpd, the fore-skin 
 varle, (pi. varlata), vartt, the tes- 
 ticle 
 rodidla, pi. roftidla, the genitals. 
 
 kloub, m. kloub, the joint 
 dlaii, f . dldn, the palm 
 prst, m. p e rst, the finger 
 palec, m. pdlets, the thumb 
 malik, m. mdleek, the little finger 
 ukazovak, ukazovdk, the forefinger 
 prostredni prst, prostrs7iedneep e rst, 
 
 the middle finger 
 clanekprstu, m. chldnek p e rstu, the 
 
 phalange 
 spicka prstu, f. shpichkd p e rstU, 
 
 the tip of the finger; 
 nehet, m. nehet, the nail 
 nehty, pi. nehty, the nails 
 kotnik, m. kotneek, the knuckle 
 kloub, m. kloub, the joint. 
 
222 
 
 PaH III. 
 
 Noha, f. ndhd, the leg, the foot; 
 nohy, pi. nohy, the legs, the feet; 
 chodidlo, n. khoftidld, the foot 
 tlapa, f. tldpd, the sole of the foot: 
 stehno, n. stehno, the thigh 
 stehenni kost, f . st$M\\ee kost, the 
 
 thigh-bone 
 lmat, m. Undt, the shin 
 lytko, n. leetkd, the calf of the leg; 
 koleno, n. koUnd, the knee 
 prehyb kolena, m. prshehyb koUnd, 
 
 the knee-joint 
 
 Srdce, n. s e rds8, the heart 
 osrdi, n. oss e rftee, the pericardium 
 komora, f . komord, the ventricle 
 plice, pi. pleetse, the lungs 
 jatra, pi. ydtra, the liver 
 slezina, f. slezind, the spleen 
 ledvina, f . ledvind, the kidney 
 mechyr, m. myZkheersh, the bladder 
 zluc, f. zlitch, the gall, the bile; 
 
 Ustroji, n. oostroyee, organism, con- 
 stitution ; 
 
 dychati, deekhdt, to breathe 
 
 dychani, n. deekhdm, breathing, res- 
 piration ; 
 
 dychaci ustroji, deekhdtsee oostroyee, 
 respiratory organs; 
 
 dech, m. d$kh, the breath; 
 
 lehky dech, lehkee dekh, easy breath- 
 ing; 
 
 tezky dech, Veshkee dtikli, heavy 
 breathing; 
 
 dechnuti, n. dgkhntitee, one breath 
 
 pata, f . paid, the heel 
 
 prsty u nohy, pi. p e rsty it ntihy, 
 the toes 
 
 palec u nohy, m. pdlets # ndJiy, the 
 big toe; 
 
 malik u nohy, m. mdleek it ntihy, 
 the little toe; 
 
 kotnik, m. kotneek, the ankle 
 
 plosko-nohy, ploskti-ntihee, flat-foot- 
 ed; 
 
 kolo-nohy, kolo-ndhee, bow-legged. 
 
 zlucni mechyr, m. iMclmee m., the 
 
 gall-bladder 
 zaludek, m. zdlildek, the stomach 
 strevo, n. strshfod, the intestine, the 
 
 gut; 
 streva, pi. strsMvd, the bowels 
 tenka stf eva, the lesser intestines 
 tlusta stfeva, tlustd s. the larger in- 
 testines; 
 konecnik,m. konechneek, the rectum. 
 
 vydechnouti, vydgkhnotit, to draw 
 breath; 
 
 vydechnouti ze sebe, v. z8 s8b&, to 
 exhale, to force out the 
 breath; 
 
 vdechnouti do sebe, vd&khnoUt dd 
 8&b8, to inhale; 
 
 oddechnouti si, odtikhnoiit si, to 
 breathe easily, to feel re- 
 lief; 
 
 traviti, trdvit ) to digest, to con- 
 
 ztraviti, strdvit S sume; 
 
 zazivati, zdzeevdt, to digest 
 
The human being. 
 
 22B 
 
 trdveni, n. trdveni ) digestion 
 
 zazivani, n. zti&eevdm > 
 
 zazivaci listroji, zuzeevritsee oostro- 
 yee, digestive apparatus; 
 
 moc, m. mdch, the urine 
 
 moceni, n. mdche^ni, urination 
 
 niocili, mdchit, to urinate 
 
 stolice, f . stolitsg, stool, evacuation; 
 
 miti stolici, meet stolitsi, to go to 
 stool; to have open bo^i els; 
 
 vykal, veekdl, the excrement, the 
 discharge; 
 
 lejno, a.leynd i the dung 
 
 trus, in. irilss ' 
 
 obeli krve, m. <;/>//</> k e rv#, circula- 
 tion of the blood; 
 
 krvaceti, k e rvdt8et, to Meed 
 
 krvaceni, n. k e rvdt86iii, the bleeding 
 
 inesiciie, n. my&seechni, the men- 
 struation 
 
 plod, m. pftft?, the fruit 
 
 ploditi, plo&Ht, to bear (fruit etc.); 
 to beget; 
 
 Duch, m. dtikh, the spirit; the mind 
 or intellect; 
 
 duse, f. dtish#, the soul 
 
 ducliovni, dukhovnee ) spiritual, 
 
 dusevni, dUsMvnee 'intellectual; 
 
 mysl, f. missl, the mind 
 
 dfimysl, m. doomissl ) %he inteRect 
 
 schop, m. sM#p ) 
 
 rozum, m. rozum, the reason, the 
 understanding; 
 
 zdravy rozum, zdrdvee roztim, com- 
 mon sense; 
 
 soudnost, f. soudnost, the judgment 
 
 plozeni, n. plozem, the bearing, the 
 begetting; 
 
 porod, m. the childbirth 
 
 poroditi, pordtfit, to be delivered; 
 
 pracovati ku porodu, prdtsovdt kit 
 porddil, to be in labor; 
 
 sestinedeli,n. shZsVuietfelee, lying-in 
 
 scstinedtMka, i shteHinetfelkti, a 
 woman in childbed; 
 
 je tehotmi, y# Hehdtnd, she is with 
 child; 
 
 ceka se do kouta, chekd s# dd kotita, 
 she expects to be confined; 
 
 je V koilto, ytifkotitie \ she is confined, 
 
 slehla, sWhlti ) (in childbed); 
 
 pokoutc, pd koiffie, after childbirth, 
 after confinement; 
 
 obcovanf, n. obtsdvdfii, the inter- 
 course 
 
 obcovati, obtxovdt, to have inter- 
 course; 
 
 pohlavni obcovani, poMlvnee o. 
 
 telesne obcovani, telessne o. 
 
 sexual intercourse. 
 
 smysl, smissl, the sense 
 
 zrak, m. zrdk, the sight 
 
 sluch, m. slukh, the hearing 
 
 chut', f. khiffi, the taste 
 
 cich, cit, m. chikh, tsii, the smell, 
 
 the feeling; 
 Inn at, m. hmdt, the touch 
 pamet, f. pamygt, the memory 
 smyslny, a, e smisslnee, sensual 
 smyslnost, f. smisslnost, sensuality 
 nesmysl, m. ngsmissl, nonsense 
 nesmyslny, a, e n$smisslnee, sense- 
 less, nonsensical. 
 
224 
 
 Part III. 
 
 A sound body, — a 
 
 sound mind. 
 A sound mind in a 
 
 sound body. 
 I have sound limbs, — 
 
 and that is a great 
 
 gift. 
 The bone is hollow and 
 
 contains marrow. 
 That man is lean but 
 
 muscular. 
 That lady has excitable 
 
 nerves . 
 Young blood — hot 
 
 blood. 
 The pulse beats slowly, 
 
 — beats fast. 
 The pulse is normal, — 
 
 regular, — irregular. 
 
 The beating of the 
 heart and the beating 
 of the pulse agree. 
 
 Every little vein in the 
 body contains blood. 
 
 Fair hair and blue eyes 
 prevail in the north, 
 — dark hair and 
 black eyes in the 
 south . 
 
 Long hair, short wit, — 
 says an old proverb . 
 
 The European race has 
 a white skin, the Af- 
 
 Zdrave telo, — zdravy 
 
 duch. 
 Zdravy duch ve zdra- 
 
 vem tele- 
 Mam zdrave My, — a 
 
 to jest veliky dar. 
 
 Kost je duta a obsahu- 
 
 je morek. 
 Ten clovek je liubeny, 
 
 ale svalnaty. 
 Ta dama ma popudlive 
 
 nervy. 
 Mlada krev — horka 
 
 krev. 
 Tepna bije pomalu, — 
 
 bije prudce. 
 Tepna je normal™, — 
 
 pravidelna, — nepra- 
 
 videlna. 
 Tlukot srdce a biti tep- 
 
 ny se shodujou (or 
 
 shoduji). 
 Kazda zilka v tele ob- 
 
 sahuje krev. 
 Plavy vlas a modre o- 
 
 ci panuji (or panu- 
 
 jou) na severu, — 
 
 tmavy vlas a cerne 
 
 oci na jihu. 
 Dlouhe vlasy, kratky 
 
 rozum, pravi stare 
 
 prislovi. 
 Flemeno evropsk^ ma 
 
 bilou plet', plemeno 
 
 zdrave Held, — zdrdvee 
 
 dtikh. 
 zdravee dtikh v8 zdrd- 
 
 vem tiel8. 
 mam zdrave oody, — a 
 
 to yest vUikee dar. 
 
 kost ye diltd a obsahuyg 
 
 morek . 
 ten chlovyek yehtib8nee, 
 
 ale svalndtee . 
 ta ddmd ma popudlive 
 
 nervy . 
 mlada kref — horka 
 
 kref. 
 tepna biyg pomalU, — 
 
 biye prtidsti. 
 tepna ye normdlfiee, — 
 
 prdvidelnd, — n&pr ti- 
 nt delnd. 
 tltikot s e rdsg a bitee tep- 
 
 ny s& s-hodtiyoti. 
 
 kazdd zilka f$el8 obsd- 
 
 htiye kref. 
 pldvee vlas a modre ochi 
 
 ptinicyee nd s$v8ru, — 
 
 tmtivee vldss a clieme 
 
 belli na yeehil . 
 
 dlotihe vlasy, krdtkee 
 rozicm, — pravee sta- 
 re prsheesldvee. 
 
 pl8mend gvropske md 
 beeloit plet\ pltimend 
 
The human being 
 
 225 
 
 rican race a black 
 skin. 
 
 Youth has a smooth 
 face, — old age makes 
 wrinkles. 
 
 A high forehead, a keen 
 eye, long moustach- 
 es, — such was the 
 young man . 
 
 The eyes are the organ 
 of sight, the ears (are 
 the organ of) hear- 
 ing; — the nose is the 
 organ of smell. 
 
 Young girls usually 
 have coral lips. 
 
 Babies have chubby 
 cheeks . 
 
 You still have a full set 
 of teeth (literally : "all 
 the teeth"). 
 
 I have all (my) front 
 teeth, but a few mo- 
 lars are wanting; — I 
 had them pulled. 
 
 Why did yon have them 
 pulled? — Because 
 they ached me; they 
 were decayed. 
 
 A decayed tooth always 
 aches; — it is best to 
 pull it out. 
 
 The pulling of teeth is 
 a painful operation, 
 
 africke cernou. 
 
 Mladi ma hladke lice, 
 — stari dela vrasky. 
 
 Yysoke celo, bystre o- 
 ko, dlouhe kniry, — 
 takovy byl rnladik. 
 
 Oci jsou organ zraku, 
 usi sluclui; — nos je 
 nastroj ciclm. 
 
 Mlade divky miraji ko- 
 
 ralove rty. 
 Decka maji boubelate 
 
 tvare. 
 
 Yy jeste mate vsechny 
 zuby. 
 
 Mam vsecliny predni 
 zuby, ale p&r stoli- 
 cek mi chybi; — dal 
 jsem je vytrhnouti. 
 
 Proe jste je dal trhatiS 
 — Proto ze me bo- 
 lely; byly vyzrane. 
 
 Yyzrany zub vzdycky 
 boli; nejlip ho vytr- 
 hnouti, 
 
 Trhani zubu jebolest- 
 na operace, — ob- 
 
 afritske ehernoit. 
 
 mldftee ma hladke leetsS, 
 — siarsheefteld vrdss- 
 Jcy. 
 
 visdke ehelld, bistre oko, 
 dloiihe kneery, — tdko- 
 vee bill midweek . 
 
 dchi soil organ zrakti, 
 tishi slUkhU; — noss 
 y8 ndstroy chikhti. 
 
 mlade fteefky meevayee 
 
 koralove rti . 
 (Petska mdyee boUbellate 
 
 tvdrshti. 
 
 vy yesMe mat8 fsMkh 
 ny ztiby. 
 
 mam fsMkhny prshM- 
 nee ztiby; aW par sto- 
 lichek me khibee; — 
 dal sem y8vyt e rhnotit 
 
 pro eh ste y8 dal tfrhat? 
 — proto ze my% bold- 
 ly; billi vizrane. 
 
 vyzranee zttb ditsky bo- 
 lee; — neyleep ho vy- 
 frhnout. 
 
 t rhdneezUboo y8bolest- 
 nd operats^—obzldsM 
 
 15 
 
226 
 
 Part 111. 
 
 - especially when the 
 tooth has a big root. 
 Children lose the milk- 
 teeth;— they fall out 
 of themselves. 
 With the teeth we bite; 
 hence they are of a 
 very hard substance. 
 The teeth are set (liter, 
 "sit") in the jaw-bone 
 The windpipe carries 
 the air into the lungs, 
 where the blood is 
 oxydized. 
 The ribs inclose the tho- 
 racic cavity. — There 
 are true ribs and false 
 ribs. 
 The spinal column is 
 composed of links, 
 which we call verte- 
 brae. 
 Burdens are most easily 
 carried (i. e. "we car- 
 ry") on shoulders. 
 The hand is an exceed- 
 ingly important 
 member. — The hand 
 has live fingers. 
 The negroes usually 
 
 have strong arms. 
 Whoever walks a great 
 deal, must have sound 
 legs. 
 The stubbing of the big 
 toe causes pain. 
 
 zvlast? ma-li zub vel- 
 
 ky kofen. 
 Deti ztraci mlecne zu- 
 
 hy> — vypadaji sa- 
 
 my. 
 Zuby kousame; proto 
 
 jsou z velmi tvrde 
 
 latky. 
 Zuby sedi v celisti. 
 
 Prudusnice vede 
 vzduch do plic, kde 
 krev se okyslici. 
 
 Zebra zaviraji hrudni 
 dutinu. — Jsou pra- 
 va zebra a falesna 
 zebra. 
 
 Pater sklada se ze clan- 
 ku, ktere nazyvame 
 obratle. 
 
 Bremen a nosime nej- 
 snaze na plecich. 
 
 Ruka jest lid nesmir- 
 ne dulezity.— Iluka 
 ma pet prstu. 
 
 Negrove mivaji silne 
 paze. 
 
 Kdo chodi inn olio pes- 
 ky, musi miti zdra- 
 ve nohy. 
 
 Zakopnuti palce u no- 
 hy dela bolest. 
 
 md-li ztib velkee kor- 
 shtin. 
 
 fieti strdtsee mlechne 
 zUby; — vypadayee 
 sdmy. 
 
 zUby kotisamg; proto 
 soil zvellmi tv e rde lat- 
 ky. 
 
 zUby sWeefchtilisti. 
 
 proodtishnitsti ved& 
 vzdtikh do plits, gdS 
 kref s8 okyslichee. 
 
 zebra zcweerayee hrtid- 
 nee difflinti. — soil 
 pram zebra a fdlesh- 
 nd zebra. 
 
 pater sh sklada s8 z8 
 chldnkoo, ktere na- 
 zeevdm& obratlg. 
 
 brshgmena noseeme~ ney- 
 sndz& na pletseekh . 
 
 rukd yest ood ntismeer- 
 ne dooUzitee. — rtika 
 ma pyU p e rstoo . 
 
 nggrove meevayee silne 
 paz8. 
 
 gdo khofiee mndhd 
 py&shky, mtisee meet 
 zdrdve nohy . 
 
 zakopnuilee paltsgii no- 
 hy field bolest. 
 
The human being. 
 
 227 
 
 The digestive appara- 
 tus is a vital organ. 
 
 Food is digested in the 
 stomach and in the 
 bowels. 
 
 Zazivaci ustroji jest zi- 
 
 votni organ. 
 Pokrin ztravi se v za- 
 
 ludku a ve strevach. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 zazeevdtsee oos 
 yest zivotnee organ. 
 
 pok e r?n strdvee s& v zd- 
 Itidkti a v& strsM- 
 vdkh . 
 
 Dar, m. dar, the gift 
 
 tlukot, m. tlukot, the beating 
 
 kyslik, m. Ms sleek, oxygen 
 
 okysliciti, okisslichit, to oxygenate 
 
 dusik, m. dtlsseek, nitrogen 
 
 vzduch, m. vzdukh, the air 
 
 pokrm, m. pok e rm, the food 
 
 organ, m. ) , 
 
 , , \ , . f the organ 
 
 nastroj, m. nastroy ) 
 
 clanek, m. c7ddnek,the link 
 
 neger, m. neg e r, the negro 
 
 mladi, n. mldflee, youth 
 
 mladik, m. mldtfeek, the young man 
 
 divka, f . (Veefka, the girl 
 
 latka,f. Idtka, the material, the stuff; 
 
 zilka, f. zilka, a small vein; 
 
 plet', f. the skin 
 
 prislovi, n.prsheeslovee, the proverb 
 
 plemeno, n. pl&mZno [ 
 
 , , v , , v f the race 
 
 pleine, n. plemyt ) 
 
 bremeno, n. brshemeno, the burden 
 
 duty, a, e dutee, hollow 
 
 prudky, a, e prudkee, fast 
 
 prudce, adv. pritdse, fast, rapidly; 
 
 popudlivy, a, e popudlivee, excitable 
 
 normalni, normdlnee, normal 
 
 pravidelny, pravidelnee, regular 
 
 pravy, a, e prdvee, true, right; 
 
 falesny, a, e fdleshnee, false 
 
 plavy, a, e pldvee, fair, blonde; 
 koralovy, a, e koralovee, coral (adj.) 
 boubelaty, a, e boubUatee, chubby 
 bolestny, a, e bolestnee, painful 
 vyzrany, a, e vyzrdnee, decayed 
 dulezity, a, e dooUzitee, important 
 takovy, a, e takovee, such 
 nesmirne, ngsmeerjie, exceedingly 
 pesky, py&shky, on foot 
 obsaliovati, obsahovat, to contain 
 panovati, panovat, to reign, to pre- 
 vail; 
 shodovati se, shodovat s8, to agree 
 chybeti, khibyU, to be wanting; 
 trhati, t e rhdt, to pull, to tear; 
 trhani, n. t e r7idnee, the pulling 
 vytrlinout, vyt e rhnoitt, to pull out; 
 padati, pdddt, to fall 
 vypadati, vy padat Uo fall out; 
 vypadnouti, vypddnout > 
 kousati, kotisdt, to bite 
 nazyvati, nazeevat, to call (by a name) 
 skladati se (ze), skldddt s&, to be 
 
 composed (of); 
 zavirati, zdveerdt, to inclose (also 
 
 "to shut"); 
 zakopnouti, zdkopnotit, to stub; 
 zakopnuti, n. zdkopntiHee, the stub- 
 bing . 
 
228 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Disease and cur*e. 
 NEMOC aLEGENL 
 
 sickness, illness ; 
 
 rozstonati se 9 rostondt s8, 
 
 Nenioc, n&mots, 
 disease; 
 
 lehka nemoc, lehka n. light disease; 
 
 tezka neinoc, tezkd n. acute or dan- 
 gerous disease; 
 
 neinocen, cna, cno ngmotsen ) sick, 
 
 neniecny, a. e*) nemotsnee r iU,dis- 
 
 ) eased 
 
 tezce lieinocen, Heshtsti n. very sick, 
 
 dangerously sick; 
 
 byti nemoccn, beet ngmotsgn ) to be 
 
 stonati, stondt ) sick ; 
 
 roznemoci se, roznemotsi s8 ) to fall 
 
 . sick; to 
 
 " betaken 
 
 sick; 
 
 choroba, f. khtiroba, ailment, affec- 
 tion ; 
 
 chorobny, a, e khorobnee, ailing, 
 affected ; 
 
 marod, (coloq.) mdrod, ailing, sickly; 
 
 maroditi, mdroftit, to be ailing; 
 
 neduli, m. nedUh ) ailment, affec- 
 
 neduzivost, f . nedu- [ tion, infirm- 
 zivost, l' 1 **' border; 
 
 neduzivy, a, e nMuzivee, ailing, in- 
 firm; 
 
 neduzivec, m. neduzivets, ) sickly or 
 
 maroda. m. mar odd r infirm 
 ) person; 
 
 mrz&k, m. m e rzdk, cripple 
 
 zmrzaciti, zm e rzdchit, to cripple 
 
 zmrzacen, a, o**)zmerzdchen ( cr i p _ 
 zmrzaceny, a, e zm e rzdch8nee\ pied 
 zmrzacenost, f. zm e rzdch8nost, the 
 
 crippled condition ; 
 rana, f. rand, the wound 
 
 to wound 
 
 raniti, rami 
 
 poranitl, poramt 
 
 raneny, a ? e rdnenee, wounded 
 
 poraneni, n.pordfienee ) the wound- 
 
 uraz, m. oordz f in &> a nurt 
 
 ) or injury; 
 
 ubliziti, ubleezit ) to hurt, 
 
 uskoditi, usJikoftit > to injure; 
 
 uhoditi, iihotfit, to strike, to hurt 
 
 by striking; 
 pohmozditi, pohmoMit, to bruise; 
 polimozdeni, n. pohmoMenee, the 
 
 bruising, a bruise; 
 uskripnonti, UskrsheepnoUt, to jam, 
 
 to squeeze; 
 nskfipnuti, n. ilskrsheepnitVee, a 
 
 contusion by squeezing; 
 riznouti, rsheeznout, to cut 
 riznuti, n. rsheeznufee ) a cut . 
 rez, m. rsMz S 
 pichnouti, peekhnotit ) to stab, to 
 
 bodnouti, bodnotit fierce, to prick; 
 kousnouti, kousnotit, to bite 
 kousnuti, n. kousnuVee, a bite. 
 
 See 
 
 *) Nemocny is the definite, nemocen the indefinite adjective. 
 Note 2 on page 103. 
 
 **) Zmrzacen is the passive participle (see Lesson XXXVII), from 
 which the adjective zmrzaceny is derived. 
 
Disease and cure. 
 
 229 
 
 Lekar, m. Ukarsh, the physician 
 doktor, m. doktor, the doctor 
 lekarstvi, n. Ukarsh- stwee, the med- 
 ical profession; 
 lekarsky, lekarshskee, medical 
 porodui lekar, porodfiee Ukarsh, the 
 
 accoucheur 
 l>orodniMba,i>. bdba ) ^ midwife 
 
 babicka, bdbichka 
 
 S 
 
 ranhojic, m. ranhoyicli, the surgeon 
 z u bni lekar, zubnee Ukarsh, the 
 
 dentist 
 vyleciti, vylechit, \ 
 vyhojiti, vyhdyit V to cure, to heal 
 nzdraviti, tizdrdvit » 
 vyleceni, vyhojeni, uzdraveni, the 
 
 cure 
 nzdraviti se, tizdrdvit s# \ to cret 
 pozdraviti s^pozdrdvit sg I well, 
 vystonati se, vystondt se J to recover; 
 umriti, umrsheet, \ 
 zemfiti, zemrsheet V to die 
 skonati, skondt ) 
 
 Bolest, f . bolest ) the pain, 
 boleni, n. boleni > the ache; 
 boleni bricha, b. brshikhd, belly-ache 
 kolika, f . kolikd, the colic 
 mam boleni, I have a pain in the 
 bowels or stomach; 
 boleni hlavy, b. hldvy, head- ache 
 M zubii, b. zilbu, tooth-ache 
 bolest v ziyote, b. vzivot'e, pain in 
 the abdomen; 
 ,, y kfizi, b. fkrshee-zi, pain in 
 the small of the back ; 
 
 nmirati, umeerdt, to be dying; 
 
 vypustiti dncha, vyptistHtdtik7ia, to 
 breathe one's last; 
 
 smrt, f. sm e rt, the death 
 
 nali hi smrt, ndhld s., sudden death 
 
 prohlednonti, prohlednout \ to exam . 
 
 proskoiunati, proskoumat I ine, to 
 
 yysetHti, vyshetrshit ) pro e ' 
 
 raditi se, ratfit se, to consult 
 
 predepsati, prshedepsdt, to prescribe 
 
 dieta, de-atd \ 
 
 mirnost v jidle, v the diet 
 
 meernost v-yeedle) 
 
 schazeti, skhdzei ) to be 
 
 cliradnonti, khrshadnoUt ) sinking; 
 
 sbirati se, sbeerdt s&, to be recover- 
 ing; 
 
 liiibnonti, hiibnotit, to lose flesh; 
 
 tloiistnoiiti, tloustnotit, to gain flesh; 
 
 sJabnouti, sldbnotit, to grow weak; 
 
 siliti, seelit, to gain strength; 
 
 slabost, f. slabost, weakness 
 
 sila, f. seeld, strength. 
 
 bolest v zadech, b. vzdd&kh, pain in 
 the back; 
 ,, vnoze (v nohou), b. vnoze (v- 
 nohoii), pain in the leg, or 
 foot (in the legs, or feet); 
 ,, y nice (v rukou), b. vriltsg (v- 
 rilkoil), pain in the hand, 
 or arm (in the hands, or 
 arms); 
 bolest u srdce, b. us e rdse, pain in 
 the heart-region ; 
 , , uvnitr, b . uvnitr sh, pain inside 
 
230 
 
 Part III 
 
 bolestny, a, e bolestnee, painful 
 
 bolavy, a, e boldvee, sore 
 
 bolak, m. the sore 
 
 boule, f. bouW, a boil, a bump; 
 
 vred, m, vrslitid, ulcer 
 
 krtice, pi. k e rVits8, scrofula 
 
 rak, m. rdk, cancer 
 
 otok, m. dtok, a swelling; 
 
 otekly, a, e otgklee, swelled, swollen 
 
 oteci, otetsi, to swell 
 
 horky, a, e horkee, hot 
 
 horkost, f . ) the heat, the f e- 
 
 rozpalenost, f. > ver,thefeverishness 
 
 Zapal, m.s#aZ I juflammation 
 
 zanet, m. zdnet ) 
 
 zapaleny, a, e zdpdlenee ) inflamed 
 
 zaniceny, a. e zdneetsenee) 
 
 zapal plic, sa^^ p^'te, inflammation 
 of the lungs; 
 
 zapal mozku, z. mozkM, inflamma- 
 tion of the brain; 
 ,, mozkove blany, z. mozkove 
 Many, meningitis; 
 
 zapal strev, z. strshef, inflamma- 
 tion of the bowels; 
 
 zapal pobrisnice, z. pobrshishnitse, 
 peritonitis; 
 ,, pohrudnice, z. pohrtidmtsti, 
 pleurisy; 
 
 souchote, pi. soilkhoVe \ 
 
 ubytfc, pi. oo^e to™. 
 
 tnberku\e,plMberkiUt ) 
 
 ochroma, dkhromU / paralysis 
 
 ochrnuti, dfch e mittiee > 
 
 mrtvice, f. m e rtvits8, apoplexy 
 
 za.sk rt, m. zdshk e rl, diphtheria 
 
 rozpalen, a ? o rospdlen, feverish; 
 horecka, f. horechkd \ thety- 
 
 horka nemoc, Jiorkd ngmots > phus 
 hlavnicka, f. hldvmchkd ' fever ; 
 zimnice, f. zimmtse, the ague 
 zluta zimnice, zlUtd z. the yellow- 
 fever; 
 mraziti, mrdzit, to chill 
 mrazeni ? n. rnrdzeni, a chill, a shiver 
 mrazime, mrdzee mye, I feel a chill; 
 tf asti se zimou, trshdst se zimoit, to 
 shiver with cold. 
 
 krup, m. kricp, the croup 
 
 psotnik, m. psottneek, the fits 
 
 spala, m.spdia ( themeasles 
 
 sarlat, m. shdrldt > 
 
 osutiny, pi. osstifony, the chicken- 
 pox 
 
 nestovice, pi. neshtovitse, the small- 
 pox 
 
 ockovati, ochkovdt, to vaccinate 
 
 ockovani, ochkovdni, vaccination 
 
 ockovany, a, e ochkovdnee, vacci- 
 nated 
 
 vyraz, m. veerdz, eruption 
 
 vyrazeny, a, e vyrdzenee, full of 
 eruption; 
 
 kozninemoc, f.koziiee ngmots, skin- 
 desease; 
 
 lisej, m. lishey, the lichen 
 
 mol 9 m. the ringworm 
 
 svrab, m. the itch 
 
 svrbeti, sv^rbyet, to itch 
 
 strup, m. ntriip, the scab, the scurf; 
 
 strupovity, a, e striipdvitee, scabby 
 
Desease and cure. 
 
 231 
 
 hostec, m. hostets ) heumatism 
 
 revma, n. revmd » 
 
 hostecny, hostechnee \ rheu- 
 
 revmaticky ,revmatitskee ' m atic 
 
 srdecni vada, f. s e rdech\\ee mda, 
 heart-desease; 
 
 vodnatelnost, f. vodndtellnost, drop- 
 sy; 
 
 vodnatelny, a, e vodndtellnee, drop- 
 sical 
 
 zaduch, m. zddukh, asthma 
 
 zaduslivy,a,e zddtishlivee, asthmatic 
 kasel, m. kdxhell, the cough 
 modry kasel, modreek., the whoop- 
 ing cough 
 kaslati, kdshldt, to cough 
 vyhazovati, vyhdzovdt, to throw up; 
 
 daviti, davit ) . 
 
 ' [ to vomit 
 
 bliti, Meet ) 
 
 daveui, n. ddvehi ) ., ... 
 
 ' y the vomiting; 
 
 bliti, n. blitee ' 
 
 Zlomiti, zlomit ) tQ break 
 
 ziamati, zldmdt > 
 
 zlomeny, a, e zlomfrnee, broken 
 
 zlamanina, f . zldmaTLina ) a broken 
 
 zloinenina, f . zlom S fracture ; 
 
 pukla kost, f. ptikld kost, a cracked 
 bone; 
 
 vymknouti, vymknout, to dislocate; 
 
 vymknouti kloub, v. kloitb, to sprain 
 a joint; 
 
 vymkiiuti, n. vymknufee, a disloca- 
 tion, a sprain; 
 
 srovnati kost, srovndt kost, to set a 
 bone; 
 
 indi- 
 
 stion 
 
 krece, pi. krshe n M, cramps 
 mdloba, f. faintness, fainting fit; 
 mdly, a, e mdlee, faint; 
 omdleti, omdlet, to faint, to swoon; 
 omdlevani, n. omdlemni, fainting- 
 fits, swooning. 
 nezazivnost, f . nezazivnost \ 
 spatne traveni, n. shpdtne [ ™ 
 
 trdveui * 
 
 zazivny, a, e zdzivnee, digestible 
 nezazivny, nezdzivnee, indigestible 
 retry, pi. vyitry .. ndfl , tu . 
 iiadouvaui,n.>i'Mtfwmin > leuce: 
 nady ma sii, n . nddeemdm ' 
 nadmiity, a 9 e nddmMee, flatulent 
 behavka, f. byehdfka ) the 
 prujeni, m. prooyem ) diarrhea 
 zastava, f. zdstdm \ stoppage in 
 tezka stolice, teshkd I ^Xation, 
 
 stolltse, ) costivene^s; 
 
 liplavice, f. oopldvitse, dysentery. 
 
 dati do desek, ddt do dessek, to splint 
 obvazatiranu, obvdzdtrdnu, to dress 
 
 a wound; 
 obvazek, m. obvdzek, a dressing, a 
 
 bandage; 
 priitrz, m. proot e rsh, the rupture 
 prutrzni pas, m. the truss 
 hrb, m. h e rb, a hump, a hunch; 
 hrbac, h e rbdch, a humpback; 
 hrbaty, a, e h p rbatee, humpbacked; 
 kulhati, kulhdt, to walk lamely; 
 kulhavy, a, e kiilhavee L ame 
 chromy, a, e klivomee ) 
 dopadati, dopdddt, to halt, 
 
232 
 
 Part III. 
 
 It is said that Mr. Ha- 
 
 nush is sick. 
 Is lie laid up ? — Yes, he 
 
 took to his bed. 
 Is he very sick? — I 
 
 think it is serious. 
 
 Call a physician. — Send 
 
 for a doctor. 
 We have sent for him. 
 
 — The doctor has 
 been here already. 
 
 When was Mr. Hanush 
 taken sick? — Yester- 
 day morning; all at 
 once he felt a chill, 
 then he felt feverish. 
 
 What is the trouble?— 
 What disease has he? 
 
 I think it is inflamma- 
 tion of the lungs. 
 
 That would be danger- 
 ous. — What does the 
 physician say? 
 
 The doctor thinks that 
 he has inflammation 
 of the lungs. 
 
 Then I pity him. 
 
 How is Mr. Swoboda 
 
 to-day? is he better? 
 
 Always the same thing; 
 
 — no better, no 
 worse; — there is no 
 change. 
 
 Pan Harms je pry ne- 
 
 mocen. 
 LezH — Ano ? ulehnul. 
 
 Je mu tuze zle? — My- 
 
 slim ze je to pov&z- 
 
 live. 
 Zavolejte lekafe. — Po- 
 
 slete pro doktora. 
 Poslali jsme pro nej. 
 
 — Doktor uz tu byl. 
 
 Kdy se pan Hanus roz 
 stonall — Ycera ra- 
 no; z nenadani do- 
 stal mrazeni, pak 
 horkost. 
 
 Co je mu?— Nac se roz- 
 stonal? 
 
 Myslim ze na zanet 
 plic. 
 
 To by bylo nebezpec- 
 ne. — Co povida le- 
 kaH 
 
 Doktor mysli ze ma 
 zapal plic. 
 
 To ho lituju. 
 
 Jak je panu Svobodovi 
 dues? Je mu lip? 
 
 Porad stejne; — ani 
 lip, ani hur; — nic 
 se to nemeni. 
 
 pan hdniish y& prey n&- 
 
 motstin. 
 lezeef — and, itl^hniil. 
 
 ye mil tooze zlef — mis- 
 
 leem ze y% to povdzli- 
 
 ve. 
 zdvoleyte lekdrsM. — pd 
 
 shlete pro doktora. 
 poslali sme pro fiey. — 
 
 doktor icsh tit bill. 
 
 gdy se pan h. rostondlf 
 
 — fchera rdno; zne- 
 ndddni dostal mrdzg- 
 ni, pak horkost. 
 
 tso ye mii? — ndch s& 
 
 rostondlf 
 misleem ze na zanet 
 
 plits. 
 to bi billo nebespechne. 
 
 — tso poveedd le- 
 karsh f 
 
 doktor mislee ze md za- 
 pal plits. 
 
 to ho UtityU. 
 
 yak ye panic swoboddvi 
 dness? y& miileepf 
 
 p or shad steyne; — dm 
 leep, ani hoorsh; — 
 nits s& to nemy^nee. 
 
Disease and cure. 
 
 233 
 
 It does not grow worse , 
 
 — it doesn't grow 
 better. 
 
 What disease has he? — 
 What is his disease? 
 —What ails him? 
 
 The physician himself 
 doesn't know yet; — 
 until it develops *) — 
 It is not known what 
 will come of it. 
 
 I hope it will not be so 
 bad. 
 
 I hope he will recover. 
 
 — Perhaps he will 
 soon get well. 
 
 I don't know if he will 
 get over it. — Who 
 knows if he will get 
 well. 
 
 He is well along in 
 years already. 
 
 Well, he needs good 
 nursing. — Give him 
 the best care possible. 
 
 We nurse him faith- 
 fully. — We tend him 
 as best we can. 
 
 Yes, tend him as well 
 
 Nehorsi se to, 
 lepsi se to. 
 
 ne- 
 
 Co ma za iiemoc'2 — Ja- 
 kou ma nemoc? - 
 Nac stiuie I 
 
 Lekar sam nevi jeste; 
 
 — az jak se to uka- 
 ze. — Nevi se co z 
 toho bude. 
 
 Doufam ze nebude to 
 
 tak zle, 
 Doufam ze z toho vy- 
 
 jde. — Snad se brzo 
 
 uzdravi. 
 Nevim vyjde-li z toho. 
 
 — Kdoz vi jestli z 
 toho vyjde. 
 
 Uz je v letech. 
 
 Inu, potfebuje dobre 
 osetreni.— Dejte mu 
 vsemoznou peci. 
 
 Osetrujeme ho pilne. 
 
 — Slouzime mu co 
 nejlip muzeme. 
 
 Alio, sluzte mu co 
 
 nehorshee se to — ne- 
 lepshee se to. 
 
 (so met za nemotsf — 
 yakou ma ntimots? — 
 nacli stoonef 
 
 lekar sh sdm nevee yesh- 
 He; — ash yak se to 
 ickdze. — nevee se tso 
 stoho bude. 
 
 doufam ze nebUde to 
 
 tak zle. 
 doufam ze stoho veed8. 
 
 — sndd se berzo it- 
 
 zdrdvee. 
 neveem veedeli stoho. — 
 
 gdoz vee yestli stoho 
 
 veede. 
 
 ush ye vletekh. 
 
 inu, potrshtibuye dobre 
 oshetrsheni.-deyte mil 
 fshemohiou pechi. 
 
 oshetrshuyeme ho pil- 
 ne. — slouzeeme mu tso 
 neyleep moozeme. 
 
 and, slushte mil tso 
 
 *) Az jak se to ukaze, — until it shows itself or develops, — is in 
 fact an elliptical sentence, meaning: "We must icait, until it develops". 
 
 Sentences of this character are frequently used; for instance : 
 
 Az jak bude, "until (we see) how it will be;" — "(it depends upon) 
 how it will be". 
 
 Az jak to dopadue, "until (we see) how it will come out" ; — (it de- 
 pends upon) how it will come out". 
 
234 
 
 Part III. 
 
 as you can. — Nurse 
 him in every possible 
 manner. 
 
 We are with him day 
 and night. 
 
 Has the doctor pre- 
 scribed for him? — 
 Yes, he wrote a pre- 
 scription. 
 
 Have you sent to the 
 drug-store?— We sent 
 there right away. — 
 The druggist pre- 
 pared it immediately. 
 
 The patient takes his 
 medicine regularly. 
 
 I hope to God that he 
 will get well. 
 
 I hope hat he will soon 
 be on his legs. 
 
 I fear that he will soon 
 be "on the board" (i. 
 e. dead). 
 
 I am afraid that nothing 
 will help him. 
 
 I fear that he will die. 
 
 Is it true that Mr. Alesh 
 
 died? 
 I am sorry to say it is 
 
 true. 
 When did he die? - He 
 
 died at midnight. — 
 
 He died toward 
 
 morning. 
 
 mozna. — Obsluzte 
 ho se vsim. 
 
 Jsme u nej ve dne v 
 
 noci. 
 Predepsal mu dokior? 
 
 — Ano, napsal re- 
 
 cept. 
 
 Poslali jste do lekar- 
 ny2 — Poslali jsme 
 tarn lined. — Lekar- 
 nik to pripravil oka- 
 mzite. 
 
 Pacient uziva pravi- 
 delne. 
 
 Da bull ze se pozdra- 
 vi. 
 
 Doufam ze bude brzo 
 na nohou. 
 
 Bojim se ze bude brzo 
 na prkne. 
 
 Bojim se ze nic mu ne- 
 
 pomuze*). 
 Obavam se ze umre. 
 
 Je to prayda, ze pan 
 
 Ales umreH 
 Bohuzel, je to pray da. 
 
 Kdy zenireH — Skonal 
 o pfilnoci. — Skonal 
 k rami. 
 
 moznd. — obslushtti hd 
 sgfsheem. 
 
 smgti ney v8 dn&vnotsi. 
 
 prshedfrpsal mu doktorf 
 
 — dno, napsal rU- 
 sept. 
 
 poslali ste do Ukdrnyf 
 
 — poslali sm& tdm 
 hn&d. — lekdrmk to 
 prshipravil okdmzi- 
 
 pdtsient itzeevd pravi- 
 
 delfie. 
 da booh ze se pozdra- 
 
 vee. 
 doufam ze btid& b e rzo 
 
 na nohou. 
 boyeem se ze btidtib e rzd 
 
 na p e rkfLe. 
 
 boyeem s# ze nits mil ng- 
 
 pomooze. 
 obdvdm se ze umrshS. 
 
 ye to prdvdd ze pan A- 
 
 lesh Umrshellf 
 bohitzel, y& to prdvddf 
 
 gdy zemr shell? f — sko- 
 nal o poolnotsi. — 
 skonal krdnit. 
 
 *) See Note 1 on page 36, about double negation, 
 
Desease and cure. 
 
 235 
 
 What did he die of? — 
 Of inflammation of 
 the lungs. 
 
 Very few get over that, 
 — at his age. 
 
 Indeed very few! — 
 There was no help f 01 
 him. — The doctor 
 said so right off. 
 
 He said: There is no 
 help for him; — the 
 desease has been neg- 
 lected. 
 
 He neglected it. — He 
 sent for the doctor 
 too late. 
 
 He should have sent for 
 the doctor sooner. — 
 When the doctor 
 came, it was too late. 
 
 A desease must not be 
 neglected. 
 
 Old Mrs. Hoshek died 
 this morning. 
 
 She died suddenly, — 
 of heart desease. 
 
 She was taken sick and 
 in half an hour it was 
 all over with her. 
 
 That was a sudden 
 death. 
 
 It is better than to suf- 
 fer long. 
 
 Preserve us from long 
 suffering! 
 
 Nac umreK— Na zapa- 
 leni plic. 
 
 Z toho malo kdo vy- 
 jde, — v jeho veku. 
 
 Ba malo kdo!— Nebylo 
 inn zadne pomoei.— 
 Doktor povidal to 
 lined. 
 
 Pravil: Neni mu po- 
 moei;— nemocje za- 
 nedbana. 
 
 Zanedbal to. — Poslal 
 pro doktora pozde. 
 
 Mel poslati pro dokto- 
 ra drive. — Kdyz dok 
 tor prisel, bylo poz- 
 de. 
 
 Nemoc nesmi se zane- 
 dbati. 
 
 Star a pani Hoskova 
 skonala dnes rano. 
 
 Zemrela liable, — na 
 srdecni vadu. 
 
 Prislo ji zle a za pul 
 hodiny bylo po ni. 
 
 To byla nahla smrt. 
 
 Je to lepsi nez trapiti 
 
 se dlouho. 
 Jen ne dlouhe trape- 
 
 ni! 
 
 ntich umr shell? — na 
 zdpdlem pliis. 
 
 stoho malo gdo veede, 
 — vyeho vyeku. 
 
 Ba malo gdo! — nebillo 
 mu zadne pomotsi. — 
 doctor poveeddl to 
 lined. 
 
 pravil : neyni mu po- 
 motsi; — nemots ye 
 zdnedbdnd. 
 
 zanedbal to. — postal 
 pro doctord pozfle. 
 
 my ell po slat pro docto- 
 rd dr sheer e. — gdyz 
 doctor prshi shell, blllo 
 pozfte. 
 
 nemots nesmee se zot- 
 nedbat. 
 
 stdrd pom hoshkovd 
 skonala ' dness rano. 
 
 zemrshella ndhle, — na 
 s e rdechnee vadit. 
 
 prshishlo yee zle a za 
 pool hoftiny billo po 
 ni. 
 
 to billet ndhld sm e rt. 
 
 ye to lepshee nesh trd r 
 
 pit se dloUho. 
 yen ne dlotihe trdpeni. 
 
236 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Chronic consumption 
 is a slow disease; — 
 acute consumption 
 has a quick run. 
 
 Drowning is a cruel 
 death; — so is strang- 
 ling. — Hanging is an 
 easy death, if the neck 
 is broken. 
 
 A. took his own life; — 
 he committed suicide 
 
 He drowned himself ; — 
 he hanged himself.— 
 he poisoned himself; 
 
 — he shot himself; — 
 he cut his throat; — 
 he thrust a knife into 
 his breast. 
 
 And why did he do it? 
 
 — Most likely he was 
 
 Chronicke souchotiny 
 jsou zdlouhava ne- 
 moc;-akutni soucho- 
 te maji rychly bell. 
 
 Utopeni je tezka smrt; 
 uduseni taky. — 0- 
 beseni je lehka 
 smrt, zlomi-li se 
 vaz. 
 
 A. vzal si zivot;— spa- 
 chal samovrazdu. 
 
 Utopil se; — obesil se; 
 otravil se; — zastre- 
 lil se; — podrezal si 
 krk; — vrazil si nuz 
 do prsou. 
 
 A proc to udelaH — 
 Nejspis byl sileny. 
 
 insane. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 the male 
 J patient; 
 \ the female 
 pacientka 9 f. pdtsientkd i patient; 
 lekarna, f . lekdrnd ) the drug store, 
 apatyka, f. dpdtikd > the pharmacy; 
 
 khronitske sotikhotmy 
 soil zdloUhdvd nemots; 
 
 — dkittnee soiikhote 
 mdyee rykhlee by eh . 
 
 titopem yeteshkd sm e rt; 
 
 — Udusheni take. — 
 obyesheni y& lehka 
 
 smert, zlomee-U s8 
 
 vdz. 
 A. vzal si zivot; — spd- 
 
 khdl samovrazdu. 
 utopil s%; — obyesil se; 
 
 — otravil s%; — zd- 
 strshUil s%; — pod- 
 rshezdl si k e rk; — 
 vrazil si nooz do p e r- 
 soti. 
 
 a pro eh to tifteldl? — 
 neyspeesh bill sheele- 
 nee. 
 
 Nemocny, m. nemots nee 
 pacient, m.patsient 
 
 lekarnik, m. lekdrnik ) the druggist, 
 
 7 u u , > the 
 
 &\)&ty\Lar,m. apatikarsh ) apothecary ; 
 
 horkost, f. horkost, the fever heat; 
 
 mrazeni, n. mrdz^hi, the chill; 
 
 predpis, m. prshUpis\ the prescrip- 
 11 Vtion, receipt, 
 
 recept, m. retsept ) the recipe. 
 
 predepsati, prshgd8psdt,tQ prescribe 
 
 pripraviti, prshiprdvit, to prepare; 
 pece, f . peehe, the care 
 pecovati (o) ? pechovdt, to care (for); 
 osetreni, n. oshetrshem, the nursing 
 osetrovati, oshStrsJwvdt, to nurse, 
 
 to tend; 
 
 Slouziti, sloilzit \ to serve, to wait 
 
 obslouziti, obslouzit ) on, to tend; 
 potrebovati, potrshebovdt, to want, 
 
 to need; 
 bati se, bat se, to fear 
 obavati se, obdvdt s&, to apprehend 
 trapiti se, trdpit s#, to suffer 
 
Drugs and medicines. 
 
 237 
 
 trapeni, n. trapeni, the suffering 
 zanedbati, zdnedbdt, to neglect 
 zanedban, a, o, neglected 
 meniti se, my8n.it s#, to change 
 neineni se, nemyenee s#, it does not 
 
 change; 
 horsiti se, horshit se, to grow worse 
 nehorsi se, nehorshee s#, it does not 
 
 grow worse ; 
 ukazati, ukdzdt, to show 
 nkaze se, ukdze se, it will show it- 
 self; 
 
 vyjiti z tolio, ve-yeet stoho, to come 
 
 out of it; 
 nebezpeci, n. nebespeehee, the danger 
 nebezpecny, a, e ngbespeclinee, dan- 
 gerous 
 okamzik, m. okamzik, the moment 
 inalokdo, mdlogdo, very few people 
 bohnzel, bohuzell, alas; I am sorry 
 
 to say; 
 vaz, m. vdz, the back of the head; 
 the neck. 
 
 Drugs ana medicines. 
 LECIVA a LEKY. 
 
 Mira, f. meerd, the measure 
 
 a aha, f . valid, the weight 
 
 mefiti, my 8r shit, to measure 
 
 vaziti, vdzit, to weigh 
 
 michati, meekhdt, to mix 
 
 YKOStth Proseet ) to garble 
 
 pf ebrati, prsMbrdt > 
 
 libra, f . libra, a pound 
 
 unce, f . tints&, an ounce 
 
 lot, m. (about half an ounce); 
 
 kvintlik, m. quintleek, (about i of 
 
 an ounce); 
 gran, m. a grain 
 lzice, f . Izeetsg or zeetse, a spoon, a 
 
 spoonful; 
 
 Prasek, m. prdshek, a powder 
 ,, na zuby, p. nd zuby, tooth-p. ; 
 ,, sumivy, p. shumivee, Seidlitz- 
 powder; 
 ,, persky, Persian powder; 
 
 lzicka, f . Izeechkd or zeechkd, a small 
 spoon; a small spoonful; 
 
 kavova lzicka, f. a coffee or tea 
 spoonful; 
 
 cajovy salek, m. chayovee shdlek, a 
 tea-cup ; 
 
 sklenice, f . sklenitse, a glass 
 
 vinna sklenice, f . wine-glass 
 
 hrstka, f . h e rstkd ) a hand 
 
 prekonsle, f.prshehotishU j ful 
 
 spetka, f . shpetkd, a pinch 
 
 kapka, f . kdpkd, a drop 
 
 kapky, pi. kdpky, drops 
 
 netksq}ek)Pyetkdpek, five drops ;etc 
 
 dayka, f . ddfkd, a dose. 
 
 prasky, pi. prdshky, powders 
 pilnlka, f . pillulkd, a pill 
 pilulky, pi. pills 
 kasicka, f . kdshichkd, a poultice 
 testicko, n. Hestichko, a paste 
 
Part III. 
 
 mazani, n. mazdni, an ointment 
 
 mast', f . mast, salve 
 
 lektvar, m. confection 
 
 tinktura 9 f . tinctoord, tincture 
 
 flastr, m. fldst e r ) n , 
 
 9 J • >• plaster 
 
 naplast 9 m. naplast j 
 
 fizikator 9 m. vesicatory 
 
 olej 9 m. oley, oil 
 
 extrakt 9 m. extract 
 
 vystrelek 5 m . veestrshelek, spirit 
 
 semeno 9 n. semend 
 
 seed 
 
 seminko 9 n. semeenko j 
 list 9 m. list, leaf 
 listi 9 n. listee, leaves 
 koren 9 m. korshen, root 
 korinek, m. korsheenek, little root 
 bobule 9 f • bobule, bulb 
 kura 9 f . koord, bark, peel 
 st'ava 9 f . shtidvd, juice 
 bylina, f. billind, herb 
 lekarska bylina 9 Ukarshskd b., me- 
 dicinal herb; 
 odvar 9 m. decoction 
 nalev, m. mftf h nfusion 
 yymok 9 m. veemok ' 
 
 Aloe 9 n. &I08, aloes 
 anjelika 9 f. dnyellicd, angelica 
 anyz 9 m. dneez, anise 
 arabska guma, f . gum arabic 
 arnika 9 prha 9 f. arnica 
 
 Baldrian (odolen,kozlik) 9 m. water 
 
 avens; 
 balsam 9 balzam 9 m. bdlshdm, bdl- 
 
 zdm, balsam 
 bavlna 9 f. bdc e lnd, cotton 
 
 roztok, m. rostok, solution 
 davidlo, n. emetic 
 pocist'ovadlo 9 n. poehisVovadlo, pur- 
 gative 
 lehky 9 a 9 e lehkee, light, soft, easy 
 prudky 9 a 9 e prudkee, drastic 
 projimavy 9 a 9 e proyeemdvee, laxative 
 silici 9 seelitsee, tonic 
 silivka 9 f. silifkd, a tonic 
 pro spani, pro spani, soporific 
 narkoticky, narkotiskee \ narcotic 
 oniannijici 9 omdmuyeetsee S 
 mocohnavy, mochohndvee, diuretic 
 pijavka, f . piydfkd, a leech 
 pijavky, pi. piydfky, leeches 
 bank a, f . cupping-glass 
 prijemny, a 9 e prshee-yemnee, agree- 
 able, pleasant; 
 odporny, a, e odporme^^^ 
 osklivy 9 a 9 e oshklivee j 
 osklivost 9 f. oshklivost, nausea 
 kyselina 9 kissellind, acid 
 kyslicnik 9 kisslichrveek, oxide 
 siran 9 m.seerdn, sulphate. 
 
 bedrnik, m. bed e rnik, pimpernel 
 bezovy kvet 9 m. bezovee kvy&t, elder 
 
 flowers; 
 beloba 9 f . byelobd, white lead; 
 bilkovina 9 f. beelkovina, albumen 
 blin 9 m. bleen, henbane 
 bobko-tresne 9 f . cherry-laurel 
 bolehlav, m bolehldv, hemlock 
 bozi trava (recke seno) 9 fenugreek 
 
 seed 
 
 
Drugs and medicines. 
 
 239 
 
 brain bofik (svinsky ehleha, svin- 
 sky ofech), sow -bread; 
 broskvove listi, n. peach-leav< s; 
 brut ii ak obecny, m. bo ram 
 bi'iza, f. brsheezd, birch, (bi tula alba); 
 
 Celik, m. tsellik, golden -rod 
 
 cesmina (lesni kopriva), f. holly 
 cink, in. teink, zink 
 citron, in. tsitron, Lemoo 
 citronova kiira, f. lemon peel 
 citronova stava, t lemon juice 
 cukr, m. tsuh'T, sugar 
 cukr hroznovy, glucose 
 cnkr nilecny, ts. mlichnee, sugar of 
 
 milk; 
 cukr oloveny, ts . olovy#nee, sugar of 
 
 lead. 
 
 Davicny kanien, m. ddvichnee hd- 
 men, tartar emetic; 
 
 debet, m. dgliM, tar 
 
 divizna, f. ffiviznti, mullein 
 
 dobra mysl, f . see marjanka; 
 
 draft krev, f . dr&chee k?*#f, dragon's 
 blood; 
 
 draslik, m. (kalium, n.), drdssleek, 
 potassium 
 
 draslo, n . see salajka; 
 
 drevo mysi, n . drshevd mishee, bit- 
 ter-sweet 
 
 dfevo sladke, liquorice 
 
 drin, m. dr sheen, dogwood 
 
 dristal, m. barberry 
 
 drnayec,m . d e rndvets, wall-pellitory 
 
 drozdi, see kvasnice; 
 
 dubinky, pi. nutgall, galls; 
 
 durman, m (panenske jablko picli- 
 
 hive), stramonium seed; 
 (luvik. m. ditsseek, nitrogen 
 dnsicnan olovnaty, nitrate of lead. 
 
 Ether, m. Her, ether 
 enforbinm, eitforbiitm, euforbia. 
 
 Fenikl, m. fennel 
 fialka, f. fi&lkti, violet 
 flk, in. f( < !,. fig 
 
 fosfor, m. phosporus. 
 
 (idoulovc semeno, m. quince seed; 
 granatovo jablko, Q. pomegranate 
 gnma arabska, f. gum arabic 
 " elasticka, f. gum elastic 
 
 llehnanek, m.hershmdnek, chamo- 
 mile 
 horcice, t horchitsti, mustard 
 horcc, m. horshets, gentian 
 houba, f. hotibti, sponge 
 houby, pi. mushrooms, 
 hfebicek, m. rxhSbeechek, cloves 
 huleviiik, m. hedge-mustard 
 
 Chinin, m. khinin, quinine 
 china, f. ) cinchona, Pe- 
 
 chinnik pravy, m. ) ruvian bark; 
 chlorove v&pno, n. khlorove vdpno, 
 
 chloride of lime; 
 chmel, m. khmell, hops. 
 
 Ibis (proskurnik), m. ibish, marsh- 
 mellow 
 
 Jalovec, m. ytdlovets, juniper 
 jaternik, m. ydternik, liverwort 
 
240 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Jed, yed, ) ison 
 
 utrejch, utreykh > 
 
 jeleni roh ? yellenee roll, hartshorn 
 
 " luj 9 y. looy, hart's tallow 
 jerab 9 m. yerslidb, mountain ash; 
 jetelice, f. (janovec, m.) broom tops 
 jod, m. yod, iodine. 
 
 Kafr, m kdf e r, camphor 
 
 kalamin, m. calamine 
 
 kalanka, f. pinkroot 
 
 kamenec, m. kamenets, alum 
 
 kampeska, f. kdmpes7ikd, logwood 
 
 kastoreum, n. castor 
 
 kastan, m. kdshtdn, horse-chestnut; 
 
 kaucuk, m. India rubber; 
 
 klejt, (kyslicnik olovnaty) m. kleyt, 
 oxide of lead; 
 
 klejicha bulvata, butterfly weed 
 
 k min , m. kmeen, caraway seed; 
 
 kniin vodni, k. vodnee, water-hem- 
 lock (fine-leaved); 
 
 konitrud, m. hedge-hyssop 
 
 k 01 1 <ipi 9 n. konopee, hemp 
 
 konopi indicke, k.inditske, Indian 
 hemp; 
 
 konopny extract, m. extract of hemp 
 
 kopytnik tupolisty, m. asarum Eu- 
 ropaeum; 
 
 kopr, m. kop e r, dill 
 
 koralka, f. see palenka; 
 
 korek, m. cork 
 
 korenhadi, m. 7cor87i&n 7i(M?ee,b\stort 
 " maliny, blackberry root; 
 " omami, elicampane 
 u omejovy, aconite root; 
 
 kosatec, m. kossatets, blue flag, iris 
 
 versicolor; 
 kozinec, m. kozinets, tragacanth 
 kozlik odolen, m. valerian 
 kozokvet ? m. queen's root; 
 kren 9 m. krs7ien, horse radish 
 krevnice, f. 7crevnitse, bloodroot 
 krida, f. krs7ieedd, chalk 
 kroupy, pi. Icrotipy, pearl barley; 
 krticnik, m. k^tHc7ineek, figwort 
 krusinka, krushinka, dyer's weed, 
 
 genista; 
 krusicek, (pampalik), m. marigold 
 kura dubova, f . koord dtibovd, black- 
 oak bark; 
 " divoke tresne, wild cherry bark 
 fc ' vrbova, k . v e rbdvd, willow bark ; 
 " jilmova, k. yilmovd, elm bark; 
 " cervenejilmy 9 slippery elm bark 
 kvasnice, pi. kwassnitse, yeast 
 kvet, m. 7cwyet, flowers 
 kvetel, f . kwytitell, common toad flax 
 kyprej, m. kiprey, loosestrife 
 kyslik, m. kissleek, oxygen 
 kyselina, f. kisselind, acid 
 " citronova, citric acid 
 " karbolova, carbolic acid; 
 " sanytrova, nitric acid; 
 " sol mi, muriatic acid; 
 " vinova, tartaric acid. 
 
 Lep na ptaky, m. bird-lime 
 
 lenty&ek, m. mastic 
 
 levandule, f. lavender 
 
 lih 9 m. Iee7i, alcohol 
 
 lilek cerveny, see drevo mysi; 
 
 Limonka, f . marsh rosemary; 
 
Drugs and medicines. 
 
 241 
 
 listi bobkove, n. laurel leaves; 
 lomiknat, m. common groundsel: 
 lopuch, (horky lnpen) m. burdock 
 liYj, m. looy, tallow; 
 
 „ jeleni, hart's tallow; 
 
 ,, skopovy, mutton suet 
 lzicnik, m. Izichmk, common scur- 
 vy-grass ; 
 lek proti hlistdm, vermifuge. 
 
 Mak, m. poppy-seed 
 
 mandle horke, pi. man die hor alike, 
 
 bitter almonds; 
 
 „ sladke, sweet almonds; 
 
 marena, f. m&rshina, madder 
 
 uiarjanka v f. mdrydnkd, common 
 marjoram; 
 
 inata, (marulka) f. catnep 
 
 mata peprna, f. peppermint 
 
 mata kaderava, pennyroyal 
 
 med, m. honey 
 
 med', f. myeft. copper 
 
 medokvet, m. rnedokiryet, marsh 
 trefoil, buckbean; 
 
 medvediee obecua, medvyeftitse o- 
 betsnd, bearberry leaves; 
 
 mejli, n. (mis\}\\\fyf .) mey lee, mistle- 
 toe 
 
 melasa, f. molasses 
 
 mleko, n. milk 
 
 mlekovy punc, milk-punch, toddy; 
 
 momsova st'ava, mulberry juice; 
 
 mouka bila, f. moukd beeld, wheat 
 flour; 
 ,, cerna 9 m. chernd, rye flour; 
 ,, oyesna, m. oveaand, oatmeal; 
 
 mrkev, f. m e rkef, carrot seed; 
 mydlo, n. ?needlo. soap 
 
 ,5 mazave, soft soap 
 
 „ amygdalinove, amj^gdaline 
 soap; 
 
 ,5 mandlove 9 almond oil soap; 
 myrha, f. myrrh 
 
 Nahac, m. see ociin; 
 namel, m. ergot 
 naprstnik cerveny, m. foxglove 
 narcis kadef avy, m . daffodil 
 natrznik, m . tormentil 
 netik, m. see zensky ylas; 
 netykalka, f. touch-me-not 
 nove koreni, n. nove korahem, all- 
 spice; 
 nickaminek, see skalice; 
 natrium, see sodik. 
 
 Ocet 9 m. otset, vinegar 
 
 ociin 9 m. otsoon, colchicum seed; 
 
 odolen, m. valerian 
 
 olej, m. oley, oil 
 5 5 bavlneny, cotton-seecl oil 
 ,, z bergamotek, oil of bergamot 
 ,, citronoyy, lemon oil 
 ,, dymianovy, oil of thyme, oil of 
 
 origanum; 
 ?9 horcicny, oil of mustard 
 5 5 hermankovy, chamomile oil 
 5 5 jantarovy, oil of amber 
 5 5 kafrovy, camphor oil 
 ,, kokosovy, cocoa-nut oil 
 ,, koprovy, oil of dill 
 5 5 krotonovy, croton oil 
 5 5 lneny, flaxseed oil 
 
 16 
 
Ml 
 
 Part lit 
 
 olej mandlovy, almond oil 
 „ olivovy, \ 
 
 , , dreveny >• olive oil 
 
 ,f brabancovy > 
 ,, ricinovy, castor oil 
 ,, riizovy, oil of roses 
 ,, sesamovy, benne oil 
 ,, skoricovy, cinnamon oil 
 ,, terpentinovy, oil of turpentine 
 ,, z volske nohy, neats-foot oil 
 olovo, n. olovo, lead 
 orech, m. orsMkh, nut 
 ,, muskatovy, nutmeg 
 orlicek, m. orleechek, columbine 
 osladic, m. osldftich, male fern 
 ozanka, f. (gamandr), germander. 
 
 P&lenka obycejna, f. whisky 
 
 , , vinna (francouska), brandy 
 pampeliska (smetanka), f . dandelion 
 paprika, f. red pepper, cayenne p. 
 pekelny kaminek, m. lapis infer- 
 
 nalis; 
 pelynek, m. wormwood 
 peltram, m. pellitory 
 pepr, m. pgprsh, black pepper 
 petruzel, f. parsley root 
 pijavky, pi. f.piydfky, leeches 
 pizmo, n. peezmd, musk 
 plavun, f. lycopodium 
 plicnik, m. plitsnik, Iceland moss; 
 plo§ticnik, m. black snakeroot. ci- 
 
 micifuga; 
 pomoranc, m. pomordnch, orange 
 pomorancovy kv&t, orange flowers; 
 pomorancovd kura, orange peel; 
 
 popel z kosti, m. popell skosVi, bone 
 
 ash; 
 posed, m. white bryony 
 potas (draslo), see salajka; 
 potmeclnitf, f . 
 psi vino cervene, n. ) 
 prote£, f. cudweed, life-everlasting; 
 pryskyrice, f. pry skir shit s8, resin, 
 
 [• bittersweet 
 
 pryskyrky, see spanelske mouchy; 
 
 psi rmen, m . mayweed 
 
 pukavec (vlci mak), m. piiktivets, 
 
 red-poppy petals; 
 puskvorec, m. pUshkworets, sweet 
 
 flag; 
 
 Rauta, f. rdtitd, rue 
 
 rebarbora, f. rebarbdrd, rhubarb 
 
 rozinky, pi. f. raisins 
 
 rozmarina, f. rosemary 
 
 rozrazil, m. speedwell 
 
 rtut', f. rtiffi, mercury 
 
 rulik zlomooiy, m. deadly night- 
 shade, belladonna root; 
 
 rum myrtovy, m. bay -rum 
 
 rumelka, f. cinnabar 
 
 rfl^e stolista, f. hundred-leaved 
 rose. 
 
 Sadec, m. sddets, eupatorium, thor- 
 
 oughwort ; 
 S&dlo, n. lard 
 salajka, f. sdlaykd, potash 
 salmiak, m. sal ammoniac 
 sanytr, m. 8dnyt e r, saltpeter 
 semeno lnene, n. flaxseed, linseed; 
 ,, tykvove, pumpkin seed; 
 
Drugs and medicines. 
 
 248 
 
 seminko citvarove, European worm- 
 seed ; 
 senes, m. purging cassia; 
 senesove listi, n. senna leaves; 
 seno recke, n. send rshStske, fenu- 
 greek ; 
 sesamove listi, n. benne leaf; 
 sira, f. seerd, sulphur, brimstone; 
 siran, m. seerdn, sulphate 
 siran draselnaty, sulphate of potash 
 siran med'naty, sulphate of copper; 
 sirob, m. sirup 
 skalice bila, f. skdllitsg beeld, white 
 
 vitriol; 
 skila, f. squile 
 skorice, f. skorshitsg, cinnamon 
 
 " bila, canella 
 sladka vrbka, f. bittersweet 
 sliz, m. sleez, common mallow 
 smola, f. pitch 
 
 sodik, m. (natrium), n. sodium 
 soda sucha, f. (suchy natron, ky- 
 slicnik sodnaty), dry soda, 
 protoxide of sodium; 
 soda zirava, (natron ziravy, hydrat 
 sodnaty), caustic soda, hy- 
 drate of soda; 
 sporys, m. see zeleznik; 
 starcek, m . see lomihnat; 
 siil kuchynska, f. soolk., common 
 salt; 
 " hofka, ((xlauberova), Glauber's 
 
 salt, Epsom salt; 
 " morska, bay salt; 
 " kristalova, nitrate salt; 
 surik, m. red oxide of lead; 
 svlacec, m. svldchets, scammony. 
 
 Safran, m. shdfrdn, saffron 
 salvej, m. shalvyey, sage 
 sipek, m. sheepek, dog-rose, hip; 
 sisak, m. shishdk, scullcap 
 skrob, m. shkrob, starch 
 skrobovina americka, f arrow-root 
 skumpa jedovata, f. poison-oak 
 spanelske niouchy, pi. f. Spanish 
 
 flies, cantharides; 
 spargl, m. shpargl, asparagus 
 st'ovik, m. sMovik, sorrel 
 svestky, pi. f. shioestky, primes. 
 
 Tabak, m. tdbrtk, tobacco 
 tavola, f hardhack 
 terpen tyn, m. terperUeen, turpentine 
 tinktura arnikova, f. tincture of 
 
 arnica: 
 tis, m. common European yew tree; 
 tojest, f. dog's-bane 
 tolije, f. tolliye, parnassia palustris; 
 tomel virginsky, persimmon 
 tran jaterni, m. cod-liver oil; 
 trnka, f . t e rnkd, wild plum tree; 
 trojpecka, f . troypetskd, fever root 
 tremdava, f. dictamnus, bastard 
 
 dittany ; 
 trezalka, f. St. John's wort; 
 tuk velrybi, m. spermaceti 
 turan, m. fleabane, erigeron. 
 
 Uhel dreveny, m. charcoal 
 
 libel zvireci, animal charcoal; bone- 
 black; 
 
 uhlik, m. uTileek, carbon 
 
 uhlicitan horecnaty, m. carbonate 
 of magnesia; 
 
244 
 
 Part III. 
 
 uhlicitan sodnaty, carbonate of soda 
 nzanka, f . hound's tongue. 
 
 Yanilka, f . vanilla 
 
 vapno, n. lime; quicklime; 
 
 vapno chlorove, chloride of lime ; 
 
 vapno karbolove, carbolate of lime; 
 
 vavrin, m. laurel tree; 
 
 vejce, n. veytse, egg 
 
 bilek, m. beelek, the white 
 
 zloutek, m. zloittek, the yelk 
 
 vinny kamen, m. cream of tartar; 
 
 vino bile, n. veend beele, white wine 
 " cervene, v. chervene, red wine, 
 
 virginska hadovka, f. Virginia 
 snakeroot 
 
 vitod, m. veetod, bitter polygala; 
 
 vlast'ovicnik, m. vldshtomchwk, ce- 
 landine 
 
 vodacista,f .voda chisstd, pure water 
 
 voda miner&lni, mineral water 
 
 koupel, f. ^^^Hbath 
 
 lazen, f. lazen » 
 
 vodicka, f. vo&Hchka, wash, lotion; 
 
 vodicka naoci, v. naochi, eye-wash 
 
 vosk bily, m. white wax 
 
 vosk zluty, yellow wax 
 
 44 
 
 44 
 
 vranioko, n. vranee oko, parisquad- 
 
 rifolia; 
 vratic, m. vrdtiich, tansy 
 vystrelek, m. veestrshgllek, spirit 
 
 pizmovy, spirit of musk; 
 
 terpentinovy, spirit of 
 
 turpentine; 
 vyzi kli, n. vizeeklee, isinglass. 
 
 Z&zvor, m. ginger 
 
 zazvor divoky, wild ginger 
 
 zemezluc, f. zemygzlucti, common 
 centaury; 
 
 zerav, m . zerdf, arbor vitae ; 
 
 zimostraz, m. box plant; 
 
 zmijovec, m. zmeeydvets, skunk cab- 
 bage; 
 
 zabnik, m. zabnik, water-plantain 
 zebricek, m. zebrsheechek, yarrow 
 zeleznice lysa, s. snake-head, turtle- 
 head; 
 zeleznik, m. zeleznik, vervain 
 zensky vlas, m. maidenhair 
 zinc volska, f . tMcIi volska, ox-gall 
 zlutidlo, n. turmeric 
 ztutodfev, m. prickly-ash. 
 
 I 
 
 like domestic 
 
 fort. 
 We have a comfortable 
 
 home on tenth street. 
 We have a hall, five 
 
 rooms and a kitchen 
 
 At liome. 
 
 DOM A. 
 com- I Miluju dom&ci polio- 
 
 
 dli. 
 MAme pohodlny domov 
 
 na desate ulici. 
 M a iiki sin, pet pokojfi 
 
 a kuchyn dole, a 
 
 millityU domdtsee po- 
 
 hodlee. 
 mdm8 pohod^lnee dd- 
 
 niof na dtisate Ulitsi. 
 mdm% seen, py&t pokd- 
 
 yoo a kUkhin ddU, 
 
At home. 
 
 245 
 
 downstairs, and four 
 bedrooms upstairs. 
 
 The stairs have a rail- 
 ing. 
 
 We have new furni- 
 ture, — tables, chairs, 
 sofas and beds. 
 
 The writing-desk and 
 library stand in the 
 front room. 
 
 The windows have 
 both shutters aud 
 curtains. 
 
 On the walls there are 
 pictures in frames. 
 
 Our clothes-press is 
 very handy. 
 
 The fuel we keep down 
 cellar. — Hard and 
 soft water is in the 
 house . 
 
 We have a good stove 
 and the chimney does 
 not smoke. 
 
 It is time to eat. — The 
 
 meal is ready. 
 The table is spread; — 
 
 everything is on the 
 
 table: dishes, plates, 
 
 forks, knives. 
 Come and eat; — sit 
 
 down by the table. 
 Hand (thou) me that 
 
 chair. — Hand (you) 
 
 me the soup ; I shall 
 
 deal it out. 
 
 ctyry loznice naho- 
 re. 
 Schody maji zabradli. 
 
 Manie novy nabytek, — 
 
 stoly, zidle, pohov- 
 
 ky a postele. 
 Psaci stul a knihovna 
 
 stoji v predni svetni- 
 
 ci. 
 Okiia maji okenice i 
 
 zaslony* 
 
 Na stenach jsou obra- 
 
 zy v rainech. 
 Nase satnice je tiize 
 
 prirucna. 
 Palivo maine ve skle- 
 
 pe. — Tvrda i mek- 
 
 ka voda je v dome. 
 
 Maine dobre kamna a 
 komm nekouri. 
 
 Je cas k jidlu. — Jidlo 
 
 je hotovo. 
 Je prostf eno; - vsecko 
 
 je na stole: misy, 
 
 talire, vidlicky, no- 
 
 ze. 
 Pojd'te jisti;— sednete 
 
 ke stolu. 
 Podej mi tu sesli. — 
 
 Podejte mi polivku; 
 
 ja rozdam. 
 
 a shtiri loznitsg nd- 
 
 horshe. 
 skhody mayee zdbrad- 
 
 lee. 
 mdmg novee ridbytek, — 
 
 stolly, zidU, pohofky 
 
 dpostelle. 
 psdtsee stool a knihovna 
 
 stoyee fp r shednee 
 
 swygtnitsi. 
 oknd mdyee okenitse e 
 
 zaslony. 
 
 nd stendkh soit obrazy 
 vrdmekh. 
 
 ndshe shdtnitse yg toozg 
 prsheeruchnd,. 
 
 palivo mdrng ve sklepye. 
 — to e rdd e mygkd vo- 
 da yg vdomye. 
 
 mdmg dobre kdmnd a 
 komeen nekourshee. 
 
 ye chdss k-yeedlit. — 
 
 yeedlo ye hotdvd. 
 yg prostrshgno . — fshg- 
 
 tsko ye nd stolle: mee- 
 
 sy, tdleershg, vidlich 
 
 ky, noze. 
 podHg yeest; — sedfietg 
 
 k^ stolltl. 
 podgy me til sessli. 
 
 podgy tg me poleefkti} 
 
 yd rozddm, 
 
246 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Is it not salt enough? 
 
 — Here is the salt; 
 take some more salt. 
 
 The meat is cut; — I 
 shall cut up the roast 
 into pieces. 
 
 Help yourself; — here 
 is roast goose, — here 
 is fried chicken. 
 
 Take a piece of bread. 
 
 Do you eat pastry ? — 
 
 Sometimes. 
 Do you want a cup of 
 
 coffee? — or a cup of 
 
 tea? 
 Is the coffee sweet e- 
 
 nough? — Here is su- 
 gar. 
 After a meal a cigar 
 
 tastes well. 
 Will you smoke?- Here 
 
 are cigars; light one. 
 
 hand me the matches. 
 
 — There in the cor- 
 ner is a spittoon. 
 
 It is growing dark. — 
 It is dark. — Make a 
 light. 
 
 Here is a candle-stick 
 and a candle. — Light 
 the lamp;— light the 
 gas. 
 
 Neni dost slana?— Zde 
 je sul; prisolte si. 
 
 Maso je nakrajeno; — 
 
 rozdelim peceni na 
 
 porce. 
 Posluzte si; — zde je 
 
 pecena husa, — zde 
 
 smazene kure. 
 Yemte si kousek chle- 
 
 1m. 
 Jite peeivo? — Nekdy. 
 
 Chcete salek kavy % — 
 anebo salek cajeS 
 
 Je kava dost sladka?— 
 Zde je cukr. 
 
 Po jidle chutna dout- 
 
 nik. 
 Budete kouritiS — Tu 
 
 jsou cigara; zapalte 
 
 si. 
 Podejte mi sirky. — 
 
 Tarn v koute je pli- 
 
 vatko. 
 
 Stmiva se. — Je tma. — 
 Udelejte svetlo. 
 
 Zde je svicen a svicka. 
 — Rozzete lampu; — 
 rozzete plyn. 
 
 neym dost sldndf — zdS 
 ye sool; prshisolte si. 
 
 mdsso y& nakrdy&no; — 
 rozfteleem pecheni na 
 portse. 
 
 poslushtti si; — zd$ y& 
 pgchend htissd, — zde 
 smazene kurshe. 
 
 vemte si kousek khlebd . 
 
 yeete pechivof negdy. 
 
 khtseU shdlek kavy? — 
 anebo shdlek chayg? 
 
 ye kava dost slddkdt — 
 zd8 ye tstik?r. 
 
 po yeedl& khutnd dotlt- 
 
 Hik. 
 budete koilrshitf — tti 
 
 soil tsigard; zapalte 
 
 si. 
 podeytti me seerky. — 
 
 tarn fkoilUe yd pli- 
 
 vdtkd. 
 
 stmeevd s&. — ye tma. — 
 ufteleyte sicygtlo. 
 
 zde y8 sweets8n a sweech- 
 kd. — rozet& lampil; 
 — rozet$ plyn. 
 
At home. 
 
 247 
 
 It is growing chilly, 
 
 isn't it ? — Make a 
 
 fire. 
 There is a fir*? already 
 
 in the stove. 
 It is late; - let us go to 
 
 sleep. 
 It is time to go to bed. 
 Is the bed made?— The 
 
 beds are made for all. 
 I shall lie down on the 
 
 sofa. — Do as you 
 
 please. 
 Undress; — take off 
 
 your clothes; — pull 
 
 off your boots; here 
 
 is the boot-jack. 
 Sleep well. — Good 
 
 night! 
 
 It is time to get up. — 
 Our folks are up. 
 
 Wencel is still sleeping; 
 — wake him up, or 
 he will oversleep. 
 
 How did you sleep? — 
 I slept well. 
 
 Didn't that noise wake 
 you up? — I slept 
 fast; nothing disturb- 
 ed me. 
 
 I had a bad night; — 
 I could not fall asleep 
 very long; — I only 
 fell asleep towards 
 morning. 
 
 Dela se chladno, je-li 
 pravda I - Zatopte. 
 
 Uz je ohen v kamnech. 
 
 Je pozde; — pojd'me 
 
 spat. 
 Je cas jiti do postele. 
 Je ustlanoS— Je ustla 
 
 no pro vsechny. 
 Ja si lehnu na sofa. — 
 
 Jak chcete. 
 
 Odstrojte se; — svlek- 
 nete se; — zujte se, 
 — tu je zouvak. 
 
 Spete dobre.— Dobrou 
 
 nod 
 
 Nasi 
 
 Je cas vstati. 
 
 jsou zhuru. 
 Yaelav posud spi; — 
 
 zbud'te ho, sice za- 
 
 spi. 
 Jak jste spal? — Spal 
 
 jsem dobf e. 
 Nebudil vas ten hlukS 
 
 — Spal jsem tvrde; 
 
 — nic me nebudilo. 
 
 Ja niel zlou noc; — 
 nemohl jsem usnou- 
 ti dlouho; — usnul 
 jsem teprve k rami. 
 
 fteld se khlddno, yelli 
 prdvddf — zatopte. 
 
 Ush y8 ohen fkdmnekh . 
 
 ye poztfe; — poRmti 
 
 spat, 
 yechdss yeet do p osteite, 
 ye Ustldnof — ye ustld- 
 
 no pro fshtikhny. 
 yd si lehnti na sofa. — 
 
 yak khtsetg. 
 
 odstroyte s£; — svlekne- 
 te s8; — ztcyte s8; — 
 tit ye zoitvdk. 
 
 spyeteddbrshe. — dobrou 
 nots. 
 
 yg chdss fstdt. — ndshi 
 
 soil zhooru. 
 vdtsldv postid spee; — 
 
 zbii&'tg ho, sits8 zd- 
 
 spee. 
 yak stg spal? — spal 
 
 sem ddbrsM. 
 nebU^il vdss ten hMkf 
 
 — spal sem tv e rfte; 
 
 nits my& n$bd$ilo. 
 
 yd my 811 zlotl nots; — 
 n&moh e l sem itsnout 
 dlouho; — Usnul sem 
 tep e rve krdnU , 
 
248 
 
 Part III 
 
 Henry says he never i> Jindrich povida ze ani 
 
 shut his eyes (i.e. had 
 no sleep at all). 
 
 oka nezamhouHl. 
 
 I yindrshikh poveedd ze 
 ani oka nezdmoU- 
 rshil. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Siii, f . seen-, the hall 
 
 schody, pi. m. skhody, the stairs 
 
 zabradli, n. the railing 
 
 stena, f . stena, the wall 
 
 satnice, f. shathitse, the clothes 
 press; 
 
 kumbal, ni. kumbdl, the closet 
 
 kout, m. kotit, the corner 
 
 okenice, f . okeuitse, the blind 
 
 zaslona, f . zaslona, the curtain 
 
 domaci, domdtsee, domestic 
 
 nabytek, m. the furniture 
 
 stoly, m. stilly \ tabks 
 
 tabule, f.tdbitle > 
 
 psaci stui, psdtsee stool, the writing- 
 desk 
 
 zidle, f . zidle ) ,, , . , . 
 
 ' r the chair or chairs ; 
 
 sesle, f . sessle ) 
 
 Vro^>triti^prostrsheet,to set the table; 
 
 niisa, f . meesa, the dish 
 
 talir, m. taleersh, the plate 
 
 salek, m. shalek, the cup 
 
 sul, sool, the salt 
 
 slany, a, e sldnee, salt, salted; 
 
 prisoliti, prshi-solit, to put in some 
 
 more salt; 
 sladky, a ? e slddkee, sweet 
 
 P0h0Tka,f.^A«/feK) thel 
 
 sofa, n. sofa ) 
 
 obraz, m. obraz, the picture 
 
 ram, m . the frame 
 
 Palivo, n . pdllivo, the fuel 
 
 kamna, pi. kamna, the stove 
 
 komin, m. komeen, the chimney 
 
 kouriti, kottrshit, to smoke 
 
 ohen, m. ohevi, the fire; 
 
 svicen, m. sweetsen, the candlestick 
 
 svicka, f . sioeechka, the candle 
 
 plyn, m. the gas 
 
 rozziti, rozeet, to make a light ; 
 
 zapaliti, zdpdlit, to light 
 
 sirka, f. seer kit; a match 
 
 cigaro, n. tsigdro ) a cigar 
 
 doutnik, m . dotitnik ) 
 
 plivatko, n.pUvdtko) pitt0Qn 
 
 plivnik, m. plivnik > 
 
 nakrajeti, ndkrdyet, to cut in pieces; 
 rozdeliti, roztfelit, to divide 
 rozdati, rozddt, to deal out; 
 pecivo, n.pechivo, the pastry 
 peceny, a, e p8chenee, roasted 
 smazeny, a, e smazenee, fried 
 linsa, f . hiissd, goose 
 kure, n. kilrsM, chicken. 
 
Buying and selling. 
 
 249 
 
 Stmivati se, stmeevdt sti, to grow 
 
 dark ; 
 odstrojiti se, odstroyit s#, to undress 
 zouti se 9 zotit se, to pull off one's 
 
 boots; 
 zoirvak, m zouvdk, the boot- jack 
 iistlati, tistl&t, to make the bed; 
 usuouti, ttsnoiltj to fall asleep; 
 zaspati, zdspat, to oversleep 
 buditi, btitfit, to wake, to disturb: 
 
 zbuditi, zbutfit, to wake up, to call; 
 
 YStati, fstdt, to get up; 
 
 zhfiru, zhooriL up; 
 
 nahore, ntihorshe, up stairs; 
 
 dole, tfflJe, down stairs; 
 
 tvrde, fe«rff« | fast 
 
 pevne, pe»ne > 
 
 llluk, m. ///>U\ noise 
 
 je-li pravdal ydliprWcddf isn't it so \ 
 
 Bixying and soiling. 
 
 KG CPE A PRO BE J. 
 
 How much is this? — 
 What is the price of 
 it!— How much does 
 it cost? 
 
 What do you sell it for? 
 
 What do you want for 
 it?— What do you ask 
 for it? — How much 
 shall I give you for it ? 
 
 What is the price? 
 
 A dollar and ten cents . 
 
 — A dollar and a 
 quarter . 
 
 Two dollars and a half. 
 
 — Two and a half 
 dollars . 
 
 Five dollars sixty cents 
 
 It costs a little over six 
 
 dollars . 
 Is it worth that much ? 
 
 Zac je to. ? — Co to sto- 
 ji? — Co to kostnjel 
 
 Po cem to proda vate I 
 Co za to chcete! — Co 
 za to zadatel — Co 
 vam za to dam I 
 
 Jaka je cena? 
 Dollar deset ceivtii, — 
 Dollar a ctvrt. 
 
 Dva dollary a pul. — 
 Pul tretilio dollaru. 
 
 Pet dollaru sedesat 
 
 cent 11. 
 Stoji to ueco pres sest 
 
 dollaru. 
 Stoji to za to 2 
 
 zach ye to? — tso to 
 stoyeef — tso to kosh- 
 tUyef 
 
 po chem to proddvdte? 
 tso za to khtsete? — tso 
 
 za to zdddte? — tso 
 mm za to dam? 
 
 i/dkd ye tsend? 
 dollar desset sentoo. — 
 dollar a shtw e rt. 
 
 dwa dollary a pool. — 
 pool trsheteeho dolla- 
 ru . 
 
 pyet dolldroo shedessdt 
 sentoo. 
 
 sioyee to netso prshes 
 sliest dolldroo. 
 
 stoyee to zd to? 
 
250 
 
 Part III. 
 
 I think it is; — why 
 should it not be? 
 
 It seems to me too 
 much. — I think it is 
 dear. 
 
 That is too much. — 
 That is too dear. — I 
 won't give so much. 
 
 That is too much; — will 
 you take off some- 
 thing? 
 
 You must take off 
 something. 
 
 I shall not take off any- 
 thing. — I cannot take 
 off anything. 
 
 We have a fixed price. 
 
 — We sell at a fixed 
 price. 
 
 It is cheap. — It is low- 
 priced . 
 
 I shall get it cheaper 
 elsewhere. 
 
 You will not get it 
 cheaper anywhere . 
 
 I will try it. — I don't 
 want to haggle. — I 
 don't like to haggle 
 over the price. 
 
 That is the lowest price ; 
 
 — it cannot be any 
 cheaper. 
 
 Myslim ze stoji;— proc 
 
 by nestaloS 
 Mne se to zda moc. — 
 
 Myslim ze je to dra- 
 
 he. 
 
 To je moc. ™ To je 
 drahe. — Tolik ue- 
 dam. 
 
 To je tuze mnoho; — 
 slevite neco2 
 
 Neco musite sleviti. 
 
 Nesleviin nic. — Ne- 
 molm sleviti nic. 
 
 Mame pevnou cenu. — 
 Prodavame za pev- 
 nou cenu. 
 
 Je to lacine, — Je to 
 levne. 
 
 Dostanu tolevneji jin- 
 de. 
 
 Nedostanete to levneji 
 nikde. 
 
 Zkusim to. — Nechei 
 smlouvati. — Nerad 
 smlouvam. 
 
 To je nejnizsi cena; — 
 nemuze byti lacinej- 
 
 si. 
 
 misleem ze stoyee; — 
 proch be nesidlo? 
 
 mye s8 td zda mots. — 
 misleem ze y8 td dra- 
 he. 
 
 to yd mots. — to yedra 
 he. — tolik neddm. 
 
 to yd tooze mnohd; — 
 
 sleveete netsof 
 
 netsd museetd slevit. 
 
 nesleveemnits. — ndmo- 
 hu slevit nits. 
 
 mame pevnoti tsenti. — 
 prodavame za pevnoit 
 tsenu. 
 
 ye to latsine. — ye to 
 levne. 
 
 dostanu to levney yindd. 
 
 nedostanete to levney 
 
 nigdd. 
 skuseem td. — ndkhtsi 
 
 srnlouvdt. — nerad 
 
 smlouvam. 
 
 td ye" neynishee tsend; 
 — ndmooze beet latsi- 
 nei/shee. 
 
Buying and selling. 
 
 251 
 
 What do you wish? — 
 
 What is your pleas- 
 ure? 
 What cau I do for you? 
 Have you satchels for 
 
 sale? — I want to buy 
 
 a satchel. 
 I would like to get a 
 
 nice traveling bag. 
 We have a stock of 
 
 them. — We have a 
 
 large choice. 
 Show me some. — I 
 
 wish to see them. 
 This is the best kind we 
 
 have. — The}^ are 
 
 good. 
 This one is nice. — This 
 
 will suit you. 
 How much is it? — 
 
 What is the price ? 
 Four dollars and a half. 
 
 — That is the regular 
 price. 
 
 That is alittle too much . 
 
 — don't you think so ? 
 I do not think so. 
 I will give four dollars 
 
 for it .-- Will you sell 
 
 it for that? 
 I cannot. — I cannot 
 
 take off anything. 
 The price is fixed. 
 Then I will not buy it. 
 
 — Do as you please; 
 
 Co si prejeteJ — Co 
 racte I 
 
 Cini moliii slouzitii 
 Mate tasky na prodej I 
 — Chci koupit taskn. 
 
 Rail bych nejakou pek 
 
 nou kabelu. 
 Maine je na sklade. — 
 
 Maine velky vyber. 
 
 Ukazte mi nektcre, — 
 
 Podivaiii se na ne. 
 Tohle je nejlepsi druh 
 
 co niame. — Ty jsou 
 
 dobre. 
 Table je pekna. — Ta 
 
 se vain hodi. 
 Zac jeJ — Co stoji! 
 
 Ctyry dollary a piil.— 
 
 To je pravidelna ce- 
 
 na. 
 To je trocku moc; — 
 
 nemyslite. ? 
 Nemyslim. 
 Dam za ni ctyry dolla 
 
 ry. — Date ji za to 2 
 
 Nemohu. — Nemoliu 
 
 nic sleviti. 
 Cena je pevna. 
 Teda ji nekonpim, — 
 
 Jakvam libo. — Ne- 
 
 tso si prsheyetef — tso 
 rcichte? 
 
 cheem raohfi slouzitf 
 md te ids Itky na p ro dey ? 
 
 — k,it si koupit tds/i- 
 
 kti. 
 
 rdd bikh \\dkou pyek- 
 
 nou kubellii. 
 ■mum 8 ye uu skluiYe. — 
 
 mume velkee veebyer. 
 
 ukuslite me nektere.-po- 
 tfeevdm se na he. 
 
 tohle ye neylepshee druh 
 tso mdme. — ty sou 
 dobre. 
 
 tuhle ye pyeknd. — Id 
 se turn hoftee. 
 
 zdch ye? — tso stoyee? 
 
 shtiry dollary a pool. — 
 to ye pracidelnd tse- 
 nd. 
 
 to ye trokhu mots; — 
 nemisleete? 
 
 nemisleem. 
 
 dam m hi shtiry dolla- 
 ry — date ye za to? 
 
 nemohu. — nemohu hits 
 
 s lev it. 
 tsend ye pevna. 
 teda ye nekotipeem. — 
 
 yak vdm leebo '.— ney- 
 
252 
 
 Part III. 
 
 — it is not dear at that 
 price . 
 
 You will not get it else- 
 where . — They have 
 not got them else- 
 where. 
 
 They are not to be had 
 elsewhere. — Only I 
 alone have them for 
 sale. 
 
 Theyhavenot got these 
 goods on hand any- 
 where . 
 
 I keep honest goods on 
 hand. 
 
 Small profits, quick 
 sales — that is my 
 motto. 
 
 Small but frequent pro- 
 fits. 
 
 Have you some pocket- 
 books? 
 
 We have a large stock. 
 — What kind do you 
 wish, — expensive? — 
 cheap? 
 
 What is the price of 
 these? — How much 
 are they? — How do 
 you sell them? 
 
 A dollar apiece. -They 
 are good and lasting. 
 
 Those are dearer; a dol- 
 lar and a half. 
 
 ni draha za tu cenu. 
 
 Jinde ji nedostanete. — 
 Jinde je nemaji. 
 
 Nejsou jinde k dostani. 
 — Jenom ja je mam 
 n a prodej. 
 
 Nemaji to zbozi 11a 
 sklade nikde. 
 
 Ja drzim poctive zbo- 
 zi. 
 
 Maly zisk, rychly pro 
 dej,— to je me keslo. 
 
 Maly vydelek, ale ca- 
 
 sty. 
 
 Mate nejake tobolky J 
 
 Maine velkou zasobu. 
 — Jake chcete, — 
 drahe'2 — lacinel 
 
 Zac jsou ty hie] — Po 
 cem j sou£ — Po cem 
 je prodavateS 
 
 Po dollar u kus.— Jsou 
 dobre a trvanlive. 
 
 Tarn ty jsou drazsi; po 
 dollar u a pul. 
 
 m drdhd za til tsentt 
 
 yindeye nedostdnUti '. — 
 yinde y8 nemdyee. 
 
 neysoU yindZ gdostdfii . 
 — yenom yd y& mam 
 nd prodey. 
 
 nemdyee to zbozee nd 
 skldtfe mgdg. 
 
 yd d e rzeem potstiive zbo- 
 zee. 
 
 mdlee zisk, rykhlee pro- 
 dey, — to ye me hessld . 
 
 mdlee veetfelek al& chdss- 
 tee. 
 
 mdt&jidke tobolkyf 
 
 mdme velkoil zdsobti. — 
 ydke klitsete, — drd- 
 hef — Idtsinef 
 
 zdch soti ty litis? — pti 
 chem soil? — po diem 
 ye proddvdtti? 
 
 po dollar it kuss. — soti 
 dobre a tervdnlive. 
 
 tarn ty sou drdsliee; po 
 dollar it a pool. 
 
Hulling and selling. 
 
 253 
 
 They are somewhat 
 better. 
 
 I will take one; — wrap 
 it up for me. 
 
 Here is the money : give 
 me back. 
 
 There is fifty cents com- 
 ing to you. — Here is 
 half a dollar back. 
 
 I should like to bii} T a 
 few tons of coal; but 
 I have no money. 
 
 I will take it on credit; 
 — will you trust me? 
 
 I do not trust anybody; 
 — I sell only for cash. 
 
 I give no credit. — I 
 want cash. 
 
 I want to have no bad 
 debts. 
 
 I need money. — I am 
 raking up money to 
 buy goods ; — I do not 
 want to borrow. 
 
 For cash one buys 
 cheap. 
 
 How is business? — So 
 so; — tolerably good. 
 
 Have the goods a ready 
 sale? — I have a good 
 sale, but a small prof- 
 it. 
 
 Jsou trochu lepsi. 
 
 Yezmo si jednu;— za- 
 balte mi ji. 
 
 Tu jsou penize; dejte 
 mi zpatky. 
 
 PHjde vain padesat cen- 
 to.— Zde je puldol- 
 1 laru zpatky. 
 
 Had bych koupil par 
 tun ulili; alenemam 
 penize. 
 
 Yezinu ho na dluli; — 
 pock ate mi I 
 
 Neeekam zadneinu; — 
 prodavam jen za ho- 
 tove. 
 
 Nedavamkredit.- Chci 
 hotove. 
 
 ^echci miti zadne spat- 
 ne dluhy. 
 
 Potrebuju penize. — 
 Shanim penize na 
 zbozi; nechcise dlu- 
 ziti. 
 
 Za hotove koupi se la- 
 cino. 
 
 Jak jde obckod?— Tak 
 tak; — projde to. 
 
 Jde zbozi na odbyt % — 
 Mam dobry odbyt, 
 ale maly zisk. 
 
 sou trokhu lepshee 
 
 vezmu si yednit; — z%- 
 
 bdlte me ye. 
 tit soil pnxeeze; deyte me 
 
 spdtky. 
 prsheedti vam pddessdt 
 
 sentoo. — zde ye poo! 
 dolluru spdtky. 
 
 rod bikh koupil par tun 
 uJilee; al% n&mdm pe- 
 neeze. 
 
 vezmu ho nti dlooh; — 
 pochkdtg met 
 
 ntichekam zddnemu; — 
 proddvdm yen za ho- 
 tove. 
 
 n&ddvdm credit. — khtsi 
 hotove. 
 
 nekhtsi meet zadne 
 shpdtne dloohy. 
 
 potrshebuyu -peneezti. — 
 shdheem peneeze na 
 zbozee; — n&khtsi se 
 dluzit. 
 
 za hotove koupees£ldtsi- 
 
 710. 
 
 yak d& obkhodf — tak 
 tak; — proyde to. 
 
 de zbozee na odbyt? — 
 mam dobree odbyt, ti- 
 le mdlee zisk. 
 
254 
 
 Part III. 
 
 I often sell at a loss. — 
 I have a loss on my 
 sales. 
 
 That is bad. — Have 
 you a large stock? 
 
 I have still many goods 
 on hand; — I expect 
 again fresh goods; — 
 they are on the way. 
 
 I was in New York to 
 make purchases. 
 
 Did you make a good 
 bargain? — I am satis- 
 fied. 
 
 Prodavam casto se sko- 
 
 dou. — Mam na torn 
 
 ztratu. 
 To je zle. — Mate vel- 
 
 kou zasobu 2 
 Mam jeste hodne zbo- 
 
 zi; — cekam zase 
 
 cerstve zbozi;— je uz 
 
 na ceste. 
 Byl jsem vNew Yorku 
 
 nakupovat. 
 Koupil jste dobre? — 
 
 Jsem spokojen. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 prodavam chdssto s& 
 
 shkodoU. — mam na 
 
 torn strdtu. 
 to y8 zle. — mate velkoU 
 
 zasobtil 1 
 mam yeshte hodne zbo- 
 
 zee; — cJiekdm zass 
 
 cherstve zbozee; — ye 
 
 ush na tseste. 
 bill sem vnew-yorkii, na 
 
 kUpovdt. 
 koupil sU dtibrshe? — 
 
 sem spokoyen. 
 
 Na sklade 9 nti sklatfe, on hand; 
 odbyt, m. sale (of goods); 
 zisk, m. profit 
 skoda, f. shkodd 1 logg 
 ztrata, f. strata ) 
 taska, f. tdshkd \ satchel, 
 kabela, f . kdbelld S traveling bag; 
 tobolka, f . tobolkd, pocket book; 
 heslo, n. hesslo, motto 
 pevny, a 9 e pevnee, fast, fixed; 
 trvati, t e rvat, to last 
 trvanlivy, a, e t e rvdnlivee, lasting. 
 
 Stoji to, stoyee to, it costs, it is worth; 
 kostuje, kos/duye, it costs 
 dostati, dostdt, to get 
 dost ami, dostdnu, I shall get; 
 
 dostanete, dostdnetg, you will get; 
 je k dostani, ye gdbstdm, is to be 
 
 got; is to be had; 
 drzeti, d e rzet, to keep 
 hoditi se 9 lioftit s#, to suit; to fit; 
 sleviti, slemt, to take off; 
 smlouvati, smloiival, to haggle; to 
 
 bargain; 
 slouziti, slouzit, to serve 
 digitise, dlMitst / toborrow 
 vydluziti se, vydlifzit s8 ) 
 pockati, pochkdt, to wait, to trust; 
 necekam, nechekdm, I do not wait; 
 
 I do not trust; 
 nakupovati, ndktipovdt, to make 
 
 purchases; 
 zabaliti, zdbdlit, to wrap up. 
 
hi a grocery store. 
 
 255 
 
 In a grocery store. 
 U GROCERISTY. 
 
 I want some groceries. ! 
 
 Please, command; — we 
 have fresh goods of 
 all kinds. 
 
 Give me a pound of 
 coffee, two pounds 
 of sugar and a pack- 
 age of chicory. 
 
 Anything else? 
 
 Five pounds of rice, 
 half a dozen of lem- 
 ons and some spices. 
 
 How do you sell eggs ? 
 
 Twenty cents a dozen. 
 
 Give me two dozen of 
 eggs, three quarts of 
 kerosene and a pint 
 of sirup. 
 
 How do you sell kero- 
 sene by the gallon? 
 
 I will take a bottle of 
 mustard, a pound of 
 raisins, a pound and 
 a half of dried apples. 
 
 Besides, I want four 
 ounces of pepper. 
 
 Send me a sack of flour 
 and five pounds of 
 barley. 
 
 I want the best kind of 
 flour, — patent flour. 
 
 Chci nejake grocerie. 
 Poroncejte; — niame 
 
 cerstve zbozi vseho 
 
 driilni. 
 Dejte mi libra kavy, 
 
 dve libry cukru a 
 
 paklicek cikorie. 
 
 Jeste neco ? 
 
 Pet liber ryze, pnl tu- 
 
 ctu citronu a nejake 
 
 koreui. 
 Zac prodavate vejcel 
 Dvacet centii tucet. 
 Dejte mi dva tuety va- 
 
 jec, tfi kvarty pe- 
 
 troleje a pint siro- 
 
 bn. 
 Zac prodavate petro- 
 
 lej na gallony I 
 Yezmn si lahev horci- 
 
 cc 9 librn rozinek, 
 
 pfildrnhe libry kri- 
 
 zal. 
 Jeste chci ctyry mice 
 
 pepre. 
 Poslete mi pytel inou- 
 
 ky a pet liber krnp. 
 
 Chci nejlepsi druh 
 monky, — patentni 
 
 moukii. 
 
 khtsi ndke grocerie. 
 poroticheyte; — mdme 
 
 "Jierstve zbozee fshe- 
 
 ho driVtii. 
 deyU me libru kdvy, 
 
 dwyti libry tsukru a 
 
 pdkleeehek tsikorie. 
 
 yeshtie netsoP 
 
 pyet liber reyze, pool 
 tutstu tsitronoo a Ha- 
 ke korshem . 
 
 zach prodavate veytsti? 
 
 dwdtset sentoo tilt set. 
 
 deyte me died ttctsty vci- 
 yets, trshi quarty p8- 
 troleye a pint siro- 
 bti. 
 
 zach prodavate petroley 
 na gallony f 
 
 vezmtl si lahev horchit- 
 se, librii rozinek, 
 p o ol d r it h e libry 
 krsheezal. 
 
 yeshtie khtsi shtiry tin- 
 tse peprshe. 
 
 poshlete~ mi pytel mouky 
 a pyU liber krUp . 
 
 khtsi neylepshee drtlh 
 mouky, — pdte7ifn.ee 
 moukii. 
 
256 
 
 Part III. 
 
 A bushel of potatoes 1 Busl bramboni a pek 
 
 and a peck of onions. 
 Give me five cents 
 worth of cinnamon, 
 five cents worth of 
 mace and ten cents 
 worth of ginger. 
 
 cibule. 
 Pejte mi za pet centn 
 skorice, za pet cen- 
 tu kvetu a za deset 
 centu zazvoru. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 bUshelbrdmboroo a peck 
 tsibtilft. 
 
 deyte me za pygt sentoo 
 skorshitsg, za pyU 
 sentoo kwyetu a za 
 desset sentoo zdzvorti. 
 
 Note. Many articles sold in 
 heading "Drugs and medicines". 
 
 Cukr kouskovy, tsilk e r kouskovee, 
 crushed sugar; 
 9 , zrnkovy, ts. zernkovee, granu- 
 lated sugar; 
 ,, utlueeny, ts. utluchenee, pul- 
 verized sugar; 
 „ hnedy, ts. Imedee, brown sug- 
 ar; 
 
 kava prazena, kdvd prdzend, roast- 
 ed coffee; 
 ,, mleta, k. mletd, ground coffee 
 
 koreni, n. korshem, spice 
 
 nove koreni, allspice 
 
 kvet, m. kwyet, mace 
 
 dymiau, m. thyme 
 
 safran, m. shdfrdn, Spanish saffron 
 
 rozinky, pi. f. raisins 
 
 drobne rozinky, currants 
 
 krizaly, pi. f. krsheezdly, dried ap- 
 ples; 
 
 susene svestky, pi. f. susMne shwest- 
 ky, prunes 
 
 cibule, f. tsibulg, onions 
 
 cesnek, m. chessnek, garlic 
 
 groceries are to be found under the 
 
 zazvor lonpauy, bleached ginger- 
 root; 
 
 zazvor neloupany, unbleached gin- 
 ger- root; 
 
 prasek na peceni, prdshek nd p%~ 
 chem, baking powder; 
 
 kvasnice, pi. kwassmtsg / veagt . 
 
 drozdi, n. droMee > 
 
 suche kvasnice, dry yeast; 
 
 lisovane kv., compressed yeast; 
 
 salajka, f. sdldykd, saleratus 
 
 praci soda, f. prdtsee soda, washing 
 soda; 
 
 kornout, m. kornout, paper cornet; 
 
 paklik, m. pdkleek, package; 
 
 paklicek, m. pdkleecliek, small pack- 
 age; 
 
 balik, m. bdleek, bundle, parcel; 
 
 zabaliti, zdbdlit [to pack up 
 
 zapakovati, zdpdkovdt ' 
 
 zavazati, zdvdzdt, to tie up; 
 
 svazati, svdzat, to bind or tie to- 
 
 gether. 
 
 
Garments. 
 
 257 
 
 Dry goods have a ready 
 sale. 
 
 I intend to start a dry 
 goods store. 
 
 My brother has a cloth- 
 ing store. 
 
 He emplo} T s many tai- 
 lors. 
 
 The tailor makes {liter. 
 sews) clothes. 
 
 Thread and needle, 
 scissors and shears, 
 a thimble, a sad-iron 
 and a press-board are 
 his tools- 
 
 Nowadays much sew- 
 ing is done on the 
 machine. 
 
 The sewing machine is 
 a useful invention. 
 
 It is an American in- 
 vention. 
 
 I need a suit of clothes. 
 — I want a new suit. 
 
 Take my measure . 
 
 The cutter takes meas- 
 ure and cuts the cloth 
 
 What sort of stuff do 
 you want? 
 
 Show me your patterns 
 
 This wears well. 
 
 Garni exit ;s. 
 
 OBEV. 
 
 Loketni zbozi jde ry- 
 
 chle n a odbyt. 
 Hodlain zaloziti striz- 
 
 ni kram. 
 Miij bratr ma odevni 
 
 kram. 
 Z a in e s t n a v a nnioho 
 
 krejcich. 
 Krejci sije saty. 
 
 Nit a jehla, nuzky a 
 velke nuzky, napr- 
 stek, cihlicka a ko- 
 za jsou jeho nastro- 
 je. 
 
 Dues muoho sije se na 
 stroji. 
 
 Sici stroj jest uzitecny 
 
 vynalez. 
 Jest to americky vyna 
 
 lez. 
 
 Potrebuju oblek. — 
 Chci novy oblek. 
 
 Yemte mi mini. 
 
 Krajec bere mini a na 
 kraji sukno. 
 
 Jakou latkii clicetel 
 
 Ukazte mi sve vzory. 
 Tohle se dobre nese. 
 
 loketnee zbozee dSrikhU 
 
 na odbyt. 
 hodldm zdlozit strshiz- 
 
 nee kram. 
 muy brat e r md oiYevfiee 
 
 kram. 
 zamyestndvd mnoJw 
 
 kreycheekh. 
 kreychee she-ye shdty. 
 
 nit a yehld, nooshky a 
 
 ' velke noosliky, nap e r- 
 
 stek, tsihlichkd a ko- 
 
 za soft ye ho ndstroyg. 
 
 dness mnolio she-ye se 
 
 nd stroyi. 
 
 shitsee stroy yest ilzi- 
 technee vynalez. 
 
 yest to dmeritskee vyna- 
 lez. 
 
 \ potrshebtiyit oblek. — 
 klitsi novee oblek. 
 
 vemU me meerii . 
 
 krdyech bere meerii a 
 ndkrdyee sttkno. 
 
 ydkoil Mtkii khtsetef 
 
 ukdshte me sve vzory 
 tohle se ddbrshe nessS. 
 
258 
 
 Part III. 
 
 How will you have your 
 coat made(i .e. sewed) ? 
 
 After the present fash- 
 ion. 
 
 Try your coat on. 
 
 It pinches me under the 
 arms — It is too tight. 
 
 It is too wide round the 
 waist. — It makes 
 folds. 
 
 The skirts are long e- 
 nough. — It has pock- 
 ets behind and breast- 
 pockets. 
 
 Make me a pair of pao ts 
 
 Get it done pretty soon ; 
 — take a good stuff. 
 
 Do you want lining in 
 your pants? 
 
 I do not want any lin- 
 ing. — Without lin- 
 ing. 
 
 Ka bat ;, m. kdbdt, the coat 
 frak, m. frdk, a dress-coat 
 svrchnik, m. sv e rk7inik, an over 
 
 coat 
 zimnik, m . zimnik, a greatcoat 
 plasty m. pldshti, a cloak 
 
 Jak chcete miti kabat 
 
 usity* 
 Die nynejsi mody. 
 
 Zkuste vas kabat. 
 Svira pod pazema. — 
 
 Je tuze tesny. 
 Je tuze volny v puli.— 
 
 dela faldy. 
 
 Sosy jsou dost dlouhe. 
 — Ma kapsy v zadu 
 a kapsy na prsou. 
 
 Udelejte mi par kalhot 
 
 Zhotovte je liezky br- 
 zo; — vemte dobrou 
 latku. 
 
 Chcete podsivku do 
 kalhot % 
 
 Nechci zadnou podsiv- 
 ku. — Bez podsiv- 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 kazajka, f. 
 
 yak khtsetti meet kabat 
 
 Ushiteef 
 dU nyjieyshee mody. 
 
 sktistg vdsh kdbdt . 
 sweerd pod pazema. — 
 
 ye toozti tessnee. 
 y$ toozg volnee fpooli. 
 
 — field faldy. 
 
 sliossy soti dost dloiihe. 
 
 — ma kdpsy vzddii a 
 kdpsy nd p ^rsoti. 
 
 ufieleyUme par kalhot. 
 
 zhotofU y% hesskee b «r- 
 zo\ — vemtg dtibroti 
 Mtkti. 
 
 khtsetg podshifkU dd 
 kalhot f 
 
 nekhlsi Mdnoti pod- 
 shifkU. — b&s pod- 
 shifky. 
 
 pants, trousers; 
 
 kalhoty, pi 
 spodky, pi. 
 
 nohavice, f. nohdvilsS, leg of the 
 
 pants; 
 vesta, f . vesta, the vest 
 
 kdzdykd, the jacket 
 bun da, f . btindd, the sack-coat 
 limec, m. leemets, the collar 
 laple, f. laplg, the lapel 
 rukav, m. rtikdf the sleeve 
 sos, m. slidss, the skirt 
 sev, m. sh&f, the seam 
 styeh, m.shtikh j. astitch 
 steh, m. stth > 
 
 podsivka, f. podshifkd, the lining 
 zaplata, f. zdpldtd, the patch 
 
Garments. 
 
 259 
 
 kapsa, f . kapsa, the pocket 
 knoflik, m. knofleek, the button 
 knoflikova dirka, the button-hole . 
 
 Pradlo, n. linen, underclothing; 
 
 kosile, f . koshille, the shirt 
 
 spodni kosile, spodneek., the under- 
 shirt 
 
 podvlecky, pi. ) %he drawerg 
 
 spodni kalhoty * 
 
 piincochy, pi. f. pitnchokhy, the 
 stockings, the socks; 
 
 podvazky, pi. podvdsky, the garters 
 
 Handy, pi. f. shandy } the 
 
 sle, pi. f • shle i suspenders 
 
 satek, m. shdtek, kerchief 
 
 s. na krk, sh. nd k^rk, neckerchief 
 
 s. do kapsy, sh. do kapsy, pocket 
 handkerchief; 
 
 masle na krk, mashle nd k e rk, a 
 necktie. 
 
 Sukno, n. sukno, cloth, broadcloth; 
 samet, m . sdmmet, velvet 
 plis, m. plish, plush 
 atlas, m. atldss, satin 
 hedvabi, n. hedvdbee, silk 
 platno, n. linen 
 
 kartoun, m. kartotin, cotton, print; 
 sniira, f. slmoord, cord 
 civka, f. tsifkd, a spool 
 klubko, n . klubko, a ball 
 pradynko, n. prshddeenko, a skein 
 hruba nit, f. hr-Ubd T\it, a coarse 
 
 thread; 
 tenka nit, a fine thread; 
 
 hrubd jehla, f. h. ytihld, a coarse 
 needle; 
 
 tenka jehla, a fine needle; 
 
 stepovaci jehla, sJitepovdtsee y8hld, 
 darning needle; 
 
 drat (na pleteni), m. knitting nee- 
 dle; 
 
 strihati, strshihdt, to cut with a pair 
 of scissors; 
 
 zehliti, zehlit, to iron. 
 
 Klobouk, m. kloboiik, the hat 
 zensky klobouk, a bonnet, a lady's 
 
 hat ; 
 cepec, m. ch&pets, the hood 
 cepice, f. chgpitse, the cap 
 cilindr, m. tsilind e r, a beaver, a 
 
 silk hat; 
 nizky klobouk, fieeskee kloboiik, a 
 
 low hat. 
 
 Svadlena, f. shvadlena, a needle- 
 woman 
 
 sicka, f . shichkd, a sewing-girl 
 
 modistka, f . a milliner 
 
 mo&mzbozi,modnee zbozee, millinery 
 
 saty, pi. shdty, a dress 
 
 zivot, m. zivot, the waist, the bust; 
 
 snerovacka, f. shnerovdchkd, the 
 corset, the bodice; 
 
 spodnicka, f . spodmchkd, the petti- 
 coat 
 
 kosile (zenska), koshille, the chemise 
 
 karnyr, m. kawneer, a flounce 
 
 karnyrek, m. a ruffle 
 
 pentle, f . pentle, a ribbon 
 
 masle, f . mashlti, a sash 
 
260 
 
 Part III. 
 
 maslicka, f. mdshUclikd, a bow 
 
 klicka, f. kliclikd, a loop 
 
 krajky, pi. krdyky, lace 
 
 obruba, f . obrtiba, hem, border; 
 
 pinta, f. pintd, belt 
 
 zavoj, m. zdvoy \ 
 
 flor, m. floor, I the veil 
 
 rouska, f. roUsJikd, ) 
 
 cerny flor, chernee floor, crape 
 
 tyl, m. teel, mosquito bar; 
 pera na klobouk, pi. plumes 
 perka, pi. tips 
 rukavicky, ]A.f.rtikdvich-l 
 
 ky, ("gloves 
 rukavice, pi i. rtikavitsti, 
 par rukavic, par rUkdmts, a pair of 
 
 gloves; 
 stucel, m. shtittsell, a muff. 
 
 Slxo eixialtlng. 
 
 OBUVmCTVL 
 
 Obuv, f. obtiv, footgear 
 
 obimifk, oMIdit* j. shoem aker 
 svec, shwets J 
 obuvnicky kram, obtiv- 
 
 fiitskee krdm ) ' 30 °t and 
 sevcovsky kram, shef |" shoe store; 
 
 tsofskee k. 
 bota, (pi. boty), f. bottd. boot 
 
 streYic, (pi. strevice), m. slitrshV- 
 
 veets, shoe 
 par bot, a pair of boots; 
 par strevicu, a pair of shoes; 
 botky (zenske), pi. gaiters 
 pantofle, pi. panto fl%, slippers 
 svrchni strevice, sic e rkhnee strshg- 
 
 vits&, overshoes. 
 
 1 1 oli iik a, f. holeenkd, leg of a boot; 
 podesev, m . podtehef, the sole 
 
 kramflek, m.> thehee] 
 podpatek, m. > 
 
 nart, m. the vamp 
 
 praska, f . prshasskd, the buckle 
 
 kanice, f . kanitsti, shoe-lace, shoe- 
 string; 
 
 floky, pi. pegs 
 
 nejtky, pi. neytky, brass nails 
 
 sroubek, m. shroUbek, a screw 
 
 lastyng, m. serge 
 
 dratev, f. drdtef, waxed thread; 
 
 poteh, m. pot eh, strap 
 
 knejp, m. knfyp, knife 
 
 kladivo, n. kldtfivo, hammer 
 
 kopyto, n. kopytd, last 
 
 stipce 9 shXIiptsg, a pair of pincers; 
 
 nddobi Sevcovske, n . nddobee shef- 
 tsofske, findings 
 
 kuzcs f . Jcoo&tiy leather. 
 
Diverse trades. 
 
 261 
 
 Diverse trades. 
 R0ZL1CNA BEMESLA. 
 
 Barvif 9 barveersh, dyer 
 barvir doniii, house painter 
 bednar, bedndrsh, cooper 
 cihlaf, tsihldrsh, brickmaker 
 cukrar, tsukrdrsh, confectioner 
 calounik, chdloumk, upholsterer 
 doutnikaf , dotitmkdrsh, cigar-maker 
 dlazdic, dlaMich, paver 
 formaf, formdrsh, moulder 
 hodinar, lioftiiidrsh, watchmaker 
 havir, hdveersh, miner 
 kamenik, kdmemk, stone-cutter 
 kleiiipir, klempeersh, tinner 
 knihar, kmhdrsli, bookbinder 
 klobouciiik, klobouchmk, hatter 
 kolar, koldrsh, wagon- maker 
 kotlaf, kotldrsh, boiler- maker 
 kovar, kovdrsh, blacksmith 
 kozeluh, kozeluh, tanner 
 kozesnik, kozeshmk, furrier 
 krejci, kreychee, tailor 
 kufraf, kilfrdrsh, trunk-maker 
 lakyrnik, lakeermk, laquerer 
 litec, litets, founder 
 malif, mdleersh, painter 
 mydlaf, mydldrsh, soap-maker 
 mlyiiar, mlyndrsh, miller 
 nateracj ndtieraeh, painter 
 obuvnik, (svec), obUvnik, (sheets), 
 
 shoemaker 
 pekar, pekarsh, baker 
 plynovodnik, gas fitter 
 puskar, pushkarsh, gunsmith 
 reznik ? rsMznik, butcher 
 
 rybar, rybdrsh, fisherman 
 
 rytec, rytets, engraver 
 
 sazec 9 sdzech, typesetter 
 
 sedlar, sedldrsh, saddler 
 
 sekernik, sekerfiik, millwright 
 
 sladek, brewer 
 
 socliar, sokharsh, sculptor 
 
 stavitel, builder 
 
 strojnik, stroymk, machinist 
 
 tesar, tessarsli, carpenter 
 
 tiskar, tiisskarsh, printer 
 
 tkadlec, kddlets, weaver 
 
 truhl&r, (stolar), truhldrsh, cabinet- 
 maker 
 
 zahradnik, zdhrddmk, gardner 
 
 zamecnikj zdmechmk, locksmith 
 
 zednik, zednik, stone-mason, brick- 
 layer; 
 
 zlatuik, zlatnik, goldsmith. 
 
 Barvirstvi, n. barveershsUoee, the 
 dyer's trade; 
 
 bednarstvi, n. bedndrshsticee, the 
 cooper's trade; 
 
 doiitnikarstvi, doutmkdrstwee, cigar- 
 making; 
 
 krejeovstvi, kreychofstwee) the tailor's 
 
 krejeovina, kreychowind \ loring; 
 
 SevCOVStvi ? sheftsof- s the shoemak- 
 
 sticee, y er's trade, 
 SevCOvilia, shSftsovintl ) shoemaking: 
 
 sazecstrij sdzechshoee, type-setting; 
 etc, 
 
262 
 
 Part III. 
 
 I want to go on a farm . 
 Do you want to be a 
 
 farmer? 
 Yes; I want to buy 
 
 land. 
 What is land worth in 
 
 this neighborhood? 
 What are improved 
 
 farms worth ? 
 Fifty to sixty dollars an 
 
 acre, and over. 
 How is the soil?— The 
 
 soil is good, fertile. 
 Good land all over. 
 What is the character 
 
 (or ' 'lay ' ')of the land ? 
 The land is level, (flat, 
 
 broken, hilly). 
 The land is loamy, — 
 
 sandy. 
 Black loam, — mixed 
 
 with sand. 
 Gravel at the bottom, — 
 
 in some places clay. 
 Rich land;--poor land. 
 
 That land is bad — 
 swampy; — it has no 
 drainage. 
 
 That land looks poor. 
 — Everything grows 
 here; — but it wants 
 manuring. 
 
 On tlxe farm. 
 
 NA FABME. 
 
 Chci na farmu. 
 Chcete byti farmeremS 
 
 Ano; chci koupiti po- 
 
 zemek. 
 Co stoji pozemky v torn 
 
 to okoli? 
 Co stoji vzdelane far- 
 
 my2 
 Padesat az sedesatdol- 
 
 laru akr, i vice. 
 Jaka je pudaS — PMa 
 
 •je dobra, lirodna. 
 Sam a dobra zem. 
 Jaka je poloha? 
 
 Piidajerovna, (plocha, 
 
 lomena, kopcita). 
 Zem je hlinita, — pis- 
 
 cita. 
 Cerna hlina,— smicha- 
 
 na s piskem. 
 Sterk vespod,— nekde 
 
 jil (maziiik). 
 Boli ata puda; — chuda 
 
 puda. 
 Ten pozemek je spat- 
 
 ny, -- bahnity; — 
 
 nema odpad. 
 Ta puda vypada hube- 
 
 na. — Yseehno zde 
 
 roste; — ale musi se 
 
 hnojiti. 
 
 khtsi ndfarmit. 
 khtsetg beet farmer em? 
 
 and; khtsi kotlpit poze- 
 mek. 
 
 tso stoyee pozemky ft om- 
 to okoleef 
 
 tso stoyee vzdelane far - 
 my? 
 
 pddessdt ash shMessdt 
 dolldroo dk e r, e veetse. 
 
 ydkd y 8 poodd? — poodd 
 ye dobra, oorodnd . 
 
 sdmd dobra zem. 
 
 ydkd ye polohd? 
 
 poodd yerovnd,{plokhd, 
 
 lomend, kopchitd). 
 zem ye hlimtd, — pees- 
 
 chitd . 
 ehernd hleend, — smee- 
 
 khdnd speeskem. 
 sMerk vespod, — \\egde 
 
 yeel (mdziiik) . 
 bojidtd poodd; — khiidd 
 
 poodd. 
 ten pozemek ye shpdtnee 
 
 — bdhmtee,; — nemd 
 
 odpad. 
 ta pooda vypddd htibe- 
 
 nd. — fshekhno zd$ 
 
 rosttf; — dl$ mtisee s8 
 
 hnoyit. 
 
On the farm. 
 
 How will the harvest 
 be? — good? — bad? 
 
 How does grain look?— 
 Grain shows a good 
 stand.— Wheat stools 
 out thickly. 
 
 Rye is in bloom. — Bar- 
 ley is heading. 
 
 Wheat has lodged;- the 
 rainstorm laid it flat. 
 
 It has a good ear; — the 
 berries are plump. 
 
 Corn is poor; — early 
 corn looks better 
 than late corn. 
 
 Have you a great deal 
 of corn? — We have 
 twenty acres of it. 
 
 We planted it towards 
 the end of May. — I 
 think it will pick up. 
 
 Our neighbor planted 
 corn in the sod. — 
 How does it grow ? — 
 Poorly. 
 
 How is the pasture ? — 
 Poor. 
 
 Everything is parched 
 up. — Hay will be 
 short. 
 
 Do you raise a great 
 deal of stock? 
 
 About fifty head. 
 
 What do you feed (to 
 your stock)? 
 
 Jaka bude lirodaS— do 
 bra? — spatna? 
 
 Jak stoji obili2— Obili 
 stoji dobre. — Pse- 
 nice nasazuje huste. 
 
 Zito je ve kvetu.— Jec- 
 
 men V) meta . 
 Psenice lehla; — ten 
 
 lijak ji polozil. 
 Ma dobry klas;— zrno 
 
 je jadrne. 
 Kukurice je spatna; — 
 
 ranna korna je lepsi 
 
 nez pozdni. 
 Mate inn oho korny i — 
 
 Maine ji dvacet a 
 
 kni. 
 Sazeli jsme ji ke konci 
 
 inaje. — Ja myslim 
 
 ze se sebere. 
 Soused sazel kornn do 
 
 drnu. — Jak rosteS 
 
 — Mizerne. 
 
 Jaka je pastvaS — Hn- 
 
 bena. 
 Ysecko je vyprahle. — 
 
 Sena bude malo. 
 
 Chovate mnoho dobyt- 
 
 ka? 
 Asi padesat kusiu 
 Cim krmite ? 
 
 \ ydkdbUde oorodti? — do- 
 brd? — slipdtndf 
 yak stoyee obileef — o- 
 bilee stoyee dobrshe. 
 
 — 2)shenitse ndssdzU- 
 ye hUsstie. 
 
 zito ye ve kwyetu. — 
 yeehmen vymetd. 
 
 psMnitse lehld;— ten li- 
 ydk ye polozil. 
 
 ma dobree kldss; — z e r- 
 no ye ydd e rne. 
 
 kUkUrshitse ye slipdtnd , 
 
 — rdnd korna ye lep- 
 shee nesh pozdnee. 
 
 mate mnoho korny f — 
 mdme ye diodtsel ti- 
 ter oo. 
 
 sdze\lli sme ye ke kontsi 
 mdye. — yd misleem 
 ze se sebere. 
 
 soused sazel kornu do 
 d e mu. — yak rostef 
 
 — mtzerne. 
 
 ydkd ye pdstvd? — hu- 
 
 bend. 
 fshetsko ye vyprahle. — 
 
 senna bude malo. 
 
 khovdte mnoho dobyt- 
 
 kdf 
 dssi padessdt kttssoo. 
 cheem k e rmeet$ t 
 
264 
 
 Part III. 
 
 What do you feed your 
 stock upon? 
 
 What do you feed to 
 your horses. 
 
 Do you fatten your 
 stock for the butcher 
 (liter, "for meat")? 
 
 Last year I fattened fif- 
 teen head of beef- 
 steers. 
 
 I feed many hogs for 
 the market. 
 
 I have a stock farm not 
 far from here . 
 
 There is a creek on it ; 
 — but now it is al- 
 most dry. 
 
 This is a dry year (a 
 dry season) ; — there is 
 no moisture (no rain). 
 
 A wet year (wet season) 
 is better. 
 
 There is a great deal of 
 insects this year. 
 
 Grasshoppers we never 
 had; — neither did we 
 have chinch bugs. 
 
 Farming implements 
 cost a great deal. 
 
 At present we have ma- 
 chines for everything 
 
 Farming is improving. 
 
 Co davate dobytku zra- 
 Cim krmite kone? 
 
 Krmite 
 maso$ 
 
 dobytek na 
 
 Loni vykrmil jsem 
 
 patnact volu na ma- 
 
 so. 
 Krinim nmolio prasat 
 
 pro trh. 
 Mam dobytci farmu 
 
 nedaleko odtud. 
 Je na ni potok; — ale 
 
 ted' je skoro suchy. 
 
 Je suchy rok; 
 vlaky. 
 
 neni 
 
 Mokry rok je lepsi. 
 Je sila hmyzu letos. 
 
 Kobylky nikdy jsine 
 
 nemeli; — polni ste- 
 
 nice take ne. 
 Rolnicke uaradi stoji 
 
 mnoho. 
 Ted' maine stroje na 
 
 vsecko. 
 Rolnictvi se zvelebuje. 
 
 tso ddcite ddbytkU zrdtf 
 eheem k^rmeete konef 
 
 k e rmeete 
 masso f 
 
 dobytek na 
 
 loni vyk*rmil sem pat- 
 ndtst voloo na masso. 
 
 k e rmeem mnoho prdssdt 
 
 pro t e rh. 
 mam dobitchee farmil 
 
 nedaleko otud. 
 ye na nee potok; — cd& 
 
 teft ye skoro stikhee. 
 
 ye stikhee rok; — neyni 
 vldhy. 
 
 mokree rok y8 lepshee. 
 ye seeld hmizu letoss. 
 
 kobylky \\igdy sme n%- 
 
 myUli ;—poll\\ee shXie- 
 
 nitsti take n&. 
 rolnitske ndrshaftee sto- 
 
 yee mnoho. 
 ££d' mdm& stroy& na 
 
 fsMtsko. 
 rolnitsticee se zvettbiiy&. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 Note. From the preceding lessons the student is familiar with a 
 great many words and phrases relating to agriculture. To repeat the same 
 in the following vocabulary would be a waste of space. 
 
On the Farm. 
 
 265 
 
 Dolina, f . doUind ) bottomland 
 lipad, m. oopdd > 
 vysiiia, f. veeshina, upland 
 svah. m . svah, slope 
 strafi, f. 8trd% bluff 
 rokle, f. rockW, ravine, gully; 
 mez, f. mfa, boundary, line; 
 pesina, f. pytshind |_ path 
 stezka, f. steskd > 
 lavka, f. Idfkd, footbridge 
 mostek, m. mostek ) mie bridge 
 mfistek, m. moostek > 
 kan a 1, m. kdndl, culvert 
 strouha, f. stroiihd, ditch 
 breh, m. brsMh, bank 
 hraz (braze), f. hrdz, dam. 
 
 Orati, ordt, to plow 
 vlaceti, vldchet, to harrow 
 preorati, prsheordt, to backset 
 privlaeeti, prshivldchet, to scour 
 orac, m. orach, plowman 
 brazda, f brazda, furrow 
 kolej, f . kolley, rut 
 lmojiti. lino y it, to manure 
 
 Trava ? f . &•<£«#, grass 
 
 plevel, m. pltivell, weeds 
 
 pleti, i>^£, to weed 
 
 koukol, koukol, cockle 
 
 jetel, m. yetell, clover 
 
 pohanka, f. pohdnkd, buckwheat 
 
 proso 9 n. prossd, millet 
 
 to plant 
 
 ■ to cut 
 
 Land and harvest. 
 
 Puda a zen. 
 
 buojivo, n. hnoyivo, j m 
 
 bmij, m. hnooy Lung; 
 
 uirva, f. m e rvd ) 
 
 zaseti, zdsset, to sow, to seed (with); 
 
 zaseto, zdsseto, sown, seeded; 
 
 sazeti, sdzet, 
 
 zasazeti, zdssdzet, 
 
 zasazeuo, planted 
 
 ziti, zeet, ) , 
 
 ' . v t to reap, to mow ; 
 poziti, pozeet ' 
 
 , sekati, sekdt 
 posekati, posekdt 
 
 i skliditi, sklitfiX, to harvest 
 slama, f. sldmd, straw 
 
 | snop, m. sndp, sheaf 
 vazati, vdz&i, to bind 
 stoh 9 m. stoh, stack 
 stohovati, stohovdt, to stack 
 kupa sena, kupd senna, hay-stack 
 kupka sena, kupka s., hay-rick 
 voziti, cozit I to haul, 
 svazeti, svdzet i to carry; 
 drolitise, drolitse, to shed, to shell; 
 zraly, a, e zrdlee, ripe 
 prezraly, a, eprshezralee, over-ripe. 
 Plants . 
 
 Rostliny. 
 
 hracb, m. hrdkh, pease 
 boby, boby ) beang 
 fazole, fdzole > . 
 cocka, f. chochkd, lentils 
 repa, f. rshepd ) g 
 ripa, f. rsheepd, ) 
 repa pro dobytek, rutabaga 
 
266 
 
 Part III. 
 
 vodnatka, f. turnips 
 
 ker, m. kersh, shrub 
 
 zivy plot, zivee plot, hedge 
 
 liaj, m. lidy, grove 
 
 lioustina, f. houshtind, thicket, 
 
 copse; 
 chrasti, n. khrdsti, brushwood, 
 
 uudergrowth; 
 
 parez, m. par sites, stump 
 
 klada, f. klddd, trunk 
 
 vetev, f. vyetef, branch, bough; 
 
 yetvicka, f. vyetviehka, twig 
 
 ratolest, f . spring 
 
 kaceti stromy, ^^0 tofeU (trees) - 
 
 porazeti ,, pordzet) 
 
 Teams and domestic animals. 
 Potah a domaci zvirata. 
 
 Potah, m. potah, a team 
 par koni, par kouee, a pair of horses 
 par yolu, par voloo, a yoke of oxen 
 par mladycli volu, a pair of steers; 
 na koni, na koni, on horseback; 
 jeti na koni, yet nd koni, to ride a 
 
 horse ; 
 jeti s konma, yet skonma, to drive 
 
 horses ; 
 zaprahnonti, zap r shah notit, to har- 
 ness; 
 nvazati, uvdzdt, to hitch 
 naklad, m. ndklad, the load 
 nakladati, ndkldddt, to load 
 skladati, skldddt, to unload 
 uvaznonti, uvdznout, to get fast, to 
 
 stick fast; 
 splasiti se, spVxsliit se, to run away 
 lekati se, lek&t s$, to shy 
 zarazlivy kufi, zardzlivee koon, a 
 
 balky horse; 
 zly kuii, zlee koon, a vicious horse; 
 klus, m. kltiss, trot 
 krok, m. pace 
 kriniti, k e rmit, to feed 
 napojiti, ndpoyit, to water. 
 
 Klisna, f. klissnd ! brood mare; 
 hrebice, f . tirsMbitse ) 
 hrebna, hrshebnd, with foal; 
 bribe, n. hrsheebye, foal 
 hrebecek, m. hrshebechek, colt 
 lirebicka, f. hrshebichkd, fill 
 encati, tsutsdt, to suckle 
 cncak, m. tstitsdk, a suckling 
 hrehee, m.hrsMbets, j. stallioil 
 hengst, m. hengst > 
 
 Krava, f . krdvd, cow^ 
 
 dojnice, f . doynitse, milch cow; 
 
 jalovice, f. ydllovitse, heifer 
 
 tele, n. telle, calf 
 
 bulik, m. bulleek, bull calf; 
 
 jalovieka, f . ydllovichkd, heifer calf 
 
 rocni, rochnee, yearling 
 
 stelna, stellnd, with calf; 
 
 jalova, ydllovd, farrow 
 
 pometati, pometdt, to slink, to slip 
 
 the calf; 
 behati se, by8hdts8, to be bulling; 
 
 to want the bull; 
 byk, m.beek U^ 
 bejk, beyk S 
 
On the farm. 
 
 267 
 
 Ovee, f • oftsS, sheep 
 
 bahiiice, f. bdhmtse, ewe 
 
 beran, m. herd?*,, ram, buck; 
 
 jeline, n. yelme, lamb 
 
 bakneni, n. bahnem, lambing season 
 
 vlna, f. v e lnd, wool 
 
 strihani, n. strsheehdm, shearing. 
 
 Prase, n. prdsse ) [g} hQg , 
 
 vepi*, m. veprsh ) 
 
 kanec, m. kdnets, boar 
 
 svine, f . siceene, sow 
 
 sele, n. sellti } sucking 
 
 podsvince, n. podswincM > pig. 
 
 Mezek, m. mezek, mule 
 osel, m. os ell, donkey 
 koza, f. kozd, goat, she-goat; 
 kozel, m. kdzell, he -goat 
 kuzle, n. koozle, kid 
 pes, m. pess, dog 
 euba, f. ehuba, bitch 
 stene, n. s7ifehe, whelp 
 
 Tools and 
 Nastroje 
 Vuz, m. vooz, wagon 
 kolo, kollo, wheel 
 
 kolecko, n. kolleehko, wheelbarrow 
 raf, m. tire 
 liaboj, m. ndboy, hub 
 naprava, f. ndprtiva, axletree 
 spice, f. shpitse, spokes 
 voj, f. voy, pole 
 vojky, voyky, shafts 
 hamoyak, m. hamovdk, brake 
 pera, pi. n. perd, springs 
 sedadlo, n . sedddld, seat 
 
 kocka, f . koehkd, cat 
 kocour, m. kotsour, tom-cat. 
 
 Driibez, f. droobesh, poultry 
 slepice, f. slepitse, hen, chicken; 
 kvocna, f. kwochnd, clucking hen; 
 kure, n. koorshe, chick, young 
 
 chicken ; 
 kohout, m. kohoiit, rooster 
 kachna, f. kdkhnd \ , , 
 kaeena, kdehend, S 
 kacer, m, kacher, drake 
 busa, f. hussd, goose 
 liouser, m. liotisser, gander 
 housata, pi. hotissdtd, goslings 
 kroeaii, m. krotsdn, turkey-cock 
 krftta, f. krootd, turkey-hen 
 pav, m. pdf, peacock 
 pavice, f. pdvitse, peahen 
 luiizdo, n. hiieezdo, nest 
 nesti yejce, nest veytse, to lay eggs ; 
 lihnouti se, leehnout se, to hatch. 
 
 MACHINES, 
 a stroje. 
 
 ksir, m. ksheer, harness 
 
 oprat', f. opraf, line 
 
 sedlo, n. sedlo, saddle 
 
 uzda, f oozdd, bridle 
 
 ohlavka, f. ohldfka, halter 
 
 popruh, m. popruh, girt 
 
 cabraka, f. chabraka, horse-cloth 
 
 tremen, m. trshemen, stirrup 
 
 hrebilce, hrshe-beeltse, curry-comb 
 
 bic, m. bitch, whip 
 
 biciste, n. bitchishte, whip-stick. 
 
268 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Sane, pi. sane, sleigh 
 
 sanice ? f. sdmtse, runner, (also: 
 sleighing); 
 
 korba 9 f . korbd, cutter 
 
 rezacka, f . rshezdchkd, straw-cutter, 
 feed- cutter; 
 
 rezanka, f. rshezanka, chopped 
 straw; 
 
 brany, pi. harrow, drag; 
 
 valec, iri. valets, roller 
 
 pluli, m. plooh, plow 
 
 radlice, f. rddlitse, plowshare 
 
 klece ? pi. kleche, handles 
 
 krajadlo, n . krdyddlo, coulter 
 
 retez, m. rs7iefez, chain 
 
 pospechy, pi. pospyek7ty \ culty- 
 
 podryvac, m. podreevach S vator 
 
 kosa, f. kossd, scythe 
 
 motyka, f. hoe 
 
 spicata motyka, shpichdtd m., pick- 
 axe 
 
 rye, f. reech, spade 
 
 lopata, f . lopata, shovel 
 
 hrabe, pi. 7irdbye, rake 
 
 hrabati, hrtibat, to rake 
 
 podavky, pi. poddfky, hayfork 
 
 vidle, pi. vidle, pitchfork 
 
 sekyra, f. sekyrd, axe 
 
 sekyrka, f. hatchet 
 
 pi!a, f. pillti ) aw 
 
 pilka, pillkd ) 
 
 rucni Y>ilksL,rtichnee 2nllka,ha,iid saw 
 
 nebozez, m. bore, auger; 
 
 Mlatidlo, mlafidlo ) threshing 
 m\sitiGkSL^ / mldf!ic7ika > machine 
 
 inlatiti, mldHit, to thresh 
 mlaceni, n. mldtseni, threshing 
 mlatic, m. mldUich, thresher 
 fofr 5 m. fof e r, fanning mill; 
 secka 9 f. seclikd, grain-drill 
 zaci stroj 9 m. zdtsee stroy, mower 
 sekaci stroj, sekdtsee stroy, reaper 
 samovazac, m. sdmovdzdeh, self- 
 binder 
 ram, m. frame 
 syto, n. seeto, sieve 
 resetOj n. rsheshetd, screen 
 remen, m . rshemen ) ^ ^ 
 pruh, m. prooh > 
 tyc, f. tich, rod 
 panty, pi. m. parity, hinges 
 zuby, pi. m. zilby ) cogg 
 palce, palts8 ' 
 zlabek, m. zldbek, spout 
 mlynekj m . mleynek, mill 
 loupac (na kukufici), m. lotlpdch, 
 
 corn-sheller; 
 loupati, loitpat, to shell. 
 
F^tfcT IV. 
 
 Bolxoixiian grammar. 
 
 1. ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 Section 1. — The full Bohemian alphabet, as given in the first Part, 
 contains the following vowels : a, a, — e, e, e, — i, i, y, y, — o, 6, — 
 n, li, u. 
 
 The other letters are consonants. There is only one diphthong: ou 9 ou. 
 When on occurs in a compound word, ending one and beginning the next 
 syllable, it is not a diphthong and must be divided : pouziti (po-uziti), 
 pd-iizit, to use, to make use off; samoiik (samo-uk), samo-itk, a self- 
 educated man. 
 
 An accute accent (or comma) over a vowel marks a long sound: kain, 
 kam, where to; kamen, Teamen, a stone. 
 
 A ring over the vowel u (u) is also a prolongation mark : sup, stip, 
 a hawk; sul 9 sool, the salt. 
 
 When a word begins with a long u, the accute accent is used: lirok, 
 oorok, the interest. In such cases the vowel li may be and frequently is 
 changed into the diphthong on: ourok, otirok. 
 
 The accented vowel e has always the short sound of ye: svet, swyet, 
 the world. 
 
 The vowels a, o, u, y, are called hard; the vowels e, e, i, are cal- 
 led soft . 
 
 Section 2. — The consonants are divided into three classes : 
 
 hard consonants, — h, ch, k, r, d, n, t; 
 soft consonants, — c, c, d', j, n, r 9 g, t\ z; 
 neutral consonants, — b* f, 1, in, p, s, v, z. 
 
270 
 
 Part IV. 
 
 After the hard consonants the hard vowel y is always used : 
 
 liyniij hinnti, I am perishing; 
 cbyba, f. khibd, a mistake, a fault; 
 kyt, m. kit, putty 
 ryba, f . ribd, a fish 
 
 vMyt', dytf, dim, but, to be sure; 
 nyncko (nyni), ninchkd, now, at 
 
 present; 
 tykev, f. tikef, a pumpkin. 
 
 When the sound is long, an accented y is used : hybati, heebtit, to 
 move; tichy (a, e) 9 tHkhee, quiet; ryti, reet, to spade, to dig, to root; 
 dym, m. deem, smoke; tyrati, teerdt, to misuse, to torment. 
 
 In such cases the vowel y is usually changed into ej (ey), in com 
 mon pronunciation : hejbati, heybdt; tichej, mikliey; rejti, rtyt; dejm, 
 deym; tejrati, teyrdt. 
 
 Words derived from foreign languages, also foreign names, make 
 an exception, their original spelling being retained : historie, historie, 
 history; Amerika, Riga, etc. 
 
 The soft consonants are always followed by the soft vowel i (or i, 
 when the sound is long) : 
 
 cit, m. tsit, the feeling 
 
 cin, m. chin, the deed 
 
 divoky*% tfivofcee, wild 
 
 jisty, yistee, certain 
 
 nic ? nits, nothing 
 
 rimsa, f . r shims a, a cornice 
 
 sikovny, shikovnee, smart, clever; 
 
 tisk, m. tHsk, the printing 
 
 zivot, m. zivot, the life 
 
 cil 9 m. tseel, the goal 
 
 cislo, n. cheesslo, the number 
 
 dil, m . tfeel, a part 
 
 jisti, yeest, to eat 
 
 hniti, hneet, to rot 
 
 rici, rsheetsi, to say 
 
 siti, sheet, to sew 
 
 tize, f . mee%#, the weight 
 
 zila ? f. zeeld, the vein. 
 
 The neutral vowels are followed by the soft i or i, with the follow- 
 ing exceptions : 
 b : aby, by, that; byeb, bys, etc, that I, that thou, etc.; bylina, f. the 
 
 plant; bystry, quick, sharp; byti, to be; kobyla, the mare; oby- 
 
 cej, m. the custom. 
 1 : lysy 9 bald; lysina, f. bald spot, or white spot; lyko, n. the bast; 
 
 lyska, f . the coot; mlyn, m. the mill; oplyvati, to abound; pely- 
 
 *) The soft consonants &\ fi 9 t' lose their accent, when followed 
 by i, i or e, and are written simply d, n ? t. See Part I, section 2. 
 
Bohemian grammar 271 
 
 nek, m. the wormwood; plyn, m. the gas; plyiiouti, to glide; 
 
 plytvati, to waste; polykati, to swallow; slyseti, to hear; vzly- 
 
 kati, to sob . 
 m : hmyz, m. the insects; my, we; mydlo, n. the soap; myliti, to mis- 
 lead, to confuse; inyliti se, to mistake; oinyl, m. a mistake; my si, 
 
 f. the mind; mysliti, to think; mys, f. the mouse; myti, to wash; 
 
 smycec, m. the fiddle-stick; smykati, to drag; zamykati, to lock up, 
 n : nyni, now. 
 p: kopyto, n. the hoof; netopyr, m. the bat; pycha, f. the pride; py- 
 
 kati, to regret; pyl, m. the pollen; pyr, m. the quick-grass; pysk, 
 
 the lip; pytel, the sack; trpytiti, to glitter; zpytovati, to search, 
 
 to inquire. 
 s: osyka, f. the aspen; osypky, pi. tbe measles; posylati, to send; sy- 
 
 ceti, to hiss; sychravy, chilly; syn, m. the son; sypati, to pour; 
 
 sypka, f. the granary, the bin; syr, m. the cheese; syrovy, raw; 
 
 syrup, the syrup; sysel, m. the gopher; syt, nasyceii, full, satiated. 
 v: povyk, m. the noise; vy, you; vydra, f. the otter; vyheii, f. the forge; 
 
 vykyr, m. the dormer-window; vyr, m. the horn-owl; vysoky, high; 
 
 vyti, tohowl; vyza, the sturgeon; zyyk, the habit; zvykati, to chew. 
 z: brzy, soon; jazyk, the tongue; nazyvati, to call, to name. 
 
 Section 3. — As in English, the spelling makes sometimes a great 
 difference of meaning, though the pronunciation may be identical. For 
 instance : 
 
 byti, beeti or beet (colloquially b#yt), biti, beeHi or beet, to beat 
 
 to be 
 myti, meeHi or meet (colloq. meyt), 
 
 to wash 
 iny, me, we 
 vy, ve, you 
 
 vyr, veer, (colloq. veyr), the horn- owl 
 vyti, veetH or veet (colloq. veyt), to 
 
 howl 
 
 Section 4. — The Bohemian verb shows a distinction of gender in 
 the past tense*) . In the plural, there is only an orthographical distinction 
 
 *) See Note 2, Lesson IX. 
 
 miti, meeti or meet, to have 
 
 mi, me, to me 
 
 vi, vee, he knows 
 
 vir, veer, the whirl- wind 
 
 viti, veeffi or veet, to wind. 
 
272 
 
 Part IV. 
 
 between the masculine and feminine gender, the latter always terminating 
 in y. For instance : 
 
 masculine 
 
 byli jsme, we were 
 
 byli, they were 
 
 meli jsme, we had 
 
 meli, they had 
 
 muzi meli, the men had; 
 
 hosi videli, the boys saw; 
 
 feminine 
 
 byly jsme, we were 
 
 byly, they were 
 
 mely jsme, we had 
 
 mely, they had 
 
 zeny mely, the women had 
 
 liolky videly, the girls saw. 
 
 The same is true of verbs relating to inanimate nouns of the mascu- 
 line gender, or names of lifeless things : stromy vyrostly, the trees grew 
 up; domy shorely, the houses burned down. 
 
 Section 5. — The generalrule of Bohemian spelling is : A sound 
 for every letter and a letter for every sound, and no silent letters*). From 
 this rule there are but few exceptions. In some words the initial letter j 
 is silent : 
 
 jdu, du, I go 
 jsem, sem, I am 
 jsme, sme, we are 
 
 jmeno, n. mend, the name 
 jmenovati, menovat, to name 
 jmeni, n. my em, the property. 
 
 The letter d is also silent in a few cases: dcera, tsera, the daughter, 
 srdce, n. s^rtsS, the heart. 
 
 In some cases the letters k, s, t, v, z, z modify their sound in order 
 to facilitate pronunciation: 
 
 kdo, who, — gdo 
 
 kdy, when, — gdy 
 
 s bohem, farewell, — zbtiliem 
 
 kletba, f . the curse, — kledbd 
 
 v peci, in the oven, — fpetsi; 
 
 bez penez, without money, — Ms 
 
 penez; 
 zpivati, to sing, — speevat. 
 
 Section 6. — The prepositions s and z (se, ze) are governed by the 
 following rule : 
 
 When the tendency is from above downwards s or se is used: spadl 
 s okna, s nebe, se stromu, spadl solcnd, snebe, se stromti, — he fell from 
 the window, from heaven, from the tree. 
 
 *) See Part III, Note 1. 
 
Bohemian grammar. 273 
 
 When the tendency is from below upwards, or from the inside to the 
 outside, z or ze is emploj^ed : vylezu ze stiidne, I shall crawl up from the 
 well; vyndal jseni penize z kapsy, (skapsy), I took the money from my 
 pocket, or out of my pocket; vyskociin z okna veil, I shall jump out of the 
 window. 
 
 Section 7. — It is a vulgar English custom to place the sound of h 
 before initial vowels : heye (eye), Hengland (England). In Bohemian a 
 similar vulgar custom obtains, namely that of placing the letter v before 
 an initial o. We hear, for instance : 
 
 von, instead of on (he) 
 
 vokiio, 
 
 instead of okno 
 
 (window) 
 
 vona, " " ona (she) 
 
 voko, 
 
 " oko, 
 
 (eye) 
 
 vono, " " 0110 (it) 
 
 vosel. 
 
 " osel, 
 
 (ass). 
 
 This vulgarity must be carefully avoided in writing as well as 
 speaking. On the other hand, when the letter v belongs to the root of the 
 word, care must be taken not to omit the same : 
 
 Yoda, water; vojak, soldier; vosk, wax; voskovati, to wax. 
 
 Section 8. — In writing, words have often to be divided in sylla- 
 bles. The principal rules to be observed are the following : 
 
 a) A consonant standing between two vowels belongs to the next syl- 
 lable : o-ba, both; o-ko, the eye; kla-da, the log. 
 
 b) A consonant succeeding the letter 1 or r also belongs to the next 
 syllable : vl-na, v e lnft, the wool; hr-dlo ? h e rdlo, the throat. 
 
 c) Two vowels, if they do not form the diphthong on, are always 
 divided : Ma-ri-e, mariS. 
 
 d) Compound words are divided according to their component parts: 
 bez-hlavy (bez-hla-vy), headless; roz-licny (roz-lic-uy) ? different; oka- 
 mzik, the twinkling of an eye; a moment. 
 
 Other rules are less important and are sometimes sinned against 
 even by the best writers. 
 
 Section 9. — The use of capital letters follows the same rules as in 
 English, excepting that adjectives derived from the names of countries or 
 nations do not, in Bohemian, commence with a capital letter (aiiglicky 9 
 English; cesky, Bohemian; etc.); neither does the personal pronoun ja 
 (I) use a capital letter. 
 
 18 
 
274 
 
 Part IV. 
 
 2. ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 Section 1. — The Bohemian language has seven cases, the nature 
 of which is sufficiently explained in Note 5, on page 82. 
 
 Section 2. — The declension of Bohemian nouns differs in regard 
 to gender, and also in regard to termination. 
 
 Nouns of the masculine gender, moreover, form two classes : (a) 
 names of living creatures, or animate nouns; (b) names of lifeless beings, 
 or inanimate nouns. 
 
 According to this division there is also a slight difference in their 
 declension. 
 
 Declension of masculine nouns. 
 
 Section 3. — The first declension of nouns of the masculine gender 
 is fully shown by the following examples*): 
 
 Animate Inanimate 
 
 Singular number. 
 
 nominative 
 
 genitive 
 
 dative 
 
 accusative 
 
 vocative 
 
 locative 
 
 instrumental 
 
 syn, the son 
 syn -a, of the son; 
 syn-u, -ovi, to the son 
 syn-a, the son 
 syn-e**), son ! 
 syn-u, -ovi, (in) the son 
 syn-em, with the son; 
 
 strom, the tree 
 strom -u, of the tree; 
 strom-u, to the tree; 
 strom, the tree 
 strom -e, tree ! 
 strom-u, (in) the tree; 
 strom -em, with the tree. 
 
 Plural number. 
 
 strom -y***), the trees 
 strom-u, -uv, of the trees; 
 strom- um, to the trees; 
 strom-y, the trees 
 
 strom-y***), trees ! 
 strom-ech, (in) the trees; 
 strom-y, with the trees. 
 
 *) Compare Xote 3, on page 55; also Note 1, on page 69. 
 
 **) In this particular case the common usage is synu ! o son ! Sy- 
 
 nu muj, o my son ! 
 ***) It has also the long termination ove, when used as an animate noun, 
 
 especially in poetic language: stromove se klonili, the trees bowed. 
 
 — stromove, promluvte ! o trees, speak out ! 
 
 nom. 
 
 syn-i, -ove, the sons 
 
 gen. 
 
 syn-u, -uv, of the sons; 
 
 dat. 
 
 syn-um, to the sons; 
 
 ace. 
 
 syn-y, the sons 
 
 voc. 
 
 syn-i, -ove, sons ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 syn-ech, (in) the sons; 
 
 inst. 
 
 syn-y, with the sons; 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 275 
 
 The first masculine declension (ten syn, ten strom) comprises nouns 
 ending in hard or neutral consonants. 
 
 Section 4. — The second declension of nouns of the masculine 
 gender is presented in full by the following examples: 
 
 Animate Inanimate 
 
 Singular. 
 
 I mec, the sword 
 
 mec-e 9 of the sword; 
 
 nom. muz, the man 
 
 gen. muz-e, of the man; 
 
 dat. muz-i, -ovi, to the man; 
 
 ace. muz-e, the man 
 
 voc. muz-i, man! 
 
 loc. • mu2-i, (in) the man; 
 
 inst. inuz-em, with the man; 
 
 nom. muz-i, -ove, the men 
 
 gen. muz-u, -iiv, of the men; 
 
 dat. muz-iim, to the men; 
 
 ace. muz-e, the men 
 
 voc. inuz-i, -ore, men ! 
 
 loc. niuz-ich, (in) the men; 
 
 inst. muz-i, with the men; 
 
 mec-i, to the sword; 
 mec, the sword 
 mec-i, sword ! 
 mec-i, (in) the sword; 
 mec«em, with the sword. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 mec-e*), the swords 
 mec-u, -uv 9 of the swords; 
 inec-iim, to the swords;' 
 mec-e, the swords 
 mec-e*), swords ! 
 mec-ick, (in) the swords; 
 mec-i, with the swords. 
 
 The second masculine declension (ten muz, ten mec) comprises nouns 
 ending in soft consonants or in el (for inst. ucitel, the teacher). 
 
 Section 5 . — Nouns of the first declension, terminating in h, ch, 
 k, r, change these hard consonants into z, s, c, r, in the nominative case 
 of the plural number, as explained in Note 3 on page 70, to which we refer. 
 
 Section 6. — Nouns of the first declension ending in ek eliminate 
 the vowel e in the inflected cases, as stated in Note 2 on page 80. For 
 instance : 
 
 S^edek, swyedek, the witness; svedka, swyedka (not svedeka), of the wit- 
 ness; svedku or svedkovi, to the witness; etc. — (Plural:) svedci or sved- 
 kove, the witnesses; svedku, of the witnesses; svedkum, to the witnes- 
 ses; etc. 
 
 *) It may also have the long termination (mecove), when used as an ani- 
 mate noun, especially in solemn or poetical language. 
 
276 Part IV. 
 
 The same is true of nouns ending et and en. The nouns loket (the 
 yard, or the elbow) and den (the day) follow in their declension the exam- 
 ple of mec: 
 
 loket, the yard; lokte, of the yard; lokti, to the yard; etc. 
 den, the day; dne, of the day; dni, to the day; etc. 
 
 In the plural, den is quite irregular: dni or dnove, the days; dni or 
 dniiv, of the days; dnum, to the days; dni or dny (accus.), the days; 
 dnech, (in) the days; dnemi or dny, with the days. 
 
 Section 7. — The vowel u, when it occurs in the nominative, 
 changes into o in the inflected cases : kun, the horse; kone, of the hors^; 
 koni (or konovi), to the horse; etc. — See Note 4 on page 56. 
 
 Section 8. — Nouns ending in el are mostly declined like muz or 
 mec; for instance : ucitel, the teacher; ucitele, of the teacher; uciteli, 
 (-ovi), to the teacher; etc. 
 
 Pf itel (the friend) has in the nominative plural pratele (the friends); 
 in the genitive pratel, of the friends. — 
 
 The word penize (the money) is a plural noun: penez, of the 
 money; penezfim, to the money; v penezich, in the money; penezi, with 
 the money. 
 
 Declension of feminine nouns. 
 
 Section 9. — The first declension of nouns of the feminine gender 
 (ta zena) is shown by the following example*) : 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 nom. 
 
 zen-a, 
 
 the woman 
 
 zen»y, the women 
 
 gen. 
 
 zen-y, 
 
 of the woman 
 
 zen, of the women 
 
 dat. 
 
 zen-e, 
 
 to the woman 
 
 zen-am, to the women 
 
 ace. 
 
 zen-n, 
 
 the woman 
 
 zen-y, the women 
 
 voc. 
 
 zen-o, 
 
 woman! 
 
 zen-y, women! 
 
 loc. 
 
 zen-e, 
 
 (in) the woman 
 
 zen-ach, (in) the women 
 
 inst. 
 
 zen-ou. 
 
 with the woman 
 
 zen -ami, with the women 
 
 All nouns of the feminine gender ending in a belong to this declen- 
 sion. 
 
 Section 10. — There are some masculine nouns terminating in a, 
 which follow this declension in the singular, excepting the dative and lo- 
 cative cases, which have the long masculine form. For instance: vevod-a, 
 the duke; v£vod-y, of the duke; vevod-ovi, to the duke; etc. 
 
 *) Compare Note 3 on page 60. 
 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 277 
 
 In the plural number, such nouns follow the first masculine declen- 
 sion: vevod-ove, the dukes; ve>od-fiv, of the dukes; vevod-um, to the 
 dukes; etc. (See "plural" of first declension of masculine nouns.) — Some 
 masculines ending in a take in the nominative plural always the short form 
 i or e; for instance: basista, the basso; basisti (or basiste), the bassoes. 
 SECTION 11. — Nouns of the feminine gender ending in e, belong 
 to the second declension (ta zeme), which is as follows*) : 
 
 Plural 
 zem-e, the earths 
 zem-i, of the earths 
 zem-im, to the earths 
 zem-e, the earths 
 zem-e, earths ! 
 zem-ich, (in) the earths 
 zem-emi, with the earths. 
 Section 12* — Nouns of the feminine gender ending in a consonant 
 (ta dan), belong to the third declension, which lias two branches showing 
 a slight divergence at least in the written language, if not always in com- 
 mon discourse; hence we subjoin two examples : 
 
 singular 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 nam. 
 
 zem-e, 
 
 the earth 
 
 gen. 
 
 zem-e, 
 
 of the earth 
 
 d«t. 
 
 zem-i. 
 
 to the earth 
 
 ace. 
 
 zem-i, 
 
 the earth 
 
 voc. 
 
 zem-e, 
 
 earth! 
 
 J or. 
 
 zem-i, 
 
 in the eartli 
 
 iltxt. 
 
 zem-i, 
 
 with the earth 
 
 notn. 
 
 kosf, 
 
 the bone 
 
 dan, 
 
 the tax 
 
 gen. 
 
 kost-i. 
 
 of the bone 
 
 dan-e, 
 
 of the tax 
 
 dat. 
 
 kost-i, 
 
 to the bone 
 
 dan-i, 
 
 to the tax 
 
 (ICC . 
 
 kost, 
 
 the bone 
 
 dan, 
 
 the tax 
 
 VOC. 
 
 kost-i, 
 
 bone ! 
 
 dan-i, 
 
 tax ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 kost i, 
 
 (in) the bone 
 
 dan-i, 
 
 (in) the tax 
 
 in st. 
 
 kost-i, 
 
 with the bone 
 
 Pki 
 
 dan-i, 
 
 ral 
 
 with the tax. 
 
 now,. 
 
 kost-i, 
 
 the bones 
 
 dan-e, 
 
 the taxes 
 
 gen. 
 
 kost-i, 
 
 of the bones 
 
 dan-i, 
 
 of the taxes 
 
 (hit. 
 
 kost-em, to the bones 
 
 dan-im, 
 
 , to the taxes 
 
 acc. 
 
 kost-i, 
 
 the bones 
 
 dan-e, 
 
 the taxes 
 
 voc. 
 
 kost-i, 
 
 bones ! 
 
 dan-e, 
 
 taxes ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 kost-ech, (in) the bones 
 
 dan-ich 
 
 , (in) the taxes 
 
 inst. 
 
 kost -mi 
 
 , with the bones 
 
 dan-emi, with the taxes 
 
 *) Compare Note 3 on page ' 
 
278 
 
 PaH IV. 
 
 Nouns terminating in en drop the vowel e in the inflected cases; for 
 instance : lazen, the bath; lazne, of the bath; lazni, to the bath; etc. 
 
 Declension of neutral nouns. 
 Section 13. — The first declension comprises nouns of the neutral 
 gender ending in o {to slovo). They are declined as follows*): 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 nom. 
 
 slov-o, the word 
 
 slov-a ? 
 
 the words 
 
 gen. 
 
 slov-a, of the word 
 
 slov, 
 
 of the words 
 
 dat. 
 
 slov-u, to the word 
 
 slov-um, 
 
 to the words 
 
 aoe. 
 
 slov-o, the word 
 
 slov-a, 
 
 the words 
 
 voc. 
 
 slov-o, word ! 
 
 slov-a 9 
 
 words ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 slov-e, (-11) (in) the word 
 
 slov-ech, 
 
 (-ich), (in) the words 
 
 inst. 
 
 slov-em 9 with the word 
 
 slov-y, 
 
 with the words 
 
 Section 14. — The second neutral declension embraces nouns end- 
 ing in e and e (to pole, to poupe). It has two branches, differing some- 
 what in their inflected endings, as will be seen from the subjoined two 
 examples**). 
 
 
 Sing 
 
 alar. 
 
 nom. 
 
 pol-e, the field 
 
 poup-e, the bud 
 
 gen. 
 
 pol-e, of the field 
 
 poup-ete, of the bud 
 
 dat. 
 
 pol-i ? to the field 
 
 poup-eti, to the bud 
 
 ace. 
 
 pol-e, the field 
 
 poup-e, the bud 
 
 voc. 
 
 pol-e, field ! 
 
 poup-e, bud ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 pol-i, (in) the field 
 
 poup-eti ? (in) the bud 
 
 inst. 
 
 pol-em ? with the field 
 
 Plu 
 
 poup-etem, with the bud. 
 
 ral. 
 
 nom. 
 
 pol-e, the fields 
 
 poup-ata, the buds 
 
 gen. 
 
 pol-i, of the fields 
 
 poup-at, of the buds 
 
 dat. 
 
 pol-im, to the fields 
 
 poup-atum, to the buds 
 
 ace. 
 
 pol-e, fields 
 
 poup-ata, the buds 
 
 voc. 
 
 pol-e, fields ! 
 
 poup-ata, buds ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 pol-ich ? (in) the fields 
 
 poup-atech, (in) the buds 
 
 inst. 
 
 pol-i, with the fields 
 
 poup-aty, with the buds. 
 
 *) Compare Note 2 on page 65. 
 **) Compare NoteJ2 on page 65. 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 279 
 
 The following Douns are declined like poupe: hrabe, the count, 
 (hrab-ete, of the count; hrabata, the counts); knize, the prince; pachole, 
 the little boy; devce, the girl; ynouce, the grandchild; — zvire, the ani- 
 mal; dobytce, the beast; bribe, the foal; jeline, the lamb; kote, the kit- 
 ten; kuzle, the kid; kace, the duckling; kure, the chick; hade, the young 
 snake; house, the gosling; tele, the calf; — doupe, the den; koste, the 
 broom; vole, the crop (the craw). 
 
 The nouns bremeno, the burden; rameno, the arm or upper arm; 
 semeno, the seed; temeno, the crown of the head, — and some others, 
 have also a short form: brime, rame, sime, teme. The declension of 
 these shortened nouns deviates somewhat from the above examples of the 
 second neutral declension, for which reason a full paradigm is subjoined: 
 
 Plural 
 
 sem-ena, the seeds 
 sem-en, of the seeds 
 sem-enum, to the seeds 
 sem-ena, the seeds 
 sem-ena, seeds ! 
 seni-enech, (in) the seeds 
 sem-eny, with the seeds. 
 
 Section 15. — The third declension of neutral nouns is character- 
 ized by the terminal i : 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 /torn. 
 
 sim-e, the seed 
 
 gen. 
 
 sem-ene, of the seed 
 
 dot. 
 
 sem-eni, to the seed 
 
 ace. 
 
 sim-e, the seed 
 
 DOC. 
 
 sim-e, seed ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 sem-eni, (in) the seed 
 
 inst. 
 
 sem-enem, with the seed 
 
 710771 . 
 
 gen, 
 dat. 
 ace. 
 voc. 
 loc. 
 inst. 
 
 Singular 
 
 znamen-i, the sign 
 znamen-i, to the sign 
 
 ■i, to the sign 
 
 ■i, the sign 
 
 ■i, sign! 
 znamen-i, (in) the sign 
 znamen-im, with the sign 
 This declension embraces also: 
 
 znamen 
 znamen 
 znamen 
 
 Plural 
 
 znamen-i, the signs 
 
 znamen-i, of the signs 
 
 znamen-im, to the signs 
 
 znamen-i, the signs 
 
 znamen-i, signs ! 
 
 znamen -ich, (in) the signs 
 
 znamen -imi, with the signs. 
 
 1. Feminine nouns terminating in 
 
 i, like: pani, the mistress or lady; bibli, (also bible), the bible; but these 
 nouns retain the terminal i in the instrumental of the singular number : 
 s pani, with the lady. — 2. Some 7nasculine nouns ending in i: rukojmi, 
 the surety. 
 
280 
 
 Part IV. 
 
 nom. 
 
 oc-i 9 the eyes 
 
 gen. 
 
 oc-i 9 of the eyes 
 
 dat . 
 
 oc-im ? to the eyes 
 
 ace. 
 
 oc-i, the eyes 
 
 voc. 
 
 oc-i, eyes ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 oc-ich 9 (in) the eyes 
 
 ruc-e, 
 
 noh-y 
 
 prs-a, 
 
 ruk-ou, 
 
 noh-ou 
 
 prs-ou 
 
 ruk-ain, 
 
 noh-am 
 
 prs-um 
 
 ruc-e, 
 
 noh-y 
 
 prs-a 
 
 ruc-e, 
 
 noh-y 
 
 prs-a 
 
 ruk-ou, 
 
 noh-ou 
 
 prs-ou 
 
 ruk-ama, 
 
 ii oh -am a 
 
 prs-oma. 
 
 Section 16. — There is a dual number in Bohemian, limited in the 
 modern language to the names of parts of the human body, which appear 
 in pairs : oci, the eyes; usi, the ears; ruce, the hands; nohy, the feet; 
 prsa, the breasts; ramena, the arms; kolena, the knees. They are de- 
 clined in the dual number as follows : 
 
 us-i, 
 us-i, 
 us-im, 
 us-i, 
 us-i, 
 us-ich, 
 inst. oc-ima 9 with the eyes us-ima, 
 
 Declension of adjectives. 
 
 Section 17. — There are two leading classes of adjectives : definite 
 and indefinite. 
 
 Definite adjectives present two subdivisions: 1. adjectives with a 
 changing termination, according to gender : dobr-y (muz), dobr-a (zena), 
 dobr-e (dite), — the good man, the good woman, the good child; 2. ad- 
 jectives with the same termination in all three genders : dnesn-i (vitr) 
 dnesni (zima), dnesni (parno), — to-day's wind, to-day's cold, to-day's 
 heat.*) 
 
 Indefinite adjectives are either derived from definite adjectives, being 
 only a different form of the same ; for instance : zdravy, zdrava, zdrave, 
 healthy or well (definite); zdrav, zdrava, zdravo (indefinite)**) ; 
 
 Or they are so-called possessive adjectives, derived from nouns : 
 
 (otec, the father) otc-uv, otc-ova, otc-ovo, the father's; (matka, the 
 mother) mate-in, matc-ina, matc-ino, the mother's***). 
 
 Section 18. — Definite adjectives with a changing termination are 
 declined in the following manner****) : 
 
 *) Compare Note 1 on page 85, and Note 1 on page 94. 
 
 **) Compare Note 2 on page 103. 
 
 ***) Compare Notes 2 and 3, on pp. 94, 95. 
 
 ****) Compare Note 1, on page 85. 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 281 
 
 masculine 
 
 dobr-y muz, a good man; 
 dobr-eho muze, of a good man 
 dobr-emu muzi, to a good man 
 dobr-eho muze, a good man; 
 dobr-y muzi, good man ! 
 dobr-eiu muzi, (in) a good man 
 nst. dobr-ym muzem, with a good 
 
 man 
 
 gen. 
 dat. 
 ace. 
 voc. 
 loc. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 feminine 
 
 dobr-a zena; 
 dobr-e zeny; 
 dobr-e zene; 
 dobr-ou zenu, 
 dobr-a zeno ! 
 dobr-e zene; 
 dobr-ou zenou; 
 
 neutre 
 
 dobr-e ditko 
 dobr-eho ditka 
 dobr-emu ditku 
 dobr-e ditko 
 dobr-e ditko! 
 dobr-em ditku 
 dobr-ym ditkem. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 dobr-e zeny 
 dobr-ych zen 
 
 dobr-a ditka 
 dobr-ych ditek 
 dobr-ym zemim dobr-ym ditkam 
 dobr-e zeny dobr-a ditka 
 
 dobr-e zeny dobr-a ditka 
 
 dobr-ych zeinick dobr-ych ditkack 
 dobr-ymi zenaini dobr-} r mi ditkami. 
 
 ch, k 9 r ? are ckanged in the 
 
 nom. dobf-i muzi, good men 
 
 gen. dobr-ych muzu, of good men 
 
 dat. dobr-ym muzum, to good men 
 
 ace. dobr-e muze, good men 
 
 voc. dobr-i muzi, good men ! 
 
 loc. dobr-ych muzich, (in) good m . 
 
 inst. dobr-ymi muzi, with good men 
 
 Note 1. The hard consonats h 
 nominative plural of the masculine gender into the soft consonants z, 
 s 9 C 5 r 9 when the adjective qualities an animate noun : dobry muz, — do- 
 bri muzi; velky hoch, — velci hosi. The terminations cky and sky change 
 into cti and sti: uemecky (sing.) — nemecti (plur.); cesky (sing.) — cesti 
 (plur.). 
 
 In common discourse, however, this rule is neglected. 
 
 Note 2. When the adjective qualities a masculine inanimate noun, 
 it agrees in the nominative and accusative plural with the feminine gender: 
 dobre stromy, good trees; and the accusative singular is like the nomina- 
 tive : dobry strom. 
 
 Section 19. — Definite adjectives, having the same termination (i) 
 in all genders and both numbers, are declined in the following manner*): 
 
 Compare Note 1, page 94. 
 
282 
 
 
 Part 
 
 Singular 
 
 IV. 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 masculine 
 
 feminine 
 
 neutre 
 
 all three genders 
 
 nom. 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 gen. 
 
 dnesn-iho 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-iho 
 
 dnesn-ich 
 
 dat. 
 
 dnesn-imu 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-imu 
 
 dnesn-im 
 
 ace. 
 
 dnesn-iho 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 voc. 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 loe. 
 
 dnesn-im 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-im 
 
 dnesn-ich 
 
 inst. 
 
 dnesn-im 
 
 dnesn-i 
 
 dnesn-im 
 
 dnesn-imi 
 
 j^ote. When the adjective qualifies a masculine inanimate noun, 
 the accusative singular is like the nominative. We say: cekani dnesniho 
 hosta, I wait for to-day's guest; but: "cekam dnesni list" 9 I wait for to- 
 day's paper. 
 
 Section 20. — Indefinite adjectives like zdrav (from zdravy)? vesel 
 (from vesely), etc. *) are now used only in the nominative and accusative 
 cases. Possessive adjectives have the following declension: 
 
 Singular 
 
 feminine 
 bratr-ova 
 bratr-ovy 
 bratr-ove 
 bratr-ovn 
 bratr-ova ! 
 bratr-ove 
 bratr-ovou 
 
 masculine 
 nom. bratr-uv, my brother's 
 gen. bratr-ova, of my brother's 
 dat. bratr-ovu, to my brother's 
 ace. bratr-ova 9 my brother's 
 voc. bratr-uv! brother's ! 
 loc. bratr-ovn (ove) in my brother's 
 inst. bratr-ovym, with my brother's 
 
 Plural 
 (Only three cases differ, the other four being identical, 
 sation there is no difference at all.) 
 
 brother's bratr-ovy 
 
 bratr-ovych 
 bratr-ovy in 
 bratr-ovy 
 bratr-ovy ! 
 bratr-ovych 
 bratr-ovymi 
 
 *) See Note 2, page 103. 
 
 neutre 
 bratr-ovo 
 bratr-ova 
 bratr-ovu 
 bratr-ovo 
 bratr-ovo ! 
 bratr-ovu 
 bratr-ovym. 
 
 nom . 
 
 bratr-ovi. 
 
 gen. 
 
 
 dat. 
 
 
 ace. 
 
 bratr-ovy 
 
 voc. 
 
 bratr-ovi ! 
 
 loc. 
 
 
 inst. 
 
 
 In conver- 
 
 bratr-ova 
 
 bratr-ova 
 bratr-ova ! 
 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 283 
 
 Notel. — When the possessive adjective qualifies a masculine 
 inanimate noun, the accusative singular is like the nominative: vidim 
 bratruv dum, "I see my brother's house"; and the nominative and voca- 
 tive plural have a final y, like the feminine gender : bratrovy domy, "my 
 brother's houses". 
 
 Note 2. — The adjective pane is not inflected : leta Pane 1890, 
 in the year of our Lord 1890; — ebram Pane, the Lord's house; — vecere 
 Pane, the Lord's supper; - dum pane Hodanuv, Mr. Hodan's house. 
 
 Note 3. — Possessive adjectives formed from feminine nouns and 
 having the termination in (fem. ina, neut. ino)*), are declined like those 
 formed from masculine nouns : bratruv, bratrova, bratrovo. 
 
 In their formation hard consonants are softened down in the usual 
 manner : mat-ka, the mother; mat-ein (matcina, matcino), the mother's. 
 Comparison of adjectives. 
 Section 21. — The comparison of adjectives is fully explained in 
 Notes 1 and 2, Lesson XXII. The termination ky changes into ci, in the 
 second and third degree : bezky, nice; hezci, nicer; nejhezci, nicest. 
 Declension of pronouns. 
 Section 22. — Personal pronouns .*) 
 Singular. 
 
 she 
 
 nom. 
 
 ja, I 
 
 ty, thou 
 
 on, he; ono, it 
 
 ona, 
 
 gen. 
 
 me (nine) of me 
 
 te (tebe) 
 
 jeho (ho) 
 
 ji 
 
 dat. 
 
 mi (mne) to me 
 
 ti (tobe) 
 
 jemn (mu) 
 
 ji 
 
 ace. 
 
 me (mne) me 
 
 te (tebe) 
 
 jeho (ho, jej); je, it 
 
 ji 
 
 loc. 
 
 mne, in me 
 
 tobe 
 
 nein 
 
 ni 
 
 inst. 
 
 mnou, with me 
 
 tebou 
 
 Plural 
 
 nim (jim) 
 
 ni (J 
 
 nom. 
 
 my, we 
 
 vy, you 
 
 oni, (fem. ony; neut. 
 
 ona) 
 
 gen. 
 
 nas, of us 
 
 vas 
 
 jich 
 
 
 dat 
 
 nam, to us 
 
 vam 
 
 jim 
 
 
 ace. 
 
 nas, us 
 
 vas 
 
 je 
 
 
 loc. 
 
 nas, (in) us 
 
 vas 
 
 nich 
 
 
 inst. 
 
 nami (with) us 
 
 vami 
 
 nimi (jimi) 
 
 
 *) See Note 3, page 95. 
 
 *) Compare Note 1 on page 102, and Note on page 106. 
 
284 
 
 
 Part IV. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Section 23 
 
 . — Possessive pronouns .*) 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 masculine feminine 
 
 neutre 
 
 masc. fern. 
 
 neut. 
 
 nom 
 
 muj ma (moje) 
 
 me (moje) 
 
 nas nase 
 
 nase 
 
 gen. 
 
 meho me (moji) 
 
 meho 
 
 naseho nasi 
 
 naseho 
 
 dat. 
 
 memu me (moji) 
 
 memu 
 
 nasemu nasi 
 
 nasemu 
 
 ace. 
 
 meho mou (moji) 
 (inan. muj) 
 
 me (moje) 
 
 naseho nasi 
 (inan. nas) 
 
 nase 
 
 voc. 
 
 muj ma (moje) 
 
 me (moje) 
 
 nas nase 
 
 nase 
 
 loc. 
 
 mem me (moji) 
 
 mem 
 
 nasem nasi 
 
 nasem 
 
 inst. 
 
 mym mou (moji) 
 
 mym 
 
 Plural. 
 
 nasim nasi 
 
 nasim. 
 
 
 (Cases showing no difference of gender 
 
 ire left in blank.) 
 
 nom. 
 
 moji (moje) me (moje) 
 
 ma (moje) 
 
 nasi (nase) nase nase 
 
 gen. 
 
 mych 
 
 
 nasich 
 
 
 dat. 
 
 mym 
 
 
 nasim 
 
 
 ace. 
 
 me (moje) me (moje) 
 
 ma (moje) 
 
 nase 
 
 
 voc. 
 
 moji (moje) me (moje) 
 
 ma (moje) 
 
 nasi (nase) na 
 
 se nase 
 
 loc. 
 
 mych 
 
 
 nasich 
 
 
 inst . 
 
 mymi 
 
 
 nasimi 
 
 
 
 Section 24. 
 
 — Indicative pron 
 
 ouns .**) 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plun 
 
 ii 
 
 
 
 
 masc. fern. 
 
 neut. 
 
 masc. fern 
 
 neut. 
 
 
 
 nom. 
 
 ten ta 
 
 to 
 
 ti ty 
 
 ta 
 
 kdo 
 
 CO 
 
 gen . 
 
 toho te 
 
 toho 
 
 tech 
 
 
 kolio 
 
 ceho 
 
 dat. 
 
 tomu te 
 
 tomu 
 
 tern 
 
 
 komu 
 
 cemu 
 
 ace. 
 
 toho (ten) tu 
 
 to 
 
 ty ty 
 
 ta 
 
 koho 
 
 CO 
 
 loc. 
 
 torn te 
 
 torn 
 
 tech 
 
 
 kom 
 
 cem 
 
 inst. 
 
 tim tou 
 
 tim 
 
 temi 
 
 
 kym 
 
 cim 
 
 
 Suction 25. — The relative pr 
 
 onouns kter 1 
 
 V (fern, k 
 
 tera, nc 
 
 mt. kte- 
 
 re) and jeiiz (fern. & neut. jez), are translated by which or that. 
 
 The pronoun ktery, a, e is declined like the definite adjective do- 
 bry, a, e; the pronoun jenz is declined as follows : 
 
 *) Compare Lessons XXV and XXVI. 
 
 **) Compare Note 1 on page 115, and Note 5 on page 82. 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 285 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 masc . 
 
 fern. 
 
 neut. 
 
 of all three genders. 
 
 nom. 
 
 jenz 
 
 jez 
 
 jez 
 
 jiz (masc), jez (f . & n. 
 
 gen. 
 
 jelioz 
 
 jiz 
 
 jelioz 
 
 jichz 
 
 dot. 
 
 jemuz 
 
 jiz 
 
 jemuz 
 
 jimz 
 
 ace. 
 
 jelioz (jejz) 
 
 jiz 
 
 jez 
 
 jez 
 
 loc. 
 
 (v) neinz 
 
 (v) niz (v) uemz 
 
 (v) nieliz 
 
 inst. 
 
 jimz 
 
 m 
 
 jimz 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 jiiniz 
 
 Section 26. — The cardinal numeral jeden (fern, jedna, neut. jed- 
 110) is declined like ten (ta 9 to) :*) 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 masc. 
 
 fern. 
 
 neut. 
 
 of cdl three genders 
 
 nom. 
 
 jeden 
 
 jedn-a 
 
 jedn-o 
 
 jedn-i, -y, -a 
 
 gen. 
 
 jedii-oho 
 
 jedn-e 
 
 jedn-oho 
 
 jedn-ech 
 
 dat. 
 
 jedn-omu 
 
 jedn-e 
 
 jedn-omu 
 
 jedn-em 
 
 ace. 
 
 jedn-oho 
 (inan. jeden) 
 
 jedu-u 
 
 jedu-o 
 
 jedn-y, -y, -a 
 
 loc. 
 
 jedn-om 
 
 jedn-e 
 
 jedn-om 
 
 jedn-ech 
 
 inst. 
 
 jedn-im 
 
 jedu-ou 
 
 jedn-im 
 
 jedn-emi 
 
 The declension of dva (fern. & neut. dye), tri, ctyri (fern. & neut. 
 ctyry) is sufficiently explained in Kote 1, page 122. 
 
 The numerals pet, sest, sedm until devadesat deret (five till ninety 
 nine) take in all cases an i, except the accusative and vocative, which are 
 like the nominative. For instance : pet muzu, five men; peti muzu, of 
 five men (or "of the five men"); peti muzuni, to five men; v peti niuzich, 
 in five men; s peti niuzi, with five men. 
 
 In the nominative and accusative they are always fol- 
 lowed by the genitive case of the noun: pet nuizu (or mu- 
 zAv), five men; sest liolek, six girls; sedm deti, seven 
 children. 
 
 *) See Note 2 on page 116. 
 
286 Part IV. 
 
 Numerals like twenty one, twenty two, twenty three, and so forth, 
 may be rendered in Bohemian in two ways : 1. — dvacet jeden, dvacet dva, 
 dvacet tri, etc.,*) in which case both parts are inflected : dvaceti dvou, 
 of twenty two; dvaceti dvema, to twenty two; etc. 
 
 2. — jeden- a- dvacet, dva-a-dvacet, tri-a-dvacet, etc., one and 
 twenty, two and twenty, three and twenty; etc., but usually written together: 
 jedenadvacet, dvaadvacet. In this case only the second part is inflected : 
 jedenadvaceti, of twenty one, to twenty one; s jedenadvaceti, with twen- 
 ty one. 
 
 Sto (one hundred) is declined like the neutre noun slovo, excepting 
 that in connection with dve (two) it retains the dual number in the nomi- 
 native and accusative : sto, sta, stu, etc. (a hundred, of a hundred, to a 
 hundred); dve ste, two hundred; dvou set, of two hundred; dvema stum, 
 to two hundred; o dvou stech, about two hundred; s dvema sty, with two 
 hundred. 
 
 Tisic (one thousand) is declined like the masc. noun mec : tisicc, 
 of a thousand; tisici, to a thousand; s tisicem, with a thousand. 
 
 Section 27. — Ordinal numerals, prvni or prvy, druhy, treti, etc; 
 (first, second, third,) are declined like adjectives of a corresponding termi- 
 nation, i. e. like dobry, a, e or dnesni.**) 
 
 The same rule obtains in relation to the special and multiplicative 
 numerals : dvoji, troji, etc. (twofold, threefold); dvojnasabny, trojnasob- 
 ny, etc. (double, treble). 
 
 The neutral form of special numerals : ctvero, patero, desatero, 
 etc., is declined like the neutre noun slovo; for instance : desatero prika- 
 zani, the ten commandments; desatera prikazani, of the ten command- 
 ments; v desateru prikazani, in the ten commandments; etc. 
 
 The names of numbers : jeduotka (the figure one), dvojka (the fig- 
 ure two), trojka (the figure three), etc., are declined like the fern, nouns 
 ending in a : zena. 
 
 Section 28. — The indefinite numeral vsechen (also vsecek or vse- 
 cken)***), all, has the following declension : 
 
 *) See page 120. 
 
 **) See Note 3 on page 124. 
 
 ***) See Note 1 on page 127. 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 287 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sin^ 
 
 ?ular. 
 
 
 
 
 
 masculine 
 
 
 feminine 
 
 
 neutre 
 
 nom. 
 
 & VOC. 
 
 vsechen 
 
 
 
 vsechna 
 
 
 vsechno 
 
 gen. 
 
 
 vseho 
 
 
 
 vsi 
 
 
 vseho 
 
 dat. 
 
 
 vsenm 
 
 
 
 vsi 
 
 
 vsemn 
 
 ace. 
 
 
 vseho 
 
 (in an. vsechen) 
 
 
 vsechnu 
 
 
 vsechno 
 
 loc. 
 
 
 vsem 
 
 
 
 vsi 
 
 
 vsem 
 
 inst. 
 
 
 ' vsim 
 
 
 Pli 
 
 vsi 
 
 iral. 
 
 
 vsim 
 
 nom. 
 
 & voc. 
 
 masc. 
 
 vsichni 
 
 
 gen. 
 
 vsecli ^ 
 
 in all 
 
 
 [masc 
 
 . inan.) 
 fern. 
 
 vsecliny 
 vsecliny 
 
 
 dat. 
 
 loc. (ve) 
 
 vsem 1 
 vsecli r 
 
 three 
 
 
 
 neut. 
 
 vsechna 
 
 
 inst. 
 
 vsemi j 
 
 genders. 
 
 ace, 
 
 masc. 
 
 & fern.. 
 
 vsecliny 
 
 
 ace. neut. vsechna 
 
 
 The indefinite numeral veskery, a, e has the same meaning as vse- 
 chen, na 9 no (all), and is declined like adjectives of the same termination 
 (dobry, a, e). 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 Section 29. — 1. The verb is said to be subjective, when the 
 action or condition is strictly confined to the subject : sedim, I am sitting; 
 beham, I am running; rule kvete, the rose is blooming. 
 
 2. It is called objective, when the action relates to another per- 
 son or thing : slunce zahriva zemi, the sun is warming the earth; ucitel 
 ch\Alil zdka, the teacher praised the scholar; duvernj v Boha! trust in God! 
 
 The objective verb is transitive or intransitive. 
 
 The transitive verb is accompanied by the accusative case without 
 any preposition : ucitel chvdli zaka, the teacher is praising the scholar; 
 matka vede deem, the mother is leading her daughter. 
 
 The intransitive verb is accompanied by the accusative case with a 
 preposition : duveruj v Boha; or by some other case with or without a 
 preposition : lakomec oazi po bohatstvi, the miser craves for riches; zdk po- 
 slouclid ncitele, the scholar obeys his teacher. 
 
 3 . A verb is called reflexive, when the action reverts to the sub- 
 ject. Such verbs are accompanied by the reflexive pronoun se: Modli se! 
 
288 Part IV. 
 
 pray! Chlapec se stroji, the boy is dressing (himself). Radujeme se z toho, 
 we are rejoicing over it. 
 
 But sometimes the pronoun se expresses the passive mood, and not 
 a reflected action : maso se ji 9 the flesh is eaten; jablka se cesaji, the ap- 
 ples are being picked; pole se ora, the field is being plowed. 
 
 4. Impersonal verbs express an action or condition regardless 
 of the person or thing, from which it proceeds : prsi, it rains, it is rain- 
 ing; rozedniva se, it dawns, (the day is breaking). 
 
 Section 30. — The classification of the Bohemian verbs in regard in 
 to the character of the action is fully explained in Lesson XXXIX. 
 
 Tense-inflection shows a difference in the time of the action or con- 
 dition. There are three tenses : 
 
 1. The present tense (pritomny cas): pisu, I write, I am writing; 
 pes steka, the dog barks, the dog is barking. 
 
 2. The past tense (minuly cas): psal jsem, I wrote, I was writing; 
 pes stekalj the dog barked, the dog was barking. 
 
 The past tense may be continuous, when a continued past action is 
 expressed: sel jsem, I went, I was going; or finite, when a finished ac- 
 tion is expressed : prisel jsern, I came. 
 
 3. The future tense (budoucicas): budu psati, I shall write, I shall 
 be writing; pes bude stekati, the dog will bark, the dog will be barking. 
 
 The future tense may also be either continuous: budu psati; or finite, 
 when a completed future action is to be expressed: napisu, I shall write out. 
 
 The Bohemian verb, like the English, has an indicative mood: mlu- 
 vim, I speak; a subjunctive or conditional mood : mluvil bych, I should 
 speak; and an imperative mood: mluv! speak! 
 
 Section 31. — There is only one auxiliary verb in Bohemian: byti, 
 to be. — But certain verbs are used in connection with other verbs, to 
 make a complete assertion or declaration; for instance : musiti, must; 
 smiti, may, dare; moci, can; raciti 9 please; etc. We say : musim jiti, I 
 must go; smim mluviti^ may I speak? racte vejiti! please to come in! 
 
 Section 32. — The Bohemian verb has six conjugations, fully illus- 
 trated in Lessons XXXI — XXXV incl. 
 
 The auxiliary verb byti, aiding in the formation of the past and fu- 
 ture tenses, is conjugated thus : 
 
Bohemian grammar. 289 
 
 Present: jsem, jsi, jest; jsme, jste, jsou. 
 Imperative: bud', bud'me, bud'te. 
 Past participle: byl, by la, bylo; byli, byly, byla. 
 Subjunctive: byck, bys, by; bychoin (bysme), byste, by. 
 Future: budu, budes, bude; budeme, budete, budou. 
 Present trans gressive*) : jsa, jsouc, jsouc; jsouce; (being). 
 Past transg.: byv, byvsi, byvsi; byvse; (having been). 
 Future transg. : Inula, budouc, budouc; budouce; (to be, expecting to be). 
 
 *) This participial construction occurs only in the written language; 
 it is explained in Note 4, page 164. 
 
 Section 33. — Table of the six conjugations. 
 
 19 
 
290 
 
 
 
 
 Part IV. 
 
 
 
 
 I. 
 
 Termination ti directly attached to the i 
 
 oot. 
 
 11 
 Term, -out 
 
 III 
 Termin. 
 
 Person 
 
 neVti 
 
 to carry 
 
 pi-ti 
 
 to drink 
 
 tri ti 
 
 to rub 
 
 pec i*) 
 
 to bake 
 
 min-outi 
 
 to pass 
 
 hled-Sti 
 
 to look, to 
 look after 
 
 rC 15 
 
 1 
 
 nes-u 
 
 pij-u (-i) 
 
 tr-u 
 
 pek-u 
 
 min-u 
 
 hled-im 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 B 
 
 CD 
 
 Pi 
 
 .2 
 
 2 
 
 nes-es 
 
 pij-es 
 
 tf-es 
 
 pec-es 
 
 min-es 
 
 hled-is 
 
 3 
 
 nes-e 
 
 pij-e 
 
 tr-e 
 
 pec-e 
 
 min-e 
 
 hled-i 
 
 53 
 
 
 1 
 
 nes-eme 
 
 pi j -erne 
 
 tf-eme 
 
 pec-eme 
 
 min-eme 
 
 hled-ime 
 
 #r 3 
 
 OS 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 nes-ete 
 
 pij-ete 
 
 tr-ete 
 
 pec-ete 
 
 min-ete 
 
 hled-ite 
 
 1— 1 
 
 Ph 
 
 3 
 
 nes-ou 
 
 pij-ou (i) 
 
 tr-ou 
 
 pek-ou 
 
 min-ou 
 
 hled-i 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 
 2 
 
 nes 
 nes-me 
 
 Pi] 
 pij-me 
 
 tfi 
 tr-eme 
 
 pec 
 pec-me 
 
 min 
 min-me 
 
 hied 
 
 S3 
 
 £ 
 
 1 
 
 hied me 
 
 a 
 
 Ph 
 
 2 
 
 nes-te 
 
 pij-te 
 
 tr-ete 
 
 pec-te 
 
 miii-te 
 
 hled-te 
 
 
 
 
 masc. 
 
 nes-1 
 
 pi-1 
 
 tfe-1 
 
 pek-1 
 
 minu-1 
 
 hled-el 
 
 a 
 
 Pi 
 
 fern. 
 
 nes-la 
 
 pi-la 
 
 tre-la 
 
 pek-la 
 
 minu-la 
 
 hled-ela 
 
 
 X 
 
 neut. 
 
 nes-lo 
 
 pi-lo 
 
 tfe-lo 
 
 pek-lo 
 
 minu-lo 
 
 hled-elo 
 
 
 
 masc. 
 
 nes-li 
 
 pi-li 
 
 tfe-li 
 
 pek-li 
 
 minu-li 
 
 hled-eli 
 
 
 
 pj 
 
 fern. 
 
 nes-ly 
 
 piiy 
 
 tre-ly 
 
 pek-ly 
 
 minu-ly 
 
 hled-ely 
 
 ^ 
 
 Ph 
 
 neut. 
 
 nes-la 
 
 pi-la 
 
 tre-la 
 
 pek-la 
 
 minu-la 
 
 hled-ela 
 
 
 
 
 masc. 
 
 nes-en 
 
 pi-t 
 
 tre-n 
 
 pec-en 
 
 minu-t 
 
 hlede-n 
 
 
 
 _Pj 
 
 fern. 
 
 nes-ena 
 
 pi-ta 
 
 tre-na 
 
 pec-ena 
 
 minu-ta 
 
 hlede-na 
 
 Ph 
 
 X 
 
 neut. 
 
 nes-eno 
 
 pi-to 
 
 tre-no 
 
 pec-eno 
 
 minu-to 
 
 hlede-no 
 
 O 
 
 
 masc. 
 
 nes-eni 
 
 pi-ti 
 
 tfe-ni 
 
 pec-eni 
 
 minu-ti 
 
 hlede-ni 
 
 "uQ 
 
 
 
 fern. 
 
 nes-eny 
 
 pi-ty 
 
 tfe-ny 
 
 pec-eny 
 
 minu-ty 
 
 hlede-ny 
 
 c3 
 
 HH 
 
 neut. 
 
 nes-ena 
 
 pi-ta 
 
 tre-na 
 
 pec-ena 
 
 minu-ta 
 
 hlede-na 
 
 > 
 
 bfl 
 
 masc. 
 
 nes-a 
 
 pij-e 
 
 tr-a 
 
 pek-a 
 
 min-a 
 
 hied e 
 
 Pi 02 
 
 fern. 
 
 nos-ouc 
 
 pij-ic 
 
 tr-ouc 
 
 pek-ouc 
 
 min-ouc 
 
 hled-ic 
 
 CO I* 
 
 Ph Pj 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 neut. 
 
 m. f. 
 
 n. 
 
 nes-ouc 
 nes-ouce 
 
 pij-fc 
 pij-ice 
 
 tr-ouc 
 tr-ou 
 
 pek-ouc 
 pek-ouce 
 
 min-ouc 
 min-ouce 
 
 hled-ic 
 hled-ice 
 
 <D 
 
 
 masc. 
 
 nes 
 
 pi-v 
 
 tf e v 
 
 pek 
 
 min-uv 
 
 hlede-v 
 
 ^j CO 
 
 fl 
 
 fern. 
 
 nes-si 
 
 pi-vsi 
 
 tfe-vsi 
 
 pek-si 
 
 min-uvsi 
 
 hlede-vsi 
 
 DQ g 
 
 
 neut. 
 
 nes-si 
 
 pi-vsi 
 
 tre-vsi 
 
 pek-si 
 
 min-uvsi 
 
 hlede-vsi 
 
 
 M 
 
 £ 
 
 m.f. 
 n. 
 
 nes-se 
 
 pi-vse 
 
 tre-vse 
 
 pek-se 
 
 min uvse 
 
 hlede-vse 
 
 *) Popularly pecti, originally pekti. 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 291 
 
 III 
 
 -6ti or -eti 
 
 IV. 
 Termin. -iti 
 
 
 V 
 Termin. -ati 
 
 
 VI 
 Termin. -ovati 
 
 liaz-eti 
 
 to throw 
 
 cin-ili 
 
 to do 
 
 vo ati 
 to call 
 
 maz ati 
 
 to rub 
 
 hn-ati 
 
 to drive 
 
 mil-ovati 
 
 to love 
 
 haz-im 
 
 cin-im 
 
 vol am 
 
 maz-u (-i) 
 
 zen-u 
 
 rniluj-u (-i) 
 
 haz-is 
 
 cin-is 
 
 vol -as 
 
 maz-es 
 
 zen-es 
 
 miluj -es 
 
 haz-f 
 
 cin-i 
 
 vol-a 
 
 maz-e 
 
 zen-e 
 
 miluj-e 
 
 haz-fme 
 
 cin-ime 
 
 vol-ame 
 
 maz-eme 
 
 zen-eme 
 
 miluj-eme 
 
 haz-ite 
 
 cin-ite 
 
 vol-ate 
 
 maz-ete 
 
 7en-ete 
 
 miluj-ete 
 
 haz-eji 
 
 cin-i 
 
 vol-a ji 
 
 maz ou(-i) 
 
 zen-ou 
 
 milui-ou (-1) 
 
 hazej 
 
 cin 
 
 volej 
 
 maz 
 
 zefi 
 
 miluj 
 
 htizej-me 
 
 eih-me 
 
 vole j -me 
 
 maz-me 
 
 zeh-me 
 
 miluj-me 
 
 hazej-te 
 
 cin-te 
 
 volej -te 
 
 maz-te 
 
 Zeii-te 
 
 miluj -te 
 
 hdze-1 
 hdze-la 
 
 haze-lo 
 
 haze-li 
 hdze-ly 
 
 haze-la 
 
 cini-1 
 
 cini-la 
 
 eini-lo 
 
 cini-li 
 cini-ly 
 cini-la 
 
 vola-1 
 
 vola-la 
 vola-lo 
 
 vola-li 
 
 vola-ly 
 
 vola-la 
 
 maza-1 
 
 maza-la 
 
 maza-lo 
 
 maza li 
 
 maza-ly 
 
 maza-la 
 
 hna-1 
 hna-la 
 
 hna-lo 
 
 hna-li 
 hna-ly 
 hna-la 
 
 milova-1 
 
 milova-la 
 
 milova-lo 
 
 milova-li 
 milova-ly 
 milova-la 
 
 haze-n 
 haze-na 
 
 haze-no 
 
 haze-ni 
 haze-njr 
 haze-na 
 
 cine-n 
 
 cine-na 
 
 cine-no 
 
 cine-ni 
 
 cine-ny 
 
 cine-na 
 
 vohi-n 
 
 vohi-na 
 
 vohi-no 
 
 vola-ni 
 vola-ny 
 vola-na 
 
 maza-n 
 
 mazaVna 
 
 maza-no 
 
 maza-ni 
 
 maza-ny 
 
 maza-na 
 
 hna-n 
 
 hna-na 
 
 hna-no 
 
 hnd-ni 
 hnd,-ny 
 hna-na 
 
 milova-n 
 
 milova-na 
 
 milova-no 
 
 milova-ni 
 milovaVny 
 milova-na 
 
 hdze-je 
 haze-jic 
 haze-jic 
 
 haze- j ice 
 
 cm-e 
 
 cin-ic 
 
 cin-ic 
 
 cin -ice 
 
 vola-je 
 
 vola-jic 
 
 vola-jic 
 
 vola-jice 
 
 maz-e 
 
 maz-ic 
 
 maz-ic 
 
 maz-ice 
 
 zen-a 
 
 zen-ouc 
 
 zen-ouc 
 
 zen-ouce 
 
 miluj-e 
 miiuj-ic 
 miluj -ic 
 
 miluj -ice 
 
 haze-v 
 
 haze-vsi 
 
 haze-vsi 
 
 Mze- 
 
 vse 
 
 cmi-v 
 
 cini-vsi 
 
 cini-vsi 
 
 cini-vse 
 
 vola-v 
 
 vola-vsi 
 
 vola-vsi 
 
 vola-vse 
 
 maza-v 
 
 maza-vsi 
 
 maza-vsi 
 
 maza-vse 
 
 hna-v 
 
 hna-vsi 
 
 hna-vsi 
 
 hna-vse 
 
 milova-v 
 
 milova-'vsi 
 
 milova-vsi 
 
 milova-vse. 
 
292 . Part IV. 
 
 Section 34. — Irregular verbs. 
 
 Jeti, to ride, to drive -—present, jedu, jedes, jede, jedeme, jedete, jedou; 
 
 imper. jed', -me ? -te; active parti c. jel 9 -a, -o; passive partic. jet, 
 
 -a, -o; pres. transg. jeH-a, -one, -ouce; supine, jet (to ride); 
 jiti, to go;— pres. jdu, jdes, jde, jdeme, jdete, jdou; imper. jdi, jde-me, 
 
 jde-te; act. part, sel, sla, slo; pres. transg. jda, jdouc, -ce; sup. 
 
 jit (to go); 
 chtiti, to want; — pres. chci, chces, chce, chceme, chcete, chteji; imper. 
 
 chtej, chtej-me, -te; ac*. part. chtel, -a, -o; pres. transg. chtej-e, 
 
 -ic, -ice; past, transg. chtev, -si, -se; sup. chtet (to want); 
 miti, to have; — pres. mam, mas, ma, mame, mate, maji; imper. mej, 
 
 mej-me, mej-te; act. part, mel, -a, -o; pres. transg. maj-e, -ic, 
 
 -ice; past, transg. mev, -si, -se; 
 spati, to sleep; —pres. spim, spis, spi, spime, spite, spi; imper. spi, 
 
 spe-me, -te; act. part, spal, -a, -o; pres. transg. spe, spic, spice; 
 
 past, transg. spav, -si, -se; sup. spat (to sleep); 
 stati se, to happen, to become; — stanu se, stanes se, stane se, stan-eme, 
 
 -ete, -ou se; imper. stan se, -me, -te se; act. part, stal, -a, -o se; 
 
 pres. transg. stav, -si, -se se; (stavd se, it happens, is impersonal); 
 videti, to see; — vidim, vidis, vidi, vidime, vidite, vidi; imper. viz, -me, 
 
 -te; act. part, videl, -a, -o; passive part, viden, -a, -o; present 
 
 transg. vid-a, -one, -ouce. 
 
 Section 35 . — The derivation and comparison of adverbs is ex 
 plained in Notes 2 and 3, on page 128. 
 
 Prepositions govern or require particular cases. 
 The genitive case, responding to the question ci? kolioS cehoF), is 
 governed by the following prepositions, and adverbs used as prepositions: 
 
 krom I aside from, 
 krome > except; 
 
 round, 
 around; 
 
 bez, without 
 die j according to; 
 podle ' next to ; 
 vedle, next to, along- 
 side of; 
 
 do, to, till, until; 
 
 od, from 
 
 u, at, by; 
 
 z, ze, from, out of; 
 
 kolem 
 okolo 
 vukol 
 
 *) See Note 5, page 82. In the genitive case the question koho? 
 whosel was inadvertently omitted. 
 
 
Bohemian grammar. 
 
 293 
 
 vne, outside of; daleko, far 
 
 vnitf, inside of; strami, about 
 
 blizko, uear iiize, lower 
 
 The dative case (responding to the question komii] cemu2)is govern- 
 ed by the following: 
 
 vyse, higher 
 prostred, amidst 
 misto, instead of. 
 
 k 
 
 ke 
 
 ku 
 
 to, for; 
 
 proti, against 
 
 k y Alitor the sake of; 
 
 naproti, towards, a- 
 gainst, opposite; 
 vstric, towards. 
 
 The accusative case (responding to the question kolioS co2) is gov- 
 erned by the following: 
 
 miino, besides, past; 
 ob ? over 
 
 pro, for 
 
 pres, over, across; 
 
 skrze, through. 
 
 The locative case (responding to the question v kom? v ceinS o kom$ 
 o ceml etc.) is always governed by the preposition pfi 9 by, at; and in most 
 instances by the following prepositions: 
 
 v \ h 
 
 0, about, on; 
 
 na 9 on, upon, for; 
 
 po 9 after, by, during. 
 
 The preposition v or ve ? when it occurs before a word beginning 
 with the letter v ? is often changed into u; for instance : u velikem poctu 
 (instead of ve velikem poctu), in a large number, or "in large numbers." 
 
 The above five prepositions often require the accusative case; for ex- 
 ample : na potupu, for disgrace, i. e. "in order to disgrace or dishonor"; 
 boji se o zivot, he fears for his life . 
 
 The prepositions niezi, between, among; nad ? over, above; pod, 
 under, below; pred ? before, — govern either the accusative or the instru- 
 mental case : pAjdu niezi lidi, I shall go among people; byl jsem mezi 
 lidmi, I was among people. 
 
 The preposition s, se governs the genitive case, when it means from, 
 off: spadl s vozu, se stromu, he fell from the wagon, from the tree; and 
 it governs the instrumental case, when it means with: pojd' se mnou, come 
 w T ith me; sli jsme za nim, we went after him, we followed him. 
 
294 
 
 Part IV. 
 
 Za governs the genitive case, when it means during, in: za casu 
 Wasliiiigtona, in the time of Washington; — it governs the accusative case, 
 when it means for: koupil jsem to za dollar,, I bought it for a dollar; — 
 and it governs the instrumental case, when translated by behind, after: 
 pojd' za mnou, come behind me; prijdu za tebou, I will come after thee. 
 
 In rare instances it requires the accusative case : nejsem s to poslou- 
 ziti yam, I cannot (I am not able to) accommodate you. 
 
CONTENTS, 
 
 Page 
 
 Why this book has been written 5 
 
 The Bohemian language 7 
 
 The Bohemians in the United States 8 
 
 Part I. 
 
 General observations 12 
 
 The Bohemian alphabet 12 
 
 Names of the letters 15 
 
 Bohemian pronunciation 16 
 
 Parts of speech 18 
 
 Gender 19 
 
 Grammatical rules in general 20 
 
 The accent 21 
 
 "Ty" and "vy" 22 
 
 Part II. Rules of pronunciation 25 
 
 Lesson I / 28 
 
 Lesson XL > 172 
 
 Part III. Bohemian convers'ation 179 
 
 Bohemian and English 180 
 
 Greetings and compliments 187 
 
 A call 190 
 
 Time 192 
 
 The hour 198 
 
 Age and date 201 
 
 The weather 206 
 
 Health and sickness 213 
 
 The human being 218 
 
 Disease and cure 228 
 
 Drugs and medicines 237 
 
 At home 244 
 
 Buying and selling 249 
 
 In a grocery store , 255 
 
 Garments — 257 
 
 Shoemaking 260 
 
 Diverse trades 261 
 
 On the farm 262 
 
 Part IV. Bohemian grammar 
 
 Orthography 269 
 
 Etymology 274 
 
SLAVIE a RODINA. 
 
 Slavie, casopis narodnf a politicky. Nejstarsi, nejoblibenejsi a nejroz- 
 sifenejsi casopis cesky v Americe. List ryze narodnf, v politice rovny 
 a nezdvisly, fedrujici vzdy zdsady jedine te strany politicke, kteraz zemi 
 a veskeremu obyvatelstvu, najme pak vsemu lidu pracovnemu bez vymin- 
 ky, na ten cas jest nejprospesnejsi. 
 
 v Rodina, zdbavnik "Slavie", prinasi vybor nejlepsich romanu cizoja- 
 zycn^ch i ceskych a povidky i romany do roka v Rodine vysle maji samy 
 o sobe ninohondsobnou cenu pfedplatneho. Romany v Rodine vychazejf- 
 ci jsou veskrz dobre, mravne uSlechUujfcf . Hledime, aby se ceske mladezi 
 pomoci zabavy dostalo toho, ceho se ji nedostatkem ceskeho skolstvi ne- 
 dostalo. 
 
 ii 
 
 r Novy Tlumac Americky od Karla Jonase. Zadna publikace ceska v teto 
 zemi nebyla pfijata od obecenstva s takovym vdekem a uznanim a zadne se 
 nedostalo rozsireni tak rychleho a velikeho, jako Tlumaci, knize ku snadne- 
 mu a rychlemu priuceni se jazyku anglickSmu, bez jehoz znalosti nikdo se zde valneho 
 pokroku nedodela. Cena $1.50 i se zasylkou a prodava se jedine za hotove. 
 
 od Karla Jonase. Druhe rozmnozene a opraverje vy- 
 dani. Postupna kniha ucebna po Tlumaci a nezbytna 
 u ) pro kazdeho ku zdokonaleni se v jazyku anglickem. 
 Pro pocatecnika ku rychlemu seznameni se s nejobecnejsi, kazdodenni mluvou postaei 
 Tlumac; povrchni znalec angliciny musi pak k ruce miti Slovnik, aby se v jazyku zdo- 
 konalil. Cena $1.50. Jenom za hotove. — Slovnik anglicko-cesky vyjde u Slavie tiskem 
 pozdeji. 
 
 mi cesko-angiicky 
 
 encke 
 
 anat 1 neznaloi 
 
 od Karla Jonase. Sbirfea zakonu a vykladu pravnich, pro osad- 
 niky cesko-americke zvlaste uzitecnyeh. Alespon povrchni zna- 
 lost zdejsich zakonu nutna jest kazdemu obcanu americkemu, 
 st zakonu nikoho pfed skodou neuchrani. Sbirka tato obsahuje toliko za- 
 kony nejnutnejsi, ve vsech statech stejne platne a zvlaste dulezity zakon homstedni se 
 vsemi doplnky. "Pravo farmerske" 1 a smlouva rakousko-americka jsou spisu pfidany. 
 Cena 75c. Jen za hotove. 
 
 )' oio M1110 TiVf\ IflfflnnTlfl Dle roz licnych pramenu sestavil Karel Jonas. Kni- 
 j fli ifli \u, Mi i Mi ha tato pojednava o vnitfnich i zevnitfnich nemo- 
 
 iiUJUUJ immuj pu 1UJ11I1U1UJ. C ech koni a vseho dobytka hospodaf skeho. Obsa- 
 huje navod o koupi koni, dodatek o domacich pomuckach pro vselike nehody, a recep- 
 ty na rozlicne leky v jazyku ceskem i anglickem. Prospela jiz stum ceskych farmeru 
 a na zadne farme nemela by chybeti. Cena 65c. Jen za hotove. 
 
 Napsal Charles Nordhoff. Se svolenim spisovatele 
 a nakladatelii prelozil Gustav B. Reisl. Znati po- 
 liticke zafizeni zeme v niz zijeme a prospivati 
 chceme, jest jednou z nejpfednejsich povinnosti kazdeho pfistehovalce. Az do nedav- 
 na nebylo spisu, z nehoz by nove pfichozi takove znamosti mohl nabyti. Nedostatku 
 tomu odpomohl pan Reisl pfekladem tohoto vytecneho dila Nordho^ova, jez se u Ame 
 rikanu ceni co nejvyse. Cena pouze 50c. i se zasylkou. Jen za hotove. 
 
 n 
 
 F^Mlxlaslty postou a zasylky penez lb\xd!tez 
 
 adresovany proste : «SlaviO)) ? Racine, AVis. 
 
w 
 
 r = ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o ^P- 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 "^c? 
 
 ^ a g v " <r'*<T;<.s ^ , 
 
 ^°- 
 
 <&" o Q , &+ & 9^ - 
 
 S? 
 
 - «$? ^ * 
 
 
 oC-.:^^>^>^--::/^^^ <*-«; 
 
 V- ^ 6 Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
 7 Neutralizing agent: Magnes.um Ox,de 
 P- <? Trsatment Date: Feb. 2007 
 
 lF 
 
 ,^ ^. 
 
 # PreservationTechnologies 
 
 111 Thomson Park Dnve 
 Cranberry Township. PA 16066 
 
 (724)779-2111 
 
*Sj d» -4 \U 
 
 >V*o/%/°*^^. 
 
 
 v^ 
 
 W . \& ;'g \^ : ) 
 
 
 -0 
 
 
 N ^ 
 
 
 r* 
 
 ;- / °- Aw/-' 
 
 
 
 £ - 
 
 * 
 
 ^^ :/mA° %^ :MfA^ % 
 
 <& 
 
 
 
 
 ■ c\ 
 
•>;'«< 
 
 kEn